e20vf
Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 20-F
(Mark One)
     
o   REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
     
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005
OR
     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
     
o   SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Date of event requiring this shell company report                     
Commission file number 1-14642
ING GROEP N.V.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
The Netherlands
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
ING Groep N.V.
Amstelveenseweg 500
1081 KL Amsterdam
P.O. Box 810, 1000 AV Amsterdam
The Netherlands
(Address of principal executive offices)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
     
Title of each class   Name of each exchange on
    which registered
American Depositary Shares, each representing one Ordinary share
  New York Stock Exchange
Ordinary shares, nominal value EUR 0.24 per Ordinary share and
   
  Bearer Depositary receipts in respect of Ordinary shares*
  New York Stock Exchange
  7.05% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
  New York Stock Exchange
  7.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
  New York Stock Exchange
  6.20% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
  New York Stock Exchange
6.125% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
  New York Stock Exchange
5.775% ING Perpetual Debt Securities
  New York stock Exchange
*   Listed, not for trading or quotation purposes, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
None
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.
         
Ordinary shares, nominal value EUR 0.24 per Ordinary share
    2,294,933,803  
Bearer Depositary receipts in respect of Ordinary shares
    2,204,088,026  
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.   Yes þ      No o
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    Yes o       No þ
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
     
Yes þ
  o No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer þ   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer o
Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow:
     
o Item 17
  Item 18 þ
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).   Yes o      No þ
 
 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
             
Item   PAGE  

PART I
       
 
           
  IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISORS     5  
  OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE     5  
  KEY INFORMATION     5  
  INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY     13  
  OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS     30  
  DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES     58  
  MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS     77  
  FINANCIAL INFORMATION     80  
  THE OFFER AND LISTING     83  
  ADDITIONAL INFORMATION     85  
  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE OF MARKET RISK     93  
  DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES     95  
 
           

PART II
       
 
           
  DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES     96  
  MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AN2 USE OF PROCEEDS     96  
  CONTROL AND PROCEDURES     96  
  AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT DISCLOSURE     96  
  CODE OF ETHICS DISCLOSURE     96  
  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES     96  
  PURCHASES OF REGISTERED EQUITY SERVICES OF THE ISSUER BYTHE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS     98  
 
           

PART III
       
 
           
  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS     99  
  EXHIBITS     99  
 
           

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
       
 
           

SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION ON BANKING OPERATIONS
    102  
 EXHIBIT 7
 EXHIBIT 8
 EXHIBIT 10.1
 EXHIBIT 10.2
 EXHIBIT 10.3
 EXHIBIT 12.1
 EXHIBIT 12.2
 EXHIBIT 13.1
 EXHIBIT 13.2

2


Table of Contents

PRESENTATION OF INFORMATION
In this Annual Report, references to “ING Groep N.V.”, “we” and “us” refer to the ING holding company, incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, and references to “ING”, “ING Group”, the “Company” and the “Group”, refer to ING Groep N.V. and its consolidated subsidiaries. ING Groep N.V.’s primary insurance and banking subsidiaries are ING Verzekeringen N.V. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “ING Insurance”) and ING Bank N.V. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “ING Bank”), respectively.
ING presents its consolidated financial statements in euros, the currency of the European Economic and Monetary Union. Unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise requires, references to “US$” and “Dollars” are to the United States dollars and references to “EUR” are to euros.
Solely for the convenience of the reader, this Annual Report contains translations of certain euro amounts into U.S. dollars at specified rates. These translations should not be construed as representations that the translated amounts actually represent such dollar or euro amounts, as the case may be, or could be converted into U.S. dollars or euros, as the case may be, at the rates indicated or at any other rate. Therefore, unless otherwise stated, the translations of euros into U.S. dollars have been made at the rate of euro 1.00 = $ 1.1899, the noon buying rate in New York City for cable transfers in euros as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the “Noon Buying Rate”) on March 1, 2006.
Except as otherwise noted, financial statement amounts set forth in this Annual Report are presented in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (“EU”). In this document the term “IFRS-EU” is used to refer to International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU including the decisions ING Group made with regard to the options available under International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU. Refer to Note 2.1 of the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of the basis of presentation. IFRS-EU differs in certain significant respects from U.S. GAAP. Reference is made to Note 2.4.1 of Notes to the consolidated financial statements for a description of the significant differences between IFRS-EU and U.S. GAAP and a reconciliation of certain income statement and balance sheet items to U.S. GAAP.
Unless otherwise indicated, gross premiums, gross premiums written and gross written premiums as referred to in this Annual Report include premiums (whether or not earned) for insurance policies written during a specified period, without deduction for premiums ceded, and net premiums, net premiums written and net written premiums include premiums (whether or not earned) for insurance policies written during a specified period, after deduction for premiums ceded. Certain amounts set forth herein may not sum due to rounding.

3


Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT WITH RESPECT TO FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Certain of the statements contained in this Annual Report that are not historical facts, including, without limitation, certain statements made in the sections hereof entitled “Information on the Company,” “Dividends,” “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects,” “Selected Statistical Information on Banking Operations” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risk” are statements of future expectations and other forward-looking statements that are based on management’s current views and assumptions and involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results, performance or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in such statements. Actual results, performance or events may differ materially from those in such statements due to, without limitation,
  changes in general economic conditions, including in particular economic conditions in ING’s core markets,
 
  changes in performance of financial markets, including emerging markets,
 
  the frequency and severity of insured loss events,
 
  changes affecting mortality and morbidity levels and trends,
 
  changes affecting persistency levels,
 
  changes affecting interest rate levels,
 
  changes affecting currency exchange rates, including the euro/U.S. dollar exchange rate,
 
  increasing levels of competition in the Netherlands, Belgium, the Rest of Europe (Europe and Russia, excluding the Netherlands and Belgium), the United States and other markets in which we do business, including emerging markets,
 
  changes in laws and regulations,
 
  regulatory changes relating to the banking or insurance industries,
 
  changes in the policies of central banks and/or foreign governments,
 
  general competitive factors, in each case on a global, regional and/or national basis.
ING is under no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information or for any other reason. See “Item 3. Key Information-Risk factors” and “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects – Factors affecting results of operations.”

4


Table of Contents

PART I
Item 1. Identity Of Directors, Senior Management And Advisors
Not Applicable.
Item 2. Offer Statistics And Expected Timetable
Not Applicable.
Item 3. Key Information
The selected consolidated financial information data set forth below is derived from the consolidated financial statements of ING Group. ING Group adopted IFRS as adopted by the EU as of 2005.The 2004 figures have been restated to comply with IFRS-EU. However, as permitted under IFRS 1, First-time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS 1”), the 2004 comparatives exclude the impact of IAS 32, Financial Instruments; Disclosure and Presentation (“IAS 32”), IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement (“IAS 39”) and IFRS 4, Insurance Contracts (“IFRS 4”), which were implemented starting from January 1, 2005.
IFRS-EU differs in certain significant respects from U.S. GAAP, Refer to Note 2.4.1 to the consolidated financial statements for a description of the significant differences between IFRS-EU and U.S. GAAP and a reconciliation of certain income statement and balance sheet items to U.S. GAAP.
The following information should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to the Group’s consolidated financial statements and other financial information included elsewhere herein.

5


Table of Contents

                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2005     2005(2)     2004(2)  
    USD(1)     EUR     EUR  
    (in millions, except amounts  
    per share and ratios)  
IFRS-EU Consolidated Income Statement Data
                       
Income from insurance operations:
                       
Gross premiums written:
                       
Life
    46,579       39,144       36,975  
Non-life
    7,878       6,614       6,642  
 
                 
Total
    54,447       45,758       43,617  
Investment income
    11,832       9,944       10,179  
Commission and other income
    2,049       1,722       1,806  
 
                 
Total income from insurance operations
    68,328       57,424       55,602  
Income from banking operations:
                       
Interest income
    57,522       48,342       25,471  
Interest expense
    46,620       39,180       16,772  
 
                 
Net interest result
    10,902       9,162       8,699  
Investment income
    1,115       937       363  
Commission
    2,857       2,401       2,581  
Other income
    1,604       1,348       1,035  
 
                 
Total income from banking operations
    16,478       13,848       12,678  
Total income (3)
    84,651       71,141       68,159  
 
                 
 
                       
Expenditure from insurance operations:
                       
Life
    56,136       47,177       44,988  
Non-life
    7,459       6,269       6,292  
 
                 
Total expenditure from insurance operations
    63,595       53,446       51,280  
Total expenditure from banking operations
    10,628       8,932       9,260  
 
                 
Total expenditure (3,4)
    74,068       62,247       60,419  
 
                 
 
                       
Profit before tax from insurance operations:
                       
Life
    3,172       2,666       2,647  
Non-life
    1,561       1,312       1,675  
 
                 
Total
    4,733       3,978       4,322  
Profit before tax from banking operations
    5,850       4,916       3,418  
 
                 
Profit before tax
    10,583       8,894       7,440  
Taxation
    1,641       1,379       1,709  
Third-party interests
    363       305       276  
 
                 
Net profit
    8,579       7,210       5,755  
 
                 
Dividend on ordinary shares
    3,079       2,588       2,359  
Addition to shareholders’ equity
    5,500       4,622       3,396  
Net profit attributable to equity holders of the Company
    8,579       7,210       5,755  
Ordinary share attributable to equity holders of the Company (5)
    3.95       3.32       2.71  
Distributable net profit per ordinary share (5)
    3.95       3.32       2.71  
Net profit per ordinary share and ordinary share equivalent (fully diluted)(5)
    3.95       3.32       2.71  
Dividend per ordinary share (5)
    1.40       1.18       1.07  
Interim Dividend
    0.64       0.54       0.49  
Final Dividend
    0.76       0.64       0.58  
Number of ordinary shares outstanding (in millions)
    2,204.9       2,204.9       2,204.7  
Dividend pay-out ratio (6)
    35.5 %     35.5 %     39.5 %

6


Table of Contents

                                                 
    2005     2005     2004     2003     2002     2001  
    USD     (EUR millions)  
U.S. GAAP Consolidated Income Statement Data
                                               
Total income
    57,068       47,960       49,733       48,025       49,316       49,479  
 
                                               
Net profit U.S. GAAP, excluding cumulative effects
    8,301       6,976       6,688       4,512       3,476       1,770  
Cumulative effects of changes in accounting principles
                    (91 )             (13,103 )        
 
                                           
Net profit U.S. GAAP, including cumulative effects (7)(8)
    8,301       6,976       6,597       4,512       (9,627 )     1,770  
Net profit per Ordinary share and Ordinary share equivalent (5)
    3.82       3.21       3.10       2.23       (5.00 )     0.90  
                         
    Year ended December 31,  
    2005     2005(2)     2004(2)  
    USD(1)     EUR     EUR  
    (in billions, except amounts per  
    share and ratios)  
IFRS-EU Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
                       
Total assets
    1,378.6       1,158.6       876.4  
Investments:
                       
Insurance
    171.9       144.5       112.1  
Banking
    214.3       180.1       164.2  
 
                 
Total
    386.2       324.6       276.3  
Loans and advances to customers
    522.6       439.2       330.5  
Insurance and investment contracts:
                       
Life
    276.2       232.1       205.5  
Non-life
    15.2       12.8       11.4  
Investment contracts
    22.1       18.6          
 
                 
Total
    313.5       263.5       216.9  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit:
                       
Savings accounts of the banking operations
    320.6       269.4       219.4  
Other deposits and bank funds
    233.6       196.3       129.8  
 
                 
Total
    554.1       465.7       349.2  
Amounts due to banks
    145.4       122.2       95.9  
Share capital (in millions)
    2,292.0       2,292.0       2,291.8  
Shareholders’ equity
    43.7       36.7       24.1  
Shareholders’ equity per ordinary share (5)
    20.18       16.96       12.95  
Shareholders’ equity per ordinary share and ordinary share equivalent (5)
    20.18       16.96       12.95  
                                                 
    2005     2005     2004     2003     2002     2001  
    USD         (EUR millions)  
U.S. GAAP Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
                                               
Total assets
    1,379.5       1,159.3       920.4       818.8       762.5       752.3  
Shareholders’ equity
    49.5       41.6       35.1       28.0       25.1       38.8  
Shareholders’ equity per ordinary share and ordinary share equivalent (5)
    22.86       19.21       16.00       13.27       12.61       19.83  
 
(1)   Euro amounts have been translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rate of $ 1.1899 to EUR 1.00, the noon buying rate in New York City on March 1, 2006 for cable transfers in euros as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.
 
(2)   For the impact of divestments in 2005 and 2004 refer to “Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” .
 
(3)   After elimination of certain intercompany transactions between the insurance operations and the banking operations. See Note 2.1. to the consolidated financial statements.

7


Table of Contents

(4)   Includes all non-interest expenses, including additions to the provision for loan losses. See “Item 5, Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Liquidity and capital resources”.
 
(5)   Net profit per share amounts have been calculated based on the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding and equity per share amounts have been calculated based on the number of ordinary shares outstanding at the end of the respective periods. For purposes of this calculation ING Groep N.V. shares held by Group companies are deducted from the total number of ordinary shares in issue. The computation is based on daily averages, and in case of exercised warrants, the day of exercise is taken into consideration.
 
(6)   The dividend pay-out ratio is based on net profit attributed to equity holders of the Company.
 
(7)   As of January 2002, SFAS 142 under U.S. GAAP requires that goodwill is tested for impairment annually. This change resulted in a non-cash transitional impairment loss in 2002, related to the carrying value of goodwill as of December 31, 2001 of EUR 13,103 million, which was required to be recognized under U.S. GAAP net profit in 2002 as the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles.
 
(8)   Upon adoption of SOP 03-1, “Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for certain Nontraditional long-duration contracts and for separate Accounts”, and the related Technical Practice Aid (“TPA”) effective January 1, 2004, ING Group recognized a cumulative effect of change in accounting principle of EUR 91 million. See note 2.4.10(h) of the consolidated financial statements for further information on this change.
EXCHANGE RATES
Fluctuations in the exchange rate between the euro and the U.S. dollar will affect the U.S. dollar amounts received by owners of shares or ADSs on conversion of dividends, if any, paid in euros on the shares and will affect the U.S. dollar price of the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange.
The following table sets forth, for the periods and dates indicated, certain information concerning the exchange rate for U.S. dollars into euros based on the Noon Buying Rate.
                                 
    U.S. dollars per euro  
Calendar Period   Period     Average     High     Low  
    End(1)     Rate(2)                  
2001
    0.8901       0.8909       0.9535       0.8370  
2002
    1.0485       0.9495       1.0485       0.8594  
2003
    1.2597       1.2074       1.2597       1.0361  
2004
    1.3538       1.2478       1.3625       1.1801  
2005
    1.1842       1.2397       1.3476       1.1670  
2006 (through March 22, 2006)(2)
    1.2095       1.2059       1.2287       1.1860  
 
(1)   The Noon Buying Rate at such dates differ from the rates used in the preparation of ING’s consolidated financial statements as of such date.
 
    See Note 2.1 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
(2)   The average of the Noon Buying Rates on the last business day of each full calendar month during the period.
The table below shows the high and low exchange rate of U.S. dollars per euro for the last six months
                 
    High     Low  
September 2005
    1.2538       1.2011  
October 2005
    1.2148       1.1914  
November 2005
    1.2067       1.1672  
December 2005
    1.2041       1.1699  
January 2006
    1.2287       1.1980  
February 2006
    1.2100       1.1882  
March 2006 (through March 22, 2006)
    1.2197       1.1860  
The Noon Buying Rate for euros on December 31, 2005 was EUR 1.00 = $ 1.1842 and the Noon Buying Rate for euros on March 1, 2006 was EUR 1.00 = $ 1.1899.

8


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS
RISKS RELATED TO THE FINANCIAL SERVICES INDUSTRY
Because we are an integrated financial services company conducting business on a global basis, our revenues and earnings are affected by the volatility and strength of the economic, business and capital markets environments specific to the geographic regions in which we conduct business and changes in such factors may adversely affect the profitability of our insurance, banking and asset management business.
Factors such as interest rates, exchange rates, consumer spending, business investment, real estate market government spending, the volatility and strength of the capital markets, and terrorism all impact the business and economic environment and, ultimately, the amount and profitability of business we conduct in a specific geographic region. For example, in an economic downturn characterized by higher unemployment, lower family income, lower corporate earnings, higher corporate and private debt defaults, lower business investment and consumer spending, the demand for banking and insurance products would be adversely affected and our reserves and provisions would likely increase, resulting in lower earnings. Similarly, a downturn in the equity markets could cause a reduction in commission income we earn from managing portfolios for third parties, as well as income generated and capital base from our own proprietary portfolios, each of which is generally tied to the performance and value of such portfolios. We also offer a number of insurance and financial products that expose us to risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates, securities prices, corporate and private default rates, the value of real estate assets, exchange rates and credit spreads. In addition, a mismatch of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities in any given period may, in the event of changes in interest rates, have a material effect on the financial condition or result from operations of our banking and insurance businesses.
Because our life and non-life insurance and reinsurance businesses are subject to losses from unforeseeable and/or catastrophic events, which are inherently unpredictable, our actual claims amount may exceed our established reserves or we may experience an abrupt interruption of activities, each of which could result in lower net profits and have an adverse affect on our results of operations.
In our life and non-life insurance and reinsurance businesses, we are subject to losses from natural and man-made catastrophic events. Such events include, without limitation, weather and other natural catastrophes such as hurricanes, floods and earthquakes, epidemics, as well as terrorist attacks. The frequency and severity of such events, and the losses associated with them, are inherently unpredictable and can not always be adequately reserved. In accordance with industry practices, modeling of natural catastrophes are performed and risk mitigation measures are made. In case claims occur, reserves are established based on estimates using actuarial projection techniques. The process of estimating is based on information available at the time the reserves are originally established and includes updates when more information becomes available. Although we continually review the adequacy of the established claim reserves, and based on current information, we believe our claim reserves are sufficient in total, there can be no assurances that our actual claims experience will not exceed our estimated claim reserves. If actual claim amounts exceed the estimated claim reserves, our earnings may be reduced and our net profits may be adversely affected. In addition, because unforeseeable and/or catastrophic events can lead to abrupt interruption of activities, our banking and insurance operations may be subject to losses resulting from such disruptions. Losses can relate to property, financial assets, trading positions, insurance and pension benefits to employees and also to key personnel. If our business continuity plans are not able to be put into action or do not take such events into account, losses may further increase.
Because we operate in highly regulated industries, changes in statutes, regulations and regulatory policies or the enforcement thereof that govern activities in our various business lines could have an affect on our operations and our net profits.
We are subject to detailed banking, insurance, asset management and other financial services laws and government regulation in each of the jurisdictions in which we conduct business. Regulatory agencies have broad administrative power over many aspects of the financial services business, which may include liquidity, capital adequacy and permitted investments, ethical issues, money

9


Table of Contents

laundering, privacy, record keeping, and marketing and selling practices. Banking, insurance and other financial services laws, regulations and policies currently governing us and our subsidiaries may change at any time in ways which have an adverse effect on our business, and we cannot predict the timing or form of any future regulatory or enforcement initiatives in respect thereof. Also, bank regulators and other supervisory authorities in the EU, the US and elsewhere continue to scrutinize payment processing and other transactions under regulations governing such matters as money-laundering, prohibited transactions with countries subject to sanctions, and bribery or other anti-corruption measures. If we fail to address, or appear to fail to address, appropriately any of these changes or initiatives, our reputation could be harmed and we could be subject to additional legal risk, which could, in turn, increase the size and number of claims and damages asserted against us or subject us to enforcement actions, fines and penalties. Despite our best efforts to comply with applicable regulations, there are a number of risks in areas where applicable regulations may be unclear or where regulators revise their previous guidance or courts overturn previous rulings. Regulators and other authorities have the power to bring administrative or judicial proceedings against us, which could result, among other things, in suspension or revocation of our licenses, cease and desist orders, fines, civil penalties, criminal penalties or other disciplinary action which could materially harm our results of operations and financial condition.
RISKS RELATED TO THE COMPANY
Because we operate in highly competitive markets, including in our home market, we may not be able to further increase, or even maintain, our market share, which may have an adverse affect on our results of operations.
There is substantial competition in the Netherlands and the other countries in which we do business for the types of insurance, commercial banking, investment banking, asset management and other products and services we provide. Customer loyalty and retention can be influenced by a number of factors, including relative service levels, the prices and attributes of products and services, and actions taken by competitors. If we are not able to match or compete with the products and services offered by our competitors, it could adversely impact our ability to maintain or further increase our market share, which would adversely affect our results of operations. Such competition is most pronounced in our more mature markets of the Netherlands, Belgium, the Rest of Europe, the United States, Canada and Australia. In recent years, however, competition in emerging markets, such as Latin America, Asia and Central and Eastern Europe, has also increased as large insurance and banking industry participants from more developed countries have sought to establish themselves in markets which are perceived to offer higher growth potential, and as local institutions have become more sophisticated and competitive and have sought alliances, mergers or strategic relationships with our competitors. We derived approximately 38% of our profit before tax in 2005 from the Netherlands. Based on geographic division of our operating profit, the Netherlands is our largest market for both our banking and insurance operations. Our main competitors in the banking sector in the Netherlands are ABN Amro Bank and Rabobank. Our main competitors in the insurance sector in the Netherlands are Achmea, Fortis and Aegon. We derived approximately 13% of our profit before tax in 2005 from the United States. Our main competitors in the United States are insurance companies such as Lincoln National, Hartford, Aegon Americas, Met Life, Prudential, Nationwide and Principal Financial. Increasing competition in these or any of our other markets may significantly impact our results if we are unable to match the products and services offered by our competitors.
Because we have many counterparties that we do business with, the inability of these counterparties to meet their financial obligations could have an adverse effect on our results of operations.
General
Third-parties that owe us money, securities or other assets may not pay or perform under their obligations. These parties include the issuers whose securities we hold, borrowers under loans originated, customers, trading counterparties, counterparties under swaps, credit default and other derivative contracts, clearing agents, exchanges, clearing house and other financial intermediaries. These parties may default on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, lack of liquidity, downturns in the economy or real estate values, operational failure or other reasons.

10


Table of Contents

Reinsurers
Our insurance operations have bought protection for risks that exceed certain risk tolerance levels set for both our life and non-life business. This protection is bought through reinsurance arrangements in order to reduce possible losses. Because in most cases we must pay the policyholders first, and then collect from the reinsurer, we are subject to credit risk with respect to each reinsurer for all such amounts. As a percentage of our (potential) reinsurance receivables as of December 31, 2005, the greatest exposure after collateral to an individual reinsurer was approximately 40%, approximately 20% related to four other reinsurers and the remainder of the reinsurance receivables balance related to various other reinsurers. The inability of any one of these reinsurers to meet its financial obligations to us could have a material adverse effect on our net profits and our financial results.
Because we use assumptions about factors to determine the insurance provisions, deferred acquisition costs (DAC) and value of business added (VOBA), the use of different assumptions about these factors may have an adverse impact on our results of operations.
The establishment of insurance provisions, including the impact of minimum guarantees which are contained within certain variable annuity products, the adequacy test performed on the provisions for life policies and the establishment of DAC and VOBA are inherently uncertain processes involving assumptions about factors such as court decisions, changes in laws, social, economic and demographic trends, inflation, investment returns, policyholder behaviour and other factors, and, in the life insurance business, assumptions concerning mortality and morbidity trends.
The use of different assumptions about these factors could have a material effect on insurance provisions and underwriting expense. Changes in assumptions may lead to changes in the insurance provisions over time. Furthermore, some of these assumptions can be volatile.
For example, in Taiwan, the adequacy of provisions for life policies are highly sensitive to interest rates and other assumptions and can only be reliably estimated within broad ranges which may vary significantly from period to period. If the interest rates as at December 31, 2005 had been 1% lower, these Taiwan provisions would have been inadequate at the 50% confidence interval and, consequently, an amount of approximately EUR 1.7 billion (after tax) would have been included as a charge in the profit and loss account, reflecting the amount necessary to bring reserves to a best estimate level.
Because we use assumptions to model client behaviour for the purpose of our market risk calculations, the use of different assumptions may have an adverse impact on the risk figures.
We use assumptions in order to model client behaviour for the risk calculations in our banking book. Assumptions are used to determine the price sensitivity of savings and current accounts and to estimate the embedded optionality risk in the mortgage portfolio. The use of different assumptions to determine the client behaviour could have a material adverse effect on the calculated risk figures for the banking books.
Because we also operate in markets with less developed judiciary and dispute resolution systems, legal proceedings could have an adverse effect on our operations and net result.
In the less developed markets in which we operate, judiciary and dispute resolution systems may be less developed. In case of a breach of contract we may have difficulties in making and enforcing claims against contractual counterparties. On the other hand, if claims are made against us, we might encounter difficulties in mounting a defense against such allegations. If we become party to legal proceedings in a market with an insufficiently developed judiciary system, it could have an adverse effect on our operations and net result.
Because we are a financial services company and we are continually developing new financial products, we might be faced with claims that could have an adverse effect on our operations and net result if clients’ expectations are not met.
When new financial products are brought to the market, communication and marketing is focused on potential advantages for the customers. If the products do not generate the expected profit, or result in

11


Table of Contents

a loss, or otherwise do not meet expectations, customers may file claims against us. Such claims could have an adverse effect on our operations and net result.
Our business may be negatively affected by adverse publicity, regulatory actions or litigation with respect to the Company, other well-known companies and the financial services industry generally.
Adverse publicity and damage to the ING’s reputation arising from its failure or perceived failure to comply with legal and regulatory requirements, financial reporting irregularities involving other large and well known companies, increasing regulatory and law enforcement scrutiny of “know your customer” anti-money laundering and anti-terrorist-financing procedures and their effectiveness, regulatory investigations of the mutual fund and insurance industries, and litigation that arises from the failure or perceived failure by ING to comply with legal and regulatory requirements, could result in increased regulatory supervision, affect our ability to attract and retain customers, maintain access to the capital markets, result in suits, enforcement actions, fines and penalties or have other adverse effects on us in ways that are not predictable.
Because we are a Dutch company and because the Stichting ING Aandelen holds more than 99% of our Ordinary shares, the rights of our shareholders may differ from the rights of shareholders in other jurisdictions, which could limit your rights as a shareholder and reduce the accountability of the members of our Executive and Supervisory Boards and our management to our shareholders.
While holders of our bearer receipts are entitled to attend and speak at the General Meetings of Shareholders, voting rights are not attached to the bearer depositary receipts. Stichting ING Aandelen (“the Trust”) holds more than 99% of our Ordinary shares, exercises the voting rights attached to the Ordinary shares (for which bearer receipts have been issued). Holders of bearer receipts who attend – in person or by proxy — the General Meeting of Shareholders must obtain voting rights by proxy from the Trust. Holders of bearer receipts and holders of the ADSs (American Depositary Shares) representing the bearer receipts, who do not attend the General Meeting of Shareholders, may give binding voting instructions to the Trust. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions – Voting of the Ordinary shares underlying bearer receipts by the Trust”. The Trust is entitled to vote any Ordinary shares underlying the bearer depositary receipts for which the Trust has not granted voting proxies, or voting instructions have not been given to the Trust. In excercising its voting discretion, the Trust is required to make use of the voting rights attached to the Ordinary shares in the interest of the holders of bearer receipts, while taking into account
  our interests;
 
  the interests of our affiliates; and
 
  the interests of our other stakeholders.
in such a way that all interests are balanced and safeguarded as effectively as possible. The Trust may, but has no obligation to, consult with the holders of bearer receipts or ADSs in exercising its voting rights in respect of any Ordinary shares for which it is entitled to vote. These arrangements differ from U.S. practice and accordingly may affect the rights of the holders of bearer receipts or ADSs and their power to affect the Company’s business and operations and the accountability of the Company’s directors and management.
The share price of our bearer receipts and ADSs has been, and may continue to be, volatile which may impact the value of our bearer receipts or ADSs you hold.
The share price of our bearer receipts and our ADSs has been volatile in the past due, in part, to the high volatility in the securities markets generally and more particular in shares of financial institutions. Other factors, besides our financial results, that may impact our share price include, but are not limited to:
  market expectations of the performance and capital adequacy of financial institutions in general;
 
  investor perception of the success and impact of our strategies;
 
  a downgrade or review of our credit ratings;
 
  potential litigation or regulatory action involving ING Group or sectors we have exposure to through our insurance and banking activities;

12


Table of Contents

  announcements concerning financial problems or any investigations into the accounting practices of other financial institutions; and
 
  general market volatility.
Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands and many of the members of our Supervisory and Executive Board and our officers reside outside of the United States, it may be difficult for you to enforce judgments against us or the members of our Supervisory and Executive Boards or our officers.
Most of our Supervisory and Executive Board members, and some of the experts named in this Annual Report, as well as many of our officers are persons who are not residents of the United States, and most of our and their assets, are located outside the United States. As a result, you may not be able to serve process on those persons within the United States or to enforce in the United States judgments obtained in U.S. courts against us or those persons based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws.
You also may not be able to enforce judgments of U.S. courts under the U.S. federal securities laws in courts outside the United States, including the Netherlands. The United States and the Netherlands do not currently have a treaty providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters. Therefore, you will not be able to enforce in the Netherlands a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by any U.S. federal or state court based on civil liability, even if the judgment is not based only on the U.S. federal securities laws, unless a competent court in the Netherlands gives binding effect to the judgment.
Item 4. Information on the Company
GENERAL
ING was established as a Naamloze Vennootschap (public limited liability company) on March 4, 1991 through the merger of Nationale-Nederlanden, which was the largest insurer in the Netherlands, and NMB Postbank Group, which was one of the largest banks in the Netherlands. ING Groep N.V. is incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands.
The official address of ING Group is:   Our principal U.S. office is:
 
ING Groep N.V.   ING Financial Holdings Corporation
Amstelveenseweg 500   1325 Avenue of the Americas
1081 KL Amsterdam   New York, NY 10019
P.O. Box 810, 1000 AV Amsterdam   United States of America
The Netherlands   Telephone +1 646 424 6000
Telephone +31 20 541 5411    
Mission
We strive to deliver our financial products and services in the way our customers expect: with exemplary service, maximum convenience and at competitive rates. This is reflected in our mission statement: to set the standard in helping our customers manage their financial future.
Profile
ING is a global financial services company with 150 years of experience, providing a wide array of banking, insurance and asset management services in over 50 countries. Our 115,000 employees work daily to satisfy a broad customer base: individuals, families, small businesses, large corporations, institutions and governments. Based on market capitalisation, ING is one of the 15 largest financial institutions worldwide and in the top-10 in Europe.
Business
ING is a major financial services company in the Benelux home market. ING services its retail clients in these markets with a wide range of retail-banking, insurance and asset management products. In our wholesale banking activities we operate worldwide, but with a primary focus on the Benelux countries. In the United States, ING is a top-10 provider of retirement services and life insurance, based on sales and assets under management. In Canada, we are the top property and casualty insurer based on

13


Table of Contents

direct written premium. ING Direct is a leading direct bank with 15 million customers in nine countries. In the growth markets of Asia, Central Europe and Latin America we provide life insurance. We are also a large asset manager with assets under management of almost EUR 550 billion. ING Real Estate is the largest property company in the world, based on its total business portfolio.
Stakeholders
ING conducts its business on the basis of clearly defined business principles. In all our activities we carefully weigh the interests of our stakeholders: customers, shareholders, employees, business partners and society at large. ING strives to be a good corporate citizen.
CHANGES IN PRINCIPLES OF VALUATION AND DETERMINATION OF RESULTS
Reference is made to Note 2.1.1 Changes in accounting principles.
CHANGES IN THE COMPOSITION OF THE GROUP
In February 2005, ING Group sold internet service provider Freeler to KPN. The sale resulted in a net gain of EUR 10 million.
In March 2005, ING Group reduced its stake in ING Bank Slaski from 87.77% to 75% by selling shares on the market. By reducing the stake in ING Bank Slaski, ING Group complied with requirements set by the Polish regulator in 2001. ING Group has no intention to further reduce its stake of 75% in ING Bank Slaski.
In March 2005, ING Group acquired 19.9% of Bank of Beijing for an amount of EUR 166 million. Bank of Beijing is the second largest city commercial bank in China and the third largest bank in Beijing.
In March 2005 ING Group finalised the sale of Barings Asset Management to MassMutual Financial Group and Northern Trust Corp. The sale resulted in a net gain of EUR 254 million.
In May 2005, ING Group sold Life Insurance Company of Georgia to Prudential PLC’s subsidiary, Jackson National Life Insurance Company. The loss from this transaction amounts to EUR 32 million after tax.
In June 2005, ING Group formed a private equity joint venture to purchase Gables Residential Trust, a U.S.-based real estate investment trust. Gables Residential Trust is a developer, builder, owner and manager of higher-end multifamily properties. ING will provide $400 million in equity to finance the transaction. The venture is managed by ING Clarion, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ING Group.
In June 2005, ING Group purchased GE Commercial Finance’s 50% stake in NMB-Heller’s Dutch and Belgian factoring business. The factoring business has been transferred into a new company, which operates under the name ING Commercial Finance. GE Commercial Finance purchased ING’s 50% stake in NMB-Heller’s German unit, Heller GmbH. Both purchases took effect retroactively from 1 January 2005.
In August 2005, ING Group acquired a portfolio of properties located in the UK from Abbey National. The purchase price amounted to EUR 1.7 billion. The portfolio has been divided between various separate account clients.
In October 2005, ING Group acquired Eural NV from Dexia Bank Belgium. In the course of 2006, Eural is expected to be merged with ING Belgium’s unit Record Bank.
In November 2005, ING Group sold its stake in Austbrokers Holdings in an initial public offering. Austbrokers is one of the leading insurance brokers in Australia. The decision to sell the business follows ING’s sale of its 50% stake in general insurer QBE Mercantile Mutual to QBE in 2004.
In December 2005 ING Group sold Arenda Holding BV to ZBG, a Dutch private equity firm. Arenda is a provider of consumer finance products.
For the year 2004 reference is made to Note 2.1.1 Acquisitions and disposals of Group companies.

14


Table of Contents

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
For recent changes in the Executive Board and Supervisory Board we refer to “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees”.
GROUP STRATEGY
Strategy lifts results to a higher level
ING continued on the strategic direction it embarked on in 2004. We managed for value and created value. Our businesses in mature markets achieved good results, helped by their constant focus on the efficient execution of business fundamentals. We also continued to focus on our growth engines, which further improved in performance.
ING has a clear financial objective. We want to make sure that, over a longer period, our shareholders receive a better total return on their investment than on most other investments in the financial sector. To achieve this, we manage for value. This means focusing on growing economic profit, which measures profit beyond the cost of capital, and emphasising return improvement and profitable organic growth. In our mature banking and life insurance businesses in the Benelux and the United States, return improvement and profitable growth comes from the proper execution of our business fundamentals. This means managing costs, risks and reputation as well as offering exemplary customer service. We believe that excelling in these operational areas is the key to generating profitable organic growth. ING also continues to invest in business areas that have clear growth potential. Three growth engines have been identified: direct banking, retirement services and life insurance in emerging markets. ING has strong positions in these businesses and intends to raise further their profit potential by using the experience and capital gained in ING’s mature businesses.
In 2005, we continued to execute our strategy with good results. ING benefited from the strategic decisions taken in 2004, when the management structure was simplified and the business portfolio actively managed. This portfolio management resulted in the divestments of underperforming and non-core activities and an improved capital position. Together with the enhanced strategic focus, this led to an upgrade in 2005 of ING Group’s credit ratings by Standard & Poor’s from A+ to AA-.
Enhancing customer satisfaction
ING attaches the utmost importance to exemplary customer service. Especially in mature markets, we believe high customer satisfaction is the way to differentiate ourselves from our peers and to generate profitable top-line growth. Important improvements were made in this area by Nationale-Nederlanden, our Dutch insurance company, which virtually caught up to the industry average in customer satisfaction, continuing the trend of 2004. In our insurance business unit in the United States, we launched a broad initiative to improve processes to better meet customer needs. There was also a clear improvement in customer satisfaction in our retail banking businesses in the Benelux. At ING Direct, customer satisfaction continued to be high in 2005, with almost 80% of customers saying they receive better service from ING Direct than from other financial institutions.
In order to further improve customer satisfaction, ING aligned its brand positioning with the new mission statement introduced in 2004, which is: ‘To set the standard in helping our customers manage their financial future’. At ING, we want to excel in three aspects of client service: ‘being easy to deal with’, ‘treating customers fairly’ and ‘delivering on promises’. This is how we want to position our brand. In 2005, a strategy was devised to promote and implement this brand positioning worldwide, presenting ING as a powerful brand that provides customer reassurance and satisfaction. Throughout the organisation, business units are developing and implementing action plans to make sure they move towards ING’s customer-centric positioning.
Managing costs
Customer satisfaction alone, however, is not enough to create value, especially not in mature markets. Fierce competition in these markets makes it essential to look continuously for ways to keep costs under control and improve efficiency. Cost containment and excellent customer satisfaction go hand-in-hand as operational drivers to create value in these markets. In 2005, several initiatives were taken to control underlying expenses and improve efficiency in mature markets. We announced an efficiency programme at Nationale-Nederlanden to reduce the annual cost base by 20% by 2007 compared with

15


Table of Contents

2004. We also took steps to streamline our IT organisation in the Benelux, including outsourcing and reducing the number of internal and third-party staff. In the United States, we made substantial progress with the outsourcing of our technology infrastructure to IBM. In total, those measures are expected to lead to cost savings of approximately EUR 500 million by 2008.
Managing risks
Managing our risks and consequently the cost of capital is essential for stable, profitable growth. Risk management supports value creation by providing insight into the levels of risk we can absorb compared with our earnings power and capital base. Integrated risk management — combining credit, market, insurance and operational risk into one common view — has become a key ingredient in our strategy. It allows us to capture the benefits of being a diversified financial services firm and to create a clear overview of all risks.
In 2005, ING introduced ‘Integrated Centralised Capital Management’ in order to utilise our capital more efficiently. Major progress was achieved in the credit risk area in both risk modelling and data quality, both of which are key elements of Basel II. We have also been able to leverage this experience to our banking operations, which has led to a better modelling of loan loss provisions and an enhancement of our internal models for measuring risk. For insurance, we introduced new economic capital models, based on the experiences of the banking operations, and converted these into a limit structure for Market Value-at-Risk.
Our ultimate goal of integrated risk management is to better align our risk taking to our risk appetite. This allows ING to make optimal use of its capital base, leading to a lower overall cost of capital.
Managing reputation
Integrity and reputation are two of ING’s most important assets. Regulatory compliance is essential because ING’s long-term relationships with its clients depend on integrity and fairness. In 2005, ING adopted a new group-wide compliance policy which contained a framework to enable swift and uniform group-wide execution. Senior management has been made more accountable for compliance. Compliance will be integrated in their performance targets and remuneration structure as from 2006. Certain compliance irregularities took place in the Netherlands during 2005.
Investing in growth
Retirement services, life insurance in developing markets and direct banking are ING’s growth engines. Good progress was made in 2005. In the United States, profits from US Retirement Services went up by 22%. In Central Europe, pension fund profits were up 16%. In the Slovak Republic, ING acquired the pension provider VSP Tatry Sympatia which considerably strengthens our position in this market.
In our life insurance business in developing markets, we posted a 40% rise in the value of new business, driven by the businesses in Asia and Central Europe. To add growth potential to our life insurance and retail banking businesses in China, we acquired a 19.9% stake in the Bank of Beijing. This acquisition provides ING with a platform to sell a range of insurance and investment products to an increasingly affluent customer base in China.
Finally, our direct banking business in mature markets delivered high growth and profit in a challenging yield curve environment. The number of new ING Direct customers went up by 3.2 million to 14.7 million at the end of 2005. Total funds entrusted rose by EUR 42.6 billion to EUR 188 billion. ING Direct now accounts for 14% of total underlying banking profits, compared with 12% a year ago.
Instilling a performance culture
Executing our strategy successfully and accelerating profitable growth throughout the company requires that employees understand ING’s strategy and the goals of their business unit. Employees must know their role in achieving these goals and should receive regular feed-back on their performance and be rewarded accordingly. This is how ING sees a performance culture. In 2005, steps were taken at all business levels to embed a performance culture still more firmly, ranging from management change programmes and workshops to individual talent and team development initiatives.

16


Table of Contents

Conclusions and ambitions
In 2005, ING managed for value and created value. We took initiatives to enhance customer satisfaction, contain costs and improve risk management and did so with good results. We continued to invest in our growth engines, which improved their performance. Action was taken to strengthen the compliance organisation and instil a performance culture throughout the organisation. In 2006, we will continue to pursue this strategy. Supported by the proper execution of our business skills and a continued focus on our growth engines, we aim to further improve return and generate profitable organic growth. As such, ING wants to reward its shareholders with a better total shareholder return than most other investments in the financial sector.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Dutch Corporate Governance Code
In its corporate-governance structure and practices, ING Group uses the Dutch Tabaksblat Code as reference. In a separate document, entitled “The Dutch Corporate Governance Code — ING’s implementation of the Tabaksblat Code for good corporate governance” (available on the website of ING Group www.ing.com) ING Group sets out whether and how it applied each of the best-practice provisions of the Tabaksblat Code. The ING Group corporate governance structure as described in this document, including some deviations from the Tabaksblat Code described therein, was approved by the General Meeting of Shareholders on 26 April 2005. As a result, ING Group is considered to be in full compliance with the Code.
In 2005, ING Group applied the best-practice provisions of the Tabaksblat Code as described in the above-mentioned document, subject to the following qualifications:
     
l
  With respect to best-practice provision II.1.4 of the Tabaksblat Code regarding reporting on internal risk-management and control systems, ING Group has elected to report in accordance with the US securities regulations adopted under Section 404 of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act (SOX). The Executive Board will add this report for the first time to the annual accounts and/or annual report for the financial year 2006.
 
   
l
  Mr. J.H.M. Hommen, who was appointed in the 2005 General Meeting of Shareholders as a Supervisory Board member, has more than five positions as a supervisory board member with other Dutch listed companies (which is not compliant with the best-practice provision III.3.4). Mr. Hommen has informed us he would resolve this situation in due course.
 
   
 
  Both qualifications were approved by the General Meeting of Shareholders of 26 April 2005.
Corporate Governance Differences
Under the New York Stock Exchange’s (“NYSE”) listing standards, ING Group as a foreign private issuer must disclose any significant ways in which its corporate-governance practices differ from those followed by US domestic companies under the NYSE listing standards. An overview of what we believe to be the significant differences between our corporate-governance practices and NYSE corporate-governance rules applicable to US companies is available on the website of ING Group (www.ing.com).
CORPORATE ORGANIZATION
ING Groep N.V. has a Supervisory Board and an Executive Board. The Executive Board is responsible for the day-to-day management of the Group and its business lines (Insurance Europe, Insurance Americas, Insurance Asia/Pacific, Wholesale Banking, Retail Banking and ING Direct). For more information about the Supervisory and Executive Boards, see “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees”.
Business Lines
Each business line formulates the strategic, commercial and financial policies in conformity with the group strategy and performance targets set by the Executive Board. Each business line is also responsible for the preparation of its annual budget, which is then approved and monitored by the Executive Board. In addition, each business line approves the strategy, commercial policy and the annual budgets of the business units in its business line and monitors the realization of the policies and budgets of that business line and its business units.

17


Table of Contents

The following chart shows the breakdown by business line of ING’s total income and total profit before tax for the year 2005. Please see “Item 5. Operating and financial review and prospects”, Segment Reporting for the total income and profit before tax by business line for the years ended 2005 and 2004.
     
2005 Total income EUR 71,152 million
  2005 Total profit before tax EUR 9,543 million
(IFRS-EU, excluding corporate line)
  (IFRS-EU, excluding corporate line)
(PIE CHART)
  (PIE CHART)
INSURANCE EUROPE
ING Insurance Europe operates in The Netherlands, Belgium, Luxembourg, Switzerland, Spain and Central Europe, including Hungary, Greece, Poland, the Czech Republic, Slovakia, Russia and Romania. These operating companies have tailored their insurance products, investment and asset management services and pension fund services for certain target markets and distribution channels. For example, through the direct marketing channel (using the Postbank brand), ING primarily offers basic retail insurance products in the Netherlands, while other distribution channels are more suitable for selling complex products requiring more personal service and specialized advice. In addition to the direct marketing channel, distribution channels in Europe include intermediaries, branches, tied agents and franchises. ING considers the degree of personal service and specialized advice as an important factor in determining how to distribute its products and services within Europe.
The investments of ING Insurance Europe are managed by ING Investment Management Europe (“ING IM Europe”). ING IM Europe also manages equity, fixed income and structured investments for institutional investors and the private label investment funds sold by various ING companies, including ING Bank, ING Belgium, Postbank, Nationale-Nederlanden and third party distributors. In addition, ING IM Europe is responsible for managing the treasury activities of ING Insurance.
ING’s life insurance products in Europe consist of a broad range of participating (with profit) and nonparticipating (without profit) policies written for both individual and group customers. Individual life products include a variety of endowment, term, whole life and unit linked insurance policies. In some countries, Group policies are designed to fund private pension benefits offered by a wide range of businesses and institutions as a supplement to government provided benefits. For corporate clients, customized policies are offered to meet the needs of individual employers. For small and medium sized companies, standardized policies providing specified benefit levels are offered. Meanwhile, mandatory pension fund services are mainly offered in Central Europe and Russia.
ING’s non-life products include coverage for both individual and commercial/group clients for fire, automobile, disability, health-care, transport and aviation insurance, third party liability insurance and indirect premiums (incoming reinsurance premiums). In the Netherlands, the government is decreasing its role in the field of disability insurance and sick pay, possibly creating new opportunities for insurance companies to provide private-sector coverage for benefits previously provided by the Dutch government. ING offers a broad range of disability insurance products and complementary services for employers and individual professionals (such as dentists and lawyers).

18


Table of Contents

INSURANCE AMERICAS
ING Insurance Americas (“ING Americas”) operates in four main geographic areas: Canada, the United States, Mexico, and South America. ING Americas offers various types of insurances, retirement services, including defined contribution plans and annuities, mutual funds, brokerage services and institutional products, including group reinsurance and principal protection products, as well as retail and institutional asset management.
ING Americas operates in the United States through two business segments: US Financial Services (“USFS”) (which includes both retail businesses and worksite and institutional-oriented businesses), and ING Investment Management (“ING IM Americas”).The U.S. life and non-life markets remain segmented and subject to intense competition as the overall market is growing at mid to high single digit rates. ING Americas is organized in the US by product segment to maximize the growth opportunities in each market and to aggressively manage the differing risks in each product line.
USFS, is comprised of six primary business units, which provide a wide variety of financial products and services to individuals both on a retail basis and through employers.These business units are: Retail Life Insurance, Annuities, Retirement Services (which includes Defined Contribution Pensions and Rollover/Payout business), Group Insurance, Mutual Funds and ING Advisors Network.The primary retail customer target market is the mass affluent segment, which is served by a wide range of individual insurance and investment products, including variable universal life, universal life, and term insurance, fixed and variable annuities and mutual funds. Institutional customers are served in three areas: retirement services which sells 401(k), 403(b) and 457 defined contribution plans with a target market of small case corporations (under 500 employees) and school teachers (kindergarten through 12th grade), group reinsurance, through ING Re, and principal protection products, through ING Institutional Markets. Additionally, USFS offers other services such as financial planning, investment advisory services, pension plan administrative services and trust services primarily through the approximately 8,900 financial professionals affiliated with the wholly owned broker-dealers in ING Advisors Network.
ING IM Americas manages assets in the US, Canada and Latin America focused on two primary business activities: proprietary assets and third party business. ING IM Americas manages proprietary assets for ING Americas’ insurance entities, investing in a diverse mix of public fixed income, private placements, commercial mortgages and alternative assets.Third party business units (mainly in the US) include mutual fund sub-advisory, institutional assets, alternative assets and managed accounts and its products are distributed through proprietary, affiliated and outside distribution channels. Assets are managed in a wide range of investment styles and portfolios including: domestic and international equity funds of various value, blend and growth styles and of small, mid- and large capitalization, domestic fixed income portfolios across the major bond market sectors, balanced portfolios, hedge funds and private equity.
Distribution channels in the US include independent producers, career agents, ING Direct, broker dealers and financial institutions as well as consultants, affiliate distribution channels, financial intermediaries and an institutional sales force for asset management products.
ING Canada focuses on risk management expertise delivered through strong manufacturing and distribution capabilities. In addition, a wealth management capability supports the distribution network. ING Canada’s principal insurance products are automobile and property and liability insurance, which are marketed to individuals and businesses. ING Canada offers commercial specialty lines products. In addition to insurance operations, ING Canada also has a registered mutual fund dealer, ING Wealth Management. In 2005, ING Wealth Management ceased offering its proprietary mutual funds and now focuses on delivering financial solutions to ING clients through a number of distribution partners. Following an initial public offering in 2004 ING Group’s ownership share in ING Canada was reduced to 70%. ING Canada uses independent brokers as its primary distribution channel, accounting for approximately 90% of direct premiums written. ING Canada also sells products directly to customers through the internet and by telephone through call centers in Quebec and Ontario.

19


Table of Contents

ING Americas sells life insurance, health insurance, auto, property and casualty insurance, and pension and financial services products through subsidiaries and joint venture affiliates in selected Latin American markets. Activities are concentrated on the Mexican and Chilean markets and ING Americas also has a joint venture presence in Peru and Brazil. Distribution channels in Mexico and South America include brokers and tied agents.
INSURANCE ASIA/PACIFIC
Insurance Asia/Pacific (“IAP”) is a line of business comprising ING Group’s Asian, Australian and New Zealand insurance and asset management operations. In total, IAP has 24 wholly-owned or joint-venture businesses operating across 13 economies, including Australia, China, Hong Kong, India, Japan, Macau, Malaysia, New Zealand, Philippines, Singapore, South Korea, Taiwan and Thailand. The principal business unit operations are located in Australia, Japan, South Korea and Taiwan. In 2004 and 2005, these principal business unit operations represented 93% and 94% of IAP’s total premium income. respectively.
An IAP regional office in Hong Kong leads, controls and supports all IAP business units in the region, ensures implementation of strategy and standards, encourages synergy both regionally and globally, and produces regional management reports to headquarters in Amsterdam.
IAP’s business units offer various types of life insurance, wealth management, retail and institutional asset management products (including annuity, endowment, disability/ morbidity insurance, unit linked/ universal life, whole life, participating life, group life, accident & health, term life and employee benefits) and services. In Hong Kong and Malaysia, non-life insurance products (including employees’ compensation, medical, motor, fire, marine, personal accident and general liability) are also offered. Each business unit is subject to regulation by its respective insurance or investment regulatory commission, which generally requires a separate operating license and product approvals.
IAP’s distribution channels include tied or career agents, independent agents, financial planners, banc assurance, telemarketing and e-business channels.
Based on an analysis of public disclosures by regulators and competitors and data provided by independent publications, IAP estimates that its combined insurance operations rank second among regional foreign life insurers by annualized premium equivalent (annualized premium equivalent represents the aggregate of new regular premium sales and 10 percent of new single premium sales of life insurance products) and its combined investment management operations in Asia excluding Australia and Japan rank second in terms of total assets under management (AUM) and rank first in terms of retail AUM.

20


Table of Contents

WHOLESALE BANKING
ING Wholesale Banking operates in a highly competitive market. We offer a full range of products to corporates and institutions in the Benelux countries. Elsewhere we operate a more selective and focused client and product approach with a strong presence in over 40 countries worldwide. To continue to improve our market position, Wholesale Banking has three key priorities: client-focus, cross-selling and cost control. In support of these priorities ING aims for flawless execution and strong sector knowledge. These foundations underpin the implementation of a single global brand for Wholesale Banking.
In 2005 the Client Relationship Planning process, in which an account manager discusses with relevant product and sector specialists how to best serve the client, entered its second year and was extended to a wider range of Wholesale Banking clients. Senior bankers and focus sector heads provide additional knowledge to ensure we identify all opportunities we should provide to our clients.
The integration of our mid-corporate clients information in 2005 (which became part of the Wholesale Banking business in 2004) into the Wholesale Banking centralised client information system created more opportunities to service mid-corporate clients in our Benelux home market. The reorganisation and partial divestment of the NMB Heller joint venture between ING and GE Finance in 2005 paved the way for the subsequent creation of Commercial Finance, a new and more efficient division in Wholesale Banking, offering working capital and factoring solutions.
To present one face to the world and improve our overall relationship with clients, ING implemented a single global brand for Wholesale Banking in 2005. A new visual identity was introduced worldwide and a home markets advertising campaign was kicked-off. Research of the client base led to the customisation for Wholesale Banking of the ING brand values.
Our client portfolio was evaluated to ensure a stronger focus on core clients to whom we can sell more high-margin and value-creating products in accordance with our strategic alignment programme called the Target Operating Model. The model focuses on cost control as well as revenue growth, capital optimisation and improved operational efficiency. In 2005 these operations were completed in Asia, the Americas, and the UK. In Central and Eastern Europe the implementation was completed just before the end of 2005. In the home market of the Benelux the new cost control method is still in the implementation phase.
Looking ahead, in 2006 we plan to extend coverage of Client Relationship Planning and senior bankers to more clients, and place further emphasis on our cross-sell strategy. The client action plans that were started in 2005 will be assessed to further improve the quality of our service to clients and there are expected to be new initiatives in cost-discipline. We expect to increase investments in key product areas such as Financial Markets, Payments & Cash Management, Leasing and Structured Finance.
ING Real Estate
ING Real Estate has offices in Europe, the United States, Asia and Australia. ING Real Estate constitutes a unique combination of investment management, development and finance activities. Its primary aim is to make the maximum use of the global expertise in the creation of valuable products. Investment management activities are predominantly carried out for institutional investors who want to diversify their property investments. ING Real Estate Development covers the development of shopping centers, offices and residential units in response to market demand. Our finance business offers a wide range of products, from mortgages, project finance, construction finance and leasing arrangements to syndicated loans.

21


Table of Contents

RETAIL BANKING
The retail banking business focuses on retail banking services to individuals, and to small- and medium-sized businesses and on private banking. These businesses are supported by a multi- product, multi-channel distribution approach. We serve two types of retail markets, each reflecting our different market positions and therefore each requiring a slightly different approach with regard to the retail strategy. In the mature markets of the Netherlands and Belgium, our strategy is to assist our clients in areas such as wealth accumulation, savings and mortgages. We seek to distribute these different products through an efficient mix of channels appropriate to the client segments and products. In a number of selected developing markets (India, Poland, Romania) with the right demographics, economic growth potential and stable institutional environment, our strategy is to become a prominent player in the local retail banking markets, providing our clients with simple but quality products. In the mature markets, achieving operational excellence and cost leadership, combined with the right level of customer satisfaction, will be important for continuing profit growth. ING considers developing economies as opportunities for structural growth due to their strong demographics, rapid income growth, emerging middle classes and relatively low penetration of the financial services sector.
The Netherlands
Postbank is ING’s direct bank in the Netherlands. Postbank reaches its individual customers through home banking, telephone, call centers, internet banking, mailings and post offices. Using direct marketing methods, Postbank leverages its position as a leading provider of current account services and payments systems to provide other financial services such as savings accounts, mortgage loans, consumer loans, credit card services, investment and insurance products. Mortgages are offered through a tied agents sale force and direct and intermediary channels.
ING Bank Netherlands operates through a branch network of 250 branches. It offers a full range of commercial banking activities and life and non-life insurance products. It also sells mortgages through the intermediairy channel.
Belgium
Besides insurance (life, non-life, employee benefits) and asset management, ING Belgium provides banking products and services to meet the needs of individuals, families, companies and institutions through a network of local head offices, 820 traditional branches and direct banking channels (fully automated branches, home banking services and call centers). ING Belgium also operates a second network, Record Bank, which provides a full range of banking products through independent banking agents and credit products through a multitude of channels (agents, brokers, vendors).
Central Europe
In Poland, ING Bank Slaski provides a full range of banking services to business and individual customers through a network of 330 branches, supported by ATMs and telephone, internet and electronic banking. Since 2004 we have opened approximately 80 fully automated outlets in Romania that provide selected banking products to individual clients.
Asia
In India, ING Vysya Bank has a network of 370 branches supported by a sales force of tied agents, who provide a full range of banking services to business and individual clients. In China, ING took a 19.9% participation in Bank of Beijing in 2005.
Private Banking
Private Banking provides wealth management services to high net worth individuals throughout the world. We have continued to raise the visibility of the Private Banking activities in the Benelux to penetrate ING’s existing client base in these markets. In new international markets (Asia, Central Europe, Latin America), we continue to seek to attract new assets to the group, serving them in part out of our branch in Switzerland.

22


Table of Contents

ING DIRECT
ING Direct consists of a direct banking business and stand-alone credit card operations (ING Card). The direct bank is an important part of ING Group’s retail strategy. The strategy of ING Direct is to be a low-cost provider of financial services in large, mature markets by offering clients good value for money and excellent service via call-centers, direct mail and the internet. The main products offered by ING Direct are saving accounts and mortgages. ING Direct also sells a focused range of financial products such as mutual funds, e-brokerage, pensions and life insurance.
ING Direct’s direct bank business is active in nine countries, including Canada, Spain, Australia, France, the United States, Italy, United Kingdom, Germany, Austria, and provides services to approximately 15 million customers. Each country forms a separate business unit, with the exception of Austria which is managed by the German business unit.
ING Direct’s overall growth was driven mainly by the business units in Germany, Spain, Australia, France and Italy, reflecting the impact of client rate adjustments in most of these countries and continued strong commercial growth. In the United States, ING Direct maintained a high growth rate based on interest increases.
At year-end 2005 total client funds entrusted to ING Direct worldwide amounted to EUR 188 billon and total retail mortgages were EUR 55 billion. In 2005, ING Direct attracted approximately 147,000 new mortgage accounts. The percentage of mortgages versus savings accounts continues to increase. The locked in margins of the mortgages continues to contribute stability to the overall business.
ING Card aims at leveraging the extensive retail customer databases within ING Group. ING Card took over the credit card portfolios of Postbank Netherlands and ING Bank Netherlands and Belgium at the beginning of January 2004. At year-end 2005, the portfolio size amounted to 1.4 million cards. Although currently focused on the Netherlands and Belgium, ING Card has a pan-European ambition. Crucial to its strategy is to focus on marketing, business intelligence, including database marketing and analysis, and risk management.
PRINCIPAL GROUP COMPANIES
Reference is made to Exhibit 8 “ List of subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V.”
REGULATION AND SUPERVISION
The insurance, banking, asset management and broker dealer business of ING are subject to detailed comprehensive supervision in all the jurisdictions in which ING conducts business. This supervision is based in a large part on European Union (“EU”) directives, discussed more fully below.
In October 2005, legislation implementing the EU Directive on Market Abuse came into force in The Netherlands. This Directive sets a common framework for insider dealing and market manipulation in the EU and the proper disclosure of information to the market.
In July 2005, legislation implementing the Prospectus Directive came into force in the Netherlands. This Directive will make it easier and more cost effective for companies to raise capital throughout the EU on the basis of approval from a regulatory authority (“ home competent authority ”) in one Member State. It will reinforce protection for investors by guaranteeing that all prospectuses, wherever in the EU they are issued, provide them with the clear and comprehensive information they need to make investment decisions.
The Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (MiFID) aims to establish a comprehensive regulatory regime for the organised execution of investor transactions by stock markets, other trading systems and investment firms. In so doing, it will create a
“ single passport ” for investment firms which will enable them to do business anywhere in the EU on the basis of home-country authorisation. The Directive also enables investment firms to process client orders outside regulated markets. The Directive will have to be transposed into national law by April 2007. Investment firms have to comply with it as of November 2007.

23


Table of Contents

     
l
  The EU directive on the supplementary supervision of credit institutions, insurance undertakings and investment firms in a financial conglomerate, adopted in 2002, has not yet been implemented in Dutch law, and does not yet have to be applied by ING. However, ING does not expect this directive to have a material impact on its business, on its capital requirements nor on its solvency position, as it already complies with comparable national legislation for financial conglomerates.
The Dutch regulatory system for financial supervision consists of prudential supervision – monitoring the soundness of financial institutions and the financial sector, and conduct-of-business supervision –regulating institutions’ conduct in the markets. Prudential supervision is exercised by de Nederlandsche Bank (“DNB”), while conduct-of-business supervision is performed by the Netherlands Authority for the Financial Markets, Autoriteit Financiële Markten (“AFM”). The introduction of a new Financial Supervision Act is expected in the middle of 2006. This law will replace the numerous existing laws and regulations in the area of supervision, and will represent a significant adjustment in the legislation in the Netherlands to reflect market conditions. The DNB and other of our supervisory authorities have in recent periods increased their scrutiny of such matters as payment processing and other transactions under regulations governing money-laundering, prohibited transactions with countries subject to sanctions, and bribery or other anti-corruption measures.
On January 1, 2006, most of the provisions of the new Act on the supervision of financial services (Wet financiële dienstverlening) has come into force. The provisions that did not come into force on January 1, 2006 will become effective in the course of this year. This Act introduces supervision on financial intermediaries and advisors and implies conduct of business rules for all distributors of financial services (advisors, intermediaries as well as providers). Supervision will be executed by the AFM.
INSURANCE
Europe
Insurance companies in the EU are subject to supervision by insurance supervisory authorities in their home country, which is The Netherlands for ING. This principle of “home country control” was established in a series of directives adopted by the EU, which we refer to as the “1992 Insurance Directives”. In The Netherlands, DNB monitors compliance with applicable regulations, the capital base of the insurer and its actuarial reserves, as well as the assets of the insurer, which support such reserves. Pursuant to the 1992 EU Directives, ING may also conduct business directly, or through foreign branches, in all the other jurisdictions of the EU, without being subject to licensing requirements under the laws of the other EU member-states.
In Belgium, ING’s insurance operations are supervised by the Banking, Finance and Insurance Commission (CBFA), created as a result of the integration of the Insurance Supervisory Authority (ISA) and the Banking and Finance Commission. Since January 1, 2004, it is the single supervisory authority for the Belgian financial sector. In other European Union countries ING’s insurance operations are subject to supervision by similar supervisory authorities.
ING Insurance’s life and non-life subsidiaries in the EU are required to file detailed audited annual reports with their home country insurance supervisory authority. These reports are audited by ING Insurance’s independent auditors and include balance sheets, profit and loss statements, actuarial statements and other financial information. The authorizations granted by the insurance supervisory authorities stipulate the classes of business that an insurer may write an insurance for, and is required for every proposed new class of business. In addition, the home country insurance supervisory authority may require an insurer to submit any other information it requests and may conduct an audit at any time.
On the basis of the EU directives, European life insurance companies are required to maintain at least a shareholders’ equity level of generally 4% of insurance reserves (1% of separate account reserves), plus 0.3% of the amount at risk under insurance policies. The required shareholders’ equity level for Dutch non-life insurers is the greater of two calculations: one based on premiums and the other on claims. The former is base on 16% of gross premiums written for the year, the latter is based on 23% of a three-year average of gross claims.

24


Table of Contents

The European Commission, jointly with Member States, is carrying out a fundamental review of the regulatory capital regime of the insurance industry (the Solvency 2 project). Its objective is to establish a solvency system that is better matched to the true risks of insurers enabling supervisors to protect policyholders’ interests as effectively as possible and in accordance with common principles across the EU. The Commission has produced a ‘Framework for Consultation’ setting out the policy principles and guidelines that will act as a framework for the development of the Solvency 2 regime. Work on the Solvency 2 Framework Directive is still in its preliminary stages, and adoption is not expected before mid 2007.
Americas
United States
ING Group’s United States insurance subsidiaries are subject to comprehensive and detailed regulation of their activities under U.S. state and federal laws. Supervisory agencies in various states have broad powers to grant or revoke licenses to conduct business, regulate trade practices, license agents, approve policy forms and certain premium rates, set standards of capital base and reserve requirements, determine the form and content of required financial reports, examine insurance companies and prescribe the type and amount of investments permitted. Insurance companies are subject to a mandatory annual audit of their statutory basis financial statements by an independent certified public accountant, and in addition are subject to an insurance department examination approximately every three to five years.
ING Insurance’s U.S. operations are subject to the Risk Based Capital (“RBC”) guidelines which provide a method to measure the adjusted capital (statutory capital and surplus plus other adjustments) that insurance companies should maintain for supervisory purposes, taking into account the risk characteristics of the company’s investments and products. The RBC guidelines are intended to be a supervisory tool only, and are not intended as a means to rank insurers generally. Each of the companies comprising ING Insurance’s U.S. operations was above its target and statutory minimum RBC ratios, at year end 2005.
Insurance holding company statutes and regulations of each insurer’s state of domicile require periodic disclosure concerning the ultimate controlling person (i.e., the corporation or individual that controls the domiciled insurer in each state). Such statutes also impose various limitations on investments in affiliates and may require prior approval of the payment of certain dividends by the registered insurer to ING or several of its affiliates. ING is subject, by virtue of its ownership of insurance companies, to certain of these statutes and regulations.
Although the federal government generally does not directly regulate the insurance business, many federal laws affect the insurance business in a variety of ways, including the Federal Fair Credit Reporting Act relating to the privacy of information used in consumer reports and the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 relating to, among other things, the establishment of anti-money laundering programs.
Canada
Our insurance businesses in Canada are subject to the various provincial and territorial laws and regulations. Regulators ensure that insurance companies have adequate capital, regulate related party transactions, approve acquisitions and changes of control, verify the risk management programs of companies under their jurisdiction and enact rules to ensure sound market conduct and suitability and professionalism of management. Automobile insurance is highly regulated and insurers must file their rates and are subject to certain rates constraints in certain provinces. Certain provinces like Ontario and Quebec also provide for accountability on the part of the insurers for the acts of the distributors in certain circumstances.
Asia/Pacific
Japan
ING Group’s life insurance subsidiary in Japan is subject to the supervision of the Financial Services Agency (“FSA”), the chief regulator in Japan, the rules and regulations as stipulated by the Commercial Code, Insurance Business Law and ordinances of the Cabinet Office. The affairs handled by the FSA include, among others, planning and policymaking concerning financial systems and the

25


Table of Contents

inspection and supervision of private sector financial institutions including banks, securities companies, insurance companies and market participants including securities exchanges.
New products, revision of existing products etc require approval by the FSA. The Cabinet Office ordinances stipulate the types and proportions of assets in which an insurance company can invest The Insurance Business Law further requires that an insurance company set aside a liability reserve to provide for the fulfillment of the level of expected mortality and other assumptions that are applied in calculating liability reserves for long-term contracts. In addition to the required audit by external auditors, insurance companies are required to appoint a corporate actuary and have such corporate actuary be involved in the method of calculating premiums and other actuarial, accounting and compliance matters.
South Korea
ING Group’s South Korean insurance subsidiaries are subject to supervision by the Financial Supervisory Commission (“FSC”) and its executive arm, the Financial Supervisory Service (“FSS”). A second body, the Korean Insurance Development Institute (“KIDI”) advises the FSC, FSS and the Ministry of Finance and Economy on policies and systems related to life insurance and may calculate net insurance premium rates that insurance companies can apply and report such premium rates to the FSC. The KIDI must approve all new products and revisions of existing. In May 2003, the Insurance Business Act was revised to deregulate the insurance industry and to increase competition. In 2004, the FSS announced a plan to strengthen and change its supervisory policies based on the Risk Assessment and Application System (“RAAS”) from 2006 onwards.
Australia
The financial services activities of life insurance, investments, superannuation, general insurance and banking are currently governed by separate legislation under Australian law. The two main financial services regulators are the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority (“APRA”) and the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”). APRA is responsible for the prudential regulation of banks and other deposit taking institutions, life and general insurance companies, superannuation funds and Retirement Savings Account Providers. APRA’s responsibilities include regulating capital and liquidity requirements and monitoring the management functions of product providers. APRA also requires superannuation trustees to be licenced under the Registrable Superannuation Entity Licensing regime. All relevant entities obtained their licences in January 2006. ASIC is responsible for consumer protection and market integrity across the financial systems, including the areas of insurance, banking and superannuation. From March 2004 the Corporations Act 2001, required all relevant business entities to be licenced under the Australian Financial Services Licensing regime, administered by ASIC.
Taiwan
The Financial Supervisory Commission (“FSC”) was established on July 1, 2004 and supervises insurance companies, banks and securities houses in Taiwan. On July 9, 2003, new solvency requirements were issued, stipulating that the paid-in capital held by Taiwanese life insurance companies must be at least 200% of their risk based capital (“RBC”). This applies to both local and foreign insurance companies in Taiwan; should the paid-in capital to risk capital ratio fall below 200%, the life insurance company is required to raise new funds to achieve the target. ING Group’s operations in Taiwan are regulated by the Financial Supervisory Commission (“FSC”). In accordance with the Directions Governing Review of life Insurance Products, dated December 29, 2004 of the FSC, all insurance products are filed, reviewed and approved by the Insurance Bureau of the FSC before they are marketed.
BANKING
Wholesale Banking, Retail Banking and ING Direct
Basel II Standards
In June 2004, the Basel Committee issued the “Revised Framework” (“Basel II”) to replace the 1988 capital accord with a new capital accord. The implementation of Basel II Capital Accord is expected in the beginning of 2007 for banks opting for Standardized Approach or Foundation based Approach and 2008 for banks, like ING, opting for the Advanced Approach.

26


Table of Contents

The purpose of Basel II is to lay down capital requirements that are more risk-sensitive. There is greater emphasis on internal methods of risk measurement by banks. For example, the Accord further refines the system of risk weightings and permits capital requirements to be calculated based upon internal ratings or the ratings issued by recognized rating agencies. It also adds capital requirements for operating risk to those laid down for credit risk and market risk.
The European Union has drawn up a directive, the Capital Requirement Directive (“CRD”), which shall apply to all European banks and investment firms. Through this European directive, Basel II will be incorporated into the EU legislation and regulations and in supervisory practice in all EU member states. The CRD was approved by the European Parliament on 28 September 2005. The European Finance ministers adopted the Directive on 11 October 2005. ING will implement the Directive as per 1 January 2008.
European Union Standards
The European Community has adopted capital adequacy supervision for credit institutions in all its member states based on the Basel guidelines. In 1989, the EC adopted the Council Directive of April 17, 1989 on the “own funds” of credit institutions (the “Own Funds Directive”), defining qualifying capital (“own funds”), and the Council Directive of December 18, 1989 on a capital base ratio for credit institutions (the “Capital base Ratio Directive”). These two directives (the “EC Directives”) set forth the required ratio of own funds to risk-adjusted assets and off-balance sheet items. The EC Directives required the EU member states to transform the provisions of the Capital base Ratio Directive and the provisions of the Own Funds Directive into national law which shall be directly binding on banks operating in the member states. The EC Directives permit EU member states, when transforming the EC Directives into national law, to establish more stringent requirements, but do not permit more lenient requirements.
The EC Directives are aimed at harmonizing banking regulations and supervision throughout the EU by laying down certain minimum standards in key areas, such as capital requirements, and requiring member states to give “mutual recognition” to each other’s standards of regulation. The concept of “mutual recognition” has also been extended to create the “passport” concept: the freedom to establish branches in, and to provide cross-border services into, other EU member states once a bank has been licensed in its “home” state. The Capital Adequacy Directive (“CAD”), was implemented in the Netherlands with effect from January 1, 1996.
The EC Directives require a bank to have a capital base ratio of own funds to risk-adjusted assets and certain off-balance sheet items of at least 8%. At least one-half of the own funds in the numerator of the ratio must be “original own funds”, or “Tier 1” capital. The rest may be “additional own funds”, or “Tier 2” capital. As of January 1, 1997, Tier 1 capital consists solely of paid-up share capital plus Tier 1 capital instruments, share premium accounts and certain other reserves, less a deduction for goodwill. Tier 2 capital includes revaluation reserves, value adjustments of certain assets and certain categories of long-term subordinated debt and cumulative preferred shares. The aggregate of a bank’s Tier 2 capital may not exceed 50% of the bank’s Tier 1 capital.
ING Bank files consolidated monthly, quarterly and annual reports of its financial position and results with the DNB in the Netherlands. ING Bank’s independent auditors audit these reports.
Our banking operations in Belgium are supervised by the CBFA Commission. Banking supervision in Germany is carried out by the German Federal Financial Supervisory Agency (BAFIN), working in co-operation with the German Central Bank (‘Deutsche Bundesbank’). Similar authorities supervise ING’s banking operations in other European Union countries, such as, the Financial Services Authority in the United Kingdom.
An EU member state credit institution is not permitted to start operations through a branch in another EU member state until it has received confirmation from its home country banking supervisory authority that the information required by the Second Directive on the Coordination of Legislation to the Taking Up and Pursuit of the Business of Credit Institutions (the “Second Banking Coordination EC Directive”) has been submitted to that supervisor and until, following this confirmation, a period of two months has elapsed or until, before the expiry of this period, it has received confirming information by that home country banking supervisory authority.

27


Table of Contents

Americas
United States
ING Bank has a limited direct presence in the United States through the facility of the ING Bank Representative Office in New York. Although the office’s activities are strictly limited to essentially that of a marketing agent of bank products and services and a facilitator (i.e., the office may not take deposits or execute any transactions), the office is subject to the jurisdiction of the State of New York Banking Department and the Federal Reserve.
A major part of our banking activities in the United States, ING Direct USA, is regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision, a division of the United States Department of the Treasury and, to a lesser extent, by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, an independent agency of the Federal government that operates under the auspices of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, a US federal law.
Anti-Money Laundering Initiatives
A major focus of governmental policy on financial institutions in recent years has been aimed at combating money laundering and terrorist financing. The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”) substantially broadened the scope of U.S. anti-money laundering laws and regulations by imposing significant new compliance and due diligence obligations, creating new crimes and penalties and expanding the extra-territorial jurisdiction of the United States. The U.S. Treasury Department has issued a number of implementing regulations which apply various requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act to financial institutions such as our bank, insurance, broker-dealer and investment adviser subsidiaries and mutual funds advised or sponsored by our subsidiaries. Those regulations impose obligations on financial institutions to maintain appropriate policies, procedures and controls to detect, prevent and report money laundering and terrorist financing and to verify the identity of their customers. In addition, the bank regulatory agencies are imposing heightened standards, and law enforcement authorities have been taking a more active role. Failure of a financial institution to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist financing could have serious legal and reputational consequences for the institution.
Canada
ING Bank of Canada (“ING BOC”) is a federally regulated financial institution that is subject to the supervision of the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions (“OSFI”), which is the primary supervisor of federally chartered financial institutions (including banks and insurance companies) and federally administered pension plans.
ING BOC operates a wholly-owned mutual fund dealer subsidiary, ING Direct Mutual Funds Limited that is subject to provincial regulation in the provinces in which it operates. ING Direct Mutual Funds Limited’s home province supervisor is the Ontario Securities Commission, which regulates the sale of mutual funds and equities in Ontario. ING Direct Mutual Funds Limited is also a member of the Mutual Funds Dealer’s Association, a mandatory self-regulatory body, which governs and oversees the conduct of mutual fund dealers in Canada.
Asia/Pacific
Australia
The Australian Prudential Regulation Authority is responsible for the prudential regulation of banks and other deposit taking institutions, life and general insurance companies, superannuation funds and Retirement Savings Account Providers. See also supervision insurance on page 24.
BROKER-DEALER AND INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT ACTIVITIES
ING’s broker-dealer entities in the United States are regulated by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the states in which they operate, and the self-regulatory organizations (e.g., the NASD and the NYSE) of which they individually are members. The primary governing statutes for such entities are the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and state statutes and regulations, as applicable. These and other laws, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, impose requirements (among others) regarding minimum net capital requirements, safeguarding of customer assets, protection and use of material, non-public (inside)

28


Table of Contents

information, record-keeping requirements, supervision of employee activities, credit to customers, suitability determinations in the context of recommending transactions to customers, clearance and settlement procedures and anti-money laudering standards and procedures. The rules of the self-regulatory organizations in some respects duplicate the above mentioned legal requirements, but also impose requirements specific to the marketplaces that these organizations oversee. For example, the NASD imposes requirements relating to activities by market-makers in the over-the-counter market in equity securities and the NYSE imposes requirements regarding transactions effected in its listed securities market.
Certain ING entities in the United States (including certain of its broker-dealers) also act in the capacity of a federally registered investment advisor (i.e. providing transactional advice to customers for a fee), and are governed in such activities by the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. Moreover, certain ING entities manage investment funds (such as mutual funds); the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, regulates the governance and activities of those funds. These laws impose record-keeping and disclosure requirements on ING in the context of such activities. Moreover, the laws impose restrictions on transactions or require disclosure of transactions involving advisory clients and the advisor or the advisors’ affiliates, as well as transactions between advisory clients. In addition, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, imposes certain obligations on investment advisors managing employee plan assets as defined in this act.
The failure of ING to comply with these various requirements could result in civil and criminal sanctions and administrative penalties imposed by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the states, or self-regulatory organizations on these entities of ING which have committed the violations. Moreover, employees who are found to have participated in the violations, and the managers of these employees, also may be subject to penalties by governmental and self-regulatory agencies.
COMPETITION
There is substantial competition in the Netherlands and in the other countries in which ING undertakes business in insurance, retail and wholesale banking, and other products and services provided. Competition is more pronounced in the mature markets of the Netherlands, the Rest of Europe, the United States, Canada and Australia than in the developing markets. In recent years, however, competition in developing markets has increased as financial institutions from mature markets have sought to establish themselves in markets perceived to offer higher growth potential. ING and all its competitors have sought to form alliances, mergers or strategic relationships with local institutions, which have become more sophisticated and competitive.
Competition with respect to the products and services provided by the Group in both mature and developing markets is based on many factors, including brand recognition, scope of distribution systems, customer service, products offered, financial strength, price and, in the case of investment-linked insurance products and asset management services, investment performance. Management believes its major competitors are the larger Dutch, other European, United States and Japanese commercial banks, insurance companies, asset management and other financial-services companies.
RATINGS
ING Groep N.V.’s long-term senior debt is rated “AA-” (with a stable outlook) by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service (“Standard & Poor’s”), a division of the McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ING Groep, N.V.’s long-term senior debt is rated “Aa3” (with a stable outlook) by Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”).
ING Verzekeringen, N.V.’s long-term senior debt is rated “AA-” (with a stable outlook) by Standard & Poor’s and “Aa3” (with a stable outlook) by Moody’s.
ING Bank N.V.’s long-term senior debt held a “AA” (with a stable outlook) rating by Standard & Poor’s as of December 31, 2005. At the same date, Moody’s rated ING Bank N.V.’s long-term senior debt at “Aa2” (with a stable outlook). Finally, ING Bank N.V.’s long-term senior debt was rated “AA-” by Fitch Ratings, Ltd. as of December 31, 2005.

29


Table of Contents

ING Verzekeringen N.V.’s short-term senior debt is rated “A1+” by Standard & Poor’s and Prime 1(P-1) by Moody’s as of December 31, 2005
ING Bank N.V.’s short-term senior debt held a rating of “A1+” by Standard & Poor’s and Prime-1 (P-1) by Moody’s at December 31, 2005.
DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY
In the Netherlands, ING owns a significant part of the land and buildings used in the normal course of its business. Outside the Netherlands, ING predominantly leases all of the land and buildings used in the normal course of its business. As of December 31, 2005, ING had more than 1,500 branch, representative and similar offices worldwide of which approximately 500 offices, principally branch offices, were located in the Netherlands. In addition, ING has part of its investment portfolio invested in land and buildings. Management believes that ING’s facilities are adequate for its present needs in all material respects.
Item 5. Operating and financial review and prospects
The following review and prospects should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related Notes thereto included elsewhere herein. The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS-EU, which differs in certain significant respects from U.S. GAAP. Reference is made to Note 6 of Notes to the consolidated financial statements for a description of the significant differences between IFRS-EU and U.S. GAAP and a reconciliation of shareholders’ equity and net profit to U.S. GAAP. Unless otherwise indicated, financial information for ING Group included herein is presented on a consolidated basis under IFRS-EU.
FACTORS AFFECTING RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
ING Group’s results of operations are affected by demographics (particularly with respect to life insurance) and by a variety of market conditions, including economic cycles, insurance industry cycles (particularly with respect to non-life insurance), banking industry cycles and fluctuations in stock markets, interest and foreign exchange rates.
General market conditions
Demographic studies suggest that over the next decade there will be growth in the number of individuals who enter the age group that management believes is most likely to purchase retirement-oriented life insurance products in ING’s principal life insurance markets in the Netherlands, the Rest of Europe, the United States, Asia and Australia. In addition, in a number of its European markets, including the Netherlands, retirement, medical and other social benefits previously provided by the government have been, or are expected to be, curtailed in the coming years. Management believes this will increase opportunities for private sector providers of life insurance, health, pension and other social benefits-related insurance products. Management believes that ING Insurance’s distribution networks, the quality and diversity of its products and its investment management expertise in each of these markets, positions ING Insurance to benefit from these developments. In addition, the emerging markets in Central and Eastern Europe, Asia and Latin America, in which ING Insurance has insurance operations, generally have lower gross domestic products per capita and gross insurance premiums per capita than the countries in Western Europe and North America in which ING Insurance has insurance operations. Management believes that insurance operations in these emerging markets provide ING Insurance with the market presence which will allow it to take advantage of anticipated growth in these regions. In addition, conditions in the non-life insurance markets in which ING Insurance operates are cyclical, and characterized by periods of price competition, fluctuations in underwriting results, and the occurrence of unpredictable weather-related and other losses.

30


Table of Contents

Fluctuations in equity markets
Our insurance and asset management operations are exposed to fluctuations in equity markets. Our overall investment return and fee income from equity-linked products are influenced by equity markets. The fees we charge for managing portfolios are often based on performance and value of the portfolio. In addition, fluctuations in equity markets may affect sales of life and pension products, unit-linked products, including variable business and may increase the amount of withdrawals which will reduce related management fees. Our banking operations are exposed to fluctuations in equity markets. Given the fact that ING Bank’s policy is to maintain an internationally diversified and mainly client-related trading portfolio, market downturns are likely to lead to declines in securities trading and brokerage activities which we execute for customers and therefore to a decline in related commissions.
Fluctuations in interest rates
Our insurance operations are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates through impacts on sales and surrenders of life insurance and annuity products. Declining interest rates may increase sales, but may impact profitability as a result of a reduced spread between the guaranteed interest rates to policyholders and the investment returns on fixed interest investments and will affect the results of the reserve adequacy testing which may result in reserve strengthening. Rising interest rates may increase the surrender of policies which may require liquidation of fixed interest investments at unfavorable market prices. This could result in realized investment losses. Our banking operations are exposed to fluctuations in interest rates. Our management of interest rate sensitivity affects the results of our banking operations. Interest rate sensitivity refers to the relationship between changes in market interest rates and changes in net interest income. Both the composition of our banking assets and liabilities and the fact that interest rate changes may affect client behaviour in a different way than assumed in the internal models result in a mismatch which causes the banking operations’ net interest income to be affected by changes in interest rates.
Fluctuations in exchange rates
We publish our consolidated financial statements in euros. Because a substantial portion of our income and expenses are denominated in currencies other than euros, fluctuations in the exchange rates used to translate foreign currencies, particularly the U.S. dollar, the Australian dollar, the Canadian dollar, the Japanese yen, the British pound and the Polish zloty into euros will impact our reported results of operations and cash flows from year to year. Fluctuations in exchange rates will also impact the value (denominated in euro) of our investments in our non-Euro reporting subsidiaries. The impact of these fluctuations in exchange rates is mitigated to some extent by the fact that income and related expenses, as well as assets and liabilities, of each of our non-euro reporting subsidiaries are generally denominated in the same currencies. For ING’s main foreign currencies, US dollar, Pound sterling and Polish zloty, the translation risk is managed by taking into account the effect of translation results on the Tier-1 ratio. For all other currencies the translation risk is managed within a VaR limit.
The strengthening during 2005 of most currencies against the euro had a positive impact of EUR 81 million on net profit. In 2004 exchange rates negatively influenced net profit by EUR 86 million, which was off set by a gain of EUR 188 million after tax on ING’s US dollar hedge.

31


Table of Contents

For the years 2005 and 2004, the year-end exchange rates (which are the rates ING uses in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements for balance sheet items not denominated in euros) and the average annual exchange rates (which are the rates ING uses in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements for income statement items and cash flows not denominated in euros) were as follows for the currencies specified below:
                 
               Average  
    2005     2004  
U.S. dollar
    1.2481       1.2472  
Australian dollar
    1.6363       1.6912  
Canadian dollar
    1.5104       1.6164  
Pound sterling
    0.6849       0.6816  
Japanese yen
    137.1460       133.9170  
Polish zloty
    4.0288       4.5326  
                 
               Year-end  
    2005     2004  
U.S. dollar
    1.1822       1.3645  
Australian dollar
    1.6130       1.7485  
Canadian dollar
    1.3750       1.6427  
Pound sterling
    0.6868       0.7053  
Japanese yen
    138.9972       139.7674  
Polish zloty
    3.8612       4.0899  
Critical Accounting Policies
Reference is made to Note 2.1.1 Critical Accounting Policies.
CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following information should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to the Group’s consolidated financial statements and other financial information included elsewhere herein. ING Group evaluates the results of its insurance operations and banking operations, including Insurance Europe, Insurance Americas, Insurance Asia/Pacific, Wholesale Banking, Retail Banking and ING Direct, using the financial performance measure of underlying profit before tax. Underlying profit before tax is defined as profit before tax and, excluding, as applicable for each respective segment, either all or some of the following items: profit from divested units, realized gains on divestitures, certain restructuring charges and other non-operating income/(expense).
While these excluded items are significant components in understanding and assessing the Group’s consolidated financial performance, ING Group believes that the presentation of underlying profit before tax enhances the understanding and comparability of its segment performance by highlighting profit before tax attributable to ongoing operations and the underlying profitability of the segment businesses. For example, we believe that trends in the underlying profitability of our segments can be more clearly identified without the effects of the realized gains on divestitures that are made to finance acquisitions as the timing of these gains is largely subject to the Company’s discretion, influenced by market opportunities and ING Group does not believe that they are indicative of future results. Underlying profit before tax is not a substitute for profit before tax as determined in accordance with IFRS-EU. ING Group’s definition of underlying profit before tax may differ from those used by other companies and may change over time. For further information on underlying profit before tax as well as the reconciliation of our segment underlying profit before tax to our profit before taxation see Note 2.1.6, to our consolidated financial statements.

32


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the consolidated results of the operations of ING Group and its insurance and banking operations for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004:
                                                                 
            Insurance             Banking             Eliminations           Total  
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004     2005(1)     2004  
    (EUR millions)  
Premium income
    45,758       43,617                                       45,758       43,617  
Investment income
    9,944       10,179       937       363       36       163       10,845       10,379  
Interest result banking operations
                    9,162       8,699       95       (42 )     9,067       8,741  
Commission income
    1,346       1,198       2,401       2,581                       3,747       3,779  
Other income
    376       608       1,348       1,035                       1,724       1,643  
 
                                               
Total income
    57,424       55,602       13,848       12,678       131       121       71,141       68,159  
 
                                                               
Underwriting expenditure
    47,120       45,384                                       47,120       45,384  
Other interest expenses
    1,100       1,140                       131       121       969       1,019  
Operating expenses
    5,195       4,746       8,844       8,795                       14,039       13,541  
Impairments/additions to the provision for loan losses
    31       10       88       465                       119       475  
 
                                               
Total expenditure
    53,446       51,280       8,932       9,260       131       121       62,247       60,419  
 
                                                               
Profit before tax
    3,978       4,322       4,916       3,418                       8,894       7,740  
Taxation
    455       850       924       859                       1,379       1,709  
 
                                                   
Profit before third-party interests
    3,523       3,472       3,992       2,559                       7,515       6,031  
Third-party interests
    255       123       50       153                       305       276  
 
                                                   
Net profit (attributable to shareholders)
    3,268       3,349       3,942       2,406                       7,210       5,755  
 
                                                               
Profit before tax
    3,978       4,322       4,916       3,418                       8,894       7,740  
Gains/losses on divestments (2)
    13       (221 )     (379 )     166                       (366 )     (55 )
Profit divested units
    (16 )     (151 )     (6 )     (67 )                     (22 )     (218 )
Special items
            (386 )             44                               (342 )
 
                                                   
Underlying profit before tax
    3,975       3,564       4,531       3,561                       8,506       7,125  
 
                                               
 
1)   The application of IAS 32, 39 and IFRS 4 from 1 January 2005 had a positive impact on ING Group’s results in 2005. In total, IAS 32, 39 and IFRS 4 had a positive impact of approximately EUR 455 million on total profit before tax of ING Group, or EUR 392 million after tax. The impact on the insurance operations was approximately EUR 238 million before tax, mainly due to realised gains on the sale of bonds and the revaluation of embedded derivatives, which were offset by the absence of amortised income from gains on fixed interest securities, and negative valuation changes on fixed-income investment derivatives. The impact on the banking operations was approximately EUR 217 million before tax, mainly due to valuation adjustments on non-trading derivatives and prepayment penalties.
 
2)   Divestments Insurance: sale of Freeler (EUR 10 million, 2005), gain IPO Canada (EUR 19 million in 2005 and EUR 249 million in 2004), sale of Life of Georgia (EUR (89) million in 2005 and EUR (28) million in 2004), sale of ING Re (EUR 20 million in 2005 and EUR (219) million in 2004), sale of Austbrokers (EUR 27 million, 2005) and sale of Australia non-life (EUR 219 million, 2004). Divestments Banking: sale of Baring Asset Management (EUR 240 million, 2005), sale of 12.8% ING Bank Slaski shares (EUR 92 million, 2005), restructuring NMB-Heller (EUR 47 million, 2005), sale of BHF-Bank (EUR (169) million, 2004), sale Asian cash equity business (EUR (84) million, 2004) and sale of CenE Bankiers (EUR 87 million, 2004).
GROUP OVERVIEW
Total profit before tax increased EUR 1,154 million, or 14.9% from EUR 7,740 million in 2004 to EUR 8,894 million in 2005 and total underlying profit before tax increased EUR 1,381 million or 19.4% from EUR 7,125 million in 2004 to EUR 8,506 million in 2005. The increase in total profit before tax and total underlying profit before tax was driven by strong growth from Retail Banking and ING Direct as well as from Insurance Americas and Insurance Europe due to growth in retirement services and favourable results from non-life insurance. The increase in total underlying profit before tax is also impacted by the decrease in special items, from EUR 342 million in 2004 to nil in 2005. Special items in 2004

33


Table of Contents

included a gain of EUR 287 million related to the U.S. dollar hedge, a EUR 96 million gain on old reinsurance business and restructuring provisions of EUR 41 million at Wholesale Banking.
Net profit rose EUR 1,455 million, or 25.3% from EUR 5,755 million in 2004 to EUR 7,210 million in 2005. This higher growth compared with the increase in profit before tax was due to a lower effective tax rate in 2005. The effective tax rate declined to 15.5% in 2005 from 22.1% in 2004 due to a lower statutory tax rate in the Netherlands in 2005, tax-exempt gains on divestments (such as Baring Asset Management, CenE Bankiers and the IPO of ING Canada), EUR 148 million from the creation of deferred tax assets, related to net operating losses from the banking operations, and net releases from tax provisions of EUR 435 million in 2005 compared with EUR 161 million in releases in 2004.
Earnings per share attributable to equity holders of the Company increased to EUR 3.32 in 2005 from EUR 2.71 in 2004.
Currency impact
Currency rate differences had a positive impact of EUR 81 million on net profit and EUR 116 million on total profit before tax, mainly due to strengthening of the Canadian and Australian dollars, Polish zloty and South Korea won.
Capital Ratios
ING calculates certain capital ratios on the basis of adjusted capital, which differs from total equity attributable to equity holders of the Company in that it excludes unrealised gains on fixed-interest investments and includes hybrid capital. On this basis, the debt/equity ratio of ING Group improved to 9.3% in 2005 compared with 11.9% at January 1, 2005 supported by growth in equity. The capital coverage ratio of ING Verzekeringen N.V. increased to 255% of E.U. regulatory requirements at the end of December 2005, compared with 204% at January 1, 2005. The Tier-1 ratio of ING Bank N.V. was 7.32% at the end of 2005, up from 6.92% on January 1, 2005, as growth in capital was partially offset by strong growth in risk-weighted assets. Total risk-weighted assets of the banking operations increased by EUR 45.6 billion, or 16.6%, to EUR 319.7 billion at December 31, 2005 from 274.1 billion as of December 31, 2004, driven by growth in all three banking business lines.
Return on Shareholders’ equity
The net return on shareholders’ equity increased to 26.6% in 2005 from 25.4% in 2004. The insurance operations reflected a 21.1% net return on equity in 2005, down from 27.0% in 2004, due to an increase in shareholders’ equity in 2005. The banking operations reflected an increase to 24.2% in 2005 from 15.8% in 2004.
INSURANCE OPERATIONS
Income
Total premium income increased 4.9%, or EUR 2,141 million from EUR 43,617 million in 2004 to EUR 45,758 million in 2005, mainly driven by a strong growth of life premiums increasing 5.9%, or EUR 2,169 million to EUR 39,144 million in 2005 from EUR 36,975 million in 2004, primarily related to South Korea and Japan. Premium growth was partially offset by divestments and the reclassification of some life products to investment contracts from the beginning of 2005 under IFRS 4, notably in Australia, the U.S. and Belgium, which had a total negative impact of EUR 2,053 million. Non-life premiums declined 0.4%, or EUR 28 million, from EUR 6,642 million in 2004 to EUR 6,614 million in 2005, as lower premiums in the Netherlands and Mexico offset higher premiums in Canada following the acquisition of Allianz Canada in December 2004.
Investment income declined 2.3%, or EUR 235 million to EUR 9,944 million in 2005 from EUR 10,179 million in 2004, reflecting the impact of divestments. Commission income increased 12.4%, or EUR 148 million to EUR 1,346 million in 2005 from EUR 1,198 million in 2004, mainly driven by a reclassification of products from life insurance to investment products under IFRS 4. Other income declined 38.2%, or EUR 232 million to EUR 376 million in 2005 from EUR 608 million in 2004, reflecting the impact of divestments in both periods and the gain on the U.S. dollar hedge in 2004, which offset higher profit from associates.

34


Table of Contents

Underwriting Expenditure
Underwriting expenditure increased by EUR 1,736 million, or 3.8% from EUR 45,384 million in 2004 to EUR 47,120 million in 2005. The underwriting expenditure of the life insurance operations increased by EUR 1,880 million, or 4.7% , primarily attributable to an increase in profit sharing and rebates and an increase in technical provisions. The underwriting expenditure of the non-life insurance operations decreased by EUR 144 million, or 2.8%, related to lower net premiums earned and partially offset by higher claims paid. These factors resulted in an overall lower non-life claims ratio of 62.7% in 2005 compared with 63.0% in 2004, primarily attributable to the improvement in the claims ratios from the Automobile and General Liability product lines.
Expenses
Operating expenses from the insurance operations increased 9.5%, or EUR 449 million to EUR 5,195 million in 2005, from EUR 4,746 million in 2004, due to increased costs to support the ongoing growth of the business, particularly in Asia, as well as the impact (EUR 30 million) of a new collective labour agreement in the Netherlands, investments in IT infrastructure, and start-up costs for a new distribution channel in Canada. The efficiency ratios for the life insurance operations improved as both premium and asset growth outpaced the growth in expenses. Expenses as a percentage of assets under management for investment products improved to 0.82% in 2005 compared with 0.86% in 2004. Expenses as a percentage of premiums for life products improved to 13.28% in 2005 from 13.52% in 2004. The cost ratio for the non-life operations deteriorated slightly to 31.9% in 2005 from 30.6% in 2004, driven by higher costs related to the purchase of Allianz Canada in December 2004.
Profit before tax and net profit
Total profit before tax from insurance declined 8.0%, or EUR 344 million, to EUR 3,978 million in 2005 from EUR 4,322 million in 2004. This decline was impacted by the divestments which resulted in a loss of EUR 13 million in 2005 and a gain of EUR 221 million in 2004. Divested units contributed EUR 16 million to profit before tax in 2005 and EUR 151 million in 2004. Results in 2004 also included a gain of EUR 290 million from the U.S. dollar hedge and a gain of EUR 96 million from old reinsurance activities as special items, compared to nil recorded as special items in 2005. Net profit from insurance was 2.4%, or EUR 81 million lower at EUR 3,268 million in 2005 from EUR 3,349 million in 2004. This decrease is related to an increase in third party interests in 2005 to EUR 255 million from EUR 123 million in 2004, partially offset by the decrease of the effective tax rate from 19.7% in 2004 to 11.4% in 2005 due to tax-exempt gains on divestments, a lower statutory tax rate in the Netherlands and releases of tax provisions of EUR 435 million , primarily related to the conclusions of the tax administration on reviews of certain provisions in the Netherlands and the results of an IRS audit in the Americas.
Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax from the insurance operations increased by 11.5%, or EUR 411 million to EUR 3,975 million in 2005 from EUR 3,564 million in 2004. ING’s insurance operations continued to benefit from strong growth in retirement services and life insurance in developing markets, higher investment results and a favourable claims environment for the non-life insurance businesses. Underlying profit before tax from life insurance increased 7.4%, or EUR 184 million from EUR 2,498 million in 2004 to EUR 2,682 million in 2005, driven by the U.S., Central Europe, South Korea and the Netherlands, supported by higher sales, growth in assets under management and investment gains. This growth was somewhat offset by the reserve strengthening in Taiwan, and lower capital gains on equities in 2005 compared to 2004, EUR 388 million and EUR 590 million, respectively. The non-life operations in the Netherlands, Belgium and Canada continued to benefit from a historically low claims ratio, which helped to drive underlying profit from non-life insurance up 21.3%, or EUR 227 million from EUR 1,066 million in 2004 to EUR 1,293 million in 2005.
Embedded value
The embedded value of ING’s life insurance operations increased 22.9%, or EUR 5,135 million to EUR 27,586 in 2005 from EUR 22,451 in 2004, including net dividends of EUR 474 million and EUR 1,049 million paid to the Group in 2005 and 2004, respectively. The figures are calculated in accordance with European Embedded Value principles issued by the CFO Forum, a group representing the chief financial officers of major European insurers. In addition to the value attributable to new business and the unwinding of the discount rate, significant contributions to the increase in embedded value came from favourable experience variances and currency movements, changes to discount rates, and the

35


Table of Contents

investment return on free surplus. That was partially offset by changes in economic assumptions, particularly in Asia/Pacific, due to revised new money assumptions in Taiwan. Continued focus on value creation led to a 27.4%, or EUR 173 million increase in the value of new business to EUR 805 million in 2005 from EUR 632 million in 2004, driven by improved pricing margins, higher sales, and a more profitable product mix in the U.S. and Asia/Pacific. Central Europe and Asia/Pacific both generated particularly strong growth in 2005, indicating the strong future earnings potential of the businesses in both regions.
BANKING OPERATIONS
Income
Total income from banking increased 9.2%, or EUR 1,170 million to EUR 13,848 million in 2005 from EUR 12,678 million in 2004, mainly due to strong growth in savings and mortgage lending as well as increased investment income.
Total interest result increased 5.3%, or EUR 463 million to EUR 9,162 million in 2005 from EUR 8,699 million in 2004, driven by strong growth in savings and mortgage lending at Retail Banking and ING Direct, as well as increased prepayment penalties as customers refinanced their mortgages to take advantage of low interest rates. This increase was partially offset by lower interest results in Wholesale Banking due to margin pressure and a decline in volumes as the business focused on cross-selling fee products and limiting growth in risk-weighted assets. The implementation of IAS 32 and IAS 39 in 2005 had a negative impact of approximately EUR 70 million on the interest result in 2005.
Investment income increased sharply to EUR 937 million in 2005 from EUR 363 million in 2004, primarily due to EUR 379 million in gains recognized on divestments in 2005 and a loss of EUR 166 million recognized from divestments in 2004. The increase was also due to gains recognized on equity investments mainly in Belgium and the Americas in 2005, and EUR 60 million of realised gains recognized on the sale of bonds, which was partially offset by decreased income earned from investment properties.
Commission income declined 7.0%, or EUR 180 million to EUR 2,401 million in 2005 from EUR 2,581 million in 2004, primarily related to the impact of divestments, which was partially offset by higher management fees (mainly from ING Real Estate) and higher commission fees from the securities business, funds transfers and brokerage and advisory fees.
Other income rose 30.2%, or EUR 313 million from EUR 1,035 million in 2004 to EUR 1,348 million in 2005, primarily related to a EUR 226 million positive valuation result on non-trading derivatives in 2005. The proportional (50%) consolidation of Postkantoren BV in the Netherlands starting in 2005, which had no impact on total profit, added EUR 168 million to Other income. The share of profit from associates increased by EUR 106 million from EUR 34 million in 2004 to EUR 140 million in 2005, mainly due to associates at ING Real Estate. The result of the trading portfolio decreased by EUR 205 million or 32.7% from EUR 626 million in 2004 to EUR 421 million in 2005, partly due to a reclassification of interest-related components from trading results to interest results.
Expenses
Total operating expenses increased 0.6%, or EUR 49 million to EUR 8,844 million from EUR 8,795 million in 2004 due to increased labour costs and one-off expenses and divestments which largely offset the impact of consolidations (Postkantoren B.V. and Mercator Bank) in 2005. One-off expenses of EUR 255 million include EUR 47 million for restructuring the Operations & IT activities in the Benelux, EUR 27 million for accelerated software depreciation, EUR 78 million for impairments on development projects at ING Real Estate and EUR 103 million for provisions, mainly related to Williams de Broë, recorded in Belgium. An additional EUR 168 million is related to the consolidation of 50% of Postkantoren BV in 2005. The remaining increase was driven by continued strong growth of ING Direct, the acquisition of Mercator Bank in Belgium, investments to expand the retail banking activities in Romania, Poland and India, as well as higher IT costs. Personnel expenses increased, particularly in the Netherlands as a result of the new collective labour agreement; however that was largely offset by a net release of EUR 119 million in provisions for employee benefits following healthcare and pension legislative changes in the Netherlands. The total cost/income ratio of the banking operations improved to 63.9% in 2005 from 69.4% in 2004.

36


Table of Contents

Addition to the provision for loan losses
The total addition to the provision for loan losses in 2005 was EUR 88 million compared to EUR 465 million in 2004, a decrease of 81.1% or EUR 377 million. The additions to the provision for loan losses were exceptionally low due to an improvement in the credit portfolio, the release of loan loss provisions previously recorded, the absence of new large defaults and improvements in risk management. As a percentage of average credit-risk-weighted assets, the addition in 2005 equalled 3 basis points compared with 18 basis points in 2004.
Profit before tax and net profit
Total profit before tax increased 43.8%, or EUR 1,498 million to EUR 4,916 million in 2005 from EUR 3,418 million in 2004. Divestments had a positive impact on profit before tax in 2005, including EUR 379 million in realised gains on divestments compared with a loss of EUR 166 million in 2004. Divested units contributed EUR 6 million to profit in 2005 and EUR 67 million in 2004. Net profit from banking rose 63.8%, or EUR 1,536 million from EUR 2,406 million in 2004 to EUR 3,942 million in 2005. This increase is related to the change in the effective tax rate which declined to 18.8% in 2005 from 25.1% in 2004 due to tax-exempt gains on divestments, a lower statutory tax rate in the Netherlands, non-taxable gains on equities mainly in Belgium, a release of EUR 35 million from the tax provisions, and a EUR 148 million deferred tax asset related to net operating losses in the U.S. in 2005.
Underlying profit before tax
ING’s banking businesses had a strong increase in profit in 2005 driven by solid growth in income at ING Direct and Retail Banking and historically low additions to the provision for loan losses. Underlying profit before tax rose 27.2%, or EUR 970 million to EUR 4,531 million in 2005 from EUR 3,561 million in 2004. Growth was driven by increased savings and strong demand for mortgages at both Retail Banking and ING Direct. Profit was also supported by the sale of equity investments and a positive impact on balance from the implementation of IAS 32 and IAS 39. Underlying profit before tax in 2004 included special items related to a restructuring provision of EUR 41 million for the International Wholesale Banking network, compared to no special items reported in 2005.

37


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
The following table sets forth ING Group’s consolidated assets and liabilities for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004:
                 
    2005     2004  
    (EUR billions, except  
    amounts per share )  
Investments
    324.6       276.3  
Loans and advances to customers
    439.2       330.5  
Total assets
    1,158.6       876.4  
Insurance and investment contracts
               
Life
    232.1       205.5  
Nonlife
    12.8       11.4  
Investment contracts
    18.6          
 
           
Total insurance and investment contracts
    263.5       216.9  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposits (1)
    465.7       349.2  
Debt securities in issue/other borrowed funds
    113.5       102.7  
Total liabilities (including third-party interests)
    1,121.9       852.3  
Shareholders’ equity
    36.7       24.1  
Shareholders’ equity per Ordinary share (in EUR)
    16.96       12.95  
 
(1)   Customer deposits and other funds on deposits consists of savings accounts, other deposits, bank funds and debt securities privately issued by the banking operations of ING.
Total assets increased by 32.2% in 2005 to EUR 1,158.6 billion, mainly due to increased fixed income investments, loans and advances to customers and customer deposits and other funds on deposits. Investments increased by EUR 48.3 billion, or 17.5%, to EUR 324.6 billion in 2005 from EUR 276.3 billion in 2004, representing an increase of EUR 32.0 billion in insurance investments and an increase of EUR 15.9 billion in banking investments of which EUR 9.4 billion was attributable to ING Direct.
Loans and advances to customers increased by EUR 108.7 billion, or 32.9%, rising to EUR 439.2 billion at the end of December 2005 from EUR 330.5 billion at the end of December 2004. Loans and advances to customers of the insurance operations rose EUR 2.2 billion. Loans and advances of the banking operations increased by EUR 104.4 billion, of which approximately EUR 40 billion was due to the effects of IAS 32 and IAS 39 in 2005. The increase was also impacted by the Netherlands operations (increase of EUR 25.7 billion) and the international operations (increase of EUR 37.6 billion). ING Direct contributed EUR 24.7 billion to the increase, of which EUR 21.0 billion was due to personal lending.
Shareholders’ equity increased by 52.6% or EUR 12,667 million to EUR 36,736 million at December 31, 2005 compared to EUR 24,069 million at December 31, 2004. Net profit from the year 2005 added EUR 7,210 million to equity, revaluations added EUR 1,626 million, exchange rate differences added EUR 2,067 million and adjustments related to the implementation of IAS 32 and IAS 39 and IFRS 4 added EUR 4,103 million, offset by EUR 657 million in realized capital gains that were released through the profit and loss account and the cash dividend of EUR 2,461 million.

38


Table of Contents

SEGMENT REPORTING
ING Group’s segments are based on the management structure of the Group, which is different from its legal structure. The following table sets forth the contribution of our six business lines to our underlying profit before tax for each of the years 2004 and 2005:
                                                                 
2005   Insurance     Insurance     Insurance     Wholesale     Retail     ING Direct     Other(1)     Total  
    Europe     Americas     Asia/Pacific     Banking     Banking                     Group  
(EUR millions)                                                                
Total income
    16,045       28,036       13,199       5,957       5,796       2,119       (11 )     71,141  
 
                                                               
Total expenditure
    14,014       26,095       12,721       3,358       3,919       1,502       638       62,247  
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Profit before tax
    2,031       1,941       478       2,599       1,877       617       (649 )     8,894  
Gains/losses on divestments
    (10 )     50       (27 )     (317 )     (62 )                     (366 )
Profit before tax from divested units
            (12 )     (4 )     (6 )                             (22 )
Special items
                                                               
 
                                               
Underlying profit before tax
    2,021       1,979       447       2,276       1,815       617       (649 )     8,506  
 
                                               
                                                                 
2004   Insurance     Insurance     Insurance     Wholesale     Retail     ING Direct     Other(1)     Total  
    Europe     Americas     Asia/Pacific     Banking     Banking                     Group  
Total income
    16,041       28,084       10,490       5,871       5,062       1,709       902       68,159  
 
                                                               
Total expenditure
    14,418       26,392       9,734       3,926       3,887       1,274       788       60,419  
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Profit before tax
    1,623       1,692       756       1,945       1,175       435       114       7,740  
Gains/losses on divestments
            (2 )     (219 )     166                               (55 )
Profit before tax from divested units
            (89 )     (62 )     (60 )     (7 )                     (218 )
Special items
    (11 )                     41                       (372 )     (342 )
 
                                               
Underlying profit before tax
    1,612       1,601       475       2,092       1,168       435       (258 )     7,125  
 
                                               
 
(1)   Other mainly includes items not directly attributable to the business lines and intercompany relations
Refer to Note 2.1.6, to the consolidated financial statements for further disclosure of our segment reporting.

39


Table of Contents

INSURANCE EUROPE
                 
    2005     2004  
          (EUR millions)  
Premium income
    10,702       11,369  
Investment income
    4,583       4,172  
Commission and other income
    760       500  
 
           
Total income
    16,045       16,041  
 
               
Underwriting expenditure
    11,644       12,327  
Other interest expenses
    481       322  
Operating expenses
    1,870       1,768  
Investment losses
    19       1  
 
           
Total expenditure
    14,014       14,418  
 
               
Profit before tax
    2,031       1,623  
Gains/losses on divestments
    (10 )        
Special items
            (11 )
 
           
Underlying profit before tax
    2,021       1,612  
 
           
Income
Total premium income declined 5.9%, or EUR 667 million to EUR 10,702 million in 2005 from EUR 11,369 million in 2004, due to the reclassification of some products from life insurance to investment contracts under IFRS 4, which had a negative impact of EUR 761 million, as well as a decline in non-life premiums in the Netherlands. Non-life premium income declined 2.8%, or EUR 57 million to EUR 2,007 million from EUR 2,064 million in 2004, due to premium refunds resulting from the new long-term disability laws in the Netherlands which took effect in 2006.
Investment income increased 9.9%, or EUR 411 million from EUR 4,172 million in 2004 to EUR 4,583 million in 2005, supported by pre-payment penalty fees, capital gains on bonds and private equity investments. Commission and other income increased 52.0%, or EUR 260 million to EUR 760 million in 2005 from EUR 500 million in 2004, due to higher profits from associates in real estate funds and private equity.
Expenses
Operating expenses rose 5.8%, or EUR 102 million to EUR 1,870 million in 2005 from EUR 1,768 million in 2004 primarily due to an increase of EUR 30 million related to the new collective labour agreement in the Netherlands, EUR 39 million in severance costs at Nationale-Nederlanden and EUR 23 million for streamlining the IT organisation at NN and RVS, the Dutch tied agents company of ING. This increase was partially offset by a release of EUR 47 million from provisions for employee benefits following healthcare and pension legislative changes in the Netherlands. Operating expenses in Belgium and Central Europe declined as a result of cost containment programmes. Expenses as a percentage of assets under management improved from 1.06% to 0.93% and expenses as a percentage of life premiums deteriorated from 20.99% to 23.38%.
Profit before tax
Profit before tax included a gain of EUR 10 million from the sale of the internet provider Freeler in 2005, and a gain of EUR 11 million on old reinsurance business in 2004. Including those items, total profit before tax rose 25.1%, or 408 million to EUR 2,031 million in 2005 from EUR 1,623 million in 2004.
Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax from Insurance Europe rose 25.4%, or EUR 409 million from EUR 1,612 million in 2004 to EUR 2,021 million in 2005, driven by life insurance in the Netherlands and Central Europe as well as strong underwriting results at the non-life businesses in the Netherlands and Belgium. Underlying profit from life insurance rose 22.2%, or EUR 290 million to EUR 1,597 million in 2005 from EUR 1,307 million in 2004, led by a 48.3% increase in life results from Central Europe, primarily in Poland and Hungary, and a 20.0% increase in the life results in the Netherlands Underlying

40


Table of Contents

profit from non-life insurance rose 39.0%, or EUR 119 million from EUR 305 million in 2004 to EUR 424 million in 2005, supported by strong underwriting results and releases of provisions caused by the introduction of a new long-term disability act in 2006.
     
Insurance Europe — 2005 Underlying Profit before Tax by Geographic Region
  Insurance Europe — Underlying Profit before Tax for Life and Non-Life Business by Geographic Region
 
    In EUR millions
 
(PIE CHART)
  (BAR CHART)
 
1)   Belgium includes underlying profit before tax from Luxembourg.
 
2)   Central Europe includes Poland, Hungary, Czech Republic, Slovakia, Romania, Bulgaria, Greece and Russia.
 
3)   Underlying profit before tax by geographic region in 2004 is as follows: Netherlands EUR 1,290 million (life EUR 1,017 million and non-life EUR 273 million), Belgium EUR 143 million (life EUR 122 million and non-life EUR 21 million), Central Europe & Spain EUR 179 million (life EUR 168 million and non-life EUR 11 million).
Netherlands
In the Netherlands, underlying profit before tax increased 23.2%, or EUR 299 million to EUR 1,589 million in 2005 from EUR 1,290 million in 2004, as higher investment income more than offset growth in expenses related to the new collective labour agreement and actions to improve customer satisfaction and efficiency. Results included a EUR 151 million revaluation of non-trading derivatives, EUR 83 million higher results from real estate investment from EUR 419 million in 2004 to EUR 502 million in 2005 and EUR 94 million higher results from private equity from EUR 37 million in 2004 to EUR 131 million in 2005, as well as a EUR 98 million release of disability provisions triggered by the introduction of a new long-term disability act in 2006.
Underlying profit before tax from the life insurance businesses rose 20.0%, or EUR 203 million from EUR 1,017 million in 2004 to EUR 1,220 million in 2005 driven by higher investment income and an improved morbidity result due to the release of disability provisions. Life premium income declined 6.4%, or EUR 374 million from EUR 5,823 million in 2004 to EUR 5,449 million in 2005, mainly due to lower acquisition of group life contracts, the reclassification of insurance contracts to investment contracts under IFRS 4, and lower single-premium sales due to enhanced pricing discipline to improve profitability.
Underlying profit before tax from the non-life insurance businesses increased 35.2%, or EUR 96 million from EUR 273 million in 2004 to EUR 369 million in 2005, driven by higher results from real estate and private equity investments as well as actuarial provision releases. Non-life premiums declined 3.0% to EUR 1,642 million, a decrease of EUR 51 million compared to EUR 1,693 million in 2004 largely attributable to premium refunds in loss of income/accident insurance due to the new long-term disability act. This decrease was partially offset by higher fire insurance premiums following a premium rate adjustment.
Belgium
In Belgium, underlying profit before tax from insurance rose 21.7%, or EUR 31 million from EUR 143 million in 2004 to EUR 174 million in 2005, mainly due to a sharp increase in results from non-life

41


Table of Contents

insurance, which rose EUR 27 million, or 128.6% to EUR 48 million in 2005 from EUR 21 million, driven by favourable claims development, primarily in fire, health and loss of income/accident insurance, as well as decreased operating expenses. Underlying profit before tax from life insurance, including Luxembourg, increased 3.3%, or EUR 4 million to EUR 126 million in 2005 from EUR 122 million in 2004, as a decline in operating expenses compensated for higher lapses and lower management/entrance fees. Excluding the reclassification of products from life insurance to investment products under IFRS 4, which had a negative impact of EUR 761 million, life premium income increased 20.4%, to EUR 1,630 million in 2005 from EUR in 1,354 million in 2004, due to strong sales of universal life products.
Central Europe & Spain
In Central Europe & Spain, underlying profit increased 44.1%, or EUR 79 million to EUR 258 million in 2005 from EUR 179 million in 2004, driven by a 48.3% increase in life results in Central Europe to EUR 251 million. Poland, Hungary, Greece, Spain and Romania all showed strong growth in life and pensions, driven by higher premiums and lower operating expenses. Life premium income rose 18.3%, or EUR 250 million from EUR 1,367 million in 2004 to EUR 1,617 million in 2005 driven by high sales of unit-linked products in Hungary and universal life products in Poland and Greece.
US GAAP
US GAAP profit before tax is EUR 446 million higher than IFRS-EU profit before tax of EUR 2,031 million in 2005. The difference between US GAAP and IFRS-EU profit before tax in 2005 is primarily attributable to EUR 147 million for the alignment of the US GAAP reporting with the change in loan loss provision estimation process on adoption of IFRS-EU in 2005; EUR 686 million in 2005 compared to EUR 185 million in 2004 for the reversal of IFRS-EU hedge accounting; EUR (112) million in 2005 compared to EUR 17 million in 2004 related to differences in debt securities valuation; and EUR (290) million in 2005 primarily related to the underlying IFRS-EU and US GAAP differences within the associates’ accounting for real estate, which became a significant reconciling item in 2005 due to changes in the property investment portfolio. For an explanation of the differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP please refer to Note 2.4.1 of the consolidated financial statements.
INSURANCE AMERICAS
                 
    2005     2004  
    (EUR millions)  
Premium income
    22,744       22,761  
Investment income
    4,387       4,502  
Commission and other income
    905       821  
 
           
Total income
    28,036       28,084  
 
               
Underwriting expenditure
    23,597       24,058  
Other interest expenses
    98       118  
Operating expenses
    2,397       2,202  
Investments losses
    3       14  
 
           
Total expenditure
    26,095       26,392  
 
               
Profit before tax
    1,941       1,692  
Gains/losses on divestments
    50       (2 )
Profit before tax from divested units
    (12 )     (89 )
 
           
Underlying profit before tax
    1,979       1,601  
 
           
Income
Premium income was flat at EUR 22,744 million as higher non-life premiums were partially offset by lower life premiums. Non-life premium income rose 5.1%, or EUR 220 million from EUR 4,332 million in 2004 to EUR 4,552 million in 2005, driven by a 16.8%, or EUR 372 million increase from EUR 2,213 million to EUR 2,585 million in 2005 in Canada, primarily due to the acquisition of Allianz Canada in December 2004. That growth was partially offset by lower non-life premium income in Mexico related to the auto business and from the non-renewal of certain large property & casualty contracts as the

42


Table of Contents

company focuses on more profitable retail market segments. Life premium income declined 1.3%, or EUR 237 million from EUR 18,429 million in 2004 to EUR 18,192 million in 2005, as a slight decline in individual life single premium and lower fixed annuity sales was partially compensated by higher sales in retirement services.
Investment income declined 2.6%, or EUR 115 million from EUR 4,502 million in 2004 to EUR 4,387 million in 2005, as 2004 included the EUR 249 million gain on the ING Canada IPO as well as EUR 157 million in investment income from divested businesses. Excluding those items from 2004, investment income increased 7.3% driven by higher yields, prepayment penalty income on fixed income investments, investment gains from sales of fixed income securities, and higher private equity gains.
Expenses
Operating expenses increased 8.9%, or EUR 195 million from EUR 2,202 million in 2004 to EUR 2,397 million in 2005, due to the acquisition of Allianz Canada in December 2004 and expenses in the U.S. related to strategic initiatives and higher incentive-related benefit costs. Expenses as a percentage of assets under management for investment products were unchanged at 0.75%, while expenses as a percentage of premiums for life products improved from 13.99% in 2004 to 13.76% in 2005.
Profit before tax
Divestments resulted in a loss of EUR 50 million in 2005 (mainly Life of Georgia) compared with a gain of EUR 2 million in 2004. Divested units generated a profit before tax of EUR 12 million in 2005, compared with EUR 89 million in 2004. Including these items, total profit before tax increased 14.7%, or EUR 249 million from EUR 1,692 million in 2004 to EUR 1,941 million in 2005.
Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax from Insurance Americas increased 23.6%, or EUR 378 million from EUR 1,601 million in 2004 to EUR 1,979 million in 2005. Profit growth was driven by a 27.4%, or EUR 247 million increase in the U.S. operations underlying profit before tax from EUR 902 million in 2004 to EUR 1,149 million in 2005, led by higher results from retirement services and annuities due to higher asset levels, improved investment performance and higher margins. The Canadian business had a 35.8%, or EUR 177 million increase in underlying profit before tax from EUR 494 million in 2004 to EUR 671 million in 2005, driven by continued strong underwriting results in the non-life business, increased investment income and the operations of Allianz Canada which was acquired in December 2004. Growth in the region was moderated by losses in Latin America, underlying profit before tax declined 22.4%, or EUR 46 million to EUR 159 million in 2005 from EUR 205 million in 2004, including claims and expenses related to recent hurricanes in Mexico and the related costs to extend reinsurance coverage after the storms and reserve strengthening in the health business in Chile. Currency movements had a positive impact of EUR 46 million due to the strengthening of the Canadian dollar, and the Mexican and Chilean pesos against the euro.

43


Table of Contents

     
Insurance Americas — 2005 Underlying Profit before Tax by Geographic Region
   
 
(PIE CHART)
   
 
(1)   Latin America includes Argentina, Chile, Peru and Brazil through September 30, 2005.
 
(2)   Underlying profit before tax by geographic region in 2004 is as follows: United Sates EUR 902 million, Canada EUR 494 million, Mexico EUR 122 million and Latin America EUR 83 million.
 
(3)   United States life insurance; Canada and Latin America mainly non-life insurance.
United States
Premium income declined 1.3%, or EUR 231 million to EUR 18,077 million in 2005 from EUR 18,308 million in 2004 as lower individual life single premium and fixed annuity sales were largely offset by higher sales in retirement services. Operating expenses increased 8.0%, or EUR 109 million, to EUR 1,468 million in 2005 from EUR 1,359 million in 2004, due to spending on strategic initiatives such as enhancements to web capabilities, costs related to implementing Sarbanes-Oxley, and higher incentive-related benefit costs and EUR 16 million of restructuring costs for the insurance and investment management businesses to enhance future profitability.
Canada
The strong underwriting results were driven by a historically low claims ratio coupled with an increase in volume from the Allianz Canada acquisition. The claims ratio improved slightly to 56.3% in 2005 from 56.6% in 2004. The cost ratio was higher in 2005 due to expenses related to the integration of the Allianz Canada business. The combined ratio deteriorated to 86.8% in 2005 from 85.1% in 2004. Premium income rose 16.8%, or EUR 372 million to EUR 2,585 million in 2005 from EUR 2,213 million in 2004 primarily due to the acquisition of Allianz Canada.
US GAAP
US GAAP profit before tax is EUR (410) million lower than IFRS-EU profit before tax of EUR 1,941 million in 2005. The difference between US GAAP and IFRS-EU profit before tax in 2005 is primarily attributable to EUR (326) million in 2005 for the write-off of goodwill related to Sul America and the reversal of goodwill on disposals compared to EUR (147) million in 2004 for impairment of goodwill in Latin America and the reversal of goodwill on disposals; EUR (17) million in 2005 compared to EUR 111 million in 2004 related to differences in debt securities valuation; EUR 203 million in 2005 compared to EUR 176 million in 2004 for the reversal of IFRS-EU hedge accounting; EUR (82) million in 2005 for deferred acquisition costs and provision for life policy liabilities, compared to EUR 23 million in 2004; and, EUR (89) million in 2005 primarily related to the underlying IFRS-EU and US GAAP differences within the associates’ accounting for real estate, which became a significant reconciling item in 2005 due to changes in the property investment portfolio. For an explanation of the differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP please refer to Note 2.4.1 of the consolidated financial statements.

44


Table of Contents

INSURANCE ASIA/PACIFIC
                 
    2005     2004  
    (EUR millions)  
Premium income
    12,286       9,469  
Investment income
    925       944  
Commission and other income
    (12 )     77  
 
           
Total income
    13,199       10,490  
 
               
Underwriting expenditure
    11,838       9,003  
Other interest expenses
    8       8  
Operating expenses
    867       727  
Investment losses
    8       (4 )
 
           
Total expenditure
    12,721       9,734  
 
               
Profit before tax
    478       756  
Gains/losses on divestments
    (27 )     (219 )
Profit before tax from divested units
    (4 )     (62 )
 
           
Underlying profit before tax
    447       475  
 
           
Income
Premium income rose 29.7%, or EUR 2,817 million to EUR 12,286 million in 2005 from EUR 9,469 million in 2004, led by a 32.6% increase in life premiums. The increase was driven by sharply higher sales of single-premium variable annuities in Japan, tied agency products in South Korea and short-term savings products in Taiwan. Strong premium growth rates were recorded in local currency terms in Japan (87.8%), South Korea (27.9%), Taiwan (11.3%), Malaysia (13.8%), India (141.8%), Thailand (42.6%), Hong Kong (10.8%) and China (27.2%). A reclassification of products in Australia from life insurance to investment products under IFRS 4 reduced premium income by EUR 1,051 million in 2005. Excluding the IFRS 4 change, total life premiums increased 49.7%. Non-life premium income fell 82.7% from EUR 237 million in 2004 to EUR 41 million in 2005, reflecting the sale of the Australian non-life business in the second quarter of 2004.
Investment income declined 2.0% or EUR 19 million to EUR 925 million in 2005 from EUR 944 million in 2004. However, excluding the realised gains on divestments in both years, investment income rose 24.2%, driven by growth of the investment portfolio in the region.
Commission and other income declined 115.6% to a loss of EUR 12 million in 2005 from income recognized of EUR 77 million in 2004, primarily related to losses on derivatives in Japan that are used to hedge minimum-benefit guarantees on single-premium variable annuities, as well as an unrealised loss on non-trading derivatives in South Korea. These losses were partially offset by higher fee income on wealth management products in Australia as a result of growth in assets under management and the reclassification of most products in Australia from life insurance to investment products under IFRS-EU.
Expenses
Operating expenses increased 19.3%, or EUR 140 million to EUR 867 million in 2005 from EUR 727 million in 2004, reflecting staff and salary increases to support the continuing growth of the businesses across the region, primarily in Japan and South Korea. Expenses in 2004 also benefited from the release of a EUR 30 million provision for a wage-tax assessment. Adjusted for the release of the wage-tax provision, expenses as a percentage of assets under management for investment products improved from 1.13% in 2004 to 0.93% in 2005 and expenses as a percentage of premiums for life products improved from 9.03% in 2004 to 8.35% in 2005.
Profit before tax
Divestments had a significant impact on Insurance Asia/Pacific’s total profit before tax. In 2004, ING realised a gain of EUR 219 million on the sale of its 50% stake in a non-life insurance joint venture in Australia. Results in 2005 included a gain of EUR 27 million from the IPO of 90% of the shares in

45


Table of Contents

Austbrokers Holdings as ING focuses on the funds management and life insurance businesses in Australia. Including those gains and profit from the divested units, total profit before tax from Insurance Asia/Pacific declined 36.8%, or 278 million to EUR 478 million in 2005 from EUR 756 million in 2004.
Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax from Insurance Asia/Pacific declined 5.9%, or EUR 28 million to EUR 447 million in 2005 from EUR 475 million in 2004, primarily related to the reserve strengthening in Taiwan due to the continued low interest rate environment. Excluding Taiwan, underlying profit before tax in the rest of the region increased 15.8%, or 61 million to EUR 447 million in 2005 from EUR 386 million in 2004, driven by a 52.1% increase in the South Korea operations. Results in 2004 were favoured by the release of a EUR 29 million reserve for capital-guaranteed products in Australia and a EUR 30 million release of reserves for a wage-tax assessment.
     
Insurance Asia/Pacific — 2005 Underlying Profit before Tax by Geographic Region
   
 
(PIE CHART)
   
 
1)   Rest of Asia includes China, India, Thailand, Indonesia, Hong Kong and Malaysia.
 
2)   Underlying profit before tax by geographic region in 2004 is as follows: Australia and New Zealand EUR 163 million, South Korea EUR 119 million, Taiwan EUR 89 million, Japan EUR 71 million and rest of Asia EUR 33 million
 
3)   Asia/Pacific is mainly life insurance.
Australia & New Zealand
Total underlying profit before tax increased 3.7%, or EUR 6 million to EUR 169 million in 2005 from EUR 163 million. Life premium income declined 85.2%, or EUR 1,042 million, to EUR 181 million in 2005 from EUR 1,223 million in 2004, reflecting the reclassification of the majority of products from life insurance to investment products in 2005. Operating expenses were 9.6% higher, due to provisions to resolve unit-pricing issues following an enforceable undertaking agreed with ASIC, a local regulator.
South Korea
In South Korea, underlying profit before tax rose 52.1%, or EUR 62 million to EUR 181 million in 2005 from EUR 119 in 2004, driven by higher margins due to increased volume as well as strong sales. Premium income rose 42.6%, or EUR 680 million to EUR 2,278 million in 2005 from EUR 1,598 in 2004, driven by sales of variable and universal life products as well as continued high persistency on existing contracts. Premiums were boosted by the introduction of new products, expansion of the tied agency network and new bancassurance partnerships.
Taiwan
Underlying profit in Taiwan decreased by 100% from EUR 89 million in 2004 as a result of measures taken to strengthen reserves in 2005, due to a continued low interest rate environment and assumption changes in 2005. A total charge of EUR 220 million was recorded in 2005 to strengthen reserves, compared with EUR 100 million in 2004.

46


Table of Contents

Japan
In Japan, underlying profit before tax increased 4.2%, or EUR 3 million to EUR 74 million in 2005 from EUR 71 in 2004. Profits from the single-premium variable annuity and mutual fund businesses increased due to strong growth in premiums resulting in higher fee income. Despite growth in new business and higher premiums, profits from the corporate-owned life insurance business decreased mainly due to lower investment yields from the continuing low interest rate environment and higher levels of early surrenders.
US GAAP
US GAAP profit before tax is EUR (277) million lower than IFRS-EU profit before tax of EUR 478 million in 2005. The difference between US GAAP and IFRS-EU profit before tax in 2005 is primarily attributable to the premium deficiency loss recognized in relation to the Taiwan reserves under US GAAP of EUR (386) million in 2005, offset by the reversal of certain reserve strengthening in the business line under IFRS-EU of EUR 179 million in 2005 compared to EUR 241 million in 2004 which is not allowed under US GAAP; and, EUR (106) million in 2005 for differences in debt securities valuation compared to EUR (23) million in 2004. For an explanation of the differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP please refer to Note 2.4.1 of the consolidated financial statements.
WHOLESALE BANKING
                 
    2005     2004  
    (EUR millions)  
Interest result
    2,928       3,272  
Commission and other income
    3,029       2,599  
 
           
Total income
    5,957       5,871  
 
               
Operating expenses
    3,466       3,734  
Additions to the provision for loan losses
    (108 )     192  
 
           
Total expenditure
    3,358       3,926  
 
               
Profit before tax
    2,599       1,945  
Gains/losses on divestments
    (317 )     166  
Profit before tax from divested units
    (6 )     (60 )
Special items
            41  
 
           
Underlying profit before tax
    2,276       2,092  
 
           
Income
Total income increased 1.5%, or EUR 86 million, to EUR 5,957 million in 2005 from EUR 5,871 million in 2004. The increase was driven by the International Wholesale Banking activities in the U.K., the Americas and Central & Eastern Europe, growth of the leasing business as well as the 16.2% increase in income from ING Real Estate, which offset the impact of divestments. Excluding divestments income rose 4.8%. Interest income declined 10.5%, or EUR 344 million, to EUR 2,928 million in 2005 from EUR 3,272 million in 2004. due to divestments and pressure on margins. Commissions and other income rose 16.5%, or EUR 430 million, to EUR 3,029 million in 2005 from EUR 2,599 million in 2004, due to higher management fees at ING Real Estate and supported by gains on the sale of equity investments and fair value changes on non-trading derivatives.
Expenses
Operating expenses declined 7.2%, or EUR 268 million, to EUR 3,466 million in 2005 from EUR 3,734 million in 2004, due entirely to the divestments of the Asian cash equities business, CenE Bankiers, portions of BHF-Bank, and Barings Asset Management. Operating expenses excluding divestments and special items increased 12.1%, due in part to one-off items reported in 2005, such as EUR 103 million in provisions recorded in Belgium, EUR 12 million in restructuring costs for initiatives to improve efficiency in the IT organisation as announced in July and November of 2005 and EUR 78 million in impairment losses on development projects at ING Real Estate. Those items were partially offset by EUR 36 million in releases of provisions for employee benefits.

47


Table of Contents

The addition to the provision for loan losses declined from EUR 192 million in 2004 to a net release of EUR 108 million in 2005, due to improvements in the credit environment and the limited inflow of large new problem loans. The Netherlands was the only region which recorded an addition to loan loss provisions in 2005 of EUR 52 million, which was offset by releases in other regions. The net release equalled a negative 7 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2005 compared with an addition of 12 basis points in 2004.
Profit before tax
Gains on divestments contributed EUR 317 million to profit before tax in 2005 (sale Baring Asset Management, as well as the gain on the NMB Heller transaction and wholesale banking’s part on the sale of ING Bank Slaski shares), while divestments in 2004 (sale Asian cash equities business, CenE Bankiers and parts of BHF-Bank) resulted in a loss of EUR 166 million. Divested units contributed EUR 6 million to profit before tax in 2005, compared with EUR 60 million in 2004. Results in 2004 also included a restructuring provision of EUR 41 million for the International Wholesale Banking network. Including those items, total profit before tax increased 33.6%, or EUR 654 million, to EUR 2,599 million in 2005 from EUR 1,945 million in 2004.
Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax from Wholesale Banking rose 8.8%, or EUR 184 million, to EUR 2,276 million in 2005 from EUR 2,092 million in 2004, driven by higher income from Structured Finance, Leasing and ING Real Estate businesses, as well as a net release of loan loss provisions due to an improved credit environment and improved risk management.
     
Wholesale Banking — 2005 Underlying Profit before Tax by Geographic Region
   
 
(PIE CHART)
   
 
1)   Other, which reported a loss of EUR 50 million in 2005 and a loss of EUR 47 million in 2004, is excluded from the above table
 
2)   Asset management primarily relates to ING Real Estate
 
3)   Underlying profit before tax by geographic region in 2004 is as follows: The Netherlands EUR 826 million, Belgium EUR 665 million, Rest of the World EUR 313 million and Asset Management EUR 335 million.
Netherlands
In the Netherlands, underlying profit before tax declined 4.4%, or EUR 36 million, to EUR 790 million in 2005 from EUR 826 million in 2004, as growth in income was more than offset by higher operating expenses. Total income rose 3.7%, or EUR 67 million, to EUR 1,876 million in 2005 from EUR 1,809 million in 2004, driven primarily by Structured Finance and Leasing activities, and partially offset by decreased income from the Payments & Cash Management and General Lending businesses resulting from lower margins and decreased income from the Financial Markets business. Operating expenses increased 11.8%, or EUR 109 million, to EUR 1,034 million in 2005 from EUR 925 million in 2004 due to increased expenses resulting from the collective labour agreement, the growth of the leasing business and higher IT expenses, including EUR 12 million of restructuring costs for initiatives to improve efficiency in the IT organisation as announced in 2005. The impact of the increased expenses was partly offset by the EUR 36 million release from employee benefits provisions following healthcare and pension legislative changes in the Netherlands. The addition to the provision for loan

48


Table of Contents

losses declined to 10 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2005 from 12 basis points in 2004.
Belgium
In Belgium, underlying profit before tax declined 22.0%, or EUR 146 million, to EUR 519 million in 2005 from EUR 665 million in 2004, due to lower results from the Financial Markets businesses, as well as increased operating expenses primarily related to provisions Total income declined 8.1%, or EUR 119 million, to EUR 1,346 million in 2005 from EUR 1,465 million in 2004 as decreased Financial Markets results more than offset increased income from Corporate Finance & Equity Markets and Structured Finance businesses in 2005 compared to 2004. Operating expenses increased 12.8%, or EUR 101 million, to EUR 891 million in 2005 from EUR 790 million in 2004, due to EUR 103 million in provisions in 2005 mainly related to Williams de Broë. The addition to the loan loss provisions declined from 3 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2004 to negative 17 basis points in 2005, due to a net release of EUR 64 million.
Rest of the World
In the Rest of the World, underlying profit before tax more than doubled to EUR 671 million from EUR 313 million, driven by releases of debtor provisions as well as increased income following the successful implementation of a programme to improve profitability by focusing on key clients and products. Total income rose 14.2%, or EUR 195 million, to EUR 1,566 million in 2005 from EUR 1,371 million in 2004, due to increased income from Structured Finance and Financial Markets businesses in the U.K., increased income from all product groups in the Americas, and increased income from Financial Markets businesses in Central & Eastern Europe. Operating expenses increased 3.5%, or EUR 33 million, to EUR 982 million in 2005 from EUR 949 million in 2004. The addition to the loan loss provisions was a negative 20 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2005 compared to 23 basis points due to a release of EUR 87 million in 2005 and an addition of EUR 109 million in 2004.
ING Real Estate
Total underlying profit before tax of the asset management activities, primarily related to ING Real Estate, was EUR 346 million in 2005, an increase of 3.3% or EUR 11 million compared to EUR 335 million in 2004. Underlying profit before tax of ING Real Estate decreased 4.4%, or EUR 16 million to EUR 349 million in 2005 from EUR 365 million in 2004 primarily related to impairments on development projects in Poland and the Czech Republic of EUR 78 million, offset by higher profit from the real estate finance and investment management activities. The real estate financing activities benefited from growth in the lending portfolio and lower additions to the provision for loan losses in 2005 compared to 2004. Underlying profit before tax of the investment management activities increased due to strong growth of assets under management following the purchases of portfolios, including the Gables Residential Trust in the U.S. and the Abbey National portfolio in the U.K. and fair value property revaluations.
US GAAP
US GAAP profit before tax is EUR 8 million higher than IFRS-EU profit before tax of EUR 2,599 million in 2005. The difference between US GAAP and IFRS-EU profit before tax in 2005 is primarily attributable to EUR 190 million for the alignment of the US GAAP reporting with the change in loan loss provision estimation process on adoption of IFRS-EU in 2005; EUR (3) million in 2005 compared to EUR 206 million in 2004 for the reversal of IFRS-EU hedge accounting; EUR (115) million in 2005 compared to EUR (190) million in 2004 for differences in debt securities valuation; and, EUR (45) million in 2005 primarily related to the underlying IFRS-EU and US GAAP differences within the associates’ accounting for real estate, which became a significant reconciling item in 2005 due to changes in the property investment portfolio. For an explanation of the differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP please refer to Note 2.4.1 of the consolidated financial statements.

49


Table of Contents

RETAIL BANKING
                 
    2005     2004  
    (EUR millions)  
Interest result
    4,397       3,928  
Commission and other income
    1,399       1,134  
 
           
Total income
    5,796       5,062  
 
               
Operating expenses
    3,829       3,703  
Additions to the provision for loan losses
    90       184  
 
           
Total expenditure
    3,919       3,887  
 
               
Profit before tax
    1,877       1,175  
Gains/losses on divestments
    (62 )        
Profit before tax from divested units
            (7 )
 
           
Underlying profit before tax
    1,815       1,168  
 
           
Income
Total income increased 14.5%, or EUR 734 million, to EUR 5,796 million in 2005 from EUR 5,062 million in 2004, driven mainly by increased income from mortgages and savings in the Netherlands and growth from savings, current accounts and structured notes in Belgium.,Income growth in 2005 compared to 2004 was also affected by the proportional (50%) consolidation of Postkantoren BV in the Netherlands from January 2005 (which had no impact on total profit) adding EUR 168 million to total income and the EUR 48 million loss recorded in the first quarter of 2004 on a unit-linked mortgage product in the Netherlands
Expenses
Operating expenses increased 3.4%, or EUR 126 million, to EUR 3,829 million in 2005 from EUR 3,703 million in 2004, primarily related to proportional the consolidation of Postkantoren BV, EUR 33 million in one-off costs related to the announced efficiency programme for the Operations & IT activities in the Benelux, EUR 27 million in accelerated software depreciation in the Netherlands and the impact of the new labour agreement in the Netherlands was partially offset by a release of EUR 83 million from provisions following healthcare and pension legislative changes in the Netherlands. The cost/income ratio improved to 66.1% in 2005 from 73.2% in 2004.
The addition to the provision of loan losses declined 51.1%, or EUR 94 million, to EUR 90 million in 2005 from EUR 184 million in 2004, mainly due to releases in Belgium and Poland of EUR 27 million in 2005 compared with an addition of EUR 53 million in 2004. The addition equalled 11 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2005 compared with 25 basis points in 2004.
Profit before tax
Divestments in 2005 contributed EUR 62 million to profit before tax, representing Retail Banking’s portion of the gain on the sale of a 12.8% stake in ING Bank Slaski in Poland, taking ING’s stake to 75%. The divested retail banking activities of BHF-Bank contributed EUR 7 million to profit in 2004. Including those items total profit before tax rose 59.7%, or EUR 702 million, to EUR 1,877 million in 2005 from EUR 1,175 million in 2004.
Underlying profit before tax
Underlying profit before tax from Retail Banking increased 55.4%, or EUR 647 million to EUR 1,815 million in 2005 from EUR 1,168 million in 2004, driven by strong growth in savings and mortgages in the home markets of the Benelux and the impact of increased prepayment penalties on mortgages as clients refinanced to take advantage of low interest rates. The addition to the loan loss provisions declined as a result of the improved credit environment and releases in Belgium and Poland. Cost containment measures and strong income growth resulted in an improvement in the cost/income ratio in 2005 to 66.1% from 73.2% in 2004.

50


Table of Contents

     
Retail Banking — 2005 Underlying Profit before Tax by Geographic Region
   
 
(PIE CHART)
   
 
1)   Mainly ING Vysya Bank, Private Banking rest of the world and the Kookmin Bank stake
 
2)   Underlying profit before tax by geographic region in 2004 is as follows: The Netherlands EUR 1,091 million, Belgium EUR 55 million, Poland EUR 19 million and Other Retail Banking EUR 3 million
Netherlands
In the Netherlands, underlying profit before tax rose 27.1%, or EUR 296 million, to EUR 1,387 million in 2005 from EUR 1,091 million in 2004, driven by growth in mortgage lending and savings and increased income received from prepayment penalties on mortgages. The total interest margin stayed almost flat in 2005 compared to 2004 supported by the increased prepayment penalties and offset by decreased interest margins on savings and current accounts resulting from the low interest rate environment. Income increased 15.9%, or EUR 531 million, to EUR 3,866 million in 2005 from EUR 3,335 million in 2004, primarily related to the consolidation of Postkantoren BV beginning in 2005 and the inclusion of the EUR 48 million loss on the unit-linked mortgage product at Postbank in the first quarter of 2004. Operating expenses increased 11.2%, or EUR 237 million, to EUR 2,360 million in 2005 from EUR 2,123 million in 2004 due to the consolidation of Postkantoren BV, EUR 33 million in restructuring costs for the streamlining and outsourcing of ING’s Operations & IT activities as announced in July and November, EUR 27 million in accelerated software depreciation, the new collective labour agreement, and partially offset by the release of EUR 83 million from provisions for employee benefits following the healthcare and pension legislative changes. The addition to the loan loss provisions was 18 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2005 compared with 21 basis points in 2004.
Belgium
In Belgium, underlying profit before tax increased 512.7%, or EUR 282 million, from EUR 55 million in 2004 to EUR 337 million in 2005, driven by increased income due to strong growth of savings and current accounts and high sales of structured notes, as well as lower expenses and releases of loan loss provisions. Total income rose 11.9%, or EUR 152 million, to EUR 1,426 million in 2005 from EUR 1,274 million in 2004. Operating expenses declined 7.0%, or EUR 83 million, to EUR 1,100 million in 2005 from EUR 1,183 million in 2004, due to high one-off items in 2004, including provisions for litigation issues and impairments on real estate. The impact in 2005 of the acquisition of Mercator Bank in the fourth quarter of 2004 was largely offset by the sale of ING Securities Bank France and Banque Baring Brothers Suisse in 2005, which were reported under ING Belgium. The addition to the loan loss provisions was negative 8 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2005 compared to 34 basis points in 2004 due to a EUR 11 million net release of provisions in 2005.
Poland
In Poland, underlying profit before tax from the retail banking activities of ING Bank Slaski more than doubled from EUR 19 million in 2004 to EUR 41 million in 2005 due to releases from loan loss provisions following an improvement in the quality of the lending portfolio. Risk costs turned from EUR 17 million in 2004 to a net release of EUR 16 million in 2005. Adjusted for exchange rate changes, income rose 2.0% as the growth in savings and deposits was largely offset by narrower margins and

51


Table of Contents

lower lending volumes. Operating expenses increased by 13.1% due to investments to upgrade the branch network and higher marketing costs.
US GAAP
US GAAP profit before tax is EUR 78 million higher than IFRS-EU profit before tax of EUR 1,877 million in 2005. The difference between US GAAP and IFRS-EU profit before tax in 2005 is primarily attributable to EUR 191 million for the alignment of the US GAAP reporting with the change in loan loss provision estimation process on adoption of IFRS-EU in 2005; EUR (36) million in 2005 compared to EUR (8) million in 2004 for the reversal of goodwill on disposals; and, EUR (76) million in 2005 compared to EUR 216 million in 2004 for differences in debt securities valuation. For an explanation of the differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP please refer to Note 2.4.1 of the consolidated financial statements.
ING DIRECT
                 
    2005     2004  
    (EUR millions)  
Interest result
    1,947       1,608  
Commission and other income
    172       101  
 
           
Total income
    2,119       1,709  
 
               
Operating expenses
    1,396       1,185  
Additions to the provision for loan losses
    106       89  
 
           
Total expenditure
    1,502       1,274  
 
               
Profit before tax
    617       435  
 
               
Underlying profit before tax
    617       435  
Income
Total income rose 24.0%, or EUR 410 million, to EUR 2,119 million in 2005 from EUR 1,709 million in 2004, mainly driven by a 21.1% increase in the interest result due to the continued strong growth in funds entrusted. The total interest margin in 2005 narrowed to 0.86% from 0.98% in 2004, mainly caused by a flattening of the yield curve and the strategic decision to maintain competitive client rates in favour of stimulating business growth.
Expenses
Operating expenses rose 17.8%, or EUR 211 million, to EUR 1,396 million in 2005 from EUR 1,185 million in 2004, reflecting investments to support the continued growth of the business, notably in mortgage distribution. The cost/income ratio improved to 65.9% in 2005 from 69.3% in 2004, and the operational cost base (excluding marketing expenses) improved to 0.40% of total assets compared with 0.44% in 2004. The average number of full-time employees in 2005 rose to 6,500 from 5,300 in 2004, mainly due to expansion in Germany, the U.S. and the U.K.
The addition to the provision for loan losses increased 19.1%, or EUR 17 million, to EUR 106 million in 2005 from EUR 89 million in 2004. The addition equalled 17 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets, down from 22 basis points in 2004 as the probability of default diminished.
Profit before tax
Profit before tax from ING Direct rose 41.8%, or EUR 182 million to EUR 617 million in 2005 from EUR 435 million in 2004, primarily driven by the continued strong growth in the euro-countries – Germany, France, Spain and Italy. This increase was partially offset by a slight decline in the US operations profit before tax in 2005 compared to 2004, due to increases of deposit rates related to increases in the Federal Reserve rate and an unfavourable yield curve development.

52


Table of Contents

ING Card had a loss of EUR 16 million in 2005 compared to a loss of EUR 6 million in 2004, mainly due to increased additions to loan loss provisions and increased marketing and IT expenses.
     
ING Direct — 2005 Profit before Tax by Geographic Region
   
 
(PIE CHART)
   
 
1)   Other includes: Spain, Italy, UK, France and ING Card.
 
2)   Underlying profit before tax by geographic region in 2004 is as follows: Canada EUR 66 million, Australia EUR 60 million, United States EUR 170 million, Germany EUR 151 million and Other EUR (12) million.
US GAAP
US GAAP profit before tax is EUR 10 million higher than IFRS-EU profit before tax of EUR 617 million in 2005. The difference between US GAAP and IFRS-EU profit before tax in 2005 is primarily attributable to EUR 95 million for the alignment of the US GAAP reporting with the change in loan loss provision estimation process on adoption of IFRS-EU in 2005; and, EUR (98) million in 2005 compared to EUR (237) million in 2004 for the reversal of IFRS-EU hedge accounting. For an explanation of the differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP please refer to Note 2.4.1 of the consolidated financial statements.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
ING Groep N.V. is a holding company whose principal assets are its investments in the capital stock of its primary insurance and banking subsidiaries. The liquidity and capital resource considerations for ING Groep N.V., ING Insurance and ING Bank vary in light of the business conducted by each, as well as the insurance and bank regulatory requirements applicable to the Group in the Netherlands and the other countries in which it does business. ING Groep N.V. has no employees and substantially all of ING Groep N.V.’s operating expenses are allocated to and paid by its operating companies.
As a holding company, ING Groep N.V.’s principal sources of funds are funds that may be raised from time to time from the issuance of debt or equity securities and bank or other borrowings, as well as cash dividends received from its subsidiaries. ING Groep N.V.’s total debt and capital securities outstanding to third parties at December 31, 2005 was EUR 11,095 million, and at December 31, 2004 EUR 10,570. The EUR 11,095 million of debt outstanding at December 31, 2005 consisted of EUR 1,261 million principal amount of 8.439% non-cumulative guaranteed trust preferred securities issued in December 2000, EUR 589 million principal amount of 6.5% perpetual subordinated debt securities issued in September 2001, EUR 659 million principal amount of 7.05% perpetual debt securities issued in July 2002, EUR 904 million principal amount of 7.20% perpetual debt securities issued in December 2002, EUR 631 million principal amount perpetual debt securities with a variable interest rate issued in June 2003, EUR 410 million principal amount of 6.20% perpetual debt securities issued in October 2003, EUR 934 million principal amount perpetual debt securities with a variable interest rate issued in 2004, EUR 496 million principal amount of 4.176% perpetual debt securities issued in 2005, EUR 574 million principal amount of 6.125% perpetual debt securities issued in 2005, EUR 837

53


Table of Contents

million principal amount of 5.775% perpetual debt securities issued in 2005 and EUR 3,740 million debentures. The detail with respect to the debentures is as follows:
                     
                Balance sheet value  
Interest Rate (%)   Year of issue     Due date              (EUR millions)  
5.0
    2001     May 3, 2006     999  
6.125
    2000     January 4, 2011     996  
6
    2000     August 1, 2007     750  
5.5
    1999     September 14, 2009     995  
 
                   
 
                3,740  
At December 31, 2005 and 2004, ING Groep N.V. also owed EUR 991 million and EUR 606 million to ING Group companies pursuant to intercompany lending arrangements. Of the EUR 991 million owed by ING Groep N.V. to ING Group companies at December 31, 2005, EUR 35 million was owed to ING Insurance companies, EUR 406 million was owed to ING Bank companies and EUR 550 million was owed to direct subsidiaries of ING Group companies, as a result of normal intercompany transactions.
At December 31, 2005 and 2004, ING Groep N.V. had EUR 5 million and EUR 460 million of cash. Dividends paid to the Company by its subsidiaries amounted to EUR 2,296 million and EUR 1,446 million in 2005 and 2004, respectively, in each case representing dividends declared and paid with respect to the reporting calander year and the prior calendar year. Of the amounts paid to the Company, EUR 1,595 million and EUR 629 million were received from ING Insurance in 2005 and 2004, respectively; EUR 700 million and EUR 817 million were received from ING Bank in 2005 and 2004 respectively, and for 2005 EUR 0 million was received from other ING Group companies. Repayments to ING by its subsidiaries amounted to EUR 0 million in 2005 and EUR 2,303 million in and 2004, respectively, of the amounts paid to the Company, EUR 0 million was received from ING Bank in 2005 and EUR 2,303 million was received from ING Bank in 2004. ING and its Dutch subsidiaries are subject to legal restrictions on the amount of dividends they can pay to their shareholders. The Dutch Civil Code provides that dividends can only be paid by Dutch companies up to an amount equal to the excess of a company’s shareholders’ equity over the sum of paid-up capital and shareholders’ reserves required by law. Further, certain of the Group companies are subject to restrictions on the amount of funds they may transfer in the form of cash dividends or otherwise to ING Groep N.V.
In addition to the restrictions in respect of minimum capital and capital base requirements that are imposed by insurance, banking and other regulators in the countries in which the Group’s subsidiaries operate, other limitations exist in certain countries. For example, the operations of the Group’s insurance company subsidiaries located in the United States are subject to limitations on the payment of dividends to their parent company under applicable state insurance laws. Dividends paid in excess of these limitations generally require prior approval of the Insurance Commissioner of the state of domicile.
ING Group Consolidated Cash Flows
Year ended December 31, 2005 compared to year ended December 31, 2004
Net cash provided by operating activities amounted to EUR 33,749 million for the year ended December 31, 2005, an decrease of 55.1% compared to EUR 75,102 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. This decrease was mainly due to a reclassification of mortgage backed securities under IFRS-EU from investments to loans and advances to customers as well as a higher cashflow employed in trading assets/liabilities. The cashflow generated through the provisions for insurance and investment contracts of EUR 21,250 million and through the customer deposits and other funds on deposit of the banking operations of EUR 62,709 million was to a large extent used for the lending and investment portfolio. The higher increase in the provisions for insurance and investment contracts of EUR 21,250 million in 2005 compared with EUR 13,244 million in 2004 mainly reflects the growth of the life business. The cashflow employed in lending, including the reclassification of mortgage backed securities, increased from a cashflow of EUR 34,737 million in 2004 to a cash outflow of EUR 62,709 million in 2005, reflecting the growth of the mortgage portfolio and corporate lending both inside and outside the Netherlands.

54


Table of Contents

Net cash used in investment activities in 2005 was EUR 50,306 million, compared to EUR 72,265 million in 2004. The decrease was mainly caused by the reclassification of mortgage backed securities from investments to loans and advances to customers, included in the cashflow from operating activities. Excluding this impact both available-for-sale investments and investments for the risk of policyholders increased, reflecting the growth of the life insurance operations.
Net cash flow from financing activities was EUR 7,312 million in 2005, compared to EUR 1,079 million in 2004. The increase of EUR 6,233 million in net cash flow from financing activities mainly reflects an increase in the growth of borrowed funds and the insurance of debt securities.
The operating, investing and financing activities described above resulted in net cash and cash equivalents at year-end 2005 of EUR 3,335 million, compared to EUR11,588 million at year-end 2004, an increase of EUR 8,253 million from 2004 levels, mainly reflected in a decrease in amounts due from/to banks.
ING Insurance Cash Flows
The principal sources of funds for ING Insurance are premiums, net investment income and proceeds from sales or maturity of investments, while the major uses of these funds are to provide life policy benefits, pay surrenders and profit sharing for life policyholders, pay non-life claims and related claims expenses, and pay other operating costs. ING Insurance generates a substantial cash flow from operations as a result of most premiums being received in advance of the time when claim payments or policy benefits are required. These positive operating cash flows, along with that portion of the investment portfolio that is held in cash and highly liquid securities, have historically met the liquidity requirements of ING Insurance’s operations, as evidenced by the growth in investments. See also “Item 11. ”Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure on Market Risk”.
Premium income and investment income totaled EUR 45,758 million and EUR 9,944 million in 2005, EUR 43,617 million and EUR 10,179 million in 2004. Uses of funds by ING Insurance include underwriting expenditures (reinsurance premiums, benefits, surrenders, claims and profit sharing by life policyholders) and employee and other operating expenses, as well as interest expense on outstanding borrowings. Underwriting expenditures, employee and other operating expenses and interest expense for ING Insurance totaled EUR 47,120 million, EUR 5,195 million and EUR 1,100 million in 2005 and EUR 45,384 million, EUR 4,746 million and EUR 1,140 million in.
ING Insurance’s liquidity requirements are met on both a short- and long-term basis by funds provided from insurance premiums collected, investment income and collected reinsurance receivables, and from the sale and maturity of investments. ING Insurance also has access to the commercial paper, medium-term note and other credit facilities. ING Insurance’s balance of cash and cash equivalents was EUR 2,745 million at December 31, 2005 and EUR 1,967 million at December 31, 2004.
Net cash provided by operating activities was EUR 18,058 million in 2005 and EUR 17,636 million in 2004.
Net cash used by ING Insurance in investment activities was EUR 20,554 million in 2005 and EUR 19,530 million in 2004.
Cash provided by ING Insurance’s financing activities amounted to EUR 2,887 million and EUR 2,061 million in 2005 and 2004, respectively.
Capital Base Margins and Capital Requirements
In the United States, since 1993, insurers, including the companies comprising ING Insurance U.S. operations, have been subject to risk-based capital (“RBC”) guidelines. See “Item 4. Information on the Company – Regulation and Supervision – Insurance – ING Americas.”

55


Table of Contents

ING Bank Cash Flows
The principal sources of funds for ING Bank’s operations are growth of the retail funding, which mainly consists of current accounts, savings and retail deposits, repayments of loans, disposals and redemptions of investment securities (mainly bonds), sales of trading portfolio securities, interest income and commission income. The major uses of funds are advances of loans and other credits, investments, purchases of investment securities, funding of trading portfolios, interest expense and administrative expenses (See Item 11, “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risk”). At December 31, 2005 and 2004, ING Bank had EUR 969 million and EUR 10,318 million, respectively, of cash and cash equivalents.
The EUR 40,012 million decrease in the ING Bank’s operating activities of EUR 17,041 million cash inflow for the year ended December 31, 2005, compared with a EUR 57,053 million cash inflow for the year ended December 31, 2004, was largely attributable to the increase of the loans and advances caused by the reclassification of the mortgage backed securities from the net cashflow from investing activities to the net cashflow from operating activities as well as the decrease of banks available on demand and the decrease of the reverse repurchases.
Net cash generated from investment activities was EUR 29,754 million cash outflow and EUR 52,726 million cash outflow in 2005 and 2004, respectively, mainly reflecting the investment in interest-earning securities exceeding the dispositions and redemptions of interest-earning securities. Investment in interest-earning securities was EUR 95,905 million and EUR 105,004 million in 2005 and 2004, respectively. Dispositions and redemptions of interest-earning securities was EUR 65,964 million and EUR 53,999 million in 2005 and 2004, respectively.
Net cash flow from financing activities amounted to EUR 2,759 million and EUR (89) million in 2005 and 2004, respectively.
The operating, investment and financing activities described above resulted in a negative net cash flow of EUR 9,954 million in 2005 and a positive net cash flow of EUR 4,238 million in 2004.
Capital Adequacy
Capital adequacy and the use of capital are monitored by ING Bank and its subsidiaries, employing techniques based on the guidelines developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and implemented by the EU and the Dutch Central Bank for supervisory purposes. See “Item 4, Information on the Company”.
The following table sets forth the risk-weighted capital ratios of ING Bank N.V. as of December 31, 2005 and 2004.
                 
    Year ended December 31,  
    2005     2004  
    (EUR million, other than percentages)  
Risk-Weighted Assets
    319,653       274,138  
Consolidated group equity:
               
Tier 1 Capital
    23,408       20,000  
Tier 2 Capital
    11,605       10,533  
Tier 3 Capital
    363       357  
Supervisory deductions
    (650 )     (534 )
 
           
Total qualifying capital
    34,726       30,356  
 
           
 
               
Tier 1 Capital Ratio
    7.32 %     7.30 %
Total Capital Ratio (Tier 1, 2 and 3)
    10.86 %     11.07 %
ING Group’s management believes that working capital is sufficient to meet the current and reasonably foreseeable needs of the Company.

56


Table of Contents

Off-Balance-Sheet-Arrangements
Reference is made to Note 2.1.4 Off-Balance-sheet arrangements.
                         
            Less     More  
            than     than  
    Total     one     one  
    2005     year     year  
    (EUR millions)  
Insurance operations
                       
Commitments concerning investments in land and buildings
    128               128  
Commitments concerning fixed-interest securities
    1,922       1,778       144  
Guarantees
    237               237  
Other
    1,999       754       1,245  
 
                       
Banking operations
                       
Contingent liabilities in respect of:
                       
discounted bills
    5       5          
guarantees
    15,933       9,052       6,873  
irrevocable letters of credit
    7,436       6,760       676  
other
    396       367       29  
 
                 
 
    28,056       18,716       9,332  
Irrevocable facilities
    85,098       39,768       45,330  
 
                 
Total
    113,154       58,484       54,662  
 
                 
Total tabular disclosure of contractual obligations
The table below shows the cash payment requirements from specified contractual obligations outstanding as of December 31, 2005:
                                         
    Payment due by period  
            Less                     More  
            than     1-3     3-5     than 5  
    Total     1 year     years     years     years  
    (EUR millions)  
Operating lease obligations
    1,341       275       375       336       355  
Subordinated loans of Group Companies
    14,310       1,011       2,170       2,205       8,924  
Preference shares of Group companies
    1,260                               1,260  
Debenture loans
    81,241       45,057       11,180       11,180       13,824  
Loans contracted
    9,711       6,082       1,041       922       1,666  
Loans from Credit Institutions
    6,971       4,443       1,593       359       576  
Insurance provisions
    263,487       13,567       10,060       10,060       229,800  
 
                             
Total
    378,321       70,435       26,419       25,062       256,405  
 
                             

57


Table of Contents

Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees
SUPERVISORY BOARD
Function of Supervisory Board and its committees
The function of the Supervisory Board is to supervise the policy of the Executive Board and the general course of events in the company and its business, as well as to provide advice to the Executive Board. The Supervisory Board has three committees: the Audit Committee, the Remuneration and Nomination Committee and the Corporate Governance Committee. The organisation, powers and modus operandi of the Supervisory Board are detailed in the Supervisory Board Charter. Separate charters have been drawn up for the Audit Committee, the Remuneration and Nomination Committee and the Corporate Governance Committee. These charters are available on the ING Group website (www.ing.com). A short description of the duties for the three Committees follows below.
The Audit Committee assists the Supervisory Board in monitoring the integrity of the financial statements of ING Group, ING Verzekeringen N.V. and ING Bank N.V., in monitoring the compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, and in monitoring the independence and performance of ING’s internal and external auditors.
The Remuneration and Nomination Committee advises the Supervisory Board amongst others on the composition of the Supervisory Board and Executive Board, on the compensation packages of the members of the Executive Board and on stock-based compensation programmes for top-management, including the Executive Board.
The Corporate Governance Committee assists the Supervisory Board in monitoring and evaluating the corporate governance of ING as a whole and the reporting thereon in the Annual Report and to the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, and advises the Supervisory Board on improvements in respect of the foregoing.
Profile of members of the Supervisory Board
The Supervisory Board has drawn up a profile to be used as a basis for its composition. The profile was submitted for discussion to the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders in 2005. It is available at the ING Group head office and on the ING Group website (www.ing.com).
In view of their experience and the valuable contribution that former members of the Executive Board can make to the Supervisory Board, it has been decided, taking into account the size of the Board and ING’s wide range of activities, that such individuals may become member of the Supervisory Board of ING Group. There is, however, a restriction in that only one in every five other members of the Supervisory Board may be a former member of the Executive Board. In addition, this member must wait at least one year after resigning from the Executive Board before becoming eligible for appointment to the Supervisory Board. Former members of the Executive Board are not eligible for appointment to the position of chairman of the Supervisory Board.
After being appointed to the Supervisory Board, a former member of the Executive Board may also be appointed to one of the Supervisory Board’s committees. However, appointment to the position of chairman of a committee is only possible if the individual in question resigned from the Executive Board at least five years prior to such appointment.
Reappointment of Supervisory Board members
Members of the Supervisory Board will resign from the Board at the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders held in the calendar year in which they will complete the fourth year after their most recent reappointment. As a general rule, they shall also resign at the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders in the year in which they attain the age of seventy and shall not be reappointed. The schedule for resignation by rotation is available on the ING Group website (www.ing.com). Members of the Supervisory Board may as a general rule be reappointed for two periods of four years, based on a proposal from the Supervisory Board to the Shareholders’ Meeting.

58


Table of Contents

Ancillary positions/Conflicting interests
Members of the Supervisory Board are asked to provide details of any other directorships, paid positions and ancillary positions they may hold. Such positions are not permitted to conflict with the interests of ING Group. It is the responsibility of the individual member of the Supervisory Board and the Supervisory Board’s Corporate Governance Committee to ensure that the directorship duties are performed properly and not affected by any other positions that the individual may hold outside the group.
Details of transactions involving actual or potential conflicts of interest
Details of any relationships that members of the Supervisory Board may have with ING Group subsidiaries as ordinary, private individuals are not reported, with the exception of any loans that may have been granted to them.
Independence
Members of the Supervisory Board to whom the dependence criteria of the Tabaksblat Code do not apply and members of the Supervisory Board to whom the criteria do apply but who can explain why this does not undermine their independence, are deemed to be independent. Annually, the Supervisory Board members are requested to assess whether the Tabaksblat Code dependence criteria still do not apply and to confirm this in writing. On the basis of these criteria, all members of the Supervisory Board are to be regarded as independent as of 31 December 2005.
Remuneration and share ownership
The remuneration of the members of the Supervisory Board is set by the General Meeting of Shareholders and is not dependent on the results of the company.
Members of the Supervisory Board are permitted to hold shares and depositary receipts for shares in the company for long-term investment purposes. If any members of the Supervisory Board were granted ING option rights during their previous membership of the Executive Board, these option rights will be part of the ING option scheme. Transactions by Supervisory Board members in ING Group shares and depositary receipts for shares and ING option rights held by Supervisory Board members are subject to the ING regulations for insiders. These regulations can be downloaded from the ING Group website (www.ing.com).
Set forth below is certain information concerning the members of the Supervisory Board and the Executive Board of ING Groep N.V.
MEMBERS OF SUPERVISORY BOARD OF ING GROEP N.V.
Cor A.J. Herkströter, chairman
(Born 1937, appointed in 1998, term expires in 2006, Dutch nationality)
Chairman of the Remuneration & Nomination Committee and the Corporate Governance Committee. Former president of Royal Dutch Petroleum Company and chairman of the Committee of Managing Directors, Royal Dutch/Shell Group. Other business activities: chairman of the Supervisory Board of Koninklijke DSM N.V. (listed company). Member of the Advisory Committee, Robert Bosch GmbH. Trustee of the International Accounting Standards Committee Foundation. Chairman of the Social Advisory Council, Tinbergen Institute. Professor of International Management, University of Amsterdam. Chairman of the Advisory Committee Royal NIVRA (Netherlands Institute of Chartered Accountants). Member Committee Capital Market, Authority Financial Markets, Amsterdam.
Eric Bourdais de Charbonnière, vice-chairman
(Born 1939, appointed in 2004, term expires in 2008, French nationality)
Member of the Remuneration & Nomination Committee and the Corporate Governance Committee. Former managing director of JP Morgan and Chief Financial Officer of Michelin. Other business activities: chairman of the Supervisory Board of Michelin and member of the Supervisory Board of Thomson (listed companies).

59


Table of Contents

Luella Gross Goldberg
(Born 1937, appointed in 2001, term expires in 2007, American nationality)
Member of the Remuneration & Nomination Committee and the Corporate Governance Committee. Former member of the Board of Directors of ReliaStar Financial Corp. Other business activities: member of the Supervisory Board of each of TCF Financial Corporation, Hormel Foods Corporation, Communications Systems Inc. and Hector Communications Corporation (listed companies). Member of the Advisory Board of Carlson School of Management, University of Minnesota. Member of the Supervisory Board of the Minnesota Orchestra. Member (emerita) of the Board of Trustees, Wellesley College.
Paul F. van der Heijden
(Born 1949, appointed in 1995, term expires in 2007, Dutch nationality)
Appointment also on the recommendation of the Central Works Council. Member of the Remuneration & Nomination Committee and the Corporate Governance Committee. Rector Magnificus and professor of labour law and industrial relations at the University of Amsterdam. Other business activities: Member of the Supervisory Board of NUON N.V. and Buhrmann Nederland B.V. Crown-appointed member of the Social and Economic Council of the Netherlands. President of the ILO Governing Body, Committee on Freedom of Association (United Nations).
Claus Dieter Hoffmann
(Born 1942, appointed in 2003, term expires in 2007, German nationality)
Member of the Audit Committee. Former Chief Financial Officer of Robert Bosch GmbH. Other business activities: managing partner of H+H Senior Advisors, Stuttgart. Member of the Supervisory Board of each of EnBW AG (listed company), Bauerfeind AG and Jowat AG. Chairman of the Charlottenklinik Foundation (hospital). Chairman of the Board of Trustees (Vereinigung der Freunde) of Stuttgart University.
Jan H.M. Hommen
(Born 1943, appointed in 2005, term expires in 2009, Dutch nationality)
Member of the Audit Committee (from November 2005). Former vice-chairman and CFO of the Board of Management of Royal Philips Electronics. Other business activities: chairman of the Supervisory Board of each of Reed Elsevier and TNT N.V. (listed companies). Member of the Supervisory Board of Koninklijke Ahold N.V. (listed company). Chairman of the Supervisory Board of each of Academisch Ziekenhuis Maastricht (hospital) and Tias Business School. Chairman of the Board of Directors of Medquist Inc.
Aad G. Jacobs
(Born 1936, appointed in 1998, last term expires in 2006, Dutch nationality)
Chairman of the Audit Committee. Former chairman of the Executive Board of ING Group (retired in May 1998).
Other business activities: chairman of the Supervisory Board of each of Royal Dutch Shell plc, Imtech N.V. and N.V. Verenigd Bezit VNU (listed companies). Vice-chairman of the Supervisory Board of each of SBM Offshore NV and Buhrmann N.V. (listed companies). Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Royal Johan Enschedé N.V.
Wim Kok
(Born 1938, appointed in 2003, term expires in 2007, Dutch nationality)
Former Minister of Finance and Prime Minister of the Netherlands. Other business activities: member of the Supervisory Board of each of Royal Dutch Shell plc and TNT N.V. (listed companies). Member of the Supervisory Board of KLM Royal Dutch Airlines. Chairman of the Supervisory Board of the Anne Frank Foundation. Member of the Supervisory Board of each of the Rijksmuseum, the National Ballet and the Music Theatre, Amsterdam, AGO Foundation and the Netherlands Cancer Institute, Antoni van Leeuwenhoek Hospital. Member of the Board of Start Foundation.
Godfried J.A. van der Lugt
(Born 1940, appointed in 2001, term expires in 2009, Dutch nationality)
Member of the Audit Committee (from November 2005). Former chairman of the Executive Board of ING Group (retired in May 2000). Other business activities: Chairman of the Supervisory Board of each of Siemens Nederland N.V. and Stadsherstel Amsterdam NV. Vice-chairman of the Supervisory Board

60


Table of Contents

of University Medical Center Groningen (hospital). Treasurer of Vereniging Natuurmonumenten (foundation for nature conservation).
Paul J.A. Baron de Meester
(Born 1935, appointed in 1998, last term expires in 2006, Belgian nationality)
Member of the Audit Committee (until November 2005). Former member of the Board of Directors of BBL. Former chairman of the Belgian construction company Besix-Betonimmo. Other business activities: member of the Supervisory Board of each of Tessenderlo Chemie N.V. and ETEX N.V. Chairman of the International Chamber of Commerce Belgium. Chairman of the Supervisory Board of Regionaal Ziekenhuis H. Hart (hospital).
Karel Vuursteen
(Born 1941, appointed in 2002, term expires in 2006, Dutch nationality)
Former chairman of the Executive Board of Heineken N.V. Other business activities: chairman of the Supervisory Board of Petroplus International N.V. and member of the Supervisory Board of each of Akzo Nobel N.V., AB Electrolux and Henkel KGaA (listed companies). Member of the Board of Directors of Heineken Holding N.V.
Changes in the composition
Aad Jacobs and Paul Baron de Meester will retire after the 2006 Shareholders’ Meeting, having reached the age of 70 and 71, respectively. Cor Herkströter and Karel Vuursteen will be nominated for reappointment to the Supervisory Board in the Shareholders’ Meeting on 25 April 2006. Mr. Herkströter will reach the age of 70 in 2007, while Mr. Vuursteen will be eligible for reappointment for the full four-year term.
At the 2006 Shareholders’ Meeting Piet Klaver (born 1945, Dutch nationality) will be proposed for appointment to the Supervisory Board as of April 25, 2006.
Mr. Klaver is chairman of the Executive Board of SVH Holdings N.V. The proposed appointment of Piet Klaver is based on his international experience as Executive Board chairman of a multinational and his knowledge of international business.
EXECUTIVE BOARD
Function of the Executive Board
The Executive Board is responsible for the day-to-day management of the company and its business lines (Insurance Europe, Insurance Americas, Insurance Asia/Pacific, Wholesale Banking, Retail Banking and ING Direct). The organisation, powers and modus operandi of the Executive Board are detailed in the Executive Board Charter, which was approved by the Supervisory Board. The Executive Board Charter is available on the ING Group website (www.ing.com).
Profile of the Executive Board
The Supervisory Board has drawn up a profile to be used as a basis for the composition of the Executive Board. The profile was submitted for discussion to the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders in 2005. It is available at the ING Group head office and on the ING Group website (www.ing.com).
Remuneration and share ownership
Details of the remuneration of members of the Executive Board, including shares and/or or option rights granted to them, together with information on the policy behind such decisions, are provided, starting on page 67. Members of the Executive Board are permitted to hold shares and depositary receipts for shares in the company for long-term investment purposes. Transactions in these shares are subject to the ING regulations for insiders. These regulations are available on the ING Group website (www.ing.com).
Ancillary positions/Conflicting interests
In order to avoid potential conflicts of interest, ING Group has a policy that members of its Executive Board do not accept corporate directorships with listed companies outside ING. The only exception is the membership of Fred Hubbell of the Board of Directors of The Macerich Company in the United States, a real-estate company. He held this position already prior to his employment with ING.

61


Table of Contents

Transactions involving actual or potential conflicts of interest
Details of relationships that members of the Executive Board may have with ING Group subsidiaries as ordinary, private individuals are not reported, with the exception of information on any loans that may have been granted to them. In all these cases, the company complies with the best-practice provisions of the Tabaksblat Code.
MEMBERS OF EXECUTIVE BOARD OF ING GROEP N.V.
Michel J. Tilmant, chairman
(Born 1952, Belgian nationality)
Michel Tilmant graduated from Louvain University with a Licence in Business Administration. He is also a graduate of Louvain School for European Affairs. He started his career with Morgan Guaranty Trust Company in New York. In 1992 he joined Bank Brussels Lambert, where he was appointed chairman of the Executive Board in 1997. After the acquisition of BBL by ING in 1998, Michel Tilmant was appointed vice-chairman as of May 2000. He was appointed chairman in April 2004. Four Group staff departments report directly to Michel Tilmant: Corporate Human Resources, Corporate Development, Corporate Communications & Affairs and Corporate Audit Services.
Cees Maas, vice-chairman and CFO
(Born 1947, Dutch nationality)
After completing his degree in engineering physics and economics at the Erasmus University of Rotterdam in 1976, Cees Maas joined the Ministry of Finance of the Netherlands. From 1986 to 1992 he was Treasurer-General. In July 1992, he joined ING Group and became a member of the Executive Board. In July 1996, Cees Maas was appointed Chief Financial Officer. He was appointed vice-chairman of the Executive Board in April 2004. The following departments report to Cees Maas: Corporate Control & Finance, Market Risk Management, Credit Risk Management, Capital Management, Corporate Insurance Risk Management, Corporate Tax and Corporate Legal, Compliance & Security.
Eric F. Boyer de la Giroday
(Born 1952, Belgian nationality)
After completing his degree in commercial engineering at the Free University of Brussels and a Master in Business Administration at the Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania, Eric Boyer started his career with Citibank in 1978. In 1984 he joined Bank Brussels Lambert, which was acquired by ING Group in 1998, where he held various management positions in the fields of capital markets, treasury and corporate and investment banking. He was appointed a member of the Executive Board of ING Group in April 2004. He is responsible for Wholesale Banking.
Fred S. Hubbell
(Born 1951, American nationality)
Fred Hubbell received his bachelor’s degree (B.A.) from the University of North Carolina in Chapel Hill. He also has a law degree from the University of Iowa College of Law, Iowa City and attended the Harvard Graduate School of Business in Boston. He was Chief Executive Officer and President of the US life insurance company Equitable of Iowa, which was acquired by ING in 1997. Following his responsibility for the international insurance activities, he was appointed a member of the Executive Board of ING Group in May 2000. Fred Hubbell is also chairman of ING Verzekeringen N.V. (ING Insurance). He is responsible for the insurance activities in the Americas (US, Canada, Latin America) and for Nationale-Nederlanden in the Netherlands as well as ING Investment Management in both the Americas and Europe. He is also responsible for the coordination of the global activities of ING Investment Management.
Eli P. Leenaars
(Born 1961, Dutch nationality)
Eli Leenaars studied civil law at the Catholic University of Nijmegen and received an LLM from the European University Institute in Florence, Italy and attended the Harvard Graduate School of Business in Boston. After a traineeship at ABN AMRO bank, he joined ING in 1991, where he held various management positions, including chairman of ING Poland and of ING Latin America. He was appointed a member of the Executive Board of ING Group in April 2004. He is responsible for Retail Banking (Netherlands, Belgium, South-West Europe, Poland and India). He is also in charge of Operations/IT and private banking.

62


Table of Contents

Alexander H.G. Rinnooy Kan
(Born 1949, Dutch nationality)
Alexander Rinnooy Kan graduated with a doctorate degree in mathematics (cum laude) from the University of Leiden. He also holds a bachelor’s degree in econometrics (cum laude) and a PhD in mathematics from the University of Amsterdam. He was awarded a honorary degree in economics from the Free University of Brussels. Since 1977, he has held various positions with the Erasmus University of Rotterdam, of which he was appointed Rector Magnificus in 1986. In 1991, he became President of the Federation of Netherlands Industries and Employers (VNO). After the merger in 1995 with the Netherlands Christian Employers’ Federation (NCW) he became President of VNO-NCW. In September 1996, he became a member of the Executive Board of ING Group. He is responsible for all insurance activities in Asia/Pacific and Central Europe, as well as ING Investment Management in Asia/Pacific. In addition, he is responsible for ING Real Estate, Corporate IT, Corporate Procurement and ING Global Pensions.
Hans K. Verkoren
(Born 1947, Dutch nationality)
After positions with banks before completing his degree in economics, followed after his graduation with positions at the Ministry of Finance and the Municipality of Amsterdam, Hans Verkoren began his career with ING in 1978 at the Postal Giro and National Savings Bank, which were merged into Postbank N.V. in 1986. In 1987 he was appointed in the Board of Postbank and, after the merger with NMB Bank, in the Board of NMB Postbank Group. After the merger with Nationale-Nederlanden in 1991 he remained responsible for Postbank until 1995. In that year he became responsible for consumer banking international, notably the ING Direct line of business. He was appointed a member of the Executive Board in April 2004. He is responsible for ING Direct and ING Card.
Changes in the composition
Fred Hubbell and Hans Verkoren have elected to retire from the Executive Board as of the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders on 25 April 2006. At the same meeting Alexander Rinnooy Kan will step down from the Executive Board following his appointment as chairman of the Social and Economic Council of the Netherlands (SER).
The Supervisory Board will propose appointing four new members to the Executive Board as of the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders on 25 April 2006:
Dick Harryvan (born 1953, Dutch nationality) who has been Chief Financial Officer, Chief Risk Officer and member of the Global Management Team of ING Direct since 2005.
Tom McInerney (born 1956, American nationality) who has been CEO of ING’s Insurace activities in the United States (US Financial Services) since 2002.
Hans van der Noordaa (born 1961, Dutch nationality) who has been CEO of the Retail Division of ING Netherlands since 2004, a position that made him responsible for Postbank, ING Bank and RVS. Jacques de Vaucleroy (born 1961, Belgian nationality) who has been Group President, ING Retail at US Financial Services since 2004.
REMUNERATION REPORT
This chapter sets out the remuneration for the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board. The remuneration policy for the Executive Board was adopted by the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders (AGM) on 27 April 2004. In 2005 there are no changes to this policy and therefore, the approval of the AGM still applies for 2005. The Supervisory Board proposes to amend the remuneration policy with respect to the Executive Board pension scheme, which amendment is to be submitted to the AGM on 25 April 2006, so that following adoption the remuneration policy thus amended, will apply for 2006 and subsequent years.

63


Table of Contents

GENERAL POLICY SENIOR-MANAGEMENT REMUNERATION
Background
The prime objective of the remuneration policy is to enable the company to recruit and retain qualified and expert managers. The remuneration package supports a performance-driven culture that aligns ING’s objectives with those of its stakeholders. ING rewards performance on the basis of previously determined, challenging, measurable and influenceable short-term and long-term targets.
ING’s remuneration policy is based on five key principles that apply across ING. These principles are:
  Total compensation levels are benchmarked against relevant markets in which ING competes for talent.
 
  ING aims for total compensation at the median level in the relevant market, allowing only for above-median compensation in the event of outstanding performance.
 
  The remuneration package includes variable-pay components (short-term and long-term incentives) to ensure that executive remuneration is linked to ING’s short-term and long-term business performance.
 
  To enhance the effectiveness of the short-term incentive plan, clear, measurable and challenging targets are set at the beginning of each year.
 
  Long-term incentives ensure a focus on longer-term strategic targets and create alignment of management with the interests of shareholders. A broad selection of ING’s senior managers participates in the plan to ensure a common focus on ING’s overall performance.
Remuneration structure
Total compensation throughout ING consists of three basic components:
  Fixed or base salary, which represents the total guaranteed annual income.
 
  Short-term incentive (STI) in cash, which compensates for past performance measured over one year;
 
  Long-term incentive (LTI) in stock options and/or performance shares, compensates for performance measured over multiple years and is forward-looking.
In addition to the base salary and incentive plan participation, Executive Board members enjoy benefits similar to most other employees of ING Group. These include benefits such as healthcare insurance, the use of company cars and, if applicable, expatriate allowances.
Base salary
The base salaries of the Executive Board should be sufficient to attract and retain high calibre management needed to achieve our business objectives. The Supervisory Board assesses the experience, background and responsibilities of the CEO and the members of the Executive Board when making decisions on base-salary levels.
To ensure that base-salary levels are in line with the relevant market for talent, the Supervisory Board reviews the base-salary levels of the Executive Board on an annual basis.
Short-term incentive plan
The short-term incentive plan (STIP) is a key component of ING’s performance-driven culture. The short-term incentive is paid in cash. The ‘at target’ bonus opportunity is expressed as a percentage of base salary. The target levels are based on benchmarks reflecting external market competitiveness as well as internal objectives. Three financial parameters were used in the 2005 STIP for the members of the Executive Board and top senior management across the organisation (the top-200 executives) to measure performance at Group level. These financial parameters are: net profit, total operating expenses and return on economic capital.
By combining a profit, a cost and a return parameter, we believe the overall performance of ING is properly reflected. Each element is weighted equally to determine the final award. The three performance targets are set by the Supervisory Board at the beginning of the performance period. Under the short-term incentive plan, the actual payout in any year may vary between 0% and 200% of the target level.

64


Table of Contents

In addition to the financial targets, part of the short-term incentive award is based on individual performance, assessed over predefined measurable targets set for each senior executive. These targets depend on the specific responsibilities of the individual Executive Board members and are determined and assessed by the Supervisory Board. The Executive Board sets the targets for senior management. For this layer directly reporting to the Executive Board, the emphasis is on individual performance as the primary business-related responsibility.
Short-term incentive: relative weight of Group and individual performance
         
    Group   Individual
    performance   performance
Executive Board
   70% of total bonus    30% of total bonus
Top senior management
   15% of total bonus    85% of total bonus
Long-term incentive plan
The long-term incentive plan (LTIP) at ING includes both stock options and performance shares (ordinary shares). LTIP awards are granted to ensure alignment of senior management with the interests of shareholders, and to retain top management over a longer period of time. The LTIP awards will be granted with a total “fair value” split between stock options and performance shares. The LTI plan was tabled and approved during the General Meeting of Shareholders on 27 April 2004.
The ING stock options have a total term of ten years and a vesting period of three years. After three years, the options will only vest if the option holder is still employed by ING (or retired). The exercise price of the stock options is equal to the Euronext Amsterdam opening price on a specific date during the first “open period” after the General Meeting of Shareholders.
Performance shares are conditionally granted. The number of shares that is ultimately granted at the end of a 3-year performance period depends on ING Group Total Shareholder Return (TSR) performance over three years (return in the form of capital gains and reinvested dividends that shareholders are entitled to in that period) relative to the TSR performance of a pre-defined peer group. The criteria used to determine the performance peer group are: a) considered comparable and relevant by the Supervisory Board, b) representing ING’s current portfolio of businesses (e.g. banking, insurance and asset management) and ING’s geographical spread, c) global players, d) listed and a substantial free float.
On the basis of these criteria the performance peer group is composed as follows:
  Citigroup, Credit Suisse, Fortis, Lloyds TSB (bank/insurance companies);
 
  ABN Amro, Bank of America, BNP Paribas, BSCH, Deutsche Bank, HSBC (banks);
 
  Aegon, AIG, Allianz, Aviva, AXA, Hartford Financial Services, Munich Re, Prudential (insurance companies);
 
  Amvescap PLC (asset manager).
ING’s TSR ranking within this group of companies determines the final number of performance shares that vest at the end of the three-year performance period. The initial number of performance shares granted at the beginning of each three-year period is based on a mid-position ranking of ING. This initial grant will increase or decrease (on a linear basis) on the basis of ING’s TSR position after the three-year performance period as specified in the following table.
Number of shares awarded after each three-year performance period related to peer group
         
ING Ranking   Number of shares  
1– 3
    200 %
4– 8
  Between 200% and 100 %
9– 11
    100 %
12– 17
  Between 100% and 0 %
18– 20
    0 %

65


Table of Contents

The Supervisory Board reviews the peer group before each new three-year performance period. The performance test itself will be carried out at the end of every three-year performance period by an independent third party.
The Executive Board members are not allowed to sell shares obtained either through the stock-option or the performance-shares plan within a period of five years from the grant date. They are only allowed to sell part of their performance shares at the date of vesting to pay tax over the vested award. Shares obtained from exercised stock options may only be sold within a period of five years from the grant date of the options to pay tax over the vested award.
Remuneration levels
Every year a compensation benchmark analysis is performed based upon a peer group of companies. This peer group, established in 2003, is a mix of European financial services companies and Dutch-based multinationals. The peer group reflects ING’s business structure and environment. ING competes with these companies for executive talent. The following companies are part of this compensation peer group: ABN Amro, Aegon, Ahold, AXA, BNP Paribas, Credit Suisse, Fortis, KPN, Royal Bank of Scotland, Société Générale.
In 2003, the compensation benchmark report identified a significant compensation gap at total direct compensation levels between ING’s Executive Board and its peer group counterparts. Key recommendations from the report included that in order to close the gap, in particular the variable (performance-driven) pay component should be increased.
In line with ING’s overall remuneration policy, the Supervisory Board has gradually converged the Executive Board salaries to the European/Dutch median benchmark over a period of four years, starting in 2003. This has been achieved by raising the target bonus levels of both the short-term and long-term incentives. This ensures that future payouts more directly reflect performance. As a result, the mix between base salary, short-term and long-term incentives has changed so that the total remuneration is divided equally between each component (i.e. 1/3rd base salary, 1/3rd short-term incentives, and 1/3rd long-term incentives) in case of at-target performance.
Pensions Executive Board members
The pensions of the Dutch members of the Executive Board are based on defined-benefit plans, which are insured through a contract with Nationale-Nederlanden Levensverzekering Maatschappij N.V. The Employment Contract will terminate by operation of law in case of retirement (“Standard Retirement”), which will take place on June 1 of the year that the individual has reached or will reach the age of 65. The retirement age has been changed from previous years (age 60) to 65 as a result of the change in the Dutch tax reform; Executive Board members that are 55 or older as of January 1, 2005, maintain the standard retirement age of 60. The Executive Board prospective pensions amount to a maximum of 60% of their base salaries. Starting in 2006, members of the Executive Board will be required to pay a portion of the pension premium. This change aligns with those outlined and agreed to in the Collective Labour Agreement. The non-Dutch members of the Executive Board have a pension plan related to their home base.
Employment contract for newly appointed Board members
The contract of employment for Executive Board members appointed after 1 January 2004 provides for an appointment for a period of four years (the appointment period) and allows for re-appointment by the General Meeting of Shareholders.
Beginning in 2004, the amount that newly appointed Executive Board members would be entitled to in case of an involuntary exit has been set at a multiple of their Executive Board member base salary, preserving their existing rights. These rights slightly exceed the exit-arrangement provision in the Dutch Corporate Governance Code, i.e. no more than two times base salary (first appointment period) or one time base salary (all other situations). For the Executive Board members appointed before 2004, the exit clause has been set at three years base salary.
The term of notice for Executive Board members is three months for the employee and six months for the employer.

66


Table of Contents

Proposed remuneration policy change regarding Executive Board pension schemes
Pensions form an important part of the Executive Boards’ total remuneration package and therefore must meet the prime objective of the ING remuneration policy: to enable the company to recruit and to retain qualified and expert managers. Pension schemes must also observe the requirements set by the (ever-changing) laws and regulations in the various relevant jurisdictions and should reflect the social situation in the various Executive Board members’ home bases. In addition, pension related issues are more complex as a result of the increasing international composition of the Executive Board.
In order to meet the demands described above the Supervisory Board intends to review the Executive Board pension plan with the intention to move from a defined benefit scheme to a defined contribution scheme. As a result, it is proposed to the General Meeting of Shareholders to agree to amend the Executive Board remuneration policy with respect to pensions accordingly.
On the basis of the thus amended remuneration policy, the Supervisory Board will undertake a review of the Executive Board pension scheme, with the objective of maintaining a comparable level of benefits as under the current defined benefit scheme. This revised pension plan will apply to the Executive Board members who are appointed after 1 January 2006. Whether and to what extent this revised pension plan will apply to existing Executive Board members and/or non-Dutch members who have a pension plan related to their home base, will also be part of this review.
REMUNERATION EXECUTIVE BOARD 2005
Executive Board Base salary 2005
The base salary of the Executive Board members has been frozen for 2005, as was the case in 2004. The Executive Board received a 7.5% increase in their base salary in 2003. Prior to 2003, the EB members’ base salary had been effectively frozen since 1999. Michel Tilmant and Cees Maas received a standard promotional increase in their base salary as of 28 April 2004 as a result of their appointment as chairman and vice-chairman of the Executive Board, respectively.
Executive Board Short-term incentive plan 2005
The target STI payout over 2005 was set at 75% of the individual Executive Board member’s base salary. The final award is based on the achievement of a set of common Group financial targets and specific individual qualitative and quantitative objectives for each Executive Board member. Specifically, 70% of the total award is based on the Group’s net profit, total operating expenses and return on economic capital, while the remaining 30% is based on individual objectives set at the beginning of the year by the chairman of the Executive Board and approved by the Remuneration and Nomination Committee of the Supervisory Board.
Early in 2006, the Remuneration and Nomination Committee reviewed the actual results of ING against the 2005 targets. Over 2005, ING exceeded on average the three Group financial targets set, resulting in a score of 141% of target on this component. The individual performance of the Executive Board members was on average 175%. ING’s external auditor has reviewed to which extent the objectives, both the group and the individual, have been met.
The table on page 69 gives the details of the compensation in cash of the individual members of the Executive Board. Compensation in cash of former members of the Executive Board amounted to EUR 681,000 in 2004 and EUR 1,746,000 in 2003.
Executive Board Long-term incentive plan 2005
Under the long-term incentive plan (LTIP) for the Executive Board, two instruments are used: stock options and performance shares. As mentioned earlier, an identical plan has been adopted by the Executive Board for the top senior managers across ING. As a result, approximately 7,000 senior managers will participate in a similar plan.
The target level for the 2005 LTIP was set at 75% of base salary for each EB member. The final grant level depends on the Group STIP performance and will vary between 50% of the target level (if Group STI would be 0%) and 150% (if Group STI would be 200%).
As the Group STIP performance outcome over 2005 was 141%, the resulting LTIP award is 120% of target. The number of options and performance shares is determined based on the reference price set

67


Table of Contents

at the end of 2005 (EUR 29.30) and a “fair value” calculation of options and performance shares (based on an option-pricing model). The grant is subject to shareholder approval of the maximum number of stock options and performance shares to be granted to the Executive Board pursuant to the 2005 LTIP.
The exercise price of the options will be fixed at the Euronext Amsterdam Stock Market opening price of the ING Group share on 12 May 2006. The performance shares are granted at the beginning of 2006; the final number will depend on the ranking within the performance peer group after the three-year period (2006 – 2008) based on the performance/payout scale as indicated above.
The table on page 70 gives the details of the long-term incentives of the individual members of the Executive Board. The fair market value of long-term incentives of former members of the Executive Board amounted to nil in 2004 and EUR 481,000 in 2003.
Pensions
The table on page 71 gives the details of the pension costs of the individual members of the Executive Board. Pension costs of former members of the Executive Board amounted to EUR 887,000 in 2004 and EUR 586,000 in 2003.

68


Table of Contents

Compensation in cash of the members of the Executive Board
                         
amounts in thousands of euros                  
    2005     2004     2003  
Michel Tilmant (1)
                       
Base salary
    1,289       1,250       1,172  
Short-term performance-related bonus
    1,520       866       366  
Total cash compensation
    2,809       2,116       1,538  
 
                       
Cees Maas (1)
                       
Base salary
    697       677       634  
Short-term performance-related bonus
    806       530       333  
 
                 
Total cash compensation
    1,503       1,207       967  
 
                       
Eric Boyer de la Giroday (2)
                       
Base salary
    850       574          
Short-term performance-related bonus
    945       445          
 
                   
Total cash compensation
    1,795       1,019          
 
                       
Fred Hubbell (3)
                       
Base salary
    1,120       1,121       1,232  
Short-term performance-related bonus
    1,270       855       647  
 
                 
Total cash compensation
    2,390       1,976       1,879  
 
                       
Eli Leenaars (2)
                       
Base salary
    634       428          
Short-term performance-related bonus
    705       321          
 
                   
Total cash compensation
    1,339       749          
 
                       
Alexander Rinnooy Kan
                       
Base salary
    634       634       634  
Short-term performance-related bonus
    705       493       333  
 
                 
Total cash compensation
    1,339       1,127       967  
 
                       
Hans Verkoren (2)
                       
Base salary
    634       428          
Short-term performance-related bonus
    705       335          
 
                   
Total cash compensation
    1,339       763          
 
(1)   The increase in base salary for Michel Tilmant and Cees Maas reflect a 10% increase, effective April 2004, related to their promotion to chairman and vice chairman, respectively.
 
(2)   Eric Boyer de la Giroday, Eli Leenaars and Hans Verkoren were appointed to the Executive Board on 28 April 2004.
    The figures for these members reflect compensation earned in their capacity as Executive Board members. Thus, the figures for 2004 reflect the partial year as Executive Board members.
 
(3)   Fred Hubbell gets his compensation in US dollars. For each year the compensation in US dollars has been translated to euros at the average exchange rate for that year.

69


Table of Contents

Long-term incentives of the members of the Executive Board (1)
                         
amounts in thousands of euros                  
    2005     2004     2003  
Michel Tilmant
                       
Number of options
    108,200       82,600       41,250  
Number of shares
    19,300       15,000       13,750  
Fair market value of long-term incentive (2)
    1,160       661       481  
 
                       
Cees Maas
                       
Number of options
    58,500       51,200       41,250  
Number of shares
    10,400       9,300       13,750  
Fair market value of long-term incentive (2)
    628       410       481  
 
                       
Eric Boyer de la Giroday (3)
                       
Number of options
    71,400       43,400          
Number of shares
    12,800       7,900          
Fair market value of long-term incentive (2)
    765       347          
 
                       
Fred Hubbell (4)
                       
Number of options
    0       84,700       41,250  
Number of shares
    0       15,400       13,750  
Fair market value of long-term incentive (2)
    1,008       678       481  
 
                       
Eli Leenaars (3)
                       
Number of options
    53,200       32,400          
Number of shares
    9,500       5,900          
Fair market value of long-term incentive (2)
    571       259          
 
                       
Alexander Rinnooy Kan (4)
                       
Number of options
    0       48,000       41,250  
Number of shares
    0       8,700       13,750  
Fair market value of long-term incentive (2)
    571       384       481  
 
                       
Hans Verkoren (3)(4)
                       
Number of options
    0       32,400          
Number of shares
    0       5,900          
Fair market value of long-term incentive (2)
    571       259          
 
(1)   Long-term incentives are granted in the year following the reporting year (for example, awards shown for 2003 performance were awarded in 2004). For 2002 performance (awards granted in 2003), each Executive Board member was granted 7,000 conditional shares, the condition being an employment contract. The conditional shares vested in May 2005 and as such, 7,764 shares (7,000 plus 764 share dividends) were delivered to the Executive Board members. The total expense relating to the conditional share awards (EUR 604,000) was recognised pro rata over the vesting period. Beginning in the performance year 2003, the Executive Board member’s long-term incentive awards were made under the new LTI plan approved by the AGM in 2004. The plan provides for a combination of share options and performance shares based on a 50/50 split in value. The ratio of options to performance shares varies each year as a result of the fair value calculation and the 50/50 split in value. The ratio of options to performance shares varies each year as a result of the fair value calculation and the 50/50 split in value. The vesting period for the performance shares is 3 years. The costs of the performance shares are expensed pro-rata over the three year period. The fair-value calculation for the performance year 2003 resulted in a ratio of options to performance shares of 3:1. The fair-value calculation for the performance year 2004 resulted in a ratio of options to performance shares of 5.5 : 1. For the performance year 2005, the Company proposes to grant to the Executive Board members the combination of stock options and performance shares (based on the 50/50 split in value) as disclosed in the above table, in May 2006 (after the AGM). The fair market value calculations for the 2005 performance year result in a ratio of options to performance shares of 5.6:1.
 
(2)   Fair market value of long-term Incentive reflects the estimated fair market value of the long-term incentive award on the date of grant based on a fair-value calculation. The valuation is calculated annually for grants made to the Executive Board members for performance over the year specified.
 
(3)   Eric Boyer de la Giroday, Eli Leenaars and Hans Verkoren were appointed to the Executive Board on 28 April 2004. The figures for these members reflect compensation earned in their capacity as Executive Board members.
 
(4)   As a result of their resignation/retirement from the Executive Board in 2006, Fred Hubbell, Alexander Rinnooy Kan and Hans Verkoren will receive their 2005 long-term incentive award in the form of cash instead of options and shares.

70


Table of Contents

Pension costs of the members of the Executive Board (1)
amounts in thousands of euros
                         
    2005     2004     2003  
Michel Tilmant (2)
    685       467       412  
Cees Maas
    482       345       361  
Eric Boyer de la Giroday (3)
    482       260          
Fred Hubbell (4)
    395       462       273  
Eli Leenaars (3)
    255       102          
Alexander Rinnooy Kan
    483       346       327  
Hans Verkoren (3)
    306       109          
 
(1)   For reasons of comparison, the company pension expenses are recalculated under IAS 19 with general assumption setting for 2003 to 2005.
 
(2)   Restated figures for the year 2003.
 
(3)   Eric Boyer de la Giroday, Eli Leenaars and Hans Verkoren were appointed to the Executive Board on 28 April 2004. The figures for these members reflect pension costs in their capacity as Executive Board members.
 
(4)   Fred Hubbell’s pension costs have been translated from US dollars to euros at the average exchange rate for that year.
Loans and advances
The table below presents the loans and advances provided to Executive Board members and outstanding on 31 December 2005, 2004 and 2003. These loans were concluded in the normal course of business and on terms applicable to company personnel as a whole and were approved by the Supervisory Board. In 2004, a loan has been granted to Fred Hubbell amounting to EUR 100,000 and was repaid before 31 December 2004. This loan bore an average interest rate of 4.7%. In line with ING’s expatriate policy, ING paid in 2005 an amount of EUR 18,465 in advance for Dutch taxes due by Eli Leenaars for US stock options that were granted in 2002 and vested in March 2005. This amount was repaid by him before 31 December 2005.
Loans and advances to members of the Executive Board
                                                                         
    Amount     Average     Repay-     Amount     Average     Repay-     Amount     Average     Repay-  
    outstan-     interest     ments     outstan-     interest     ments     outstan-     interest     ments  
    ding     rate             ding     rate             ding     rate          
    31 December, 2005             31 December, 2004             31 December, 2003          
                            (EUR thousands)                                  
Cees Maas
    446       4.0 %             446       4.0 %             446       4.0 %     15  
Eric Boyer de la Giroday
    31       4.3 %     3       34       4.3 %     3                          
Hans Verkoren
    222       4.7 %     71       293       4.8 %     16                          
Alexander Rinnooy Kan
                                                    889       3.4 %        
 
                                                           
 
    699       4.2 %     74       773       4.3 %     19       1,335       3.6 %     15  
Shares
Executive Board members are permitted to hold ING (depositary receipts for) shares as a long-term investment. The table below shows the holdings by members of the Executive Board.
ING Group (depositary receipts for) shares held by members of the Executive Board (1)
                         
    Number of  
    (depositary receipts for) shares  
    2005     2004     2003  
Members of the Executive Board
                       
Michel Tilmant
    7,764                  
Cees Maas
    7,764                  
Fred Hubbell
    1,101,731       1,107,717       1,104,100  
Alexander Rinnooy Kan
    7,764                  
 
(1)   ING Group (depositary receipts for) shares of direct family included.

71


Table of Contents

Information on the options outstanding and the movements during the financial year of options held by the members of the Executive Board as at 31 December 2005
                                                                 
    Outstan-                             Outstan-             Excer-        
    ding as                     Waived     ding as     Excer-     cise        
    at 31             Excer-     or     at 31     cise     price in        
    December     Granted     cised in     Expired     December     price in     U.S.        
Number of options   2004     in 2005     2005     in 2005(1)     2005     Euros     Dollars     Expiry date  
Michel Tilmant
    20,000                       20,000       0       28.30             3 Apr 2005
 
    15,000                       15,000       0       28.68             3 Apr 2005
 
    30,000                               30,000       35.26             15 Mar 2006
 
    20,000                               20,000       35.80             15 Mar 2006
 
    21,000                               21,000       29.39             11 Mar 2012
 
    14,000                               14,000       29.50             11 Mar 2012
 
    35,000                               35,000       12.65             3 Mar 2013
 
    41,250                               41,250       17.69             14 May 2014
 
            82,600                       82,600       21.67             13 May 2015
 
                                                               
Cees Maas
    50,000                       50,000       0       28.68             3 Apr 2005
 
    50,000                               50,000       35.26             15 Mar 2006
 
    35,000                               35,000       29.39             11 Mar 2012
 
    35,000                               35,000       12.65             3 Mar 2013
 
    41,250                               41,250       17.69             14 May 2014
 
            51,200                       51,200       21.67             13 May 2015
 
                                                               
Eric Boyer de la Giroday
    2,000                               2,000       26.10             28 May 2009
 
    10,000                               10,000       28.30             3 Apr 2010
 
    4,000                               4,000       35.80             15 Mar 2011
 
    3,000                               3,000       28.60             27 May 2012
 
    4,000                               4,000       12.55             3 Mar 2013
 
    17,800                               17,800       17.69             14 May 2014
 
            53,400                       53,400       21.67             13 May 2015
 
                                                               
Fred Hubbell
    50,000                       50,000       0       28.68             3 Apr 2005
 
    50,000                               50,000       35.26             15 Mar 2006
 
    35,000                               35,000       29.39             11 Mar 2012
 
    35,000                               35,000       12.65             3 Mar 2013
 
    41,250                               41,250       17.69             14 May 2014
 
            84,700                       84,700       21.67             13 May 2015
 
                                                               
Eli Leenaars
    3,300                               3,300       25.25             1 Apr 2009
 
    10,000                               10,000               27.28     3 Apr 2010
 
    22,400                               22,400               31.96     15 Mar 2011
 
    31,000                               31,000               25.72     11 Mar 2012
 
    7,850                               7,850       12.55             3 Mar 2013
 
    9,654                               9,654       18.75             15 Mar 2014
 
    6,436                               6,436       18.71             15 Mar 2014
 
            41,700                       41,700       21.67             13 May 2015
 
                                                               
Alexander Rinnooy Kan
    12,000                       12,000       0       28.68             3 Apr 2005
 
    50,000                               50,000       35.26             15 Mar 2006
 
    35,000                               35,000       29.39             11 Mar 2012
 
    35,000                               35,000       12.65             3 Mar 2013
 
    41,250                               41,250       17.69             14 May 2014
 
            48,000                       48,000       21.67             13 May 2015

72


Table of Contents

                                                                 
    Outstan-                             Outstan-             Excer-        
    ding as                     Waived     ding as     Excer-     cise        
    at 31             Excer-     or     at 31     cise     price in        
    December     Granted     cised in     Expired     December     price in     U.S.        
Number of options   2004     in 2005     2005     in 2005(1)     2005     Euros     Dollars     Expiry date  
Hans Verkoren
    12,000                       12,000       0       28.68             3 Apr 2005
 
    20,000                               20,000       35.26             15 Mar 2006
 
    23,000                               23,000       29.39             11 Mar 2012
 
    30,000                               30,000       12.65             3 Mar 2013
 
    17,800                               17,800       18.71             15 Mar 2014
 
            42,800                       42,800       21.67             13 May 2015
 
(1)   Waived at vesting date or expired at expiry date.
REMUNERATION SUPERVISORY BOARD
Remuneration
The annual remuneration of the chairman and vice-chairman of the Supervisory Board amounts to EUR 68,100, including EUR 6,810 expense allowances. Other members receive a remuneration of EUR 38,600, including EUR 2,270 expense allowances. In addition to this remuneration, membership of a Supervisory Board committee entitles to an additional remuneration and expense allowances, except for the chairman and vice-chairman. The table below shows the remuneration and expense allowances per Supervisory Board member for 2005 and previous years. Remuneration and expense allowances of former Supervisory Board members retired before 2005 was EUR 89,000 in 2003.
Remuneration of the members and former members of the Supervisory Board
amounts in thousands of euros
                         
Members of the Supervisory Board   2005     2004     2003  
Cor Herkströter
    68       68       68  
Eric Bourdais de Charbonnière (1)
    65       29          
Luella Gross Goldberg
    44       44       40  
Paul van der Heijden
    43       44       44  
Claus Dieter Hoffmann
    49       46       32  
Jan Hommen (2)
    24                  
Aad Jacobs
    51       49       43  
Wim Kok
    40       39       29  
Godfried van der Lugt
    39       39       39  
Paul Baron de Meester (3)
    58       57       52  
Karel Vuursteen
    39       39       39  
 
                 
 
    520       454       386  
 
                       
Former Members of the Supervisory Board
                       
Christine Lagarde (4)
    10                  
Jan Timmer (5)
    19       54       46  
 
                       
 
                 
 
    549       508       432  
 
(1)   Member as of April 2004; vice-chairman as of February 2005.
 
(2)   Member since June 2005.
 
(3)   Including a compensation payment to match his former remuneration as a member of the BBL Supervisory Board.
 
(4)   Appointed in April 2005 and resigned in June 2005.
 
(5)   Retired in April 2005.
Proposal to increase Supervisory Board remuneration
On the agenda of the 2006 General Meeting of Shareholders a proposal has been tabled to increase the annual remuneration of the Supervisory Board members given a) the further growth and internationalization of ING Group since the last remuneration increase in 1998 b) the necessity to offer a competitive compensation to be able to attract and retain high-quality directors with relevant international expertise and experience, and c) the wider and more demanding range of tasks of the Supervisory Board and its committees, resulting from international developments in corporate governance and compliance.

73


Table of Contents

The increase of the Supervisory Board remuneration would be as follow as of 1 July 2006: chairman EUR 75,000 (was EUR 61,260), vice-chairman EUR 65,000 (was EUR 61,260), other members EUR 45,000 (was EUR 36,300), chairman of the Audit Committee EUR 8,000 (was EUR 1,360), members of the Audit Committee EUR 6,000 (was EUR 1,360), chairman of other Supervisory Board committees EUR 7,500 (was EUR 1,360), members of other Supervisory Board committees EUR 5,000 (was EUR 1,360). In addition to the remuneration, Supervisory Board members are entitled to expense allowances, which are partly fixed and partly directly related to the costs incurred.
Loans and advances
As at 31 December 2005, the amount of loans and advances outstanding to the Supervisory Board was EUR 1.6 million at an average rate of 4.7%. This amount concerns a loan to Aad Jacobs. No loans and advances were outstanding to other members of the Supervisory Board.
As at 31 December 2004, the amount of loans and advances outstanding to the Supervisory Board was EUR 1.6 million at an average rate of 4.7%. This amount concerns a loan to Aad Jacobs. No loans and advances were outstanding to other members of the Supervisory Board.
As at 31 December 2003, the amount of loans and advances outstanding to the Supervisory Board was EUR 1.8 million at an average rate of 4.7%. This amount concerned a loan to Aad Jacobs of EUR 1.6 million at an average rate of 4.7% and a loan to Paul Baron de Meester of EUR 0.2 million at an average rate of 4.8%. No loans and advances were outstanding to other members of the Supervisory Board.
ING Group (depositary receipts for) shares and options
Supervisory Board members are permitted to hold ING (depositary receipts for) shares as a long-term investment. The table below shows the holdings by members of the Supervisory Board. Supervisory Board members did not hold ING options at year-end 2005.
ING Group (depositary receipts for) shares held by members of the Supervisory Board (1)
                         
    Number of  
    (depositary receipts for)  
    shares  
    2005     2004     2003  
Members of the Supervisory Board
                       
Cor Herkströter
    1,616       1,616       1,616  
Luella Gross Goldberg
    6,814       6,701       6,369  
Paul van der Heijden
    0       1,716       1,716  
Paul Baron de Meester
    5,550       5,550       5,276  
Karel Vuursteen
    1,510       1,510       1,510  
 
(1)   ING Group (depositary receipt for) shares of direct family included.
EXECUTIVE BOARD REMUNERATION STRUCTURE 2006
Policy for 2006
With regard to the remuneration policy for 2006, the Supervisory Board continues to build upon the remuneration policy initiated in 2003, which supports the performance-oriented culture. Over the past four years, the Executive Boards’ total remuneration package has gradually converged to the European benchmark through increases in the short-term and long-term incentive target levels (as a percentage of base salary).
Executive Board Base salary 2006
The plan is to keep base-salary levels flat in 2006. A market-competitive analysis is conducted on an annual basis to ensure market competitiveness.

74


Table of Contents

Executive Board Short-term incentive plan 2006
Continuing with the intended focus on variable, performance-related remuneration, the Supervisory Board has decided to increase the short-term incentive at target to 100% of base salary. The actual payout may vary between 0% and 200% of the target level (e.g. between 0% and 200% of base salary).
The mix for the 2006 short-term incentive award will remain the same as in 2005: 70% will be determined by pre-defined ING Group financial performance measures and 30% will be based on individual performance objectives set for each Executive Board member and agreed by the Supervisory Board.
The Supervisory Board has concluded for 2006 that the Executive Board’s short-term incentive award for the Group performance should again be measured using the same three financial criteria as was used in 2005: net profit, total operating expenses and return on economic capital. The targets set are challenging.The business continues to progress with the implementation of economic profit/embedded value profit and it is expected that these measures will be included as a Group performance driver in 2007.
Executive Board Long-term incentive plan 2006
The Supervisory Board intends to set the nominal LTI target value at 100% of base salary (same target percentage as the STI). The range may vary between 50% and 150% of the target level (e.g. between 50% and 150% of base salary). The structure for the 2006 long-term incentive award will remain the same as the 2003 structure (the total nominal value at grant will be split between stock option and performance shares).
As was the case in 2005, the total LTI value in stock options and provisional performance shares to be granted to the Executive Board members will be determined by the Supervisory Board at the end of 2006, based on the achievement of the three pre-defined financial objectives set out in the 2006 short-term incentive plan.
Executive Board Pension Plan 2006
The Supervisory Board intends to review the Executive Board pension plan during 2006 with the intention to move from a defined benefit scheme to a defined contribution scheme, which will provide a targeted benefit similar to the current Executive Board defined benefit pension scheme.
EMPLOYEES
The number of staff employed on a full time equivalent basis of ING Group averaged 115,328 in 2005, of which 34,137, or 29.6%, were employed in the Netherlands. The geographical distribution of employees with respect to the Group’s insurance operations and banking operations was as follows (average full time equivalents):
                                                 
    Insurance operations     Banking operations     Total  
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
The Netherlands
    11,191       11,207       22,946       22,262       34,137       33,469  
Belgium
    1,289       1,293       11,272       11,246       12,561       12,539  
Rest of Europe
    3,616       3,391       18,010       19,817       21,626       23,208  
North America
    14,920       14,700       2,689       2,402       17,609       17,102  
Latin America
    12,155       10,626       442       475       12,597       11,101  
Asia
    6,985       6,833       7,579       6,684       14,564       13,517  
Australia
    1,403       1,397       757       681       2,160       2,078  
Other
    70       23       4       2       74       25  
 
                                   
Total
    51,629       49,470       63,699       63,569       115,328       113,039  
 
                                   
In addition, the number of staff employed by joint ventures included in the Group’s consolidated accounts averaged 1,584 in 2005 and 1,783 in 2004. The Group does not employ significant numbers

75


Table of Contents

of temporary workers. The percentage of the Group’s employees allocated to the six business lines was as follows for each of the years 2005 and 2004:
                 
    2005     2004  
 
               
Insurance Europe
    14 %     14 %
Insurance Americas
    24       23  
Insurance Asia/Pacific
    7       7  
Wholesale Banking
    18       21  
Retail Banking
    31       30  
ING Direct
    6       5  
 
               
 
           
Total
    100 %     100 %
 
           
Substantially all of the Group’s Dutch employees are subject to collective labor agreements covering the banking and insurance industries. The Group believes that its employee relations are generally good.

76


Table of Contents

Item 7. Major shareholders and related party transactions
As of December 31, 2005, Stichting ING Aandelen (the “Trust”) held 2,204,088,026 Ordinary shares of ING Groep N.V., which represents 99.9% of the Ordinary shares outstanding. These holdings give the Trust voting control of ING Groep N.V. The following is a description of the material provisions of the Articles of Association (Statuten) and the related Conditions of Administration (Administratievoor-waarden) (together the “Trust Agreement”), which governs the Trust, and the applicable provisions of Netherlands law. This description does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Trust Agreement and the applicable provisions of Netherlands law referred to in such description.
As of December 31, 2005, there were 126,307,605 ADSs outstanding, representing an equal number of bearer receipts. The ADSs were held by 957 record holders. Because certain of the ADSs were held by brokers or other nominees and the b receipts are held in bearer form and due to the impracticability of obtaining accurate residence information for all such shareholders, the number of holders of record or registered holders in the United States is not representative of the number of beneficial holders or of the residence of the beneficial holders.
Bearer receipts, which are negotiable instruments under Netherlands law, are issuable by the Trust pursuant to the terms of the Trust Agreement. Each bearer receipt represents financial interests in one Ordinary share held by the Trust, as described herein. Holders of bearer receipts (including those Bearer receipts for which ADSs have been issued) do not have any voting rights with respect to the Ordinary shares underlying the bearer receipts owned by the Trust. Such rights belong only to the Trust and will be exercised by the Trust pursuant to the terms of the Trust Agreement. Bearer receipts are also issued by the Trust for Preference shares.
The bearer receipts are in the form of bearer “Centrum voor Fondsenadministratie” certificates (“CF Certificates”), with a dividend sheet without coupons or talons. The Centrum voor Fondsenadinistratie provides central administration for the dividend sheets of the CF Certificates. The dividend sheets of CF Certificates, which do not trade separately from the CF Certificates, must be held by an eligible custodian. Transfer of title in the bearer receipts in the form of CF Certificates together with the dividend sheet is effected by book-entry through the facilities of Euroclear Nederland (the Central securities Depository (CSD) of the Netherlands, formerly known as “NECIGEF”) and its participants pursuant to the Netherlands Act on Book-Entry Transactions Wet giraal effectenverkeer. Owners of bearer receipts participate in the Euroclear Nederland system by maintaining accounts with Euroclear Nederland participants. There is no limitation under Netherlands law on the ability of non-Dutch citizens or residents to maintain such accounts that are obtainable through Dutch banks.
Voting of the Ordinary shares by holders of bearer receipts as proxy of the Trust
Holders of bearer receipts are entitled to attend and speak at General Meetings of Shareholders of ING Groep N.V. but do not have any voting rights.
However, the Trust will, subject to certain restrictions, grant a proxy to a holder of bearer receipts to the effect that such holder may, in the name of the Trust, exercise the voting rights attached to the number of its Ordinary shares that corresponds to the number of bearer receipts held by such holder of bearer receipts.
On the basis of such a proxy, the holder of bearer receipts may vote according to his own discretion. The requirements with respect to the use of the voting rights on the Ordinary shares that apply for the Trust (set out in the paragraph below) do not apply for the holder of bearer receipts voting on the basis of such a proxy.
The restrictions under which the Trust will grant a voting proxy to holders of bearer receipts are:
  the relevant holder of bearer receipts must have announced his intention to attend the General Meeting of Shareholders observing the provisions laid down in the articles of association of ING Groep N.V.;

77


Table of Contents

  the relevant holder of bearer receipts may delegate the powers conferred upon him by means of the voting proxy; provided that the relevant holder of bearer receipts has announced his intention to do so to the Trust observing a term before the commencement of the General Meeting of Shareholders, which term will be determined by the Trust.
Voting instructions of holders of bearer receipts of Ordinary shares to the Trust
Holders of bearer receipts are entitled to give binding instructions to the Trust, concerning the Trust’s exercise of the voting rights attached to its Ordinary shares. The Trust will follow such instructions for a number of Ordinary shares equal to the number of bearer receipts held by the relevant holder of bearer receipts.
Voting of the Ordinary shares by the Trust
The Trust will only determine its vote with respect to the Ordinary shares of ING Groep N.V., held by the Trust, that correspond with bearer receipts:
  the holder of which does not, either in person or by proxy, attend the General Meeting of Shareholders;
 
  the holder of which, did not give a voting instruction to the Trust.
The Trust has discretion to vote in respect of shares for which it has not issued proxy votes to holders of depositary receipts and has not received any voting instructions. Under the Articles of Trust, the Trust is required to promote the interests of all holders of depositary receipts, irrespective of whether they attend the General Meetings of Shareholders, also taking into account the interests of ING Group, the businesses of ING Group and its group companies and all other ING Group stakeholders in voting such shares, so as to ensure that all these interests are given as much consideration and protection as possible.
Administration of the Trust
The Management Board will determine the number of its members itself, subject to the restriction that there may be no more members than seven and no less than three. Managing Directors will be appointed by the Management Board itself without any approval from ING Groep N.V. or any of its corporate bodies being required. Members of any corporate body of ING Groep N.V. are no longer eligible for appointment as a Managing Director.
Managing Directors are appointed for terms of three years and may be reappointed, without any requirement for approval by ING Group.
Valid resolutions may be passed only if all Managing Directors have been duly notified, except that in a case where there is no such notification valid resolutions may nevertheless be passed by unanimous consent at a meeting at which all Managing Directors are present or represented. A Managing Director may be represented only by a fellow Managing Director who is authorized in writing. All resolutions of the Management Board shall be passed by an absolute majority of the votes.
The legal relationship between holders of Bearer receipts and the Trust is governed entirely by Netherlands law.
Termination of the Trust
Should the Trust be dissolved or wish to terminate its function under the Trust Agreement, or should ING Groep N.V. wish to have such function terminated, ING Groep N.V. shall, in consultation with the Trust and with the approval of the meeting of holders of Bearer receipts, appoint a successor to whom the administration can be transferred. The successor shall have to take over all commitments under the Trust Agreement. Within two months of the decision to dissolve or terminate the Trust, the Trust shall have the shares which it holds for administration transferred into its successor’s name. For a period of two months following notification of sucession of the administration, holders of bearer receipts may elect to obtain free of charge, shares of type of which they hold bearer receipts. In no case shall the administration be terminated without ING Groep N.V.’s approval.

78


Table of Contents

The Executive Board and the Supervisory Board remain committed to abolish the bearer depositary receipts and the Trust structure once representation including proxy voting of holders of Ordinary shares and depositary receipts thereof has reached at least 35% of the total number of votes that may be cast on Ordinary shares during three consecutive years.
Holders of Bearer receipts with a stake of 5% or more
According to filings under the Dutch disclosure of Major Holdings in listed Companies Act 1996, only three shareholders held more than 5% of the Bearer receipts as of December 31, 2005. These were ABN AMRO Holding, Aegon and Fortis. To the best of our knowledge, there are no other shareholders who own a more than 5% interest in bearer receipts of. Since shareholders are permitted to report their cummulative holdings of Bearer receipts and are not required to separately identify which are with respect to preferred shares and which are with respect to Ordinary shares, we are not able to accuratly identify holders who own more than a 5% interest in bearer receipts for Ordinary shares.
The following table sets forth the share ownership of each 5% holder of ING issued capital.
         
Shareholder   % of Issued capital (1)(2)  
ABN AMRO Holding
    5.12  
AEGON
    6.25  
Fortis
    6.15  
 
(1)   This information is based upon filings made under the Dutch disclosure of Major Holdings in Listed Companies Act 1996 as of the respective filing dates and may not be accurate as of the date hereof.
 
(2)   The Dutch disclosure of Major Holdings in Listed Companies Act 1996 requires investors to file their ownership as a percentage of the company’s issued capital rather than as a percentage of the class of securities. For more information this act and the filings based on it, please visit the website of the Dutch Authorities for the Financial Markets at www.afm.nl
 
(3)   On March 21, 2006 ING announced that it had reached a conditional agreement with Aegon to purchase 24,051,039 (depositary receipts for) preference A shares in ING at a price of EUR 3.72 per share, or EUR 89.5 million in total. The agreement is subject to approval at ING’s annual general meeting of shareholders on April 25, 2006.
In the Dutch disclosure of Major Holdings in Listed Companies Act 1996, shareholders are not required to provide updated information or make regular additional filings.
None of these major shareholders possesses voting rights different from those possessed by other shareholders. The voting rights of the majority of Ordinary shares are held by the Trust. As of December 31, 2005, shareholders in the Netherlands held approximately 309 million Bearer receipts, or 17% of the total number of bearer receipts then outstanding. As of December 31, 2005, shareholders in the United States held approximately 392 million bearer receipts (including ADSs), or 21% of the total number of bearer receipts then outstanding.
As of December 31, 2005, other than the Trust, no other person is known to the Company to be the owner of more than 10% of the Ordinary shares or bearer receipts. As of December 31, 2005, members of the Supervisory Board held 15,490 bearer receipts and 387 ING Group warrants B. If Supervisory Board members hold ING options that were granted in their former capacity as Executive Board member, these options are part of the ING Stock option plan described in Note 32 to the consolidated financial statements.
Related Party Transactions
As of December 31, 2005, the amount outstanding in respect of loans and advances made to members of the Supervisory Board was EUR 1.6 million, at an average interest rate of 4.7%. The amount outstanding in respect of loans and advances, mostly mortgages, to members of the Executive Board was EUR 0.7 million, at an average interest rate of 4.2%. The largest aggregate amount of loans and advances outstanding to the members of the Supervisory Board and the Executive Board during 2005 was EUR 2.4 million.

79


Table of Contents

The loans and advances mentioned in the preceding paragraph (1) were made in the Ordinary course of business, (2) were granted on conditions that are comparable to those of loans and advances granted to people in peer groups and (3) did not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features. For members of the Executive Board this means that the conditions have been set according to the prevailing conditions for ING personnel.
As described under “Item 6. Directors, Senior Management and Employees,” some members of the Supervisory Board are current or former senior executives of leading multi-national corporations based primarily in the Netherlands. ING Group may at any time have lending, investment banking or other financial relationships with one or more of these corporations in the ordinary course of business on terms which we believe are no less favorable to ING than those reached with unaffiliated parties of comparable creditworthiness.
Item 8. Financial information
Legal Proceedings, Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information
See Item 18. “Financial Statements” on pages F-1 through F-151.
ING Group companies are involved in litigation and arbitration proceedings in the Netherlands and in a number of foreign jurisdictions, including the United States, involving claims by and against them which arise in the ordinary course of their businesses, including in connection with their activities as insurers, lenders, employers, investors and taxpayers. In certain of such proceedings, very large or indeterminate amounts are sought, including punitive and other damages. While it is not feasible to predict or determine the ultimate outcome of all pending or threatened legal and regulatory proceedings, management does not believe that their outcome will have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial position or results of operations.
These legal proceedings include a dispute over certain hurricane damages claimed by a Mexican fertilizer producer Grupo Fertinal (“Fertinal”) against ING Comercial América, a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Group. Fertinal claims USD 300 million from ING Comercial América, the maximum coverage under the insurance policy of their mining operations. A judge in Mexico ruled in favor of Fertinal. This decision was appealed to a Mexican Court of Appeal, which reduced the judgment to USD 94 million, plus interest. This decision has been appealed. ING Comercial América continues to pursue this matter vigorously; however, at this time we cannot assess the final outcome. Fertinal has also made criminal complaints alleging fraud against certain ING Comercial América employees, but, currently, there are no criminal actions pending.
ING Comercial América also has been the subject of certain complaints and suits concerning the performance of certain interest sensitive life insurance products. ING Comercial América is defending these matters vigorously; however, at this time, we are unable to assess the final outcome of these matters.
In 2005, ING Comercial América management learned of an earthquake reinsurance arrangement that was inconsistent with local requirements. This arrangement was restructured and the matter was reported to the SEC and to Mexican authorities. Mexican regulators required that ING Comercial América restate certain financials and to correct a statutory margin shortfall, which required approximately USD 87 million in additional capital. In addition, Mexican authorities fined ING Comercial América.
In the Netherlands ING Bank N.V., together with other major Dutch banks and the payment processor Interpay (in which ING Bank N.V. is a minority shareholder), were subject of an examination by the Dutch competition authority “Nederlandse Mededingings-autoriteit” or NMa. In April 2004, the NMa has adopted a decision which indicated that ING Bank N.V. and other Dutch banks should have sold payment processing services on an individual basis and imposed a fine of EUR 3.9 million on ING Bank N.V. At the time of the decision, the banks had already decided that they would henceforth sell payment processing services individually. Furthermore, the NMa held that Interpay committed a separate infringement by charging prices for its services that were anti-competitive. Both Interpay and the Dutch banks (including ING Bank N.V.) have appealed the NMa decision. In December 2005, the

80


Table of Contents

NMa decided to reduce the fines imposed on the banks (for ING Bank N.V. to EUR 3.3 million) and to repeal the decision regarding Interpay. ING Bank N.V. has decided not to file an appeal against this decision.
Like many other companies in the mutual funds, suppliers of brokerage and investment products and insurance industries, several of our companies have received informal and formal requests for information from various governmental and self-regulatory agencies or have otherwise identified issues arising in connection with fund trading, compensation, conflicts of interest, anti-competitive practices, insurance risk transfer and sales practices. ING is responding to the requests and working to resolve issues with regulators. We believe that any issues that have been identified thus far do not represent a systemic problem in the ING businesses involved and in addition that the outcome of the investigations will not have a material effect on ING Group.
Dividends
ING Groep N.V. has declared and paid dividends each year since its formation in 1991. Each year, a final dividend in respect of the prior year is generally declared at and paid after the annual General Meeting of Shareholders generally held in April of each year. An interim dividend is generally declared and paid in September, based upon the results for the first six months. The declaration of interim dividends is subject to the discretion of the Executive Board of ING Groep N.V., whose decision to that effect is subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board of the Company. The Executive Board decides, subject to the approval of the Supervisory Board of ING Groep N.V., which part of the annual profits (after payment of dividends on Preference shares and Cumulative Preference shares) will be added to the reserves of ING Groep N.V. The part of the annual profits that remains after this addition to the reserves and after payment of dividends on Preference shares and Cumulative Preference shares is at the disposal of the General Meeting of Shareholders, which may declare dividends therefrom and/or add additional amounts to the reserves of ING Groep N.V. A proposal of the Executive Board with respect thereto is submitted to the General Meeting of Shareholders. The declaration and payment of dividends and the amount thereof is dependent upon the Company’s results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, future prospects and other factors deemed relevant by the Executive Board in determining the appropriate amount of reserves and there can be no assurance that the Company will declare and pay any dividends in the future.
Since the beginning of 2005 ING has a dividend policy of full cash dividends starting with the final dividend 2004 (to be paid in May 2005). Following the introduction of IFRS-EU – which is expected to increase volatility in net profit – ING intends to pay dividends in relation to the longer-term underlying development of profit.
ING Groep N.V. made dividend payments of EUR 14 million and EUR 14 million on its Preference shares and declared dividends of EUR 2,461 million and EUR 2,057 million on its Ordinary shares, in 2005 and 2004. Both the final dividend 2004 and the interimdividend 2005 were fully paid in cash
Cash distributions on ING Groep N.V.’s Ordinary shares and bearer receipts are generally paid in euros. However, the Executive Board may decide, with the approval of the Supervisory Board, to declare dividends in the currency of a country other than the Netherlands in which the bearer receipts are trading. Amounts payable to holders of ADSs that are paid to the Depositary in a currency other than dollars will be converted to dollars and subjected to a charge by the Depositary for any expenses incurred by it in such conversion. The right to cash dividends and distributions in respect of the Ordinary shares will lapse if such dividends or distributions are not claimed within five years following the day after the date on which they were made available.
If a distribution by ING Groep N.V. consists of a dividend in Ordinary shares, such Ordinary shares will be held by the Trust, and the Trust will distribute to the holders of the outstanding bearer receipts, in proportion to their holdings, additional bearer receipts issued for the Ordinary shares received by the Trust as such dividend. In the event the Trust receives any distribution with respect to Ordinary shares held by the Trust other than in the form of cash or additional shares, the Trust will adopt such method as it may deem legal, equitable and practicable to effect such distribution.

81


Table of Contents

If ING Groep N.V. offers or causes to be offered to the holders of Ordinary shares the right to subscribe for additional shares, the Trust, subject to applicable law, will offer to each holder of bearer receipts the right to subscribe for additional Bearer receipts of such shares on the same basis.
If the Trust has the option to receive such distribution either in cash or shares, the Trust will give notice of such option by advertisement and give holders of bearer receipts the opportunity to choose between cash and shares until the fourth day before the day on which the Trust must have made such choice. Holders of bearer receipts may receive an equal nominal amount in Ordinary shares There are no legislative or other legal provisions currently in force in the Netherlands or arising under ING Groep N.V.’s Articles of Association restricting the remittance of dividends to holders of Ordinary shares, bearer receipts or ADSs not resident in the Netherlands. Insofar as the laws of the Netherlands are concerned, cash dividends paid in Euro may be transferred from the Netherlands and converted into any other currency, except that for statistical purposes such payments and transactions must be reported by ING Groep N.V. to the Dutch Central Bank (De Nederlandsche Bank N.V.) and, further, no payments, including dividend payments, may be made to jurisdictions or persons, that are subject to certain sanctions, adopted by the Government of the Netherlands, implementing resolutions of the Security Council of the United Nations, or adopted by the European Union. Dividends are subject to withholding taxes in the Netherlands as described under “Item 10. Additional Information — Taxation -Netherlands Taxation”.
Since December 31, 2004, until the filing of this report, no significant changes have occurred in the financial statements of the Group included in “Item 18. Financial Statements” of this document.

82


Table of Contents

Item 9. The offer and listing
Bearer receipts representing Ordinary shares (nominal value EUR 0.24 per share) are traded on Eurolist by Euronext Amsterdam N.V., the principal trading market for the bearer receipts. The bearer receipts are also listed on the stock exchanges of Euronext Brussels, Euronext Paris, Deutsche Börse as well as on the Swiss Exchange. As of December 31, 2005, ING Group was the second largest company quoted on Eurolist by Euronext Amsterdam, based on market capitalization. ING Bank is one of the principal market-makers for the bearer receipts on Eurolist by Euronext Amsterdam.
Since June 13, 1997, American Depositary Shares (“ADS”), each representing one bearer receipt in respect of one Ordinary share, have traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “ING”, and are the principal form in which the bearer receipts are traded in the United States. Prior to June 13, 1997, there was no active trading market for the ADSs. The ADSs are issued by JP Morgan Chase Bank, as Depositary, pursuant to an Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement dated March 6, 2004, among the Company, The Trust (Stichting ING Aandelen), as trustee, such Depositary and the holders of ADSs from time to time. The Trust holds all voting rights over the Ordinary shares, and pursuant to the Trust Agreement, the Trust will grant proxies to holders of the bearer receipts. See” Item 7. Major shareholders and related party transactions”. Under the Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement holders of ADSs may instruct the Depositary as to the exercise of proxy voting rights associated with the ADSs. As of December 31, 2005, there were 126,307,655 ADSs outstanding, representing an equal number of bearer receipts. The ADSs were held by 957 recordholders. Because certain of the ADSs were held by brokers or other nominees and the bearer receipts are held in bearer form and due to the impracticability of obtaining accurate residence information for all such shareholders, the number of holders of record or registered holders in the United States is not representative of the number of beneficial holders or of the residence of the beneficial holders. As of December 31, 2005, approximately 17% of the bearer receipts were held by Dutch investors, approximately 28% by investors in the U.K. and approximately 21% by investors in the United States and Canada (including as represented by ADSs).

83


Table of Contents

The following are the high and low sales prices of the bearer receipts on the Euronext Amsterdam Stock Exchange, and the ADSs on the New York Stock Exchange, for the period 2001 – February 28, 2006:
                                                 
                    Trading            
                    volume,   in millions   Trading
    Euronext Amsterdam   in millions   New York   volume,
    Stock Exchange (EUR)   of Bearer   Stock Exchange (USD)   in millions
Calendar period   High   Low   receipts(1)   High   Low   of ADSs(1)
2001 (2)
    43.97       22.80       2,687.5       41.75       21.30       43.5  
2002
    31.20       13.29       2,033.3       25.95       13.07       78.0  
2003
    19.06       8.70       2,863.5       23.41       9.96       124.9  
 
                                               
2004
                                               
First quarter
    21.20       16.73       667.1       27.37       20.50       32.3  
Second quarter
    19.58       16.87       563.0       23.77       20.28       24.1  
Third quarter
    21.18       18.13       572.0       25.98       22.10       24.6  
Fourth quarter
    22.28       19.74       601.4       30.32       25.30       25.4  
 
                                               
2005
                                               
First quarter
    23.96       21.75       500.2       31.69       28.18       25.1  
Second quarter
    23.37       20.99       509.4       30.21       26.94       28.1  
Third quarter
    25.12       22.63       565.3       30.99       28.02       25.5  
Fourth quarter
    29.75       23.56       556.8       35.40       28.16       34.5  
 
                                               
2005 and 2006
                                               
September 2005
    24.78       23.24       169.1       29.93       28.70       8.8  
October 2005
    24.90       23.45       182.4       29.55       28.16       8.0  
November 2005
    27.71       24.10       225.8       32.65       28.96       16.3  
December 2005
    29.75       28.16       148.6       35.40       33.12       10.2  
January 2006
    30.31       27.82       212.1       36.61       33.61       10.9  
February 2006
    32.08       29.52       171.6       37.96       35.57       8.0  
 
(1)   Aggregate of purchases and sales.
 
(2)   As of July 2, 2001 the stock of ING Group was split in a 2:1 ratio.

84


Table of Contents

Item 10. Additional information
Memorandum and Articles of Association
ING Groep N.V. is a holding company organized under the laws of the Netherlands. Our object and purpose, as set forth in Article 3 of our Articles of Association, is to participate in, manage, finance, provide personal or real security for the obligations of, and provide services to other business enterprises and institutions of any kind whatsoever, but in particular business enterprises and institutions which are active in the field of insurance, banking, investment and/or financial services, and to do anything which is related to the foregoing or may be conductive thereto. ING Groep N.V. is registered as number 33231073 in the Company Registry of Amsterdam and our Articles of Association are available there.
Certain Powers of Directors
The Supervisory Board determines the compensation of the members of the Executive Board within the framework of the remuneration policy adopted by the General Meeting of Shareholders and the compensation of members of the Supervisory Board is determined by the General Meeting of Shareholders. Neither members of the Executive Board nor members of the Supervisory Board will vote on compensation for themselves or any other member of their body.
During their office, members of the Supervisory Board are not allowed to borrow from ING Group or any of its subsidiaries. Loans that already exist upon appointment as a Supervisory Board member however, may be continued. ING Group subsidiaries however, may in the normal course of their business and on terms that are customary in the sector, provide other banking and insurance services to Supervisory Board members. These may include services in which the granting of credit is of a subordinate nature, e.g. credit cards and overdrafts in current accounts. Members of the Executive Board are empowered to exercise all the powers of ING Group to borrow money, subject to regulatory restrictions (if any) and, in the case of the issuance of debt securities, to the approval of the Supervisory Board.
Our Articles of Association do not contain any age limits for retirement of the members of the Executive Board and members of the Supervisory Board. Nevertheless, it has become standard practice for Executive Board members to retire at the age of 60. By mutual agreement the retirement date can be extended to the end of the month in which they reach the age of 61 or 62. Following the amendments of the Articles of Association in 2003, members of the Executive Board appointed in 2004 and later have been and will be appointed by the General Meeting of Shareholders for a term of four years and may be reappointed. Members of the Supervisory Board are appointed for a term of four years and may be re-appointed for two terms subject to the requirement in the charter of the Supervisory Board that Supervisory Board members retire from the Board in the year in which he or she turns 70. Both members of the Executive Board and members of the Supervisory Board are appointed from a binding nomination by the Supervisory Board.
Members of the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board are not required to hold any shares of ING Groep N.V. to qualify as such.
Capital structure, shares
The authorised capital of ING Group consists of ordinary shares, preference A shares, five series of preference B shares and cumulative preference shares. When we refer to shares herein, we mean both our ordinary shares and our preference shares, unless otherwise specified. Currently, only ordinary and preference A shares are issued, while a right to acquire cumulative preference shares has been granted to the ING Continuity Foundation. The purpose of the cumulative preference shares is to protect the independence, the continuity and the identity of the company against the acquisition of control by third parties, including hostile takeovers, while the ordinary shares and the preference shares are used solely for funding purposes. The shares, which are all registered shares, are not listed on a stock exchange.
Description of Shares
A description of our securities, and other information with respect to shareholders, annual meetings, changes in capital and limitations on changes in control can be found in our registration statements

85


Table of Contents

filed with the Commission on Form F-1 on June 12, 1997 and in this Annual Report under the heading “Item 7 — Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions”.
Material contracts
There have been no material contracts (outside the ordinary course of business) to which ING is a party in the last two years.
Documents on Display
We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. In accordance with these requirements, we file reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). These materials, including this Annual Report and its exhibits, may be inspected and copied at the SEC’s public reference room located at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 or on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information about the public reference room and the copy charges. You may also inspect our SEC reports and other information located at the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., 20 Broad Street, New York, New York 10005, or on our website at http://www.ing.com.
Exchange controls
Cash distributions, if any, payable in euros on Ordinary shares, bearer receipts and ADSs may be officially transferred from the Netherlands and converted into any other currency without violating Dutch law, except that for statistical purposes such payments and transactions must be reported by ING Groep N.V. to the Dutch Central Bank and, further, no payments, including dividend payments, may be made to jurisdictions subject to certain sanctions, adopted by the government of the Netherlands, implementing resolutions of the Security Council of the United Nations.
Restrictions on voting
The ADSs represent interests in the bearer receipts of the Trust, which holds the Ordinary shares for which such bearer receipts are issued. See “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions”. The Trust is the holder of all Ordinary shares underlying the bearer receipts. Only holders of shares (including the Trust) may vote at General Meetings of Shareholders.
Holders of bearer receipts are entitled to attend and speak at General Meetings of Shareholders of the Company; however holders of bearer receipts (including the Depositary on behalf of the holders of ADSs) as such are not entitled to vote at such meetings. However, as set out in “Item 7. Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions”, the Trust will grant a proxy to the effect that such holder of bearer receipts may, in the name of the Trust, exercise the voting rights attached to a number of its Ordinary shares that corresponds to the number of bearer receipts held by him. On the basis of such a proxy the holder of bearer receipts may vote according to its own discretion.
Holders of bearer receipts may surrender the bearer receipts in exchange for Ordinary shares. The Trust charges a fee for exchanging bearer receipts for Ordinary shares. Such fee, in each case, is a minimum of EUR 25.00, but varies based on the number of bearer receipts so exchanged.
Obligations of shareholders to disclose holdings
Dutch Disclosure of Major Holdings in Listed Companies Act 1996 (the “Major Holdings Act”) applies to any person who, directly or indirectly, acquires or disposes of an interest in the voting rights and/or the capital of a public limited company incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands with an official listing on a stock exchange within the European Economic Area, as a result of which acquisition or disposal the percentage of voting rights or capital interest acquired or disposed of reaches, exceeds or falls below 5%, 10%, 25%, 50% or 66 2/3%. With respect to ING Groep N.V., the Major Holdings Act would require any person whose interest in the voting rights and/or capital of ING Groep N.V. reached, exceeded or fell below those percentage interests, whether through ownership of bearer receipts, Ordinary shares, ADSs, Preference shares, options or warrants, to notify in writing both ING Groep N.V.

86


Table of Contents

and the Financial Markets Authority of the Netherlands (Autoriteit Financiële Markten) immediately after the acquisition or disposal of the triggering interest in ING Groep N.V.’s share capital.
Upon ING Groep N.V.’s receipt of the notification, the information will be disclosed, as notified, forthwith to the public by means of an advertisement in a newspaper distributed throughout the Netherlands. Noncompliance with the obligations of the Major Holdings Act can lead to criminal prosecution. In addition, a civil court can issue orders against any person who fails to notify or incorrectly notifies the Financial Markets Authority or ING Groep N.V., in accordance with the Major Holdings Act, including suspension of the voting right in respect of such person’s Ordinary shares.
Voting rights
Each Ordinary share entitles the holder to cast a vote at the General Meeting of Shareholders. By Dutch law, voting rights are proportional to the nominal value of the shares. In other words, each ordinary share (nominal value: EUR 0.24) gives the right to one vote, while each preference A share (nominal value: EUR 1.20) gives the right to five votes.
On the basis of the closing price of the shares on 31 December 2005, the ratio of market price to voting rights on depositary receipts for Ordinary shares was EUR 29.30 : 1, while the ratio for depositary receipts for preference A shares was EUR 3.29 : 5. There is an element of disequilibrium in this respect. Forthcoming legislation will be necessary to link the voting rights for preference shares to the market value of the shares.
Proposals by shareholders/holders of depositary receipts
In view of the size and market value of ING Group, proposals to put items on the Shareholders’ Meeting agenda can be made by shareholders and holders of depositary receipts representing a joint total of 1 per mille of the share capital or representing together, on the basis of the stock prices on the Euronext Amsterdam Stock Exchange, a share value of at least EUR 50 million. Given the periods of notice required for proxy voting, proposals have to be submitted in writing at least 50 days before the date of the meeting. Properly submitted proposals will be included on the agenda for the General Meeting of Shareholders.
Issue of shares
The company’s authorised capital is the maximum amount of capital allowed to be issued under the terms of its Articles of Association. New shares in excess of this amount can only be issued after amendment of the Articles of Association. For reasons of flexibility (an amendment to the Articles of Association has to be passed by notarial deed if it is to become effective, and this in turn requires a declaration of no objection to be issued by the Minister of Justice), the authorised capital in the Articles of Association of ING Group has been set at the highest level permitted by law.
Share issues have to be approved by the General Meeting of Shareholders, which may also delegate its authority. Each year, the General Meeting is asked to delegate authority to the Executive Board to issue new shares. The powers thus delegated to the Executive Board are limited:
  in time: powers are delegated for a period of 18 months;
 
  to specific types of shares: only ordinary shares and preference B shares may be issued;
 
  by number: (1) Ordinary shares may be issued up to a maximum of 10% of the issued capital, or 20% in the event of a merger or takeover; (2) preference B shares may be issued up to a maximum which is equal to the total number of preference B shares that is necessary to convert all outstanding ING Perpetual Securities III issued in 2004 in the amount of 1 billion euros (and similar instruments that are or may be issued) into preference shares if and when required pursuant to the conditions thereof;
 
  as regards the issue price of the preference B shares: the issue price must at least be equal to the stock price of the Ordinary shares at the Amsterdam Stock Exchange;
 
  in terms of control: resolutions by the Executive Board to issue shares require the approval of the Supervisory Board.

87


Table of Contents

Approval by the General Meeting of Shareholders would be required for any share issues exceeding these limits.
Shareholders’structure
See Item 7 for details of investors who have reported their interest in ING Group pursuant to the Disclosure of Major Holdings in Listed companies Act 1996 (or their predecessor of this legislation). As at 31 December 2005, ING Group subsidiaries held an interest of 13.13% in ABN AMRO, mainly in preference shares. The interests in Aegon and Fortis were below 1%. These interests are held as investments. There are no shareholders’ or other agreements between ING Group and the above major shareholders on the exercising of voting rights.
Under the terms of the Dutch Act on the Supervision of the Credit System 1992 and the Insurance Industry (Supervision) Act 1993, declarations of no objection from the Dutch Minister of Finance are to be obtained by anyone wishing to obtain or hold a participating interest of at least 10% respectively in ING Group or to exercise control to this extent via a participating interest in ING Group. Similarly, on the basis of indirect change of control statutes in the various jurisdictions where subsidiaries of ING Group are operating, permission from or notification to local regulatory authorities may be required for the acquisition of a substantial interest in ING Group ING Group is not aware of investors with an interest of 10% or more in ING Group.
TAXATION
The following is a summary of the Netherlands tax consequences, and the United States Federal income tax consequences, of the ownership of bearer receipts or American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) by U.S. Shareholders (as defined below). For purposes of this summary a “U.S. Shareholder” is a beneficial owner of bearer receipts or ADSs that is:
  an individual citizen or resident of the United States,
 
  a corporation organized under the laws of the United States or of any state of the United States,
 
  an estate, the income of which is subject to United States Federal income tax without regard to its source; or
 
  a trust if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust.
The summary is a general description of the present Netherlands and United States federal income tax laws and practices as well as the relevant provisions of the present double taxation treaty between the Netherlands and the United States (the “Treaty”). The information provided below is neither intended as tax advice nor purports to describe all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to prospective investors. It should not be read as extending to matters not specifically discussed, and investors should consult their own advisors as to the tax consequences of their ownership and disposal of bearer receipts or ADSs. In particular, the summary does not take into account the specific circumstances of any particular investors (such as banks, insurance companies, dealers in securities, traders in securities that elect to mark-to-market their securities holdings, investors liable for alternative minimum tax, investors whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, investors that actually or constructively own 10% or more of the voting stock of ING Groep N.V. or investors that hold bearer receipts or ADSs as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion transaction), some of which may be subject to special rules. Moreover, if the holder of bearer receipts or ADSs:
1. holds a substantial interest in ING Groep N.V.; or, in case such holder is an individual,
2. receives income or capital gains derived from the bearer receipts and ADSs and this income received or capital gains derived are attributable to the past, present or future employment activities of such holder,
the Dutch tax position is not discussed in this summary.

88


Table of Contents

Generally speaking, an interest in the share capital of ING Groep N.V., should not be considered a substantial interest if the holder of such interest, and, in case of an individual, his or her spouse, registered partner, certain other relatives or certain persons sharing the holder’s household, alone or together, does or do not hold, either directly or indirectly, the ownership of, or certain rights over, shares or rights resembling shares representing five percent or more of the total issued and outstanding capital, or the issued and outstanding capital of any class of shares, of ING Groep N.V. With respect to U.S. Shareholders, this summary generally applies only to holders who hold bearer receipts or ADSs as capital assets. The summary is based in part upon the representations of the Depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the Deposit Agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms. Furthermore, this summary is based on the tax legislation, published case law, and other regulations in force as at the date hereof, without prejudice to any amendments introduced at a later date and implemented with or without retroactive effect.
In general, for United States federal income and Netherlands tax purposes, holders of bearer receipts will be treated as the owners of the Ordinary shares underlying the bearer receipts, holders of American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) evidencing ADSs will be treated as the owners of the Ordinary shares evidencing the ADSs, and exchanges of Ordinary shares for bearer receipts and then for ADSs, and exchanges of ADSs for Bearer receipts and then for Ordinary shares, will not be subject to United States federal or Netherlands income tax.
It is assumed, for purposes of this summary, that a U.S. Shareholder is eligible for the benefits of the Treaty and that a U.S. Shareholder’s eligilbilty is not limited by the limitations on benefits provisions article 26 of the Treaty.
NETHERLANDS TAXATION
Withholding tax on dividends
The Netherlands imposes a withholding tax on a distribution of a dividend at the rate of 25%. Stock dividends paid out of ING Groep N.V.’s paid-in share premium recognized for Netherlands tax purposes as such are not subject to the above withholding tax.
Under the Treaty, dividends paid by ING Groep N.V. to a resident of the United States (other than an exempt organization or exempt pension trust, as defined in the Treaty) who is the beneficial owner of the dividends are generally eligible for a reduction of Netherlands withholding tax to 15%, provided that such resident does not have an enterprise which carries on a business in the Netherlands through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative or performs independent personal services from a fixed base situated in the Netherlands to which or to whom the bearer receipts or ADSs are attributable. Such reduced dividend withholding rate can be applied for at source upon payment of the dividend by submitting a form IB 92 USA prior to the dividend payment date, which form includes a banker’s affidavit stating that the bearer receipts or ADSs are in the bank’s custody in the name of the applicant, or that the bearer receipts or ADSs have been exhibited to the bank as being the property of the applicant. A U.S. Shareholder who is unable to claim withholding tax relief in this manner can obtain a refund of excess tax withheld by filing a Form IB 92 USA. In case the above-mentioned beneficial owner of the dividends is a company which holds directly at least 10 percent of the voting power of ING Groep N.V. a further reduction of Dutch dividend withholding tax to 5% can be applied for.
The Treaty provides for a complete exemption from withholding for dividends received by exempt pension trusts and other exempt organizations, as defined in the Treaty. Qualifying exempt pension trusts may claim the benefits of a reduced withholding tax rate pursuant to article 35 of the Treaty. Qualifying exempt pension trusts normally remain subject to withholding at the rate of 25% and are required to file for a refund of the tax withheld. Only if certain conditions are fulfilled, such pension trusts may be eligible for relief at source upon payment of the dividend. Qualifying exempt organizations (other than qualifying exempt pension trusts) are subject to withholding at the rate of 25% and can only file for a refund of the tax withheld.

89


Table of Contents

There is currently an arrangement with the Netherlands Ministry of Finance under which U.S. Shareholders of outstanding ADSs (but not holders of bearer receipts) of ING Groep N.V. may obtain the lower 15% withholding rate under the Treaty without filing the form described above. The arrangement also applies to qualifying exempt pension trusts but not to other exempt organizations.
On August 29, 2002 dividend-stripping rules were introduced in Netherlands tax law. These rules have retroactive effect as of April 27, 2001. The rules provide that in the case of dividend-stripping, the 25% dividend withholding tax cannot be reduced or refunded. Dividend-stripping is deemed to be present if the recipient of a dividend is, different from what has been assumed above, not the beneficial owner thereof and is entitled to a larger credit, reduction or refund of dividend withholding tax than the beneficial owner of the dividends. Under these rules, a recipient of dividends will not be considered the beneficial owner thereof if as a consequence of a combination of transactions a person other than the recipient wholly or partly benefits form the dividends, whereby such person retains, whether directly or indirectly, an interest in the share on which the dividends were paid.
Currently ING Groep N.V. may, with respect to certain dividends received from qualifying non-Netherlands subsidiaries, credit taxes withheld from those dividends against the Netherlands withholding tax imposed on certain qualifying dividends that are redistributed by ING Groep N.V., up to a maximum of the lesser of
  3% of the amount of qualifying dividends redistributed by ING Groep N.V. and
 
  3% of the gross amount of certain qualifying dividends received by ING Groep N.V.
The reduction is applied to the Dutch dividend withholding tax that ING Groep N.V. must pay to the Dutch tax authorities and not to the Dutch dividend withholding tax that ING Groep N.V. must withhold.
Taxes on income and capital gains
A U.S. Shareholder will not be subject to Netherlands income tax or corporation tax, other than the withholding tax described above, or capital gains tax, provided that:
  such shareholder is not a resident or deemed resident and, in the case of an individual, has not elected to be treated as a resident of the Netherlands; and
 
  such shareholder does not have an enterprise or an interest in an enterprise, which in its entirety or in part carries on business in the Netherlands through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative or deemed permanent establishment to which or to whom the bearer receipts or ADSs are attributable; and
 
  such shareholder is an individual, and income from a bearer receipt or ADS is not attributable to certain activities in the Netherlands performed by such shareholder other than business activities (for example, by the use of that individual’s special knowledge or activities performed by that individual with respect to the bearer receipts or ADSs as a result of which such individual can make a return on the bearer receipt or ADS that is in excess of the return on normal passive portfolio management).
Gift, estate or inheritance tax
No Netherlands gift, estate or inheritance tax will be imposed on the acquisition of bearer receipts or ADSs by gift or inheritance from a holder of bearer receipts or ADSs who is neither resident nor deemed resident in the Netherlands, provided that the ADSs or bearer receipts are not attributable to an enterprise which in its entirety or in part is carried on through a permanent establishment or a permanent representative in the Netherlands. Furthermore, Dutch gift and inheritance tax is due if the holder of bearer receipts or ADSs dies within 180 days of making the gift, and at the time of death is a resident or deemed resident of the Netherlands. A non-resident Netherlands citizen, however, is still treated as a resident of the Netherlands for gift and inheritance tax purposes for ten years after leaving the Netherlands. An individual with a non-Dutch nationality is deemed to be a resident of the Netherlands for the purposes of Dutch gift tax if he or she has been resident in the Netherlands at any time during the 12 months preceding the date of the gift.

90


Table of Contents

UNITED STATES TAXATION
Taxes on income
For United States federal income tax purposes, a U.S. Shareholder will be required to include in gross income the full amount of a cash dividend (including any Netherlands withholding tax withheld) as ordinary income when the dividend is actually or constructively received by the Trust in the case of bearer receipts, or the Depositary in the case of ADSs. For this purpose, a “dividend” will include any distribution paid by ING Groep N.V. with respect to the bearer receipts or ADSs, but only to the extent such distribution is not in excess of ING Groep N.V.’s current and accumulated earnings and profits as defined for United States federal income tax purposes. Such a dividend will constitute income from sources outside the United States. A dividend will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction generally allowed to U.S. corporations in respect of dividends received from other United States corporations. If you are a noncorporate U.S. Shareholder, dividends paid to you in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2009 that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxable to you at a maximum tax rate of 15% provided that you hold the bearer receipts or ADSs for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and meet other holding period requirements. Dividends we pay with respect to the bearer receipts or ADSs generally will be qualified dividend income.
Subject to the limitations provided in the United States Internal Revenue Code, a U.S. Shareholder may generally deduct from income, or credit against its United States federal income tax liability, the amount of any Dutch withholding taxes under the Treaty. The Netherlands withholding tax will likely not be creditable against the U.S. Shareholder’s United States tax liability, however, to the extent that ING Groep N.V. is allowed to reduce the amount of dividend withholding tax paid over to the Netherlands Tax Administration by crediting withholding tax imposed on certain dividends paid to ING Groep N.V. ING Groep N.V. will endeavor to provide to U.S. Shareholders information concerning the extent to which it has applied the reduction described above with respect to dividends paid to U.S. Shareholders. In addition, special rules apply in determining the foreign tax credit limitation with respect to dividends that are subject to the maximum 15% tax rate.
Since payments of dividends with respect to bearer receipts and ADSs will be made in euros, a U.S. Shareholder will generally be required to determine the amount of dividend income by translating the euro into United States dollars at the “spot rate” on the date the dividend distribution is includable in the income of the U.S. Shareholder. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the dividend distribution is includable in the income of the U.S. Shareholder to the date such payment is converted into U.S. dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss. Such gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the United States for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.
Taxes on capital gains
Gain or loss on a sale or exchange of bearer receipts or ADSs by a U.S. Shareholder will generally be a capital gain or loss for United States federal income tax purposes. If such U.S. Shareholder has held the bearer receipts or ADSs for more than one year, such gain or loss will generally be long term capital gain or loss. Long term capital gain of a non-corporate U.S. Shareholder that is recognized on or after May 6, 2003 and in taxable years beginning before January 1, 2009 is generally subject to a maximum tax rate of 15%. In general, gain or loss from a sale or exchange of bearer receipts or ADSs by a U.S. Shareholder will be treated as United States source income or loss for United States foreign tax credit limitation purposes.
Passive foreign investment company
ING Groep N.V. believes it is not a passive foreign investment company (a “PFIC”) for United States federal income tax purposes. This is a factual determination that must be made annually and thus may change.
If ING Groep N.V. were to be treated as a PFIC, unless a U.S. Shareholder makes an effective election to be taxed annually on a mark-to-market basis with respect to the bearer receipts or ADSs, any gain

91


Table of Contents

from the sale or disposition of bearer receipts or ADSs by a U.S. Shareholder would be allocated ratably to each year in the holder’s holding period and would be treated as ordinary income. Tax would be imposed on the amount allocated to each year prior to the year of disposition at the highest rate in effect for that year, and interest would be charged at the rate applicable to underpayments on the tax payable in respect of the amount so allocated. The same rules would apply to “excess distributions”, defined generally as distributions exceeding 125% of the average annual distribution made by ING Groep N.V. over the shorter of the holder’s holding period or the three preceding years.
A U.S. Shareholder who owns bearer receipts or ADSs during any year that ING Groep N.V. is a PFIC must file Internal Revenue Service Form 8621.

92


Table of Contents

Item 11. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risk
The quantitative and qualitative disclosures of market risk have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of IFRS-EU. Refer to Note 2.1.1of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for these disclosures. As permitted by IFRS 1, ING Group has not presented in its consolidated financial statements certain comparative information relating to quantitative and qualitative disclosures of market risk. Accordingly, certain comparative information (together with current year equivalents) is provided below.
The discussion on the implementation of IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4 as of January 1, 2005 and the differences in the recognition and measurement of financial instruments and insurance contracts from 2004 to 2005 included in Note 2.1.1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements should be considered in comparing accounting based sensitivity measures for 2005 with 2004. In addition, the adoption of IFRS-EU necessitated a change to the methodology underlying certain accounting based sensitivity measures. However, the impact of those changes on the 2005 net profit sensitivity analysis was not material given the overall effect on sensitivity information of IAS 32, 39 and IFRS 4 as of 2005.
MARKET RISK – ING BANK
Non-trading risk- interest rate risk
The 2005 EaR measure (pre-tax) for the large banking books of ING Bank (representing approximately 95% of the banking book) is EUR (733) million (2004: EUR (814) million). The measure is based on a parallel instantaneous shock to market rates of 2%.
MARKET RISK — ING INSURANCE
ALM risk — interest rate risk
The table below provides a sensitivity analysis relating to a potential change in net profit and shareholders’ equity of an instantaneous increase/decrease in interest rates of 1%.
                                 
    Effect on             Effect on  
    ING Insurance             ING Insurance  
INTEREST-RATE SENSITIVITY   net profit             shareholders’equity  
(EUR millions)   2005     2004     2005     2004  
 
                               
Increase interest rates by 1%
    (68 )     72       (2,814 )     5  
Decrease interest rates by 1%
    (1,743 )     (78 )     1,255       (6 )
ALM risk – equity risk
The table below provides a sensitivity analysis relating to a potential change in net profit and shareholders’ equity of an instantaneous increase/decrease in equity markets of 10%.
                                 
    Effect on             Effect on  
    ING Insurance             ING Insurance  
EQUITY SENSITIVITY   net profit             shareholders’equity  
(EUR millions)   2005     2004     2005     2004  
 
                               
Increase of equity by 10%
    59       29       1,072       863  
Decrease of equity by 10%
    (80)       (23 )     (1,094 )     (857 )

93


Table of Contents

ALM risk – foreign exchange risk
The table below provides a sensitivity analysis relating to a potential change in net profit and shareholders’ equity of an instantaneous increase/decrease of the Euro versus all other currencies of 10%.
                                 
    Effect on             Effect on  
    ING Insurance             ING Insurance  
FOREIGN CURRENCY SENSIVITY   net profit             shareholders’equity  
(EUR millions)   2005     2004     2005     2004  
 
                               
10% Increase of Euro versus all other currencies
    (81)       (132 )     (950 )     (1,041 )
10% Decrease of Euro versus all other currencies
    87       162       1,041       1,271  
CREDIT RISK — ING INSURANCE
ING Group has further improved the coverage of its 2005 analysis of the Fixed income portfolio by rating class by including more business units in the integrated reporting process.
The 2005 analysis is included in Note 2.2 of the Notes to the consolidated financial statements. The 2005 information is also presented below, together with the 2004 information..
In the table below a summary is shown of the outstandings in the general account fixed-income portfolios per credit rating expressed in Standard & Poor’s ratings at December 31, 2005. The table is based on EUR 172 billion of general account fixed income assets and exclude equities and real estate but include preferred shares.
ING Group has further expanded its 2005 analysis of risk concentration in the ING Insurance portfolio by presenting risk concentration by industry sector rather than economic sector. This analysis is included in Note 2.2 of the Notes to the consolidated financial statements. The 2005 information, together with the 2004 information, is also presented below based on the prior year classifications of risk concentration by economic sector.
                                 
                            2005  
                            issuer  
    2005     2004             ratings  
    issue     issue     2005     (incl. 2005  
    ratings     ratings     issuer     coverages)  
 
                               
AAA
    34.0 %     36.7 %     30.8 %     26.3 %
AA
    18.7 %     17.0 %     24.3 %     23.0 %
A
    27.9 %     25.4 %     24.9 %     32.8 %
BBB
    16.3 %     17.8 %     16.7 %     14.3 %
BB
    2.0 %     2.4 %     2.1 %     1.8 %
Other
    1.1 %     0.7 %     1.2 %     1.8 %
 
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
During 2005 ING Group changed the rating basis for the ING Insurance investment portfolio from issue ratings to issuer ratings (except for structured credits). This change is in line with the ING Bank practice and Basel II guidelines. In the table above the ING Insurance investment portfolio is shown based on issue rating for 2005 and 2004 (for comparison reasons) in columns 1 and 2. In column 3 the same portfolio is shown based on issuer ratings. The apparent average credit rating decreased due to the switch from issue to issuer ratings. This apparent decrease is caused by the fact that ING invests in bonds from lower quality issuers which nonetheless have a higher issue rating due to collateralisation; as such, the actual credit risk for ING Insurance has not changed due to this reclassification. In the last column the ING Insurance investment portfolio is shown based on issuer

94


Table of Contents

rating including the positions that were added during 2005. The main addition is the Dutch mortgage portfolio which is included in the table above with an average credit rating of A.
In the table below a summary is shown of the outstandings in the general account fixed-income portfolios per economic sector.
                 
    2005     2004  
 
               
Public and private corporate
    37.3 %     36.9 %
ABS, MBS Structured
    16.0 %     14.4 %
Governments
    24.1 %     25.3 %
Commercial mortgages
    5.7 %     5.6 %
Residential mortgages
    11.2 %     12.5 %
Cash and money market
    2.6 %     1.9 %
Policy loans
    2.0 %     1.9 %
Preferred shares
    1.1 %     1.5 %
 
    100.0 %     100.0 %
Item 12. Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities
Not applicable.

95


Table of Contents

PART II.
Item 13. Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
None.
Item 14. Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds
None.
Item 15. Controls and Procedures
On February 7, 2006, an evaluation was performed under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report. There have been no significant changes in the Company’s internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls over financial reporting subsequent to February 7, 2006.
Item 16A. Audit Committee Financial Expert
ING Group’s Supervisory Board has determined that ING Group has four financial experts serving on its Audit Committee. These four financial experts are Messrs. Hoffmann, Hommen, Jacobs and Van der Lugt. All have gathered their experience by serving as executive officers and on the Boards of international conglomerates, Mr. Hoffmann serving as the CFO of Robert Bosch GmbH, Mr. Hommen serving as vice-chairman and CFO of Philips Electronics, Mr. Jacobs and Mr. Van der Lugt both serving as CEO of ING Group
Item 16B. Code of Ethics
ING Group has adopted a code of ethics, called the ING’s Business Principles, which apply to all our employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. These Business Principles have undergone minor changes to adapt them to the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 as a code of ethics for certain officers. The Business Principles are posted on ING Group’s website at www.ing.com, under the heading “Corporate Responsibility” followed by “ING in Society”. During the most recently completed fiscal year no waivers, explicit or implicit, from these Business Principles have been granted to any of the officers described above.
Item 16C. Principal Accountant Fees and Services (Ernst & Young) (and KPMG)
Ernst & Young Accountants (Ernst & Young) and KPMG Accountants N.V. (KPMG) are the appointed auditors of ING Group. Ernst & Young is responsible for auditing the financial statements of ING Group and ING Verzekeringen N.V., while KPMG is responsible for the audit of the financial statements of ING Bank N.V.
At the General Meeting of Shareholders on 27 April 2004, Ernst & Young were appointed to audit the financial statements of ING Group for the financial years 2004 to 2007 inclusive, to report about the outcome of these audits to the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board and to give a statement about the truth and fairness of the financial statements of ING Group
The Supervisory Board evaluates the performance of the external auditors on an annual basis, based, in particular, on their independence and on the findings of the Executive Board and the Audit Committee. In addition to the annual evaluation, the Audit Committee and Supervisory Board will review the auditors’ performance in 2007, prior to a proposal to the General Meeting of Shareholders for the next auditor’s appointment. The proposal will include the main conclusions of the assessment of the functioning of the external auditor.

96


Table of Contents

The external auditors, both Ernst & Young and KPMG, attend the meetings of the Audit Committee.
After a maximum period of 5 years of performing audit services to ING Group or ING Verzekeringen N.V. or ING Bank N.V., the lead audit partners of the external audit firms and the audit partners responsible for reviewing the audits, have to be replaced by other partners of the respective external audit firms. The Audit Committee makes recommendations to the Supervisory Board regarding these replacements, among others, based on an annual evaluation of the provided services. In line with this agreement, the lead audit partner of KPMG has been succeeded in 2005. The lead audit partner of Ernst & Young will be succeeded after the year-end audit 2006. The rotation of other partners of Ernst & Young and KPMG involved with the audit of the financial statements of ING are subject to applicable independence legislation.
The external auditors may be questioned at the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders in relation to their statements on the fairness of the annual accounts. The external auditors will therefore attend and be entitled to address this meeting.
Both Ernst & Young and KPMG may only provide permitted non-audit services to ING Group and its subsidiaries with permission of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee separately pre-approves the type(s) of audit, audit-related and non-audit services to be provided by ING’s external audit firms on an annual basis. The Audit Committee also sets the maximum annual amount that may be spent for such pre-approved services. Throughout the year the external audit firms and Corporate Audit Services monitor the amounts paid versus the pre-approved amounts. The external auditors provide the Audit Committee with a full overview of all services provided to ING, including related fees, supported by sufficiently detailed information. This overview is semi-annually evaluated by the Audit Committee.
In addition to the pre-approval procedure each audit-related and non-audit engagement that is expected to generate fees in excess of EUR 100,000 and all further audit-related and non-audit related engagements over and above the pre-approved amounts have to be pre-approved on a case-by-case basis. More details on ING’s policy regarding external auditor’s independence are available on the website of ING Group.
In 2005, the audit-related, tax and other services have been pre-approved. In line with ING’s policy on external auditors’ independence, the Audit Committee has pre-approved the proposed services.
                 
    Year ended     Year ended  
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2005     2004  
         (EUR millions)  
Ernst & Young
               
Audit fees
    21       20  
Audit-related fees
    7       3  
Tax fees
    2       3  
All other fees
    1       1  
 
           
 
    31       27  
 
           
 
               
KPMG
               
Audit fees
    22       20  
Audit-related fees
    6       4  
Tax fees
    1       2  
All other fees
    2       4  
 
           
 
    31       30  
 
           
 
               
Total
               
Audit fees
    43       40  
Audit-related fees
    13       7  
Tax fees
    3       5  
All other fees
    3       5  
 
           
 
    62       57  
 
           

97


Table of Contents

Item 16E. Purchases of Registered Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
                                     
                                Maximum  
                Average     Purchased as part of     number of Shares  
        Number     price     Publicly Announced     that may be  
        x 1000     in euros     Plans Or Programs     Purchased  
 
                                   
Purchases:
                                   
January
  1/1/04 – 1/31/04                   NA   NA
February
  2/1/04 – 2/29/04     400       20.22                  
March
  3/1/04 – 3/31/04                                
April
  4/1/04 – 4/30/04                                
May
  5/1/04 – 5/31/04                                
June
  6/1/04 – 6/30/04     656       18.13                  
July
  7/1/04 – 7/31/04                                
August
  8/1/04 – 8/31/04     400       18.55                  
September
  9/1/04 – 9/30/04     592       20.09                  
October
  10/1/04 – 10/31/04                                
November
  11/1/04 – 11/30/04     900       20.87                  
December
  12/1/04 – 12/31/04                                
 
                               
Total (1)
        2,948       19.70                  
 
                               
 
                                   
Purchases:
                                   
January
  1/1/05 – 1/31/05                   NA   NA
February
  2/1/05 – 2/29/05     998       20.62                  
March
  3/1/05 – 3/31/05     3,054       22.98                  
April
  4/1/05 – 4/30/05                                
May
  5/1/05 – 5/31/05     3,000       22.45                  
June
  6/1/05 – 6/30/05                                
July
  7/1/05 – 7/31/05                                
August
  8/1/05 – 8/31/05     5,422       23.63                  
September
  9/1/05 – 9/30/05                                
October
  10/1/05 – 10/31/05                                
November
  11/1/05 – 11/30/05     539       26.97                  
December
  12/1/05 – 12/31/05                                
 
                               
Total (1)
        13,013       23.26                  
 
                               
 
(1)   This table excludes market-making and related hedging purchases by ING Group. The table also exludes ING Group shares purchased by investments funds managed by ING Group for clients in accordance with specified investment strategies that are established by each individual fund manager acting independently of ING Group.

98


Table of Contents

PART III.
Item 18. Financial Statements
See pages F-1 to F-151 and the Schedules on F-159 to F-162
Item 19. Exhibits
The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report:
     
Exhibit 1.1
  Articles of Association of ING Groep N.V. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 30, 2004)
 
   
Exhibit 1.2
  Amended and Restated Trust Agreement (English Translation), dated June 23, 2003 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, File No.
1-14642 filed on March 30, 2004)
 
   
Exhibit 2.1
  Subordinated Indenture, dated July 18, 2002, between the Company and The Bank of New York, (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2002, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 27, 2003)
 
   
Exhibit 2.2
  First Supplemental Indenture, dated July 18, 2002, between the Company and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 30, 2004)
 
   
Exhibit 2.3
  Second Supplemental Indenture, dated December 12, 2002, between the Company and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 30, 2004)
 
   
Exhibit 2.4
  Third Supplemental Indenture, dated October 28, 2003, between the Company and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.4 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2003, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 30, 2004)
 
   
Exhibit 2.5
  Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated September 26, 2005, between the Company and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of ING Groep N.V.’s Report on Form 6-k filed on September 23, 2005)
 
   
Exhibit 2.6
  Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated December 8, 2005, between the Company and The Bank of New York (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of ING Groep N.V.’s Report on Form 6-k filed on December 7, 2005)
 
   
Exhibit 4.1
  Form of Employment Contract for Members of the Executive Board (English translation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of ING Groep N.V.’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2002, File No. 1-14642 filed on March 27, 2003)
 
   
Exhibit 7
  Statement regarding Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
 
   
Exhibit 8
  List of Subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V.
 
   
Exhibit 10.1
  Consent of Ernst & Young Accountants
 
   
Exhibit 10.2
  Consent of KPMG Accountants
 
   
Exhibit 10.3
  Consent of Ernst & Young Reviseurs d’Enterprises S.C.C.

99


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit 12.1
  Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
   
Exhibit 12.2
  Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
   
Exhibit 13.1
  Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxly Act of 2002
 
   
Exhibit 13.2
  Certification of the Registrant’s Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxly Act of 2002

100


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
         
 
  ING GROEP N.V.    
 
  (Registrant)    
 
       
 
  By: /s/ Cees Maas    
 
       
 
  Name: Cees Maas    
 
  Title: Chief Financial Officer    
Date: March 24, 2006
       

101


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SELECTED STATISTICAL INFORMATION ON BANKING OPERATIONS
The information in this section sets forth selected statistical information regarding the Group’s banking operations. Information for 2005 and 2004 is set forth under IFRS-EU unless otherwise indicated. Information for years prior to 2004 is set forth under Dutch GAAP, which differs in significant respects from IFRS-EU. Unless otherwise indicated, average balances, when used, are calculated from monthly data and the distinction between domestic and foreign is based on the location of the office where the assets and liabilities are booked, as opposed to the domicile of the customer. However, the Company believes that the presentation of these amounts based upon the domicile of the customer would not result in material differences in the amounts presented below.
                 
IFRS-EU   Year Ended December 31,
    2005   2004
Return on equity of the banking operations
    24.2 %     15.8 %
Return on equity of ING Group
    26.6 %     22.9 %
Dividend pay-out ratio of ING Group
    35.5 %     39.5 %
Return on assets
    0.5 %     0.4 %
Equity to assets
    2.6 %     3.0 %
Net interest margin
    1.2 %     1.4 %
         
Dutch GAAP   Year Ended December 31,
    2003
Return on equity of the banking operations
    11.0 %
Return on equity of ING Group
    21.5 %
Dividend pay-out ratio of ING Group
    48.5 %
Return on assets
    0.8 %
Equity to assets
    3.3 %
Net interest margin
    1.5 %
AVERAGE BALANCES AND INTEREST RATES
The following tables show the banking operations, average interest-earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities, together with average rates, for 2005 and 2004 under IFRS-EU. The interest income, interest expense and average yield figures do not reflect interest income and expense on derivatives and other interest income and expense not considered to be directly related to interest-bearing assets and liabilities. These items are reflected in the corresponding interest income, interest expense and net interest result figures in the consolidated financial statements. A reconciliation of the interest income, interest expense and net interest result figures to the corresponding line items in the consolidated financial statements is provided on the next page.

102


Table of Contents

ASSETS
                                                 
IFRS-EU   Interest-earning assets                      
            2005                     2004        
    Average     Interest     Average     Average     Interest     Average  
    balance     income     yield     balance     income     yield  
      (EUR millions)     %       (EUR millions)     %  
Time deposits with banks
                                               
domestic
    3,654       172       4.7       4,845       113       2.3  
foreign
    30,023       1,147       3.8       32,959       968       2.9  
Loans and advances
                                               
domestic
    222,459       8,331       3.7       157,457       7,184       4.6  
foreign
    247,444       11,035       4.5       183,458       7,736       4.2  
Interestearning securities (1)
                                               
domestic
    35,423       1,031       2.9       31,221       616       2.0  
foreign
    176,247       6,773       3.8       165,173       5,922       3.6  
Other interestearning assets
                                               
domestic
    747       16       2.1       527       30       5.7  
foreign
    2,524       99       3.9       2,941       158       5.4  
 
                                     
Total
    718,521       28,604       4.0       578,581       22,727       3.9  
Noninterest earning assets
    45,054                       22,276                  
 
                                     
Total assets (1)
    763,575                       600,857                  
 
                                           
 
                                               
Percentage of assets applicable to foreign operations
            63.5 %                     66.5 %        
Other interest income (reconciliation to consolidated financial statements):
                                               
amortized results investments (2)
                                    157          
lending commission
                                    96          
adjustment for interest on nonperforming loans (3)
                                    (84 )        
Interest income on derivatives (4)
            19,253                       2,223          
other
            485                       352          
 
                                           
Total interest income
            48,342                       25,471          
 
                                           

103


Table of Contents

                                                 
LIABILITIES                    
 
IFRS-EU   Interest-earning liabilities                
            2005                     2004      
    Average     Interest     Average     Average     Interest     Average  
    balance     expense     yield     balance     expense     yield  
    (EUR millions)   %     (EUR millions)   %  
Time deposits from banks
                                               
domestic
    33,044       958       2.9       26,131       590       2.3  
foreign
    46,379       1,419       3.1       50,522       1,111       2.2  
Demand deposits (5)
                                               
domestic
    78,030       595       0.8       32,210       176       0.6  
foreign
    27,930       502       1.8       26,992       423       1.6  
Time deposits (5)
                                               
domestic
    16,764       485       2.9       14,432       371       2.6  
foreign
    29,976       901       3.0       29,995       727       2.4  
Savings deposits (5)
                                               
domestic
    63,157       1,494       2.4       58,277       1,504       2.6  
foreign
    198,855       6,208       3.1       150,428       4,422       2.9  
Short term debt
                                               
domestic
    2,815       88       3.1       4,992       102       2.0  
foreign
    28,203       1,269       4.5       29,879       696       2.3  
Long term debt
                                               
domestic
    13,971       675       4.8       15,645       670       4.3  
foreign
    47,443       2,037       4.3       40,394       1,751       4.3  
Subordinated liabilities
                                               
domestic
    16,702       920       5.5       13,061       732       5.6  
foreign
    2,605       153       5.9       2,802       160       5.7  
Other interestbearing liabilities
                                               
domestic
    37,562       775       2.1       18,468       158       0.9  
foreign
    45,158       1,234       2.7       32,470       971       3.0  
 
                                               
Total
    688,594       19,713       2.9       546,698       14,564       2.7  
Noninterest bearing liabilities
    54,592                       36,299                  
 
                                               
Total Liabilities
    743,186                       582,997                  
Group Capital
    20,389                       17,860                  
 
                                               
Total liabilities and capital
    763,575                       600,857                  
 
                                               
 
                                               
Percentage of liabilities applicable to foreign operations
            62.1 %                     64.9 %        
Other interest expense
                                               
(reconciliation to consolidated financial statements):
                                               
interest expenses on derivatives
            18,836                       2,078          
other
            631                       130          
 
                                               
Total interest expense
            39,180                       16,772          
 
                                               
Total net interest result
            9,162                       8,699          
 
                                               
 
(1)   Substantially all interest-earning securities held by the banking operations of the Company are taxable securities.
 
(2)   In 2004, includes amortization of premiums and discounts and deferred realized gains and losses on sales of investments in debt securities on a straight-line basis over the estimated average remaining life of the portfolio.
 
(3)   In 2004, interest on non-performing loans is included when calculating the average yield in this table but excluded from interest income reported in the consolidated profit and loss account.
 
(4)   In 2004, includes amortization of deferred realized gains and losses on off-balance sheet hedging instruments on a straight line basis over the estimated average remaining life of the portfolio and interest accrued on hedging instruments, primarily on interest rate swaps.
 
(5)   These captions do not include deposits from banks.

104


Table of Contents

The following table presents the banking operations, average interest-earning assets and average interest-bearing liabilities, together with average rates, for 2004 and 2003 under Dutch GAAP. The interest income, interest expense and average yield figures do not reflect:
  income on amortized results investments;
  lending commissions;
  interest income on off-balance sheet instruments;
  other income not considered to be directly related to interest-earning assets;
  interest expense on off-balance sheet instruments, or
  other expense not considered to be directly related to interest-bearing liabilities,
all of which are reflected in the corresponding interest income, interest expense and net interest result figures in the consolidated financial statements. Non-accrual loans are included in the respective average loan balances. Income on these loans is recognized on a cash basis. A reconciliation of the interest income, interest expense and net interest result figures to the corresponding line items in the consolidated financial statements is provided on the next page.
ASSETS
                                                         
Dutch GAAP           Interest-earning assets                      
                    2004                     2003        
            Average     Interest     Average     Average     Interest     Average  
            balance     income     yield     balance     income     yield  
            (EUR millions)     %   (EUR millions)   %  
Time deposits with banks
                                                       
domestic
            4,845       113       2.3       1,984       98       4.9  
foreign
            32,959       968       2.9       24,450       723       3.0  
Loans and advances
                                                       
domestic
            157,457       7,237       4.6       154,944       7,800       5.0  
foreign
            183,458       7,792       4.2       160,338       6,790       4.2  
Interestearning securities (1)
                                                       
domestic
            31,221       616       2.0       25,384       682       2.7  
foreign
            165,173       5,922       3.6       116,092       4,450       3.8  
Other interestearning assets
                                                       
domestic
            527       30       5.7       3,563       208       5.8  
foreign
            2,941       158       5.4       9,188       262       2.9  
 
                                               
Total
            578,581       22,836       3.9       495,943       21,013       4.2  
Non-interest earning assets
            22,276                       24,011                  
 
                                                   
Total assets (1)
            600,857                       519,954                  
 
                                                   
 
                                                       
Percentage of assets applicable to foreign operations
                    66.5 %                     64.9 %        
Other interest income (reconciliation to consolidated financial statements):
                                                       
amortized results investments (2)
                    157                       258          
lending commission
                    96                       96          
adjustment for interest on non-performing loans (3)
                    (84 )                     (123 )        
interest on off-balance instruments (4)
                    2,223                       2,187          
other
                    352                       371          
 
                                                   
Total interest income
                    25,580                       23,802          
 
                                                   

105


Table of Contents

LIABILITIES
                                                 
    Interest-earning liabilities                      
            2004                     2003        
    Average     Interest     Average     Average     Interest     Average  
    balance     expense     yield     balance     expense     yield  
Dutch GAAP   (EUR millions)   %     (EUR millions)   %  
Time deposits from banks
                                               
domestic
    26,131       590       2.3       19,829       666       3.4  
foreign
    50,522       1,111       2.2       36,870       771       2.1  
Demand deposits (5)
                                               
domestic
    32,210       176       0.6       32,694       219       0.7  
foreign
    26,992       423       1.6       23,867       391       1.6  
Time deposits (5)
                                               
domestic
    14,432       371       2.6       13,082       391       3.0  
foreign
    29,995       727       2.4       31,207       956       3.1  
Savings deposits (5)
                                               
domestic
    58,277       1,504       2.6       50,051       1,425       2.9  
foreign
    150,428       4,422       2.9       100,317       2,878       2.9  
Short term debt
                                               
domestic
    4,992       102       2.0       5,664       180       3.2  
foreign
    29,879       696       2.3       48,305       909       1.9  
Long term debt
                                               
domestic
    15,645       670       4.3       15,586       895       5.7  
foreign
    40,394       1,751       4.3       32,143       1,300       4.1  
Subordinated liabilities
                                               
domestic
    13,061       732       5.6       10,915       647       5.9  
foreign
    2,802       160       5.7       2,921       178       6.1  
Other interestbearing liabilities
                                               
domestic
    18,468       158       0.9       19,475       583       3.0  
foreign
    32,470       971       3.0       25,253       1,063       4.2  
 
                                       
Total
    546,698       14,564       2.7       468,179       13,452       2.9  
Non-interest bearing liabilities
    36,299                       34,587                  
 
                                           
Total Liabilities
    582,997                       502,766                  
Group Capital
    17,860                       17,188                  
 
                                           
Total liabilities and capital
    600,857                       519,954                  
 
                                           
 
                                               
Percentage of liabilities applicable to foreign operations
            64.9 %                     65.1 %        
Other interest expense
                                               
(reconciliation to consolidated financial statements):
                                               
interest on off-balance instruments
            2,078                       2,027          
other
            130                       208          
 
                                           
Total interest expense
            16,772                       15,687          
 
                                           
Total net interest result
            8,808                       8,115          
 
                                           
 
(1)   Substantially all interest-earning securities held by the banking operations of the Company are taxable securities.
 
(2)   Includes amortization of premiums and discounts and deferred realized gains and losses on sales of investments in debt securities on a straight-line basis over the estimated average remaining life of the portfolio.
 
(3)   Interest on non-performing loans is included when calculating the average yield in this table but excluded from interest income reported in the consolidated profit and loss account.
 
(4)   Includes amortization of deferred realized gains and losses on off-balance sheet hedging instruments on a straight line basis over the estimated average remaining life of the portfolio and interest accrued on hedging instruments, primarily on interest rate swaps.
 
(5)   These captions do not include deposits from banks.

106


Table of Contents

ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN NET INTEREST INCOME
The following table allocates changes in the Group’s interest income and expense and net interest result between changes in average balances and rates for the periods indicated. Changes due to a combination of volume and rate have been allocated to changes in average volume. The net changes in interest income, interest expense and net interest result, as calculated in this table, have been reconciled to the changes in interest income, interest expense and net interest result in the consolidated financial statements. See introduction to “Average Balances and Interest Rates” for a discussion of the differences between interest income, interest expense and net interest result as calculated in the following table and as set forth in the consolidated financial statements.
                         
IFRS-EU   2005 over 2004  
    Increase (decrease)  
    due to changes in  
    Average     Average     Net  
    volume     rate     change  
            (EUR millions)          
Interestearning assets
                       
Time deposits to banks
                       
domestic
    (28 )     87       59  
foreign
    (86 )     265       179  
Loans and advances
                       
domestic
    2,966       (1,819 )     1,147  
foreign
    2,698       601       3,299  
Interestearning securities
                       
Domestic
    83       332       415  
foreign
    397       454       851  
Other interestearning assets
                       
domestic
    12       (26 )     (14 )
foreign
    (22 )     (37 )     (59 )
Interest income
                       
domestic
    3,033       (1,426 )     1,607  
foreign
    2,987       1,283       4,270  
 
                 
Total
    6,020       (143 )     5,877  
 
                 
Other interest income (reconciliation to consolidated financial statements)
                    16,994  
 
                     
Total interest income
                    22,871  
 
                     

107


Table of Contents

                         
IFRS-EU   2005 over 2004  
    Increase (decrease)  
    due to changes in  
    Average     Average     Net  
    volume     rate     change  
    (EUR millions)  
Interest-bearing liabilities
                       
 
                       
Time deposits from banks
                       
 
                       
domestic
    156       212       368  
foreign
    (91 )     399       308  
Demand deposits
                       
domestic
    250       169       419  
foreign
    12       64       79  
Time deposits
                       
domestic
    60       54       114  
foreign
    (1 )     175       174  
Savings deposits
                       
domestic
    126       (136 )     (10 )
foreign
    1,423       363       1,786  
Short term debt
                       
domestic
    (44 )     30       (14 )
foreign
    (39 )     612       573  
Long term debt
                       
domestic
    (72 )     77       5  
foreign
    306       (20 )     286  
Subordinated liabilities
                       
domestic
    204       (16 )     188  
foreign
    (11 )     4       (7 )
Other interestbearing liabilities
                       
domestic
    164       453       617  
foreign
    379       (116 )     263  
Interest expense
                       
domestic
    844       843       1,687  
foreign
    1,981       1,481       3,462  
 
                 
Total
    2,825       2,324       5,149  
 
                 
 
                       
Other interest expense
                       
(reconciliation to consolidated financial statements)
                    17,259  
 
                     
Total interest expense
                    22,408  
 
                     
 
                       
Net interest
                       
domestic
    2,189       (2,269 )     (80 )
Foreign
    1,006       (198 )     808  
 
                 
Net interest
    3,195       (2,467 )     728  
 
                 
Other net interest result
                       
(reconciliation to consolidated financial statements)
                    (265 )
 
                     
Net interest result
                    463  
 
                     

108


Table of Contents

                         
Dutch GAAP   2004 over 2003  
    Increase (decrease)  
    due to changes in  
    Average     Average     Net  
    volume     rate     change  
    (EUR millions)  
Interest-earning assets
                       
Time deposits to banks
                       
domestic
    67       (52 )     15  
foreign
    250       (5 )     245  
Loans and advances
                       
domestic
    115       (678 )     (563 )
foreign
    982       20       1,002  
Interestearning securities
                       
domestic
    115       (181 )     (66 )
foreign
    1,760       (288 )     1,472  
Other interestearning assets
                       
domestic
    (172 )     (6 )     (178 )
foreign
    (335 )     231       (104 )
Interest income
                       
domestic
    125       (917 )     (792 )
foreign
    2,657       (42 )     2,615  
 
                 
Total
    2,782       (959 )     1,823  
 
                 
 
Other interest income
                       
(reconciliation to consolidated financial statements)
                    (45 )
 
                     
Total interest income
                    1,778  
 
                     

109


Table of Contents

                         
Dutch GAAP   2004 over 2003  
    Increase (decrease)  
    due to changes in  
    Average     Average     Net  
    volume     rate     change  
    (EUR millions)  
Interest-bearing liabilities
                       
Time deposits from banks
                       
domestic
    142       (218 )     (76 )
foreign
    300       40       340  
Demand deposits
                       
domestic
    (2 )     (41 )     (43 )
foreign
    49       (17 )     32  
Time deposits
                       
domestic
    35       (55 )     (20 )
foreign
    (30 )     (199 )     (229 )
Savings deposits
                       
domestic
    212       (133 )     79  
foreign
    1,473       71       1,544  
Short term debt
                       
domestic
    (14 )     (64 )     (78 )
foreign
    (430 )     217       (213 )
Long term debt
                       
domestic
    3       (228 )     (225 )
foreign
    358       93       451  
Subordinated liabilities
                       
domestic
    120       (35 )     85  
foreign
    (6 )     (12 )     (18 )
Other interestbearing liabilities
                       
domestic
    (9 )     (416 )     (425 )
foreign
    216       (308 )     (92 )
Interest expense
                       
domestic
    487       (1,190 )     (703 )
foreign
    1,930       (115 )     1,815  
 
                 
Total
    2,417       (1,305 )     1,112  
 
                 
 
                       
Other interest expense
                       
(reconciliation to consolidated financial statements)
                    (27 )
 
                     
 
                       
Total interest expense
                    1,085  
 
                     
 
                       
Net interest
                       
domestic
    (362 )     273       (89 )
Foreign
    727       73       800  
 
                 
Net interest
    365       346       711  
 
                 
Other net interest result
                       
(reconciliation to consolidated financial statements)
                    (18 )
 
                     
Net interest result
                    693  
 
                     

110


Table of Contents

INVESTMENTS OF THE GROUP’S BANKING OPERATIONS
The following table shows the balance sheet value under IFRS-EU of the investments of the Group’s banking operations for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004:
                 
IFRS-EU   Year ended December 31,  
    2005     2004  
      (EUR millions)
Debt securities available for sale
               
Dutch government
    6,052       5,688  
German government
    9,664       9,403  
Central banks
    159       180  
Belgian government
    15,711       14,829  
Other governments
    32,001       27,192  
Corporate debt securities
               
Banks and financial institutions
    29,418       34,530  
Other corporate debt securities
    3,815       15,867  
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
    1,424       1,953  
Other debt securities
    60,808       53,408  
 
           
Total debt securities available for sale
    159,052       163,050  
 
               
Debt securities held to maturity
               
Dutch government
    452          
German government
    792          
Central banks
               
Belgian government
               
Other governments
    767          
Corporate debt securities
               
Banks and financial institutions
    14,375          
Other corporate debt securities
    40          
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
    361          
Other debt securities
    2,150          
 
             
Total debt securities held to maturity
    18,937          
 
             
 
Shares and convertible debentures
    2,147       546  
Land and buildings (1)
    3,205       3,398  
 
           
Total
    183,340       166,994  
 
           
 
(1)   Including commuted ground rents

111


Table of Contents

The following table shows the balance sheet value under Dutch GAAP of the investments of the Group’s banking operations for the year ended December 31, 2003:
         
Dutch GAAP   Year ended  
    December 31,  
    2003  
    (EUR millions)  
Dutch government
    5,512  
German government
    7,211  
Central banks
    667  
Belgian government
    12,839  
Other governments
    21,152  
Corporate debt securities
       
Banks and financial institutions
    35,830  
Other corporate debt securities
    5,718  
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
    2,834  
Other debt securities
    24,267  
 
     
Total debt securities – available for sale
    116,030  
Shares and convertible debentures
    766  
Land and buildings (1)
    2,970  
 
     
Total
    119,766  
 
     
 
(1)   Including commuted ground rents
Banking investment strategy
ING’s investment strategy for its investment portfolio related to the banking activities is formulated by the Asset and Liability Committee (“ALCO”). The exposures of the investments to market rate movements are managed by modifying the asset and liability mix, either directly or through the use of derivative financial products including interest rate swaps, futures, forwards and purchased option positions such as interest rate caps, floors and collars. See “Item 11. Quantative and Qualitative Disclosure of Market Risk”.
The investment portfolio related to the banking activities primarily consists of fixed-interest securities. Approximately 29% of the land and buildings owned by ING Bank are wholly or partially in use by Group companies.
                                                 
    1 year or less             Between 1 and 5 years     Between 5 and 10 years  
    Book value     Yield(1)     Book value     Yield(1)     Book value     Yield(1)  
    (EUR     %     (EUR     %     (EUR     %  
    millions)             millions)             millions)          
Debt securities available for sale
                                               
Dutch government
    9       2.6       393       4.4       5,643       4.3  
German government
    318       4.2       2,674       4.0       6,660       3.9  
Belgian government
    519       4.9       8,340       5.5       6,407       5.1  
Central banks
    27       2.5       3       5.2       129       5.9  
Other governments
    5,144       3.6       11,717       4.3       13,326       3.8  
Banks and financial institutions
    4,051       3.8       14,733       3.3       9,925       3.4  
Corporate debt securities
    869       4.7       2,044       4.3       748       4.6  
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
    156       5.1       479       3.9       10       4.7  
Other debt securities
    4,059       3.6       14,447       3.6       10,510       3.7  
 
                                         
Total debt securities available for sale
    15,152       3.8       54,830       4.0       53,358       3.9  
 
                                         

112


Table of Contents

                         
    Over 10 years             Total  
    Book             Book  
    value             value  
    (EUR     Yield (1)     (EUR  
    millions)     %     millions)  
Debt securities available for sale
                       
Dutch government
    0               6,045  
German government
    7       6.5       9,659  
Belgian government
    448       5.0       15,714  
Central banks
    0               159  
Other governments
    1,827       4.9       32,014  
Banks and financial institutions
    727       3.6       29,436  
Corporate debt securities
    160       5.6       3,821  
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
    780       4.6       1,425  
Other debt securities
    31,763       4.3       60,779  
 
                   
Total debt securities available for sale
    35,712       4.4       159,052  
 
                   
 
(1)   Since substantially all investment securities held by the banking operations of the Company are taxable securities, the yields are on a tax- equivalent basis.
                                                 
    1 year or less             Between 1 and 5 years             Between 5 and 10 years  
    Book value             Book value             Book value        
    (EUR     Yield (1)     (EUR     Yield (1)     (EUR     Yield (1)  
    millions)     %     millions)     %     millions)     %  
Debt securities held to maturity
                                               
Dutch government
    452       3.0                                  
German government
                    199       3.3       593       4.1  
Belgian government
                                               
Central banks
                                               
Other governments
    201       3.0       103       4.1       463       4.7  
Banks and financial institutions
    615       4.2       5,090       4.0       8,323       4.0  
Corporate debt securities
                                    40       3.3  
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
    140       4.3       133       5.5       88       4.4  
Other debt securities
                    1,024       3.4       1,041       3.7  
 
                                         
Total debt securities held to maturity
    1,408       3.7       6,549       4.0       10,548       4.0  
 
                                         

113


Table of Contents

                         
    Over 10 years             Total  
    Book             Book  
    value             value  
    (EUR     Yield (1)     (EUR  
    millions)     %     millions)  
Debt securities held to maturity
                       
Dutch government
                    452  
German government
                    792  
Belgian government
                       
Central banks
                       
Other governments
                    767  
Banks and financial institutions
    347       4.5       14,375  
Corporate debt securities
                    40  
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies
                    361  
Other debt securities
    85       4.0       2,150  
 
                       
Total debt securities held to maturity
    432       4.3       18,937  
 
                   
 
(1)   Since substantially all investment securities held by the banking operations of the Company are taxable securities, the yields are on a tax- equivalent basis.
On December 31, 2005, ING Group also held the following securities for the banking operations that exceeded 10% of shareholders’ equity:
                 
    2005  
    Book value Market value  
    (EUR millions)  
Dutch government
    6,504       6,503  
Belgian government
    15,711       15,711  
German government
    10,456       10,478  

114


Table of Contents

LOAN PORTFOLIO
Loans and advances to banks and customers
Loans and advances to banks include all receivables from credit institutions, except for cash, current accounts and deposits with other banks (including central banks). Lending facilities to corporate and private customers encompass among others, loans, overdrafts and finance lease receivables. The following table sets forth the gross loans and advances to banks and customers as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 under IFRS-EU.
IFRS-EU
                 
    Year ended December 31,   
    2005     2004  
    (EUR millions)
By domestic offices:
               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    13,907       7,296  
Loans secured by mortgages
    111,257       103,594  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    4,573       7,323  
Other private lending
    9,943       6,420  
Other corporate lending
    80,540       35,897  
 
           
Total domestic offices
    220,220       160,530  
 
           
 
               
By foreign offices:
               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    17,535       17,118  
Loans secured by mortgages
    69,855       53,156  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    23,721       26,471  
Other private lending
    15,200       8,474  
Other corporate lending
    84,355       88,639  
 
           
Total foreign offices
    210,666       193,858  
 
           
 
               
Total gross loans and advances to banks and customers
    430,886       354,388  
 
           
The following table sets forth the gross loans and advances to banks and customers as of December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 under Dutch GAAP.
Dutch GAAP
                         
    Year ended December 31,
    2003     2002     2001  
    (EUR millions)
By domestic offices:
                       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    6,473       8,013       8,949  
Loans secured by mortgages
    94,125       86,932       78,789  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    8,367       7,103       8,356  
Other private lending
    7,009       8,201       3,775  
Other corporate lending
    36,861       42,083       35,060  
 
                 
Total domestic offices
    152,835       152,332       134,929  
 
                 
 
                       
By foreign offices:
                       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    16,603       15,750       13,398  
Loans secured by mortgages
    39,604       31,260       19,502  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    17,879       23,562       21,861  
Other private lending
    7,813       6,810       3,259  
Other corporate lending
    86,722       82,256       88,687  
 
                 
Total foreign offices
    168,621       159,638       146,707  
 
                 
 
                       
Total gross loans and advances to banks and customers
    321,456       311,970       281,636  
 
                 

115


Table of Contents

Maturities and sensitivity of loans to changes in interest rates
The following table analyzes loans and advances to banks and customers by time remaining until maturity as of December 31, 2005.
                                 
    1 year     1 year     After        
    or less     to 5 years     5 years     Total  
    (EUR millions)  
By domestic offices:
                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    3,952       1,192       8,763       13,907  
Loans secured by mortgages
    5,690       9,954       95,613       111,257  
Loans guaranteed by credit institutions
    1,941       1,010       1,622       4,573  
Other private lending
    6,323       733       2,887       9,943  
Other corporate lending
    60,446       9,434       10,660       80,540  
 
                       
Total domestic offices
    78,352       22,323       119,545       220,220  
 
                       
 
                               
By foreign offices:
                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    5,951       4,720       6,864       17,535  
Loans secured by mortgages
    7,878       13,737       48,240       69,855  
Loans guaranteed by credit institutions
    10,292       8,491       4,938       23,721  
Other private lending
    7,492       2,484       5,224       15,200  
Other corporate lending
    28,308       24,606       31,441       84,355  
 
                       
Total foreign offices
    59,921       54,038       96,707       210,666  
 
                       
Total gross loans and advances to banks and customers
    138,273       76,361       216,252       430,886  
 
                       
The following table analyzes loans and advances to banks and customers by interest rate sensitivity by maturity as of December 31, 2005
                         
    1 year or     Over 1        
    less     year     Total  
    (EUR millions)  
Interest non earning
    3,940       831       4,771  
Fixed interest rate
    64,877       86,639       151,516  
Semifixed interest rate(1)
    4,860       107,031       111,891  
Variable interest rate
    64,596       98,112       162,708  
 
                 
Total
    138,273       292,613       430,886  
 
                 
 
(1)   Loans that have an interest rate that remains fixed for more than one year and which can then be changed are classified as “semi-fixed”
Loan concentration
The following industry concentrations were in excess of 10% of total loans as of December 31, 2005:
         
    Total outstandings  
    (EUR millions)  
Service industry
    90,209  
Manufacturing
    54,561  
Financial institutions (1)
    40,501  
 
(1)   Excluding bank deposits given of approximately EUR 47 billion.

116


Table of Contents

Risk elements
Loans Past Due 90 days and Still Accruing Interest
Loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest are loans that are contractually past due 90 days or more as to principal or interest on which we continue to recognize interest income on an accrual basis in accordance with IFRS-EU.
Under IFRS-EU prior to the implementation of IAS 32 and IAS 39 and under Dutch GAAP, loans were placed on non-accrual status when a loan was in default as to payment of principal and interest for 90 days or more, or when, in the judgment of management, the accrual of interest should cease before 90 days. Any accrued, but unpaid, interest was reversed against the same period’s interest revenue. Interest payments received on a cash basis during the period were recorded as interest income.
In 2005 with the implementation of IAS 32 and IAS 39, once a loan has been written down as a result of an impairment loss, interest income is recognised using the rate of interest used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose of measuring the impairment loss. As all loans continue to accrue interest under IFRS-EU, the non-accrual loan status is no longer used to identify ING Group’s risk elements. Therefore, in 2005, no loans are reported as non-accrual and there is an increase in the amount of loans reported as Loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest, compared to the prior years reported, due to the interest accrual on impaired loans.
The following table sets forth the outstanding balance of the loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest and non-accrual loans for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 under IFRS-EU.
IFRS-EU
                 
    Year ended December 31,  
    2005     2004  
    (EUR millions)  
Loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest
               
Domestic
    1,664       577  
Foreign
    2,112       510  
 
           
Total loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest
    3,776       1,087  
 
           
 
               
Nonaccrual
               
Domestic
            1,143  
Foreign
            2,284  
 
               
Total non-accrual loans
            3,427  
 
               
Total loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest and non-accrual loans
    3,776       4,514  
 
           
As of December 31, 2005, approximately EUR 3.0 billion of the loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest have a loan loss provision. The remaining loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest have also been reviewed for impairment; however, based on our measurement of the impairment, no impairment loss has been determined. Total loans with a loan loss provision, including those loans classified as past due 90 days and still accruing interest with a provision and troubled debt restructurings with a provision, are approximately EUR 6.7 billion as of December 31, 2005.
The following table sets forth the outstanding balances of the loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest and non-accrual loans for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001 under Dutch GAAP.

117


Table of Contents

Dutch GAAP
                         
    Year ended December 31,
    2003     2002     2001  
    (EUR millions)  
Loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest
                       
Domestic
    830       986       1,083  
Foreign
    819       1,048       957  
 
                 
Total loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest
    1,649       2,034       2,040  
 
                 
 
                       
Non-accrual
                       
Domestic
    965       1,093       1,425  
Foreign
    2,599       3,044       2,613  
 
                 
Total non-accrual loans
    3,564       4,137       4,038  
 
                 
 
                       
Total loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest and non-accrual loans
    5,213       6,171       6,078  
 
                 
Troubled Debt Restructurings
Troubled debt restructurings are loans that we have restructured due to deterioration in the borrower’s financial position and in relation to which, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s deteriorated financial position, we have granted a concession to the borrower that we would not have otherwise granted.
The following table sets forth the outstanding balances of the troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 under IFRS-EU.
IFRS-EU
                 
    Year ended December 31,  
    2005     2004  
    (EUR millions)  
Troubled debt restructurings
               
Domestic
    495       197  
Foreign
    582       651  
 
           
Total troubled debt restructurings
    1,077       848  
 
           
The following table sets forth the outstanding balances of the troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2003, 2002 and 001 under Dutch GAAP.
Dutch GAAP
                         
    Year ended December 31,
    2003     2002     2001  
    (EUR millions)  
Troubled debt restructurings
                       
Domestic
    115       439       57  
Foreign
    516       461       1,054  
 
                 
Total troubled debt restructurings
    631       900       1,111  
 
                 
Interest Income on Troubled Debt Restructurings
The following table sets forth the gross interest income that would have been recorded during the year ended December 31, 2005 on troubled debt restructurings had such loans been current in accordance with their original contractual terms and interest income on such loans that was actually included in interest income during the year ended December 31, 2005.

118


Table of Contents

                         
    Year ended December 31, 2005
    Domestic     Foreign        
    Offices     Offices     Total  
    (EUR millions)  
Interest income that would have been recognized under the original contractual terms
    23       27       50  
Interest income recognized in the profit and loss account
    15       22       37  
Potential Problem Loans
Potential problem loans are loans that are not classified as loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest or troubled debt restructurings and amounted to EUR 4,134 million as of December 31, 2005. Of this total, EUR 3,038 million relates to domestic loans and EUR 1,096 million relates to foreign loans. These loans are considered potential problem loans as there is known information about possible credit problems causing us to have serious doubts as to the ability of the borrower to comply with the present loan repayment terms and which may result in classifying the loans as loans past due 90 days and still accruing interest or as troubled debt restructurings. Appropriate provisions, following ING Group’s credit risk rating system, have been established for these loans.
Cross-border outstandings
Cross-border outstandings are defined as loans (including accrued interest), acceptances, interest-earning deposits with other banks, other interest-earning investments and any other monetary assets that are denominated in euro or other non-local currency. To the extent that material local currency outstandings are not hedged or are not funded by local currency borrowings, such amounts are included in cross-border outstandings.
Guaranteed or secured loans are deducted from gross outstandings to arrive at net outstandings provided that political and transfer risks are also covered explicitly by the agreement. Commitments such as irrevocable letters of credit are not considered as cross border outstanding. Total outstandings are in line with Dutch Central Bank requirements. On December 31, 2005, there were no outstandings exceeding 1% of total assets in any country where current conditions give rise to liquidity problems which are expected to have a material impact on the timely repayment of interest or principal.
The following tables analyze cross-border outstandings as of the end of December 31, 2005 and 2004 under IFRS-EU, stating the name of the country and the aggregate amount of cross-border outstandings to borrowers in each foreign country where such outstandings exceed 1% of total assets, by the following categories.
IFRS-EU
                                                 
    Year ended December 31, 2005  
    Government     Banks & Other                              
    & official     financial     Commercial                     Cross-border  
    institutions     institutions     & industrial     Other     Total     Commitments  
    (EUR millions)
United Kingdom
    42       23,954       41,139       1,531       66,666       4,728  
United States
    538       6,027       32,154       3,192       41,911       12,148  
Germany
    8,605       12,677       2,744       3,840       27,866       3,445  
France
    5,398       7,931       4,659       1,391       19,379       5,067  
Italy
    10,407       3,618       4,589       449       19,063       1,031  
Spain
    4,946       6,101       5,785       917       17,749       1,592  

119


Table of Contents

IFRS-EU
                                                 
    Year ended December 31, 2004  
    Government     Banks & Other                              
    & official     financial     Commercial                     Cross-border  
    institutions     institutions     & industrial     Other     Total     Commitments  
    (EUR millions)
United Kingdom
    92       19,620       30,391       640       50,743       4,896  
Germany
    9,641       19,367       3,538       4,721       37,267       5,443  
United States
    507       3,097       19,462       3,998       27,064       11,266  
France
    5,245       8,185       3,664       649       17,743       3,095  
Spain
    3,850       8,595       2,566       1,449       16,460       1,964  
Italy
    6,753       5,008       2,725       423       14,909       964  
Belgium
    2,887       2,133       3,015       904       8,939       10,486  
The following tables analyze cross-border outstandings as of the end of December 31, 2003 under Dutch GAAP, stating the name of the country and the aggregate amount of cross-border outstandings to borrowers in each foreign country where such outstandings exceed 1% of total assets, by the following categories.
Dutch GAAP
                                                 
    Year ended December 31, 2003  
    Government     Banks & Other                              
    & official     financial     Commercial                     Cross-border  
    institutions     institutions     & industrial     Other     Total     Commitments  
    (EUR millions)
United Kingdom
    503       19,403       16,818       1,034       37,758       5,229  
Germany
    6,294       16,810       2,405       2,705       28,214       6,309  
United States
    193       3,295       18,066       324       21,878       10,514  
Spain
    2,157       9,760       1,490       221       13,628       1,848  
France
    2,926       5,725       3,388       699       12,738       3,079  
Italy
    4,141       4,384       2,440       409       11,374       910  
On December 31, 2005 under IFRS-EU, Ireland and Belgium had EUR 11,400 million and EUR 10,201 million, respectively, of cross-border outstandings between 0.75% and 1% of total assets. There were no cross-border outstandings between 0.75% and 1% of total assets, at year-end 2004.
On December 31, 2003 under Dutch GAAP, Belgium had EUR 6,888 million of cross-border outstandings between 0.75% and 1% of total assets.
Summary of Loan Loss Experience
The Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired and impairment losses are incurred if, and only if, there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (a ‘loss event’) and that loss event (or events) has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that can be reliably estimated.
Objective evidence that a financial asset or group of assets is impaired includes, but is not limited to:
  The borrower has sought or has been placed in bankruptcy or similar protection and this avoids or delays repayment of the financial asset.
 
  The borrower has failed in the repayment of principle, interest or fees and the payment failure has remained unsolved for a certain period.
 
  The borrower has evidenced significant financial difficulty, to the extent that it will have a negative impact on the future cash flows of the financial asset.
 
  The credit obligation has been restructured for non-commercial reasons. ING has granted concessions, for economic or legal reasons relating to the borrower’s financial difficulty, the effect of which is a reduction in the expected future cash flows of the financial asset.
The Group first assesses whether objective evidence of impairment exists individually for financial assets that are individually significant, and individually or collectively for financial assets that are not

120


Table of Contents

individually significant. If the Group determines that no objective evidence of impairment exists for an individually assessed financial asset, whether significant or not, it includes the asset in a group of financial assets with similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assesses them for impairment. Assets that are individually assessed for impairment and for which an impairment loss is or continues to be recognised are not included in a collective assessment of impairment.
If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss on assets carried at amortised cost has been incurred, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of an allowance account and the amount of the loss is recognised in the profit and loss account. If the asset has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the current effective interest rate determined under the contract.
For the purposes of a collective evaluation of impairment, financial assets are grouped on the basis of similar credit risk characteristics. Those characteristics are relevant to the estimation of future cash flows for groups of such assets by being indicative of the debtors’ ability to pay all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the assets being evaluated.
Future cash flows in a portfolio of financial assets that are collectively evaluated for impairment are estimated on the basis of the contractual cash flows of the assets in the portfolio and historical loss experience for assets with credit risk characteristics similar to those in the portfolio. Historical loss experience is adjusted on the basis of current observable data to reflect the effects of current conditions that did not affect the period on which the historical loss experience is based and to remove the effects of conditions in the historical period that do not exist currently.
When a loan is uncollectable, it is written off against the related provision for loan impairment. Such loans are written off after all the necessary procedures have been completed and the amount of the loss has been determined. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off decrease the amount of the provision for loan impairment and are recognised in the profit and loss account.
If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised (such as an improvement in the debtor’s credit rating), the previously recognised impairment loss is reversed by adjusting the allowance account. The amount of the reversal is recognised in the profit and loss account.
The application of the IFRS-EU methodology has reduced the amount of the unallocated provision for loan losses that ING Group provided in prior years to adequately capture various subjective and judgmental aspects of the credit risk assessment which were not considered on an individual basis.The net impact of the application of the IFRS-EU methodology on the loan loss provision of ING Group’s banking operations, including the reclassification from other assets for the provision for interest on impaired loans, was EUR (398) million as of January 1,2005.
The following table summarizes ING Group’s investments in impaired loans as of December 31. This table is incorporated by reference into the consolidated financial statements, note 2.4.10(b). In accordance with SFAS 114 Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan, small balance homogeneous loans such as consumer mortgages and loans and small business loans are excluded from the definition of impaired loans presented below.

121


Table of Contents

                 
    2005   2004
    (EUR millions)
Total gross impaired loans and advances to customers
    3,914       6,181  
Total gross impaired loans and advances to customers for which a related allowance exists
    3,700       4,545  
Allowance for impaired loans and advances to customers
    2,045       2,671  
Average total gross impaired loans and advances to customers
    4,056       6,480  
Interest income on impaired loans recognized in the period
    104       176  
Interest income on impaired loans recognized on a cash basis
    67       96  
The following table presents the movements in allocation of the provision for loan losses on loans accounted for as loans and advances to banks and customers for 2005 and 2004 under IFRS-EU.
                 
IFRS-EU   Calendar period  
    2005     2004  
    (EUR millions)  
Balance on January 1
    4,262       4,671  
Implementation IAS 32 and IAS 39 (1)
    (398 )        
Change in the composition of the Group
    (4 )     (38 )
Charge-offs:
               
Domestic:
               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
          (1 )
Loans secured by mortgages
    (8 )     (3 )
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    (12 )     (22 )
Other private lending
    (107 )     (57 )
Other corporate lending
    (164 )     (156 )
Foreign:
               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    (9 )     (13 )
Loans secured by mortgages
    (23 )     (31 )
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    (4 )     20  
Other private lending
    (78 )     (57 )
Other corporate lending
    (437 )     (589 )
 
           
Total charge-offs
    (842 )     (909 )
 
               
Recoveries:
               
Domestic:
               
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
          6  
Other private lending
    6       3  
Foreign:
               
Loans secured by mortgages
          (1 )
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
          23  
Other private lending
    39       11  
Other corporate lending
    16       42  
 
           
Total recoveries
    61       84  
 
           
Net chargeoffs
    (781 )     (825 )
 
               
Additions and other adjustments (included in value Adjustments to receivables of the Banking operations)
    234       454  
 
 
           
Balance on December 31
    3,313       4,262  
 
           
 
Ratio of net chargeoffs to average loans and advances to banks and customers
    0.17 %     0.24 %
 
(1)   Consists of release of unallocated provision for loan losses of EUR (592) million and reclassification from other assets for provision for interest on impaired loans of EUR 194 million.

122


Table of Contents

The following table presents the movements in allocation of the provision for loan losses on loans accounted for as loans and advances to banks and customers for 2003, 2002 and 2001under Dutch GAAP.
                         
Dutch GAAP   Year ended December 31,  
    2003     2002     2001  
    (EUR millions)  
Balance on January 1
    4,870       4,474       4,272  
Change in the composition of the Group
    104       93       (171 )
Chargeoffs:
                       
Domestic:
                       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
          (1 )      
Loans secured by mortgages
    (1 )     (4 )     (4 )
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    (27 )     (18 )        
Other private lending
    (65 )     (31 )     (31 )
Other corporate lending
    (166 )     (211 )     (166 )
Foreign:
                       
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    (1 )            
Loans secured by mortgages
    (30 )     (8 )     (1 )
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    (10 )     (3 )     (9 )
Other private lending
    (105 )     (32 )     (1 )
Other corporate lending
    (797 )     (530 )     (391 )
 
                 
Total charge-offs
    (1,202 )     (838 )     (603 )
 
                       
Recoveries:
                       
Domestic:
                       
Loans secured by mortgages
                3  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    7       4        
Other private lending
    9       2       4  
Other corporate lending
          3       8  
Foreign:
                       
Loans secured by mortgages
          2        
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    4              
Other private lending
    10       7        
Other corporate lending
    19       15       23  
 
                 
Total recoveries
    49       33       38  
 
                 
Net charge-offs
    (1,153 )     (805 )     (565 )
 
Additions and other adjustments (included in value Adjustments to receivables of the Banking operations), excluding foreign currency exchange
    850       1,108       938  
 
                 
Balance on December 31
    4,671       4,870       4,474  
 
                 
 
Ratio of net charge-offs to average loans and advances to banks and customers
    0.37 %     0.27 %     0.22 %
Additions to the provision for loan losses presented in the table above were influenced by developments in general economic conditions as well as certain individual exposures.
The following table shows the allocation of the provision for loan losses on loans accounted for as loans and advances to banks and customers for 2005 and 2004 under IFRS-EU:

123


Table of Contents

                                 
IFRS-EU   Year ended December 31,  
    2005             2004        
    EUR     %(1)     EUR     %(1)  
    (EUR millions)  
Domestic:
                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    1       3.23       1       2.06  
Loans secured by mortgages
    93       25.82       198       29.23  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
            1.06               2.07  
Other private lending
    230       2.31       181       1.81  
Other corporate lending
    594       18.69       692       10.13  
Total domestic
    918       51.11       1,072       45.30  
Foreign:
                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    2       4.07       36       4.83  
Loans secured by mortgages
    273       16.20       213       15.00  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    13       5.51       23       7.47  
Other private lending
    408       3.53       344       2.39  
Other corporate lending
    1,699       19.58       2,574       25.01  
 
                       
Total foreign
    2,395       48.89       3,190       54.70  
 
                       
Total
    3,313       100.00       4,262       100.00  
 
                       
 
(1)   The percentages represent the loans in each category as a percentage of the total loan portfolio for loans and advances to banks and customers.
The following table shows the allocation of the provision for loan losses on loans accounted for as loans and advances to banks and customers for 2003, 2002 and 2001 under Dutch GAAP:
                                                 
Dutch GAAP   Year ended December 31,  
    2003             2002             2001        
    EUR     %(1)     EUR     %(1)     EUR     %(1)  
    (EUR millions)  
Domestic:
                                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
            2.00       31       2.56               3.18  
Loans secured by mortgages
    164       29.15       120       27.87       112       29.01  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
            2.59               2.28               2.96  
Other private lending
    258       2.17       199       2.63       107       1.34  
Other corporate lending
    728       11.83       649       13.49       742       11.42  
Total domestic
    1,150       47.75       999       48.83       961       47.91  
Foreign:
                                               
Loans guaranteed by public authorities
    30       5.14       47       5.05       68       4.76  
Loans secured by mortgages
    238       12.27       73       10.02       41       6.92  
Loans to or guaranteed by credit institutions
    28       5.54       90       7.55       43       7.76  
Other private lending
    385       2.42       145       2.18       181       1.16  
Other corporate lending
    2,840       26.89       3,516       26.37       3,180       31.49  
 
                                   
Total foreign
    3,521       52.25       3,871       51.17       3,513       52.09  
 
                                   
Total
    4,671       100.00       4,870       100.00       4,474       100.00  
 
                                   
 
(1)   The percentages represent the loans in each category as a percentage of the total loan portfolio for loans and advances to banks and customers.
DEPOSITS
The aggregate average balance of all the Group’s interest-bearing deposits (from banks and customer accounts) increased by 18.52% to EUR 523,761 million for 2005, compared to 2004. Interest rates paid reflect market conditions. The effect on net interest income depends upon competitive pricing and the level of interest income that can be generated through the use of funds.
Deposits by banks are primarily time deposits, the majority of which are raised by the Group’s Amsterdam based money market operations in the world’s major financial markets.

124


Table of Contents

Certificates of deposit represent 15% of the category ‘Debt securities’ (22% at the end of 2004). These instruments are issued as part of liquidity management with maturities generally of less than three months.
The following table includes the average deposit balance by category of deposit and the related average rate for the years 2005 and 2004 under IFRS-EU.
                                 
IFRS-EU   2005             2004        
    Average     Average     Average     Average  
    deposit     rate     deposit     rate  
    (EUR millions)     %(EUR millions)     %  
Deposits by banks In domestic offices:
                               
Demand – non-interest bearing
    2,094               72          
  – interest bearing
    5,477       3.1       3,928       2.1  
Time
    28,584       2.9       35,506       2.2  
Total domestic offices
    36,155               39,506          
In foreign offices:
                               
Demand – non-interest bearing
    1,463               1,998          
  – interest bearing
    21,199       3.6       23,307       1.9  
Time
    55,329       3.1       50,764       2.6  
 
                           
Total foreign offices
    77,991               76,069          
 
                           
Total deposits by banks
    114,146               115,575          
 
                           
 
                               
Customer accounts
                               
In domestic offices:
                               
Demand – non-interest bearing
    11,032               11,216          
  – interest bearing
    93,705       1.5       49,275       1.8  
Savings
    27,354       3.8       26,220       3.1  
Time
    20,047       3.5       29,501       2.7  
Total domestic offices
    152,138               116,212          
In foreign offices:
                               
Demand – non-interest bearing
    2,139               1,631          
  – interest bearing
    34,402       1.7       34,015       1.4  
Savings
    189,235       3.1       146,358       2.9  
Time
    48,429       3.3       43,027       2.7  
 
                           
Total foreign offices
    274,205               225,031          
 
                           
Total customers accounts
    426,343               341,243          
 
                           
 
                               
Debt securities
                               
In domestic offices:
                               
Debentures
    7,300       4.5       12,538       3.7  
Certificates of deposit
    2,307       3.7       3,711       3.2  
Other
    1,237       2.6       3,179       3.1  
Total domestic offices
    10,844               19,428          
In foreign offices:
                               
Debentures
    17,090       4.0       14,052       4.7  
Certificates of deposit
    8,707       4.1       12,113       3.1  
Other
    35,466       3.0       26,120       2.5  
 
                           
Total foreign offices
    61,263               52,285          
 
                           
Total debt securities
    72,107               71,713          
 
                           
For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, the aggregate amount of deposits by foreign depositors in domestic offices was EUR 46,126 million and EUR 34,801 million, respectively.

125


Table of Contents

The following table includes the average deposit balance by category of deposit and the related average rate for the years 2003 under Dutch GAAP.
                 
Dutch GAAP   2003  
    Average     Average  
    deposit     rate  
    (EUR millions)     %  
Deposits by banks In domestic offices:
               
Demand – non-interest bearing
    10          
  – interest bearing
    2,911       1.8  
Time
    32,104       2.2  
 
             
Total domestic offices
    35,025          
In foreign offices:
               
Demand – non-interest bearing
    2,470          
  – interest bearing
    20,846       1.7  
Time
    47,733       2.3  
 
             
Total foreign offices
    71,049          
 
             
Total deposits by banks
    106,074          
 
             
 
               
Customer accounts
               
In domestic offices:
               
Demand – non-interest bearing
    12,197          
  – interest bearing
    46,710       1.9  
Savings
    24,443       1.3  
Time
    27,601       3.0  
 
             
Total domestic offices
    110,951          
In foreign offices:
               
Demand — non-interest bearing
    3,036          
  — interest bearing
    34,057       1.8  
Savings
    96,055       2.8  
Time
    45,887       3.1  
 
             
Total foreign offices
    179,035          
 
             
Total customers accounts
    289,986          
 
             
 
               
Debt securities
               
In domestic offices:
               
Debentures
    7,871       4.5  
Certificates of deposit
    4,084       3.4  
Other
    3,174       3.6  
 
             
Total domestic offices
    15,129          
In foreign offices:
               
Debentures
    14,994       4.5  
Certificates of deposit
    17,741       2.7  
Other
    22,910       2.4  
 
             
Total foreign offices
    55,645          
 
             
Total debt securities
    70,774          
 
             
For the year ended December 31, 2003, the aggregate amount of deposits by foreign depositors in domestic offices was EUR 33,874 million.

126


Table of Contents

On December 31, 2005, the maturity of domestic time certificates of deposit and other time deposits, exceeding EUR 20,000, was:
                                 
    Time certificates of deposit             Other time deposits  
    (EUR millions)     %     (EUR millions)     %  
                             
3 months or less
    3,154       90.3       47,281       87.0  
6 months or less but over 3 months
    91       2.6       2,127       3.9  
12 months or less but over 6 months
    106       3.0       1,776       3.3  
Over 12 months
    142       4.1       3,179       5.8  
 
                       
Total
    3,493       100       54,363       100  
 
                       
The following table shows the amount outstanding for time certificates of deposit and other time deposits exceeding EUR 20,000 issued by foreign offices on December 31, 2005.
         
    (EUR millions)  
Time certificates of deposit
    10,022  
Other time deposits
    94,717  
 
     
Total
    104,739  
 
     
Short-term Borrowings
Short-term borrowings are borrowings with an original maturity of one year or less. Commercial paper and securities sold under repurchase agreements are the only significant categories of short-term borrowings within our banking operations.
The following table sets forth certain information relating to the categories of our short-term borrowings under IFRS-EU for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004.
                 
IFRS-EU   Year ended December 31,
    2005   2004
    (EUR millions)
    except % data)
Commercial paper:
               
Balance at the end of the year
    22,836       15.904  
Monthly average balance outstanding during the year
    21,314       15,027  
Maximum balance outstanding at any period end during the year
    23,265       16,436  
Weighted average interest rate during the year
    3.86 %     2.01 %
Weighted average interest rate on balance at the end of the year
    3.60 %     1.90 %
 
               
Securities sold under repurchase agreements:
               
Balance at the end of the year
    79,609       62,098  
Monthly average balance outstanding during the year
    77,611       46,986  
Maximum balance outstanding at any period end during the year
    95,616       62,098  
Weighted average interest rate during the year
    2.38 %     1.56 %
Weighted average interest rate on balance at the end of the year
    2.32 %     1.18 %

127


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth certain information relating to the categories of our short-term borrowings under Dutch GAAP for the year ended December 31, 2003:
         
Dutch GAAP   Year ended
    December 31,
    2003
    (EUR millions)
    except % data)
Commercial paper:
       
Balance at the end of the year
    14,750  
Monthly average balance outstanding during the year
    12,176  
Maximum balance outstanding at any period end during the year
    15,680  
Weighted average interest rate during the year
    1.66 %
Weighted average interest rate on balance at the end of the year
    1.28 %
 
       
Securities sold under repurchase agreements:
       
Balance at the end of the year
    34,702  
Monthly average balance outstanding during the year
    40,184  
Maximum balance outstanding at any period end during the year
    45,754  
Weighted average interest rate during the year
    2.32 %
Weighted average interest rate on balance at the end of the year
    2.68 %

128


Table of Contents

INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         
    F –2  
 
       
    F – 3  
 
       
    F – 4  
 
       
    F – 5  
 
       
    F – 7  
 
       
    F – 8  
 
       
    F – 30  
 
       
    F – 30  
 
       
    F – 62  
 
       
    F – 76  
 
       
    F – 93  
 
       
    F – 100  
 
       
    F – 102  
 
       
    F – 122  
 
       
    F – 132  
 
       
    F – 152  
 
       
    F – 153  
 
       
    F – 154  
 
       
    F – 159  
 
       
    F – 160  
 
       
    F – 161  
 
       
    F – 162  

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Supervisory Board and the Executive Board of ING Groep N.V.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ING Groep N.V. (“ING Group”) as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated profit and loss accounts, consolidated statements of cash flows and consolidated statements of changes in equity for the years then ended. Our audits also included the financial statement schedules listed in the Index at Item 18. These financial statements and schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedules based on our audits. We did not serve as principal auditor of the consolidated financial statements of ING Bank N.V., a wholly owned subsidiary. In our position we did not audit capital base, as defined in note 2.1.4 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements, constituting 36% in 2005 and 42% in 2004 and net profit constituting 45% in 2005 and 31% in 2004 of the related consolidated totals of ING Groep N.V. These data were reported on by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to data included for ING Bank N.V. is based solely on the report of the other auditors.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States of America). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedure that are appropriate in circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. Our audits also included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts (including the conversion of the financial statements of ING Group to US generally accepted accounting principles and the conversion of the financial statements of ING Belgium N.V./S.A. to International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union) and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits and the report of the other auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, based on our audits and the report of the other auditors, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the ING Group as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the consolidated results of its operations, and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
As discussed in section “Changes in accounting principles” on page F-8 in Note 2.1.1 to the consolidated financial statements, ING Group changed its accounting for financial instruments and certain insurance contracts effective January 1, 2005.
International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union vary in certain significant respects from U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in Note 2.4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Amsterdam, the Netherlands
24 March, 2006
Ernst & Young Accountants

F-2


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET OF ING GROUP AS AT DECEMBER 31,
Before profit appropriation
                 
    Amounts in millions of euros  
    2005     2004  
ASSETS
               
Cash and balances with central banks (1)
    13,084       9,113  
Amounts due from banks (2)
    47,466       45,084  
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss (3)
               
- trading assets
    149,187       79,649  
- investments for risk of policyholders
    100,961       77,662  
- non-trading derivatives
    7,766          
- designated as at fair value through profit or loss
    10,230          
- other
            3,334  
Investments (4)
               
- available-for-sale
    305,707       276,331  
- held-to-maturity
    18,937          
Loans and advances to customers (5)
    439,181       330,458  
Reinsurance contracts (17)
    8,285       6,744  
Investments in associates (6)
    3,622       2,663  
Investment property (7)
    5,031       7,151  
Property and equipment (8)
    5,757       5,783  
Intangible assets (9)
    3,661       594  
Deferred acquisition costs (10)
    9,604       10,428  
Other assets (11)
    30,160       21,397  
 
           
Total assets
    1,158,639       876,391  
 
           
 
               
EQUITY
               
Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company
    36,736       24,069  
Third-party interests
    1,689       3,481  
 
           
Group equity (12)
    38,425       27,550  
 
               
LIABILITIES
               
Preference shares (13)
    296          
Subordinated loans (14)
    6,096       4,109  
Debt securities in issue (15)
    81,262       79,012  
Other borrowed funds (16)
    32,252       23,712  
Insurance and investment contracts (17)
    263,487       216,851  
Amounts due to banks (18)
    122,234       95,878  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit (19)
    465,712       349,241  
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss (20)
               
- trading liabilities
    92,058       53,841  
- non-trading derivatives
    6,248          
- designated as at fair value through profit or loss
    11,562          
Other liabilities (21)
    39,007       26,197  
 
           
Total liabilities
    1,120,214       848,841  
 
               
 
           
Total equity and liabilities
    1,158,639       876,391  
 
           
References relate to the notes starting on page F-30 which form an integral part of the consolidated annual accounts.

F-3


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT OF ING GROUP
For the years ended December 31,
                 
    Amounts in millions of euros  
    2005     2004  
INCOME
               
Interest income banking operations
    48,176       25,448  
Interest expense banking operations
    39,109       16,707  
 
           
Interest result banking operations (22)
    9,067       8,741  
Premium income (23)
    45,758       43,617  
Income from investments (24)
    9,915       9,730  
Gains and losses from investments (25)
    930       649  
Commission income (26)
    3,747       3,779  
Valuation results from non-trading derivatives (27)
    47          
Net trading income (28)
    426       888  
Other income (29)
    1,251       755  
 
           
Total income
    71,141       68,159  
 
               
EXPENSES
               
Underwriting expenditure (30)
    47,120       45,384  
Additions to the provision for loan losses (5)
    109       453  
Other impairments (31)
    76       22  
Staff costs (32)
    7,646       7,667  
Other interest expenses (33)
    969       1,019  
Other operating expenses (34)
    6,327       5,874  
 
           
Total expenditure
    62,247       60,419  
 
               
 
           
Profit before tax
    8,894       7,740  
 
               
Taxation (35)
    1,379       1,709  
 
           
Profit for the period (before third-party interests)
    7,515       6,031  
 
           
 
               
Attribution:
               
Net profit attributable to equity holders of the Company
    7,210       5,755  
Third-party interests
    305       276  
 
           
Profit for the period
    7,515       6,031  
 
           
                 
    Amounts in euros  
    2005     2004  
Earnings per ordinary share attributable to equity holders of the Company (36)
    3.32       2.71  
Diluted earnings per ordinary share (36)
    3.32       2.71  
Dividend per ordinary share (37)
    1.18       1.07  
References relate to the notes starting on page F-76 which form an integral part of the consolidated annual accounts.

F-4


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS OF ING GROUP
For the years ended December 31,
                 
    Amounts in millions of euros  
    2005     2004  
Profit before tax
    8,894       7,740  
Adjusted for
               
– depreciation
    1,278       563  
– amortization of deferred acquisition costs and VOBA
    (1,141 )     (858 )
– increase in provisions for insurance and investment contracts
    21,250       13,244  
– additions to the provision for loan losses
    109       453  
– other
    (1,303 )     4,479  
Taxation paid
    (1,398 )     (1,163 )
Movements in
               
– amounts due from banks, not available on demand
    (720 )     (1,206 )
– trading assets
    (29,925 )     (4,417 )
– non-trading derivatives
    2,596          
– other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
    (2,193 )     (14 )
– loans and advances to customers
    (62,709 )     (34,737 )
– other assets
    (7,551 )     336  
– amounts due to banks, not payable on demand
    19,405       21,986  
– customer deposits and other funds on deposit
    62,089       64,555  
– trading liabilities
    13,442          
– other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
    8,398          
– other liabilities
    3,228       4,141  
 
           
Net cash flow from operating activities
    33,749       75,102  
Investment and advances
               
– associates and group companies
    (1,109 )     (2,643 )
– available-for-sale investments
    (260,769 )     (262,293 )
– held-to-maturity investments
    (1,030 )        
– investment property
    (1,156 )     (1,169 )
– property and equipment
    (540 )     (380 )
– assets subject to operating leases
    (991 )     (950 )
– investments for the risk of policyholders
    (41,781 )     (34,467 )
– other investments
    (164 )     (103 )
Disposals and redemptions
               
– associates and group companies
    1,761       1,520  
– available-for-sale investments
    218,847       197,070  
– held-to-maturity investments
    245          
– investment property
    1,030       1,123  
– property and equipment
    483       192  
– assets subject to operating leases
    391       388  
– investments for the risk of policyholders
    34,464       29,382  
– other investments
    13       65  
 
           
Net cash flow from investing activities (38)
    (50,306 )     (72,265 )
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated loans
    1,901       1,000  
Repayments of subordinated loans
    (177 )     (410 )
Borrowed funds and debt securities
    7,842       26  
Deposits by reinsurers
    93       309  
Issuance of ordinary shares
    114       1,037  
Dividends paid
    (2,461 )     (883 )
 
           
Net cash flow from financing activities
    7,312       1,079  
 
               
Net cash flow (39)
    (9,245 )     3,916  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    11,588       7,715  
Implementation IAS 32/39
    692          
Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    300       (43 )
 
           
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
    3,335       11,588  

F-5


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS OF ING GROUP (CONTINUED)
For the years ended December 31,
                 
    Amounts in millions of euros  
    2005     2004  
Cash and cash equivalents comprises the following items Treasury bills and other eligible bills 39
    11,572       12,382  
Amounts due from/to banks
    (21,321 )     (9,907 )
Cash and balances with central banks
    13,084       9,113  
 
           
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
    3,335       11,588  
 
           
References relate to the notes starting on page F-100 which form an integral part of the consolidated annual accounts

F-6


Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY OF ING GROUP
For the years ended December 31,
                                                 
              Amounts in millions of euros              
                                    Currency        
            Share     Share     Revaluation     translation     Other  
    Total     capital     premium     reserve     reserve     reserves  
Balance as at January 1, 2004
    19,340       612       8,064       1,199               9,465  
Unrealized revaluations after taxation
                                               
- revaluations
    717                       795               (78 )
- transferred to profit and loss (realized)
    (587 )                     (737 )             150  
Exchange differences
    (756 )                             (184 )     (572 )
 
                                   
Total amount recognized directly in equity
    (626 )                     58       (184 )     (500 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
Net profit for the period
    5,755                                       5,755  
 
                                       
 
    5,129                       58       (184 )     5,255  
 
                                               
Dividend (1)
    (2,094 )     16       (1,227 )                     (883 )
Purchases/sales of treasury shares
    1,694       6       1,688                          
 
                                   
Balance as at December 31, 2004
    24,069       634       8,525       1,257       (184 )     13,837  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Implementation IAS 32/39 and IFRS 4
    4,103       (104 )     (191 )     7,538       (556 )     (2,584 )
Unrealized revaluations after taxation
                                               
- revaluations
    2,514                       2,148       489       (123 )
- transferred to profit and loss (realized)
    (663 )                     (663 )                
- unrealized revaluations transferred to deferred profit sharing liabilities and DAC
    (89 )                     (89 )                
Unrealized revaluations from cash flow hedges
                                               
- revaluations
    764                       764                  
Employee stock option and share plans
    63                                       63  
Exchange differences
    1,217                       251       919       47  
 
                                   
Total amount recognized directly in equity
    3,806                       2,411       1,408       (13 )
 
                                               
Net profit for the period
    7,210                                       7,210  
 
                                       
 
    11,016                       2,411       1,408       7,197  
 
                                               
Dividend (2)
    (2,461 )                                     (2,461 )
Exercise of warrants and options
    9               9                          
 
                                   
Balance as at December 31, 2005
    36,736       530       8,343       11,206       668       15,989  
 
                                   
 
(1)   2003 final dividend of EUR 0.49 per ordinary share and 2004 interim dividend of EUR 0.49 per ordinary share.
 
(2)   2004 final dividend of EUR 0.58 per ordinary share and 2005 interim dividend of EUR 0.54 per ordinary share.
In 2005, deferred taxes with regard to unrealized revaluations amounted to EUR 363 million (2004: EUR (48) million).

F-7


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.1.   NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
2.1.1.   ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES FOR THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET AND PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT OF ING GROUP
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
ING Group applies International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union (“EU”).
ING Group has not early adopted any new International Financial Reporting Standards. Recently issued standards that become effective after 2005 are not expected to have a material effect on equity or profit for the period.
International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU provide several options in accounting principles. ING Group’s accounting principles under International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU and its decision on the options available are set out in the section “Principles of valuation and determination of results” below.
In this document the term “IFRS-EU” is used to refer to International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU including the decisions ING Group made with regard to the options available under International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU.
CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
ING Group applies IFRS as adopted by the EU as of 2005. The 2004 comparatives have been restated to comply with IFRS-EU. However, as permitted by IFRS 1, ING Group has not restated the 2004 comparatives for the impact of IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4. Accordingly, comparative information with respect to financial instruments and insurance contracts is prepared under ING Group’s previous accounting policies (Dutch GAAP). As a result, certain comparative information relating to financial instruments and insurance contracts is not presented. The effects of implementing IFRS-EU are set out below under “Impact of changes in accounting principles on net profit and equity”.
ING Group has implemented IFRS-EU retrospectively, using the following transitional provisions:
  Goodwill is only capitalized on acquisitions after January 1, 2004. Accounting for acquisitions before that date has not been restated; goodwill on those acquisitions was charged directly to shareholders’ equity.
 
  Hedge accounting is applied to all hedge relationships that were accounted for as a hedge under Dutch GAAP and meet the IAS 39 criteria for hedge accounting as of January 1, 2005.
 
  Unrecognized actuarial results on employee benefit plans were recognized directly in equity at January 1, 2004.
 
  The cumulative translation differences reserve in equity was reset to nil at January 1, 2004.
 
  IFRS 2 (share-based payments) is applied for awards issued after November 7, 2002, that have not vested by January 1, 2005.

F-8


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
IMPACT OF CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES ON NET PROFIT AND EQUITY
The impact of implementing IFRS-EU on equity and net profit is summarized as follows:
Impact of changes in accounting principles :
                                         
                    Group                
            Group     equity             Group  
            equity     December     Impact     equity  
    Net profit     January 1,     31,     IAS 32/39     January 1,  
    2004     2004     2004(1)     and IFRS 4     2005(2)  
Amounts in accordance with Dutch GAAP
    5,968       24,844       29,361               29,361  
Goodwill
    25               139               139  
Property
    (407 )     (74 )     (72 )             (72 )
Employee benefits
    107       (3,169 )     (3,017 )             (3,017 )
Leases
            (37 )     (37 )             (37 )
Available-for-sale debt securities
                            9,922       9,922  
Insurance provisions
            59       59       (3,126 )     (3,067 )
Derivatives/hedge accounting/fair value option
                            (977 )     (977 )
Loans and advances to customers
                            465       465  
Loan loss provisions
                            623       623  
Venture capital investments
                            90       90  
Foreign currency translation
    (20 )                                
Result on sale of group companies
    42                                  
Other
    (23 )     82       49       (35 )     14  
Taxation
    63       1,148       1,082       (2,460 )     (1,378 )
Classification of equity instruments – shareholders’ equity
                            (399 )     (399 )
 
                             
IFRS-EU impact on net profit and shareholders’ equity
    (213 )     (1,991 )     (1,797 )     4,103       2,306  
Classification of equity instruments – third-party interest
                            (1,442 )     (1,442 )
Third-party interests in equity
                    (14 )     56       42  
 
                             
IFRS-EU impact on net profit and group equity
    (213 )     (1,991 )     (1,811 )     2,717       906  
 
                             
Amounts in accordance with IFRS-EU
    5,755       22,853       27,550       2,717       30,267  
 
                             
 
(1)   IFRS as adopted by the EU, excluding IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4.
 
(2)   IFRS as adopted by the EU, including IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4.
In finalising the transition to IFRS as adopted by the EU, certain changes were made to the transition impact disclosed earlier. These changes include the implementation of the fair value option in 2005. These changes were insignificant, both individually and in aggregate.
Transition impact:
                                         
                    Group                
            Group     equity             Group  
            equity     December     Impact     equity  
    Net profit     January 1,     31,     IAS 32/39     January 1,  
    2004     2004     2004     and IFRS 4     2005  
Disclosed earlier
    (213 )     (1,991 )     (1,801 )     4,222       2,421  
Impact of changes:
                                       
Implementation of the fair value option in 2005
                            (160 )     (160 )
Other changes
                    4       41       45  
 
                             
Total impact of changes
                    4       (119 )     (115 )
 
                                       
Final
    (213 )     (1,991 )     (1,797 )     4,103       2,306  
 
                             

F-9


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
EXPLANATION OF DIFFERENCES BETWEEN IFRS-EU AND Dutch GAAP
The explanation of differences in accounting principles between IFRS-EU (applied as of 2005) and the accounting principles applied by ING Group in the 2004 annual accounts (Dutch GAAP) is presented below in two sections:
  differences between Dutch GAAP and IFRS-EU excluding IAS 32/39 and IFRS 4, which were implemented in the restated 2004 comparatives as of January 1, 2004;
 
  differences due to the impact of IAS 32/39 and IFRS 4 which were implemented as of January 1, 2005.
DIFFERENCES BETWEEN Dutch GAAP AND IFRS EXCLUDING IAS 32/39 AND IFRS 4
Goodwill
Under Dutch GAAP, goodwill was charged to equity. Under IFRS-EU, all goodwill arising after January 1, 2004 is capitalized and subject to an annual impairment review. Goodwill charged to equity prior to January 1, 2004 was not restated.
Investment property
Under IFRS-EU, investment property is reported at fair value, with changes in fair value reported in the profit and loss account. Under Dutch GAAP, investment property was reported at fair value, with changes in fair value reported in a revaluation reserve in equity; at disposal, the accumulated revaluation was recognized in the profit and loss account under Dutch GAAP.
Property in own use
Both under IFRS-EU and Dutch GAAP, property in own use is reported at fair value, with changes in fair value reported in a revaluation reserve in equity. However, under IFRS-EU a depreciation charge is recognized in the profit and loss account. At disposal, the accumulated revaluation was recognized in the profit and loss account under Dutch GAAP. Under IFRS, no result is recognized on disposal. Furthermore, under IFRS-EU individually negative revaluation reserves on a property-by-property basis are charged to the profit and loss account; under Dutch GAAP negative revaluation reserves were offset against positive revaluation reserves.
Property under development for third parties
Both under IFRS-EU and Dutch GAAP, property in the course of construction is reported at cost and profit is recognized on completion date. However, IFRS-EU is more restrictive on the overhead expenses that may be capitalized and the definition of the completion date is different under IFRS-EU.
Employee benefits
Accounting for pension liabilities under Dutch GAAP was similar to IFRS-EU; however, at transition to IFRS-EU all unrecognized actuarial gains and losses were charged to shareholders’ equity. Under IFRS-EU additional provisions for certain employee benefits are required.
Employee benefits – share-based payments
Under IFRS-EU, the fair value of shares and options granted to employees is recognized in the profit and loss account over the vesting period of the award. The majority of the share-based payments are equity-settled. Under Dutch GAAP the intrinsic value was recognized in the profit and loss account.
Leases
Under Dutch GAAP, operating leases where ING is the lessor were presented as Loans and advances to customers. Under IFRS-EU, these are presented as property and equipment, with depreciation recognized in the profit and loss account on a straight-line basis. All bonuses/discounts are amortized over the lease term under IFRS-EU whilst under Dutch GAAP they were reported in income immediately.
Insurance provisions
Where deferred acquisition costs are amortized over the lives of policies in relation to the emergence of estimated gross profits, the amortization is adjusted for the effect of the differences between Dutch GAAP and IFRS-EU.

F-10


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Foreign currency translation
Under Dutch GAAP, translation differences on insurance liabilities and related investments were recorded in equity. Under IFRS-EU, both are recognized in the profit and loss account. Both under IFRS-EU and Dutch GAAP translation differences on foreign operations are reported in a translation reserve in equity; however, at transition to IFRS-EU the translation differences reserve was reset to nil.
Result on sale of consolidated subsidiaries
The result on sale under IFRS-EU is different from Dutch GAAP as the book value at the time of disposal under IFRS-EU differs from Dutch GAAP. This specifically relates to a negative revaluation on property in own use that under IFRS-EU was charged to the profit and loss account in 2004, whereas it was included in the result on disposal under Dutch GAAP (also in 2004). The effect included in Result on sale of consolidated subsidiaries is offset by an opposite amount included in Property, the total effect on 2004 net profit is nil.
Taxation
Deferred taxation was adjusted for the (deferred) tax effect of the above differences between Dutch GAAP and IFRS-EU.
DIFFERENCES FROM IMPLEMENTING IAS 32/39 AND IFRS 4 AS OF JANUARY 1, 2005
Available-for-sale debt securities
Under IFRS-EU, quoted debt securities (non-trading) other than those designated as being held-to-maturity are reported at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in a revaluation reserve in equity; realized results are recognized directly in the profit and loss account. Under Dutch GAAP, debt securities were reported at amortized cost; realized results were deferred and amortized over the remaining term.
Insurance provisions
Under IFRS-EU certain contracts that do not contain significant insurance risk are presented as investment contracts and measured either at amortized cost or at fair value.
For insurance contracts with discretionary participation features, a deferred profit sharing liability is recorded under IFRS-EU for the full amount of unrealized results on allocated investments. In addition, a deferred profit sharing liability is recorded for the policyholders’ share in other differences between Dutch GAAP and IFRS-EU as at January 1, 2005.
Where deferred acquisition costs are amortized over the lives of policies in relation to the emergence of estimated gross profits, under IFRS-EU the amortization is adjusted through equity to reflect changes that would have been necessary if unrealized investment gains and losses had been realized.
Derivatives
Under IFRS-EU, all derivatives (including embedded derivatives that are not closely related to the host contract) are reported at fair value. Under Dutch GAAP, non-trading derivatives were valued similarly to the item being hedged (mainly at cost); realized results were deferred and amortized over the remaining term.
Hedge accounting
Under IFRS-EU, for derivatives qualifying as cash flow hedges and net investment hedges, the fair value movements are initially deferred in equity and subsequently released to the profit and loss account in the same period in which the hedged item affects profit and loss. For fair value hedges, the valuation of the hedged item is adjusted to reflect the hedged risk; this fair value adjustment on the hedged item is reported in the profit and loss account and (partly) offsets the fair value impact of the derivative that is also reported in the profit and loss account. Under Dutch GAAP, non-trading derivatives used for risk management purposes were valued similarly to the item being hedged (mainly at cost).

F-11


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Fair value option
As an alternative to hedge accounting under IFRS-EU, financial assets and liabilities may be designated at fair value through profit and loss, which implies that these are presented at fair value, with all changes in fair value recognized directly in the profit and loss account. Furthermore, the fair value option is applied to certain financial liabilities that are subject to market-making activities.
Loans and advances to customers
Under both Dutch GAAP and IFRS-EU loans are measured at amortized cost. Under IFRS-EU, certain fees/costs are capitalized and amortized whilst under Dutch GAAP they were expensed immediately (e.g. mortgage broker fees). The amortization of premiums, discounts and fees under IFRS-EU is based on effective yield whereas under Dutch GAAP these were amortized on a straight-line basis. Under IFRS-EU, realized results are reported in net income. Under Dutch GAAP these were amortized over the remaining term (e.g. certain prepayment penalties on mortgages).
Loan loss provisions
Under IFRS-EU loan loss provisions are determined under a revised methodology based on a narrow interpretation of an incurred loss model. The application of the IFRS-EU methodology has reduced the amount of the unallocated provision for loan losses that ING Group provided in prior years to adequately capture various subjective and judgemental aspects of credit risk assessment which were not considered on an individual basis.
Venture capital investments
Under Dutch GAAP, venture capital investments were reported at the lower of cost or fair value. Under IFRS-EU, venture capital investments are reported at fair value.
Equity securities
Under Dutch GAAP, negative revaluations on equity securities were only charged to the profit and loss account as impairment when triggered by the financial condition of the issuer. Under IFRS-EU, impairment is also triggered by a significant or prolonged decline of the market value below cost. This does not affect Group equity as at January 1, 2005.
Classification of equity instruments
Under Dutch GAAP, preference shares and trust preferred securities were — in accordance with the legal form — classified as equity. Under IFRS-EU, the terms and conditions of ING Group’s preference shares and trust preferred securities require their classification as liabilities.
Taxation
Deferred taxation was adjusted for the (deferred) tax effect of the above differences between Dutch GAAP and IFRS-EU.
IMPACT OF CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES ON THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
IFRS-EU transition effects on the statement of cash flows:
                 
    January 1,     January 1,  
    2005     2004  
Cash and cash equivalents – Dutch GAAP
    11,291       7,338  
Consolidation of SPE’s
    989       377  
 
           
Cash and cash equivalents – IFRS-EU
    12,280       7,715  
 
           

F-12


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
ACQUISITIONS AND DISPOSALS OF GROUP COMPANIES
Impact of most significant changes in composition of the Group:
                                                 
    Before     After             Before     After        
    acquisition/     acquisition/     Impact     acquisition/     acquisition/     Impact  
    disposal     disposal     2005     disposal     disposal     2004  
Assets
    1,160,984       1,158,639       (2,345 )     889,202       876,391       (12,811 )
Liabilities and third-party interests
    1,124,183       1,121,903       (2,280 )     865,263       852,322       (12,941 )
Shareholders’ equity
    36,801       36,736       (65 )     23,939       24,069       130  
Total income
    71,377       71,141       (236 )     68,211       68,159       (52 )
Net profit for the period
    7,353       7,210       (143 )     5,700       5,755       55  
The impact of a change in the composition of the group is defined as the change in assets, liabilities, shareholders’ equity or net profit resulting from the acquisition or disposal of a group company, compared to the situation where no acquisition or disposal took place. The impact is included in the financial year in which the acquisition or disposal took place.
In February 2005, ING sold internet service provider Freeler to KPN. The sale resulted in a net gain of EUR 10 million.
In March 2005, ING Group reduced its stake in ING Bank Slaski from 87.77% to 75% by selling shares on the market. By reducing the stake in ING Bank Slaski, ING Group complied with requirements set by the Polish regulator in 2001. ING Group has no intention to further reduce its stake of 75% in ING Bank Slaski.
In March 2005, ING Group acquired 19.9% of Bank of Beijing for an amount of EUR 166 million. Bank of Beijing is the second largest city commercial bank in China and the third largest bank in Beijing.
In March 2005, ING Group finalized the sale of Baring Asset Management to MassMutual Financial Group and Northern Trust Corp. The sale resulted in a net gain of EUR 254 million.
In May 2005, ING Group sold Life Insurance Company of Georgia to Prudential PLC’s subsidiary, Jackson National Life Insurance Company. The loss from this transaction amounts to EUR 32 million after tax.
In June 2005, ING Group formed a private equity joint venture to purchase Gables Residential Trust, a U.S.-based real estate investment trust. Gables Residential Trust is a developer, builder, owner and manager of higher-end multifamily properties. ING will provide USD 400 million in equity to finance the transaction. The venture is managed by ING Clarion, a wholly-owned subsidiary of ING Group.
In June 2005, ING Group has purchased GE Commercial Finance’s 50% stake in NMB-Heller’s Dutch and Belgian factoring business. The factoring business has been transferred into a new company, which operates under the name ING Commercial Finance. GE Commercial Finance purchased ING’s 50% stake in NMB-Heller’s German unit, Heller GmbH. Both purchases took effect retroactively from January 1, 2005.
In August 2005, ING Group acquired a portfolio of properties located in the UK from Abbey National. The purchase price amounted to EUR 1.7 billion. The portfolio has been divided between various separate account clients.
In October 2005, ING Group acquired Eural NV from Dexia Bank Belgium. In the course of 2006, Eural is expected to be merged with ING Belgium’s unit Record Bank.

F-13


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
In November 2005, ING Group sold its stake in Austbrokers Holdings in an initial public offering. Austbrokers is one of the leading insurance brokers in Australia. The decision to sell the business follows ING’s sale of its 50% stake in general insurer QBE Mercantile Mutual to QBE in 2004.
In December 2005 ING Group sold Arenda Holding BV to ZBG, a Dutch private equity firm. Arenda is a provider of consumer finance products.
In 2004, ING Group sold most of the German banking units of ING BHF-Bank. The transaction includes ING BHF-Bank’s asset management, private banking, financial markets and core corporate banking business. The value of the transaction amounted to EUR 600 million.
In 2004, ING Group acquired Allianz’s property and casualty insurance operations in Canada. The goodwill amounted to EUR 48 million.
In 2004, ING Group reduced its shareholding in ING Canada Inc from 100% to 72.9% by an initial public offering of 34,880,000 common shares of ING Canada Inc. The gross proceeds amounted to EUR 552 million. In 2005, the underwriting syndicate exercised its option to buy an additional 5,232,000 common shares, reducing the shareholding of ING Group to 70%.
In 2004, ING Group signed a co-insurance agreement with Scottish Re regarding its individual life reinsurance business in the United States. Under this agreement, all assets of the business have been transferred to Scottish Re while the liabilities related to the business have been reinsured through Scottish Re. Under the agreement ING Group paid a ceding commission amounting to EUR 450 million.
In 2004, ING Group acquired the Dutch real estate fund Rodamco Asia. As a result, the fund was delisted from Euronext in Amsterdam in 2004 and from the Frankfurt Stock Exchange in 2005. The goodwill amounted to EUR 22 million.
In 2004, ING Group sold its 100% subsidiary CenE Bankiers to Van Lanschot. CenE Bankiers is specialized in commercial and private banking in the Netherlands. The value of the transaction amounted to EUR 250 million.
In 2004, ING Group acquired Mercator Bank, a Belgium medium-sized savings bank. The negative goodwill amounted to EUR 26 million and was recognized as income in the profit and loss account.
In 2004, ING Group sold its Asian cash equities business to Macquarie Bank. The cash equities business comprises sales, trading, research and equity capital markets operations.
In 2004, ING Group sold its non-life insurance business in Australia to QBE Insurance Group. The value of the transaction amounted to EUR 431 million.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
ING Group has identified the accounting policies that are most critical to its business operations and to the understanding of its results. These critical accounting policies are those which involve the most complex or subjective decisions or assessments, and relate to insurance provisions and deferred acquisition costs, provisions for loan losses and the determination of the fair values of financial assets and liabilities and employee benefits. In each case, the determination of these items is fundamental to the financial condition and results of operations, and requires management to make complex judgements based on information and financial data that may change in future periods. As a result, determinations regarding these items necessarily involve the use of assumptions and subjective judgements as to future events and are subject to change, as the use of different assumptions or data could produce materially different results. For a further discussion of the application of these accounting policies, reference is made to the applicable notes to the consolidated financial statements and the information below under Principles of valuation and determination of results.

F-14


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
INSURANCE PROVISIONS, DEFERRED ACQUISITION COSTS AND VALUE OF BUSINESS ACQUIRED
The establishment of insurance provisions, DAC and VOBA is an inherently uncertain process, involving assumptions about factors such as court decisions, changes in laws, social, economic and demographic trends, inflation, investment returns, policyholder behaviour and other factors, and, in the life insurance business, assumptions concerning mortality and morbidity trends.
The use of different assumptions about these factors could have a material effect on insurance provisions and underwriting expense. Changes in assumptions may lead to changes in the insurance provisions over time. Furthermore, some of these assumptions can be volatile.
In addition, the adequacy of provision for life policies, net of DAC and VOBA, is evaluated regularly. The test involves comparing the established insurance provision with current best estimate assumptions about factors such as court decisions, changes in laws, social, economic and demographic trends, inflation, investment returns, policyholder behaviour and other factors, mortality and morbidity trends. The use of different assumptions in this test could lead to a different outcome.
Insurance provisions also include the impact of minimum guarantees which are contained within certain variable annuity products. This impact is dependant upon the difference between the potential minimum benefits payable and the total account balance, expected mortality and surrender rates. The determination of the potential minimum benefits payable also involves the use of assumptions about factors such as inflation, investment returns, policyholder behaviour, mortality and morbidity trends and other factors. The use of different assumptions about these factors could have a material effect on insurance provisions and underwriting expense.
PROVISIONS FOR LOAN LOSSES
Provisions for loan losses are recognized based on an incurred loss model. Considerable judgement is exercised in determining the extent of the loan loss provision (impairment) and is based on the management’s evaluation of the risk in the portfolio, current economic conditions, loss experience in recent years and credit, industry and geographical concentration trends. Changes in such judgements and analyses may lead to changes in the provisions for loan losses over time.
The identification of impairment and the determination of the recoverable amount are an inherently uncertain process involving various assumptions and factors, including the financial condition of the counterparty, expected future cash flows, observable market prices and expected net selling prices.
Future cash flows in a portfolio of financial assets that are collectively evaluated for impairment are estimated on the basis of the contractual cash flows of the assets in the portfolio and historical loss experience for assets with credit risk characteristics similar to those in the portfolio. Historical loss experience is adjusted on the basis of current observable data to reflect the effects of current conditions that did not affect the period on which the historical loss experience is based and to remove the effects of conditions in the historical period that do not exist currently. Current observable data may include changes in unemployment rates, property prices and commodity prices. The methodology and assumptions used for estimating future cash flows are reviewed regularly to reduce any differences between loss estimates and actual loss experience.
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
Fair value of financial assets and liabilities are determined using quoted market prices. Market prices are obtained from traders, brokers and independent market vendors. In general, positions are valued taking the bid price for a long position and the offer price for a short position. In some cases where positions are marked at mid-market prices, a fair value adjustment is calculated. Furthermore, additional fair value adjustments may be necessary for liquidity or outdated data because transactions in a particular financial instrument do not take place on a regular basis.
For certain financial assets and liabilities, including OTC derivative instruments, no quoted market prices are available. For these financial assets and liabilities fair value is determined using valuation

F-15


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
techniques. These valuation techniques consider, among other factors, contractual and market prices, correlations, time value of money, credit, yield curve volatility factors and/or prepayment rates of the underlying positions. All valuation techniques used are approved by the applicable internal authorities. In addition, market data used in these valuation techniques are validated on a daily basis.
Models are subjective in nature and significant judgement is involved in establishing fair values for financial assets and liabilities. Models involve various assumptions regarding the underlying price, yield curve, correlations and many other factors. The use of different valuation techniques and assumptions could produce materially different estimates of fair value.
Price testing is done to assess whether the process of valuation has led to an appropriate fair value of the position and to an appropriate reflection of these valuations in the profit and loss account. Price testing is performed to minimize the potential risks for economic losses due to materially incorrect or misused models, which applies to both exchange traded positions as well as OTC positions.
EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
Group companies operate various defined benefit retirement plans covering a significant number of its domestic and international employees.
The liability recognized in the balance sheet in respect of the defined benefit pension plans is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet date less the fair value of the plan assets, together with adjustments for unrecognized actuarial gains or losses and unrecognized past service costs.
The determination of the defined benefit plan liability is based on internal and external actuarial models and calculations. The defined benefit obligation is calculated using the projected unit credit method. Inherent in these actuarial models are assumptions including discount rates, rate of increase in future salary and benefit levels, mortality rates, health care costs trend rates, consumer price index and the expected return on plan assets. The assumptions are based on available market data and the historical performance of plan assets and are updated annually.
The actuarial assumptions may differ significantly from the actual results due to changes in market conditions, economic and mortality trends and other assumptions. Any changes in these assumptions could have a significant impact on the defined benefit plan liabilities and future pension costs. The effects of changes in actuarial assumptions and experience adjustments are not recognized in the profit and loss account unless the accumulated changes exceed 10% of the greater of the defined benefit obligation and the fair value of the plan assets and then the excess is amortized over the employees’ expected average remaining working lives.
PRINCIPLES OF VALUATION AND DETERMINATION OF RESULTS CONSOLIDATION
ING Group (“the Group”) comprises ING Groep N.V. (“the Company”), ING Verzekeringen N.V., ING Bank N.V. and all other subsidiaries. The consolidated financial statements of ING Group comprise all entities (including special purpose entities) where ING Group, and/or it subsidiaries, has, either directly or indirectly, the power to exercise control over the financial and operating policies. Control is presumed to exist when ING Group has, directly or indirectly through subsidiaries, more than one half of the voting power or otherwise exercises effective control.
All intercompany transactions, balances and unrealized surpluses and deficits on transactions between group companies have been eliminated. Where necessary, the accounting policies used by subsidiaries have been changed to ensure consistency with Group policies. In general, the reporting dates of subsidiaries are the same as the reporting date of ING Groep N.V. There are no material restrictions on subsidiaries to transfer funds to the parent company.
ING Group’s interests in jointly controlled entities are accounted for by proportionate consolidation. ING Group proportionately consolidates its share of the joint ventures’ individual income and

F-16


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
expenses, assets and liabilities and cash flows on a line-by-line basis with similar items in ING Group’s financial statements. ING Group recognizes the portion of gains or losses on the sale of assets to the joint venture that it is attributable to the other venturers. ING Group does not recognize its share of profits or losses from the joint venture that result from the purchase of assets by ING Group from the joint venture until it resells the assets to an independent party. However, if a loss on the transaction provides evidence of a reduction in the net realizable value of current assets or an impairment loss, the loss is recognized immediately.
For interests in investment vehicles the existence of control is determined taking into account both ING’s financial interests for own risk and its role as investment manager.
USE OF ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements necessitates the use of estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of the assets and liabilities and the amounts of the contingent liabilities as at balance sheet date as well as reported income and expenses for the year. The actual outcome may differ from these estimates.
The process of setting assumptions is subject to internal control procedures and approvals, and takes into account internal and external studies, industry statistics, environmental factors and trends and regulatory requirements.
SEGMENTAL REPORTING
A business segment is a distinguishable component of the Group engaged in providing products or services that is subject to risks and returns that are different from those of other business segments. A geographical segment is engaged in providing products or services within a particular economic environment that are subject to risks and returns that are different from those of segments operating in other economic environments. The geographical analyses are based on the location of the office from which the transactions are originated. The business lines of the Group are the business segments and the primary segment reporting format, the geographical segments the secondary.
ANALYSIS OF INSURANCE BUSINESS
Where amounts in respect of insurance business are analyzed into “life” and “non-life”, health and disability insurance business is included in “non-life”.
FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION
Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (‘the functional currency’). The consolidated financial statements are presented in Euro, which is the Company’s functional and presentation currency.
Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the profit and loss account, except when deferred in equity as part of qualifying cash flow hedges and qualifying net investment hedges.
Translation differences on non-monetary items, measured at fair value through profit and loss are reported as part of the fair value gain or loss. Non-monetary items are retranslated at the date fair value is determined. Translation differences on non-monetary items measured at fair value through the revaluation reserve are included in the revaluation reserve in equity.

F-17


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Group companies
The results and financial position of all the group companies that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:
  Assets and liabilities included in each balance sheet are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet;
 
  Income and expenses included in each profit and loss account are translated at average exchange rates (unless this average is not a reasonable approximation of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the dates of the transactions); and
 
  All resulting exchange differences are recognized in a separate component of equity.
On consolidation, exchange differences arising from the translation of a monetary item that forms part of the net investment in a foreign operation, and of borrowings and other instruments designated as hedges of such investments, are taken to shareholders’ equity. When a foreign operation is sold, such exchange differences are recognized in the profit and loss account as part of the gain or loss on sale.
Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign operation are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign operation and translated at the closing rate.
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
The fair values of financial instruments traded in active markets (such as publicly traded derivatives and trading and available-for-sale securities) are based on quoted market prices at the balance sheet date. The quoted market price used for financial assets held by the Group is the current bid price; the quoted market price used for financial liabilities is the current ask price.
The fair values of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market (for example over-the-counter derivatives) are determined by using valuation techniques. The Group uses a variety of methods and makes assumptions that are based on market conditions existing at each balance sheet date.
DERIVATIVES AND HEDGE ACCOUNTING
Derivatives are initially recognized at fair value on the date on which a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their fair value. Fair values are obtained from quoted market prices in active markets, including recent market transactions, and valuation techniques, including discounted cash flow models and options pricing models, as appropriate. All derivatives are carried as assets when their fair value is positive and as liabilities when their fair value is negative.
Some credit protection contracts that take the legal form of a derivative, such as certain credit default swaps, are accounted for as guarantees.
The method of recognizing the resulting fair value gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument and, if so, the nature of the item being hedged. The Group designates certain derivatives as either (1) hedges of the fair value of recognized assets or liabilities or firm commitments (fair value hedge); (2) hedges of highly probable future cash flows attributable to a recognized asset or liability or a forecasted transaction (cash flow hedge) or (3) hedges of a net investment in a foreign operation. Hedge accounting is used for derivatives designated in this way provided certain criteria are met.
The Group documents, at the inception of the transaction, the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. The Group also documents its assessment, both at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items including the method for assessing the hedging instruments’ effectiveness in offsetting the exposure to changes in the hedged item’s fair value or cash flows attributable to the hedged risk.

F-18


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Certain derivatives embedded in other contracts are measured as separate derivatives when their economic characteristics and risks are not closely related to those of the host contract, the host contract is not carried at fair value through profit and loss and if a separate instrument with the same terms as the embedded derivative would meet the definition of a derivative. These embedded derivatives are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in the profit and loss account.
Fair value hedge
Changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as fair value hedges are recognized in the profit and loss account, together with fair value adjustments to the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk. If the hedge relationship no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, the cumulative adjustment of the hedged item is, in the case of interest bearing instruments, amortized in the profit and loss account over the remaining term of the original hedge or recognized directly when the hedged item is derecognized. For non-interest bearing instruments, the cumulative adjustment of the hedged item is recognized in the profit and loss account only when the hedged instrument is derecognized.
Cash flow hedge
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges are recognized in equity. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognized immediately in the profit and loss account. Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled to the profit and loss account in the periods in which the hedged item will affect profit or loss. When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognized when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognized in the profit and loss account. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the profit and loss account.
Net investment hedge
Hedges of net investments in foreign operations are accounted for similarly to cash flow hedges. Any gain or loss on the hedging instrument relating to the effective portion of the hedge is recognized in equity; the gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognized immediately in the profit and loss account. Gains and losses accumulated in equity are included in the profit and loss account when the foreign operation is disposed of.
Non-trading derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting
Certain non-trading derivative instruments that are used by the Group as part of its risk management strategies do not qualify for hedge accounting under the Group’s accounting policies. Changes in the fair value of non-trading derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognized immediately in the profit and loss account.
FINANCIAL ASSETS
Recognition of financial assets

All purchases and sales of financial assets classified as held-to-maturity, available-for-sale and trading that require delivery within the time frame established by regulation or market convention (‘regular way’ purchases and sales) are recognized at trade date, which is the date that the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset. Loans and deposits are recognized at settlement date.
Derecognition of financial assets
Financial assets are derecognized when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or where the Group has transferred substantially all risks and rewards of ownership. If the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a financial asset, it derecognizes the financial asset if it has no longer control over the asset. In transfers where control over the asset is retained, the Group continues to recognize the asset to the extent of its continuing involvement. The extent of continuing involvement is determined by the extent to which the Group is exposed to changes in the value of the asset.

F-19


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Loans and advances to customers
Loans and advances to customers are initially recognized at fair value, net of transaction costs. Subsequently, they are carried at amortized cost using the effective interest rate method less any impairment losses.
Investments
Investment securities (including loans quoted in active markets) are classified either as held-to-maturity or available-for-sale assets and are initially recognized at fair value, net of transaction costs. Investment securities and loans quoted in active markets with fixed maturity where management has both the intent and the ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity. Investment securities and actively traded loans intended to be held for an indefinite period of time, which may be sold in response to needs for liquidity or changes in interest rates, exchange rates or equity prices are classified as available-for-sale.
Available-for-sale financial assets
For available-for-sale debt securities, the difference between cost and redemption value is amortized. Interest income is recognized using the effective yield method. Available-for-sale financial assets are measured at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value are recognized in equity. When the securities are disposed of, the related accumulated fair value adjustments are included in the profit and loss account as gains and losses from investments. For impairments on available-for-sale financial assets reference is made to the section Impairments of other financial assets.
Held-to-maturity investments
Investments for which the Group has the positive intention and ability to hold to maturity and which are designated as held-to-maturity assets are subsequently carried at amortized cost using the effective yield method, less any provision for impairment.
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss
Financial assets at fair value through profit and loss comprise two sub-categories: financial assets held for trading and other financial assets designated at fair value through profit and loss by management, including investments for the risk of policyholders. A financial asset is classified as at fair value through profit and loss if acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the short term or if so designated by management. Designation by management will only take place if this eliminates a measurement inconsistency or if the related assets and liabilities are managed on a fair value basis. Investments for the risk of policyholders are investments against insurance liabilities for which all changes in fair value of invested assets are offset by similar changes in insurance liabilities.
Realized gains and losses on investments

Realized gains and losses on investments are determined as the difference between the sale proceeds and (amortized) cost. For equity securities the cost is determined by using a weighted average per portfolio. For debt securities the cost is determined by specific identification.
OFFSETTING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount reported in the balance sheet when the Group has a legally enforceable right to set off the recognized amounts and intends to either settle on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
REPURCHASE TRANSACTIONS AND REVERSE REPURCHASE TRANSACTIONS
Securities sold subject to repurchase agreements (‘repos’) are retained in the consolidated balance sheet. The counterparty liability is included in Amounts due to banks, Other borrowed funds or Customer deposits and other funds on deposit, as appropriate.

F-20


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Securities purchased under agreements to resell (‘reverse repos’) are recorded as Loans and advances to customers or Amounts due from banks, as appropriate. The difference between sale and repurchase price is treated as interest and accrued over the life of the agreement using the effective interest method.
PROVISIONS FOR LOAN LOSSES
The Group assesses periodically and at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired. A financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired and impairment losses are incurred if, and only if, there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset (a ‘loss event’) and that loss event (or events) has an impact on the estimated future cash flows of the financial asset or group of financial assets that can be reliably estimated.
Objective evidence that a financial asset or group of assets is impaired includes, but is not limited to:
  The borrower has sought or has been placed in bankruptcy or similar protection and this avoids or delays repayment of the financial asset.
 
  The borrower has failed in the repayment of principle, interest or fees and the payment failure has remained unsolved for a certain period.
 
  The borrower has evidenced significant financial difficulty, to the extent that it will have a negative impact on the future cash flows of the financial asset.
 
  The credit obligation has been restructured for non-commercial reasons. ING has granted concessions, for economic or legal reasons relating to the borrower’s financial difficulty, the effect of which is a reduction in the expected future cash flows of the financial asset.
The Group first assesses whether objective evidence of impairment exists individually for financial assets that are individually significant, and individually or collectively for financial assets that are not individually significant. If the Group determines that no objective evidence of impairment exists for an individually assessed financial asset, whether significant or not, it includes the asset in a group of financial assets with similar credit risk characteristics and collectively assesses them for impairment. Assets that are individually assessed for impairment and for which an impairment loss is or continues to be recognized are not included in a collective assessment of impairment.
If there is objective evidence that an impairment loss on assets carried at amortized cost has been incurred, the amount of the loss is measured as the difference between the asset’s carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows (excluding future credit losses that have not been incurred) discounted at the financial asset’s original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of an allowance account and the amount of the loss is recognized in the profit and loss account. If the asset has a variable interest rate, the discount rate for measuring any impairment loss is the current effective interest rate determined under the contract.
For the purposes of a collective evaluation of impairment, financial assets are grouped on the basis of similar credit risk characteristics. Those characteristics are relevant to the estimation of future cash flows for groups of such assets by being indicative of the debtors’ ability to pay all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the assets being evaluated.
Future cash flows in a portfolio of financial assets that are collectively evaluated for impairment are estimated on the basis of the contractual cash flows of the assets in the portfolio and historical loss experience for assets with credit risk characteristics similar to those in the portfolio. Historical loss experience is adjusted on the basis of current observable data to reflect the effects of current conditions that did not affect the period on which the historical loss experience is based and to remove the effects of conditions in the historical period that do not exist currently.
When a loan is uncollectable, it is written off against the related provision for loan impairment. Such loans are written off after all the necessary procedures have been completed and the amount of the loss has been determined. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off decrease the amount of the provision for loan impairment and are recognized in the profit and loss account.

F-21


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognized (such as an improvement in the debtor’s credit rating), the previously recognized impairment loss is reversed by adjusting the allowance account. The amount of the reversal is recognized in the profit and loss account.
IMPAIRMENT OF OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS
The Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired. In the case of equity investments classified as available-for-sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost is considered in determining whether the assets are impaired. If any such evidence exists for available-for-sale financial assets, the cumulative loss — measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognized in profit and loss — is removed from equity and recognized in the profit and loss account. Impairment losses recognized in the profit and loss account on equity instruments are not reversed through the profit and loss account. If, in a subsequent period, the fair value of a debt instrument classified as available-for-sale increases and the increase can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognized in profit and loss, the impairment loss is reversed through the profit and loss account.
INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES
Associates are all entities over which the Group has significant influence but not control, generally accompanying a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights. Investments in associates are initially recognized at cost and subsequently accounted for by the equity method of accounting.
The Group’s investment in associates (net of any accumulated impairment loss) includes goodwill identified on acquisition. The Group’s share of its associates’ post-acquisition profits or losses is recognized in the profit and loss account, and its share of post-acquisition movements in reserves is recognized in reserves. The cumulative post-acquisition movements are adjusted against the carrying amount of the investment. When the Group’s share of losses in an associate equals or exceeds its interest in the associate, including any other unsecured receivables, the Group does not recognize further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the associate.
Unrealized gains on transactions between the Group and its associates are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest in the associates. Unrealized losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of associates have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.
For interests in investment vehicles the existence of significant influence is determined taking into account both ING’s financial interests for own risk and its role as investment manager.
INVESTMENT PROPERTY
Investment property is stated at fair value as at the balance sheet date. Changes in the carrying amount resulting from revaluations are recorded in the profit and loss account. On disposal the difference between the sale proceeds and book value is recognized in the profit and loss account.
Fair value of investment property is based on regular appraisals by independent qualified valuers.
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property in own use
Land and buildings held for own use are stated at fair value as at balance sheet date. Increases in the carrying amount arising on revaluation of land and buildings held for own use are credited to the revaluation reserves in shareholders’ equity. Decreases that offset previous increases of the same asset are charged against revaluation reserves directly in equity; all other decreases are charged to

F-22


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
the profit and loss account. Increases that reverse a revaluation decrease on the same asset previously recognized in profit or loss are recognized in the profit and loss account. Depreciation is recognized based on the fair value and the estimated useful life (in general 20-50 years). Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis. On disposal the related revaluation reserve is transferred to retained earnings.
The fair values of land and buildings are based on regular appraisals by independent qualified valuers. Subsequent expenditure is included in the assets carrying amount when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably.
Property under construction
Land and buildings under construction (including investment property) are stated at the directly attributable purchase and construction costs incurred up to the balance sheet date plus borrowing costs incurred during construction and the Group’s own development and supervision expenses, where necessary less impairment losses.
Property held for sale
Property held for sale comprises properties obtained from foreclosures and property developed for sale for which there is no specifically negotiated contract. These properties are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost includes borrowing costs. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less applicable variable selling expenses. Where the net realizable value is lower than the carrying amount, the impairment is recorded in the profit and loss account.
Property under development for third parties
Property under development for third parties is measured at direct construction cost incurred up to the balance sheet date, including borrowing costs incurred during construction and the Group’s own directly attributable development and supervision expenses less any required provision for impairment. Profit is recognized on completion date of the property (completed contract method).
Property under development where there is a specifically negotiated contract is valued using the percentage of completion method (pro rata profit recognition).
Equipment
Equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses. The cost of the assets is depreciated on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives, which are generally as follows: for data processing equipment 2 to 5 years and 4 to 10 years for fixtures and fittings. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to the profit and loss account as incurred. Expenditure incurred on major improvements is capitalized and depreciated.
Assets under operating leases
Assets leased out under operating leases in which ING is the lessor are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses. The cost of the assets is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Reference is made to Leases.
Disposals
The difference between the proceeds on disposal and net book value is recognized in the profit and loss account.
Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs incurred for the construction of any qualifying asset are capitalized during the period of time that is required to complete and prepare the asset for its intended use.

F-23


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
LEASES
The Group as the lessee
The leases entered into by ING are primarily operating leases. The total payments made under operating leases are charged to the profit and loss account on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.
When an operating lease is terminated before the lease period has expired, any payment required to be made to the lessor by way of penalty is recognized as an expense in the period in which termination takes place.
The Group as the lessor
When assets are held subject to a finance lease, the present value of the lease payments is recognized as a receivable under Loans and advances to customers or Amounts due from banks. The difference between the gross receivable and the present value of the receivable is recognized as unearned finance income. Lease income is recognized over the term of the lease using the net investment method (before tax), which reflects a constant periodic rate of return. When assets are held subject to an operating lease, the assets are included under ”Assets under operating leases”.
PURCHASE ACCOUNTING, GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Goodwill
ING Group’s acquisitions are accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, whereby the cost of the acquisitions is allocated to the fair value of the assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired. Goodwill, being the difference between the cost of the acquisition (including assumed debt) and the Group’s interest in the fair value of the acquired assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities as at the date of acquisition, is capitalized as an intangible asset. The results of the operations of the acquired companies are included in the profit and loss account from the date control is obtained.
Goodwill is only capitalized on acquisitions after the date of implementing IFRS-EU (January 1, 2004). Accounting for acquisitions before that date has not been restated; goodwill and internally generated intangibles on those acquisitions were charged directly to shareholders’ equity. Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing. These cash-generating units represent the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes. This test is performed annually or more frequently if there are indicators of impairment. Under the impairment tests, the carrying value of the cash generating units (including goodwill) is compared to its recoverable amount which is the higher of its fair value less costs to sell and its value in use.
Adjustments to the fair value as of the date of acquisition of acquired assets and liabilities that are identified within one year after acquisition are recorded as an adjustment to goodwill; any subsequent adjustment is recognized as income or expense. However, recognition of deferred tax assets after the acquisition date is recorded as an adjustment to goodwill even after the first year. On disposal of group companies, the difference between the sale proceeds and book value (including goodwill) and the amount included in the currency translation reserve in equity is included in the profit and loss account.
Computer software
Computer software that has been purchased or generated internally for internal use is stated at cost less amortization and any impairment losses. Amortization is calculated on a straight-line basis over its useful life. This period will generally not exceed three years. Amortization is included in other expenses.
Value of business acquired (VOBA)
VOBA is an asset that represents the present value of estimated net cash flows embedded in the insurance contracts of an acquired company, which existed at the time the company was acquired. VOBA is amortized similar to amortization of deferred acquisition costs as described in the section Deferred acquisition costs.

F-24


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets are capitalized and amortized over their expected economic lives. Intangible assets with an indefinite life are not amortized.
DEFERRED ACQUISITION COSTS
Deferred acquisition costs (DAC) are an asset and represent costs of acquiring insurance and investment contracts that are deferred and amortized. The deferred costs, all of which vary with and are primarily related to the production of new and renewal business, consist principally of commissions, certain underwriting and contract issuance expenses, and certain agency expenses. DAC is amortized over the life of the underlying contracts.
For traditional life insurance contracts and certain types of flexible life insurance contracts, DAC is amortized over the premium payment period in proportion to the premium revenue recognition.
For other types of flexible life insurance contracts DAC is amortized over the lives of the policies in relation to the emergence of estimated gross profits. Amortization is adjusted retrospectively when estimates of current or future gross profits to be realized from a group of products are revised. The estimates and the assumptions are reassessed at the end of each reporting period. For DAC on flexible insurance contracts the approach is that in determining the estimate of future gross profits ING assumes the short-term and long-term separate account growth rate assumption to be the same. Higher/lower expected profits — e.g. reflecting stock market performance or a changed level of assets under management — may cause a lower/higher amortization of DAC due to the catch-up of amortization in previous and future years. This process is known as DAC unlocking. The impact of the DAC unlocking is recorded in the profit and loss account of the period in which the unlocking occurs.
DAC is evaluated for recoverability at issue and subsequent to this is tested on a regular basis together with the provision for life insurance liabilities and VOBA. The test for recoverability is described in the section Insurance, Investment and Reinsurance Contracts.
DAC is adjusted for the impact of unrealized results on allocated investments through equity.
TAXATION
Income tax on the profit or loss for the year comprises current and deferred tax. Income tax is recognized in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognized directly in equity, in which case it is recognized in equity.
Deferred income tax
Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantially enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realized or the deferred income tax liability is settled.
Deferred tax assets are recognized where it is probable that future taxable profit will be available against which the temporary differences can be utilized. Deferred income tax is provided on temporary differences arising from investments in subsidiaries and associates, except where the timing of the reversal of the temporary difference is controlled by the Group and it is probable that the difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future. The tax effects of income tax losses available for carry forward are recognized as an asset when it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which these losses can be utilized. Deferred tax related to fair value remeasurement of available-for-sale investments and cash flow hedges, which are charged or credited directly to equity, is also credited or charged directly to equity and is subsequently recognized in the profit and loss account together with the deferred gain or loss.

F-25


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Preference shares, which carry a mandatory coupon or are redeemable on a specific date or at the option of the shareholder, are classified as financial liabilities. The dividends on these preference shares are recognized in the profit and loss account as interest expense using the effective interest method.
Borrowings are recognized initially at their issue proceeds (fair value of consideration received) net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortized cost; any difference between proceeds net of transaction costs and the redemption value is recognized in the profit and loss account over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method.
If the Group purchases its own debt, it is removed from the balance sheet, and the difference between the carrying amount of the liability and the consideration paid is included in net income.
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit and loss comprise two sub-categories: financial liabilities held for trading and other financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss by management. Designation by management will only take place if this eliminates a measurement inconsistency or if the related assets and liabilities are managed on a fair value basis.
INSURANCE, INVESTMENT AND REINSURANCE CONTRACTS
Insurance contracts
Insurance policies which bear significant insurance risk under the Group accounting policies are presented as insurance contracts. Provisions for liabilities under insurance contracts represent estimates of future payouts that will be required in respect of life and non-life insurance claims, including expenses relating to such claims.
Provision for life policy liabilities
The Provision for life policy liabilities is calculated on the basis of a prudent prospective actuarial method, taking into account the conditions for current insurance contracts.
Insurance provisions on traditional life policies are calculated using various assumptions, including assumptions on mortality, morbidity, expenses, investment returns and surrenders. Assumptions for insurance provisions on traditional life insurance contracts, including traditional whole life and term life insurance contracts, are based on best estimate assumptions including margins for adverse deviations. The assumptions are set initially at the policy issue date and remain constant throughout the life of the policy, except in case of loss recognition.
Insurance provisions for universal life, variable life and annuity contracts, unit-linked contracts, etc. are generally set equal to the balance that accrues to the benefit of the policyholders. Certain variable annuity products contain minimum guarantees on the amounts payable upon death and/or maturity. The insurance provisions include the impact of these minimum guarantees, taking into account the difference between the potential minimum benefit payable and the total account balance, expected mortality and surrender rates.
The as yet unamortized interest-rate rebates on periodic and single premium contracts are deducted from the Provision for life policy liabilities. Interest-rate rebates granted during the year are capitalized and amortized in conformity with the anticipated recovery pattern and are recognized in the profit and loss account.
Provision for unearned premiums and unexpired insurance risks
The provision is calculated in proportion to the unexpired periods of risk. For insurance policies covering a risk increasing during the term of the policy at premium rates independent of age, this risk is taken into account in determining the provision. Further provisions are made to cover claims under unexpired insurance contracts, which may exceed the unearned premiums and the premiums due in respect of these contracts.

F-26


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Claims provision
The Claims provision is calculated either on a case-by-case basis or by approximation on the basis of experience. Provisions have also been made for claims incurred but not reported and for future claims handling expenses. The adequacy of the Claims provision is evaluated each year using standard actuarial techniques. In addition, so-called “IBNR” reserves are set to recognize the estimated cost of losses that have occurred but which have not yet been notified.
Deferred profit sharing liability
For insurance contracts with discretionary participation features a deferred profit sharing liability is recorded for the full amount of the unrealized revaluation on allocated investments. Furthermore, a deferred profit sharing liability is recorded for the share in realized results on allocated investments that is expected to be shared with policyholders. The deferred profit sharing liability is reduced with the actual allocation of profit sharing to individual policyholders.
Insurance provisions for policies for which the policyholder bears the investment risk
The insurance provisions for policies for which the policyholders bear the investment risk are calculated on the same basis as the provision for life policy liabilities. For insurance contracts for which policyholders bear the investment risk the insurance provisions are generally shown at the balance sheet value of the associated investments.
Reinsurance contracts
Reinsurance premiums, commissions and claim settlements, as well as the reinsurance element of technical provisions are accounted for in the same way as the original contracts for which the reinsurance was concluded.
Investment contracts
Insurance policies without discretionary participation features which do not bear significant insurance risk under the Group accounting policies are presented as Investment contracts. Provisions for liabilities under investment contracts are determined either at amortized cost, using the effective interest method (including certain initial acquisition expenses) or at fair value.
Adequacy test
The adequacy of the Provision for life policy liabilities net of DAC and VOBA is evaluated regularly by each business unit. The test considers current estimates of all contractual and related cash flows. It takes into account future developments. It allows for remaining unamortized interest-rate rebates, DAC and VOBA. It includes investment income on the same basis as it is included in the profit and loss.
If it is determined using a best estimate (50%) confidence level that a shortfall exists, it is immediately recorded in the profit and loss account.
If the provisions are not adequate using a prudent (90%) confidence level, but there are offsetting amounts within other Group business units, then the business unit is allowed to take measures to strengthen the provisions over a period no longer than the expected life of the policies. To extent that there are no offsetting amounts within other Group business units then any shortfall at the 90% confidence level is immediately recorded in the profit and loss account.
If the reserves are determined to be adequate at above the 90% confidence level, no reduction in the provision is recorded.
OTHER LIABILITIES
Employee benefits – pension obligations
Group companies operate various pension schemes. The schemes are generally funded through payments to insurance companies or trustee-administered funds, determined by periodic actuarial calculations. The Group has both defined benefit and defined contribution plans.

F-27


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
A defined benefit plan is a pension plan that defines an amount of pension benefit that an employee will receive on retirement, usually dependent on one or more factors such as age, years of service and compensation. The liability recognized in the balance sheet in respect of defined benefit pension plans is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet date less the fair value of plan assets, together with adjustments for unrecognized actuarial gains or losses and unrecognized past service costs. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by internal and external actuaries using the projected unit credit method.
The defined benefit obligation is calculated using the expected rate of return on plan assets. Differences between this expected return and the actual return on these plan assets and actuarial changes are not recognized in the profit and loss account, unless the accumulated differences and changes exceed 10% of the greater of the defined benefit obligation and the fair value of the plan assets. The excess is amortized and charged or credited to the profit and loss account over employees’ remaining working lives. The corridor was reset to nil at the date of transition to IFRS-EU (January 1, 2004).
For defined contribution plans, the Group pays contributions to publicly or privately administered pension insurance plans on a mandatory, contractual or voluntary basis. The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are recognized as employee benefit expense when they are due. Prepaid contributions are recognized as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in the future payments is available.
Other post-retirement obligations
Some Group companies provide post-retirement healthcare and other benefits to their retirees. The entitlement to these benefits is usually conditional on the employee remaining in service up to retirement age and the completion of a minimum service period. The expected costs of these benefits are accrued over the period of employment using an accounting methodology similar to that for defined benefit pension plans.
Other provisions
A provision involves a present obligation arising from past events, the settlement of which is expected to result in an outflow from the company of resources embodying economic benefits, whereas the timing or the amount is uncertain. Unless stated otherwise below, provisions are discounted using a pre-tax discount rate to reflect the time value of money. The determination of provisions is an inherently uncertain process involving estimates regarding amounts and timing of cash flows.
Reorganization provisions include employee termination benefits when the Group is demonstrably committed to either terminating the employment of current employees according to a detailed formal plan without possibility of withdrawal; or providing termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy.
INCOME RECOGNITION
Premium income
Premiums from life insurance policies are recognized as revenue when due from the policyholder. For non-life insurance policies, premium income is recognized on a pro-rata basis over the term of the related policy coverage. Receipts under investment contracts are not recognized as premium income.
Net interest income
Interest income and expense are recognized in the profit and loss account using the effective interest method. The effective interest method is a method of calculating the amortized cost of a financial asset or a financial liability and of allocating the interest income or interest expense over the relevant period. The effective interest rate is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts through the expected life of the financial instrument or, when appropriate, a shorter period to the net carrying amount of the financial asset or financial liability. When calculating the effective interest rate, the Group estimates cash flows considering all contractual terms of the financial instrument (for

F-28


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
example, prepayment options) but does not consider future credit losses. The calculation includes all fees and points paid or received between parties to the contract that are an integral part of the effective interest rate, transaction costs and all other premiums or discounts. Once a financial asset or a group of similar financial assets has been written down as a result of an impairment loss, interest income is recognized using the rate of interest used to discount the future cash flows for the purpose of measuring the impairment loss. All interest income and expenses from trading positions and non-trading derivatives are classified as interest income and interest expenses in the profit and loss account. Movements in the ‘clean fair value’ are included in net trading income.
Fees and commissions
Fees and commissions are generally recognized as the service has been provided. Loan commitment fees for loans that are likely to be drawn down are deferred (together with related direct costs) and recognized as an adjustment to the effective interest rate on the loan. Loan syndication fees are recognized as revenue when the syndication has been completed and the Group retained no part of the loan package for itself or retained a part at the same effective interest rate for the other participants. Commission and fees arising from negotiating, or participating in the negotiation of, a transaction for a third party — such as the arrangement of the acquisition of shares or other securities or the purchase or sale of businesses — are recognized on completion of the underlying transaction. Portfolio and other management advisory and service fees are recognized based on the applicable service contracts as the service has been provided. Asset management fees related to investment funds and investment contract fees are recognized rateably over the period the service is provided. The same principle is applied for wealth management, financial planning and custody services that are continuously provided over an extended period of time.
Lease income
The proceeds from leasing out assets under operating leases are recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease agreement. Lease payments received in respect of finance leases when ING is the lessor are divided into an interest component (recognized as interest income) and a repayment component.
Expense recognition
Expenses are recognized in the profit and loss account when a decrease in future economic benefits related to a decrease in an asset or an increase in a liability has arisen that can be measured reliably.
EARNINGS PER ORDINARY SHARE
Earnings per ordinary share is calculated on the basis of the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding. The following has been taken into consideration in calculating the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding:
  own shares held by group companies are deducted from the total number of ordinary shares in issue;
 
  the computation is based on daily averages;
 
  in case of exercised warrants, the day of exercise is taken into consideration.
Diluted earnings per share data are computed as if the stock options and warrants outstanding at yearend were exercised at the beginning of the period. It is also assumed that ING Group uses the cash thus received for stock options and warrants exercised to buy its own shares against the average market price in the financial year. The net increase in the number of shares resulting from the exercise of warrants and stock options is added to the average number of shares used for the calculation of diluted net profit per share.
FIDUCIARY ACTIVITIES
The Group commonly acts as trustee and in other fiduciary capacities that result in the holding or placing of assets on behalf of individuals, trusts, retirement benefit plans and other institutions. These assets and income arising thereon are excluded from these financial statements, as they are not assets of the Group.

F-29


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
ACCOUNTING POLICIES APPLIED IN RESPECT OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND INSURANCE CONTRACTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004
As explained under “Changes in accounting principles”, the 2004 comparatives for financial instruments and insurance contracts are presented under the accounting principles applied in the 2004 financial statements (i.e. not restated for IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4). The main items involved are:
  non trading derivatives
 
  investments
 
  loans and advances to customers
 
  insurance, reinsurance and investment contracts
Key differences between the former Dutch GAAP accounting principles and IFRS-EU for these items are described in the section “Changes in accounting principles”.
2.1.2.   ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES FOR THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS OF ING GROUP
The cash flow statement has been drawn up in accordance with the indirect method, classifying cash flows by cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities. In the net cash flow from operating activities, the profit before tax is adjusted for those items in the profit and loss account and movements in balance sheet items which do not result in actual cash flows during the year.
For the purposes of the cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents comprise balances with less than three months’ maturity from the date of acquisition, including cash and non-restricted balances with central banks, treasury bills and other eligible bills, amounts due from other banks and amounts due to banks. Investments qualify as a cash equivalent if they are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.
Cash flows arising from foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates at the date of the cash flows.
The net cash flow shown in respect of Loans and advances to customers only relates to transactions involving actual payments or receipts. The Additions to the provision for loan losses which is deducted from the item Loans and advances to customers in the balance sheet has been adjusted accordingly for the profit before tax and is shown separately in the cash flow statement.
The difference between the net cash flow in accordance with the cash flow statement and the movement in Cash in the balance sheet is due to exchange differences and is separately accounted for as part of the reconciliation of the net cash flow and the balance sheet movement in cash.
2.1.3.   NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET OF ING GROUP
ASSETS
1 CASH AND BALANCES WITH CENTRAL BANKS
                 
    2005     2004  
Amounts held at central banks
    9,479       6,734  
Cash and bank balances
    3,498       2,231  
Short term deposits insurance operations
    107       148  
 
           
 
    13,084       9,113  
 
           

F-30


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2 AMOUNTS DUE FROM BANKS
                                                 
                                       
    Nether-     Inter-     Total     Nether-     Inter-     Total  
    lands     national     2005     lands     national     2004  
Loans and advances to banks
    2,805       24,072       26,877       1,853       18,644       20,497  
Cash advances, overdrafts and other balances
    2,174       18,422       20,596       1,737       22,868       24,605  
 
                                   
 
                                               
 
    4,979       42,494       47,473       3,590       41,512       45,102  
 
                                               
Provision for loan losses
                    (7 )                     (18 )
 
                                           
 
                    47,466                       45,084  
 
                                           
As at December 31, 2005, amounts due from banks included receivables with regard to securities, which have been acquired in reverse repurchase transactions amounting to EUR 7,738 million (2004: EUR 10,799 million).
As at December 31, 2005, the non-subordinated receivables amounted to EUR 47,406 million (2004: EUR 44,818 million) and the subordinated receivables amounted to EUR 60 million (2004: EUR 266 million).
As at December 31, 2005, assets held under finance lease contracts amounted to EUR 225 million (2004: EUR 158 million).
3 FINANCIAL ASSETS AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS
                 
    2005     2004  
Trading assets
    149,187       79,649  
Investments for risk of policyholders
    100,961       77,662  
Non-trading derivatives
    7,766          
Designated as at fair value through profit or loss
    10,230          
Other
            3,334  
 
           
 
    268,144       160,645  
 
           
The majority of financial assets designated as at fair value through profit or loss are equity and debt securities.
Trading assets by type:
                 
    2005     2004  
Equity securities
    10,107       10,103  
Debt securities
    38,299       37,171  
Derivatives
    20,254          
Loans and receivables
    80,527       32,375  
 
           
 
    149,187       79,649  
 
           
Trading derivitives as at December 31, 2004 are included in trading liabilities.
As at December 31, 2005, the balance sheet value included debt securities which were lent or sold in repurchase transactions amounting to EUR 67 million (2004: nil) and EUR 1,653 million (2004: nil), respectively.

F-31


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Investments for the risk of policyholders by type:
                 
    2005     2004  
Equity securities
    79,290       74,015  
Debt securities
    7,140       2,673  
Other investments
    14,531       974  
 
           
 
    100,961       77,662  
 
           
The cost of investments for risk of policyholders as at December 31, 2005 was EUR 88,748 million (2004: EUR 77,338 million).
Non-trading derivatives:
                 
    2005     2004  
Derivatives used in cash flow hedging
    2,274          
Derivatives used in fair value hedging
    1,179          
Derivatives used in hedges of net investments in foreign operations
    31          
Other non-trading derivatives
    4,282          
 
           
 
    7,766          
 
           
4 INVESTMENTS
Investments by type:
                 
    2005     2004  
Available-for-sale
               
Equity securities
    16,466       11,449  
Debt securities
    289,241       264,882  
 
           
 
    305,707       276,331  
 
           
 
               
Held-to-maturity
               
Debt securities
    18,937          
 
           
 
    18,937          
 
               
 
           
 
    324,644       276,331  
 
           
The fair value of the securities classified as held-to-maturity amounts to EUR 19,466 million at December 31, 2005.

F-32


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Movements in investments – available-for-sale and held-to-maturity:
                                                                 
                    Available-for-sale             Held-to-             Total  
                                            maturity              
    Equity securities     Debt securities                          
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
Opening balance
    11,449       11,907       264,882       208,261                       276,331       220,168  
Implementation IAS 32/39
    928               (25,716 )             14,059               (10,729 )        
Additions
    9,015       5,602       251,027       257,035       1,030               261,072       262,637  
Transfers
    233               (4,817 )             4,010               (574 )        
Changes in the composition of the group
    (380 )     (280 )     (1,458 )     (1,369 )                     (1,838 )     (1,649 )
Gains/(losses) from change in fair value
    3,097       678       (630 )     (860 )                     2,467       (182 )
Provision for impairment
    (91 )     (20 )     34       (46 )                     (57 )     (66 )
Disposals and redemptions
    (8,390 )     (6,090 )     (210,629 )     (190,481 )     (245 )             (219,264 )     (196,571 )
Exchange differences
    605       (348 )     16,548       (7,658 )     83               17,236       (8,006 )
 
                                                 
Closing balance
    16,466       11,449       289,241       264,882       18,937               324,644       276,331  
 
                                                 
Available-for-sale equity securities by insurance and banking operations:
                                                 
            Listed             Unlisted             Total  
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
Insurance operations
    12,311       9,333       2,008       950       14,319       10,283  
Banking operations
    1,238       759       909       407       2,147       1,166  
 
                                   
 
    13,549       10,092       2,917       1,357       16,466       11,449  
 
                                   
Debt securities by insurance and banking operations:
                                                 
    Available-for-sale     Held-to-maturity             Total  
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
Insurance operations
    130,189       101,833                       130,189       101,833  
Banking operations
    159,052       163,049       18,937               177,989       163,049  
 
                                   
 
    289,241       264,882       18,937               308,178       264,882  
 
                                     
Revaluation of available-for-sale equity securities:
                 
    2005     2004  
Cost
    11,422       10,492  
Revaluation — gross unrealized gains
    5,134       2,042  
— gross unrealized losses
    90       1,085  
 
           
 
    16,466       11,449  
 
           
Revaluation of available-for-sale debt securities:
         
    2005  
Cost
    280,649  
Revaluation — gross unrealized gains
    10,401  
— gross unrealized losses
    1,809  
 
     
 
    289,241  
 
     

F-33


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
As at December 31, 2005, the balance sheet value included shares which were lent or sold in repurchase transactions amounting to nil (2004: EUR 5 million) and EUR 3 million (2004: EUR 9 million), respectively. As at December 31, 2005, the balance sheet value included debt securities which were lent or sold in repurchase transactions amounting to EUR 708 million (2004: EUR 719 million) and EUR 37,181 million (2004: EUR 29,402 million), respectively.
Borrowed equity securities and convertible bonds are not recognized in the balance sheet and amounted to nil as at December 31, 2005 (2004: EUR 12 million).
Borrowed debt securities are not recognized in the balance sheet and amounted to EUR 3,295 million as at December 31, 2005 (2004: EUR 2,868 million).
Investments in connection with the insurance operations with a combined carrying value of EUR 3 million (2004: EUR 153 million) were non-income-producing for the year ended December 31, 2005.
5 LOANS AND ADVANCES TO CUSTOMERS
Loans and advances to customers by insurance and banking operations:
                 
    2005     2004  
Insurance operations
    38,467       36,306  
Banking operations
    404,511       299,057  
 
    442,978       335,363  
Eliminations
    3,797       4,905  
 
           
 
    439,181       330,458  
 
           
Loans and advances to customers by type – banking operations:
                                                 
    Nether-     Inter-     Total     Nether-     Inter-     Total  
    lands     national             lands     national        
                    2005                     2004  
Loans to or guaranteed by public authorities
    13,907       17,535       31,442       7,296       17,118       24,414  
Loans secured by mortgages
    111,257       69,855       181,112       103,596       53,156       156,752  
Loans guaranteed by credit institutions
    1,448       378       1,826       414       702       1,116  
Other personal lending
    9,942       15,200       25,142       6,419       8,474       14,893  
Other corporate loans
    81,946       86,349       168,295       39,852       66,274       106,126  
 
                                   
 
    218,500       189,317       407,817       157,577       145,724       303,301  
Provision for loan losses
    (916 )     (2,390 )     (3,306 )     (1,073 )     (3,171 )     (4,244 )
 
                                   
 
    217,584       186,927       404,511       156,504       142,553       299,057  
 
                                   
Loans and advances to customers by type – insurance operations:
                                                 
    Nether-     Inter-     Total     Nether-     Inter-     Total  
    lands     national             lands     national        
                    2005                     2004  
Policy loans
    55       3,481       3,536       56       2,834       2,890  
Loans secured by mortgages
    17,438       10,638       28,076       17,460       9,552       27,012  
Personal loans
    3,836       2,125       5,961       5,039       181       5,220  
Other
    836       105       941       523       773       1,296  
 
                                   
 
    22,165       16,349       38,514       23,078       13,340       36,418  
Provision for loan losses
    (16 )     (31 )     (47 )     (104 )     (8 )     (112 )
 
                                   
 
    22,149       16,318       38,467       22,974       13,332       36,306  
 
                                   

F-34


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Loans and advances to customers analyzed by subordination — banking operations
                 
    2005     2004  
Non-subordinated
    402,747       298,263  
Subordinated
    1,764       794  
 
           
 
    404,511       299,057  
 
           
As at December 31, 2005, Loans and advances to customers included receivables with regard to securities which have been acquired in reverse repurchase transactions related to the banking operations amounting to EUR 6,684 million (2004: EUR 24,110 million).
Loans and advances to customers and Amounts due from banks include finance lease receivables, analyzed as follows:
Finance lease receivables:
                 
    2005     2004  
Maturities of gross investment in financial leases receivable
               
Not later than 1 year
    4,230       4,067  
Later than 1 year and not later than 5 years
    7,355       7,111  
Later than 5 years
    2,654       2,269  
 
           
 
    14,239       13,447  
 
Unearned future finance income on finance leases
    (2,022 )     (1,783 )
 
           
Net investment in finance leases
    12,217       11,664  
 
           
 
Maturities of net investment in finance leases
               
Not later than 1 year
    3,727       3,533  
Later than 1 year and not later than 5 years
    6,163       6,160  
Later than 5 years
    2,327       1,971  
 
           
 
    12,217       11,664  
 
           
 
Included in Loans and advances to customers
    11,992       11,506  
Included in Amounts due from banks
    225       158  
 
           
 
    12,217       11,664  
 
           
The allowance for uncollectable finance lease receivables included in the provision for loan losses amounted to EUR 45 million at December 31, 2005 (2004: EUR 116 million).
Provision for loan losses analyzed by security – banking operations:
                                                 
    Nether-     Inter-     Total     Nether-     Inter-     Total  
    lands     national             lands     national        
                    2005                     2004  
Loans secured by public authorities
    1       2       3               36       36  
Loans secured by mortgages
    93       273       366       199       213       412  
Loans guaranteed by credit institutions
            13       13               23       23  
Other personal lending
    230       408       638       181       344       525  
Other corporate loans
    592       1,701       2,293       692       2,574       3,266  
Other
                            14       180       194  
 
                                   
 
    916       2,397       3,313       1,086       3,370       4,456  
 
                                   

F-35


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Movements in provision for loan losses – banking operations:
                 
    2005     2004  
Opening balance
    4,456       4,835  
Implementation IAS 32/39
    (592 )        
Changes in the composition of the group
    (4 )     (38 )
Write-offs
    (842 )     (956 )
Recoveries
    61       85  
Increase/(decrease) in loan loss provision
    88       465  
Exchange differences
    115       (29 )
Other movements
    31       94  
 
           
Closing balance
    3,313       4,456  
 
           
 
The closing balance is included in
               
— amounts due to banks
    7       18  
— loans and advances to customers
    3,306       4,244  
— other assets
            194  
 
           
 
    3,313       4,456  
 
           
6 INVESTMENTS IN ASSOCIATES
                                                 
            Balance                                  
    Interest     sheet     Total     Total     Total     Total  
2005   held (%)     value     assets     liabilities     income     expense  
Vesteda
    25       731       4,333       1,409       390       121  
Lionbrook Property Partnership
    33       308       988       62       42       14  
ING Winkels Basisfonds
    25       275       1,177       75       134       12  
ING Woningen Basisfonds
    25       205       925       54       144       45  
Property Fund Iberica
    30       165       1,472       911       241       152  
Lion Properties Fund
    8       147       2,427       590       245       48  
Lion Industrial Fund
    12       144       2,583       1,231       281       98  
ING PF Brittanica
    33       135       768       361       48       28  
ING Industrial Fund Australia
    13       133       1,192       349       119       24  
Gables RE Trust — Permanent/Bridge equity
    18       131       2,539       1,750       190       51  
ING Retail Property Fund Australia
    30       122       724       312       50       22  
Q-Park N.V.
    19       105       1,277       721       32       29  
ING Korea Property Investments
    51       89       368       223       23       6  
ING Vastgoed Winkels C.V.
    10       72       727       8       107       15  
ING Logistic Property C.V.
    25       62       477       230       48       23  
ING Office Fund Australia
    7       61       1,300       538       115       28  
ING Convent Garden
    44       53       247       125       12       4  
Retail Property Fund France Belgium (RPFFB)
    15       52       863       520       101       48  
ING Vastgoed Woningen C.V.
    10       51       515       0       95       35  
Other investments in associates (1)
            512                                  
 
                                             
 
            3,553                                  
 
Receivables from associates
            69                                  
 
                                             
 
            3,622                                  
 
                                             
 
(1)   Includes SulAmérica

F-36


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
                                                 
            Balance                                  
    Interest     sheet     Total     Total     Total     Total  
2004   held (%)     value     assets     liabilities     income     expense  
Vesteda
    25       724       4,323       1,427       335       265  
Property Fund Iberica
    30       134       1,345       898       144       71  
Lion Properties Fund
    12       116       1,210       243       54       11  
Lion Industrial Trust
    16       102       1,284       657       137       133  
Q-Park N.V.
    19       97       1,133       621       174       156  
Lionbrook Property Partnership
    26       79       413       109       27       7  
ING UK Property Income Limited Partnership
    45       63       369       229       6       3  
ING Logistic Property C.V.
    25       60       465       225       27       19  
ING Retail Property Fund Australia
    30       56       604       417       45       21  
Other investments in associates (2)
            1,131                                  
 
                                             
 
            2,562                                  
 
                                             
Receivables from associates
            101                                  
 
                                             
 
 
            2,663                                  
 
                                             
 
(2)   Includes NRG and SulAmérica
Accumulated impairments have been recognized of EUR 4 million (2004: EUR 4 million).
Movements in associates:
                                 
            Investments in             Receivables from  
            associates             associates  
    2005     2004     2005     2004  
Opening balance
    2,562       2,104       101       170  
Additions and advances
    707       251       69       21  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (323 )     96               (75 )
Transfer to and from investments
    964       357                  
Revaluations
    125       22                  
Share of results
    412       165                  
Dividends received
    (170 )     (128 )                
Disposals and redemptions
    (819 )     (281 )     (104 )     (15 )
Exchange differences
    95       (24 )     3          
 
                       
Closing balance
    3,553       2,562       69       101  
 
                       
7 INVESTMENT PROPERTY
Movements in investment property:
                 
    2005     2004  
Opening balance
    7,151       6,138  
Additions
    1,156       1,113  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (187 )     477  
Transfer to and from other assets
    (2,432 )     233  
Transfer to and from property in own use
    (2 )     (8 )
Fair value gains/(losses)
    171       199  
Disposals
    (879 )     (1,046 )
Exchange differences
    53       (49 )
Other movements
            94  
 
           
Closing balance
    5,031       7,151  
 
           

F-37


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Investment property by insurance and banking operations:
                 
    2005     2004  
Insurance operations
    3,310       5,196  
Banking operations
    1,721       1,955  
 
           
 
    5,031       7,151  
 
           
The total amount of rental income recognized in the profit and loss account for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 was EUR 372 million and EUR 453 million respectively. The total amount of contingent rent recognized in the profit and loss account for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 was EUR 6 million and EUR 27 million respectively.
The total amount of direct operating expenses (including repairs and maintenance) arising from investment property that generated rental income for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 was EUR 105 million and EUR 206 million respectively. The total amount of direct operating expenses (including repairs and maintenance) arising from investment property that did not generate rental income for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 was EUR 38 million and EUR 30 million respectively.
Appraisal of investment property during the last five years by professionally qualified valuers (in percentages):
         
Years of appraisal        
2005
    93  
2004
    3  
2003
       
2002
       
2001
    4  
 
     
 
    100  
 
     
8 PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
Property and equipment by type:
                 
    2005     2004  
Property in own use
    2,271       2,409  
Equipment
    1,316       1,273  
Assets under operating leases
    2,170       2,101  
 
           
 
    5,757       5,783  
 
           
Property in own use by insurance and banking operations:
                 
    2005     2004  
Insurance operations
    788       842  
Banking operations
    1,483       1,567  
 
           
 
    2,271       2,409  
 
           

F-38


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Movements in property in own use:
                 
    2005     2004  
Opening balance
    2,409       2,785  
Additions
    73       83  
Changes in the composition of the group
    3       (26 )
Transfer to and from investment property
    2       8  
Transfer to and from other assets
    (25 )     (11 )
Depreciation
    (68 )     (15 )
Revaluations
    216       (39 )
Impairments
    (13 )     (22 )
Reversal of impairments
    27          
Disposals
    (421 )     (158 )
Exchange differences
    62       (7 )
Other movements
    6       (189 )
 
           
Closing balance
    2,271       2,409  
 
           
 
Gross carrying amount as at December 31
    2,362       2,446  
Accumulated depreciation as at December 31
    (83 )     (15 )
Accumulated impairments as at December 31
    (8 )     (22 )
 
           
Net book value
    2,271       2,409  
 
           
 
Revaluation surplus
               
Opening balance
    361       380  
Changes in revaluation reserve for the year
    251       (19 )
 
           
Closing balance
    612       361  
 
           
The cost or purchase price amounted to EUR 1,659 million (2004: EUR 2,070 million). Cost less accumulated depreciation would have been EUR 1,576 million (2004: EUR 1,943 million).
Appraisal of property in own use during the last five years by professionally qualified valuers (in percentages):
         
Years of appraisal        
2005
    67  
2004
    14  
2003
    8  
2002
    1  
2001
    10  
 
     
 
    100  
 
     

F-39


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Movements in equipment:
                                                 
                  Fixtures and                
        Data processing     fittings and other              
          equipment             equipment           Total  
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
Opening balance
    333       374       940       935       1,273       1,309  
Additions
    183       166       297       247       480       413  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (8 )     6       (12 )     (1 )     (20 )     5  
Disposals
    (8 )     (16 )     (41 )     (18 )     (49 )     (34 )
Depreciation
    (198 )     (196 )     (223 )     (214 )     (421 )     (410 )
Exchange differences
    12       (1 )     41       (9 )     53       (10 )
 
                                   
Closing balance
    314       333       1,002       940       1,316       1,273  
 
                                   
 
Gross carrying amount as at December 31
    1,198       1,025       2,523       2,241       3,721       3,266  
Accumulated depreciation as at December 31
    (884 )     (692 )     (1,521 )     (1,301 )     (2,405 )     (1,993 )
 
                                   
Net book value
    314       333       1,002       940       1,316       1,273  
 
                                   
Movements in assets under operating leases:
                                                 
                          Other                
            Cars     leased-out assets           Total  
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
Opening balance
    2,060       2,033       41       68       2,101       2,101  
Additions
    990       944               6       990       950  
Changes to the composition of the group
    3               22               25          
Disposals
    (392 )     (378 )             (10 )     (392 )     (388 )
Depreciation
    (549 )     (536 )     (9 )     (20 )     (558 )     (556 )
Impairments
            (6 )                             (6 )
Exchange differences
    4       3               (3 )     4          
 
                                   
Closing balance
    2,116       2,060       54       41       2,170       2,101  
 
                                   
 
Gross carrying amount as at December 31
    3,070       3,123       98       206       3,168       3,329  
Accumulated depreciation as at December 31
    (954 )     (1,057 )     (44 )     (165 )     (998 )     (1,222 )
Accumulated impairments as at December 31
            (6 )                             (6 )
 
                                   
Net book value
    2,116       2,060       54       41       2,170       2,101  
 
                                   

F-40


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The Group leases assets to third parties under operating leases as lessor. The future minimum lease payments to be received under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:
Future minimum lease payments by maturity:
                 
    2005     2004  
Not later than 1 year
    664       663  
Later than 1 year and not later than 5 years
    1,505       1,419  
Later than 5 years
    1       19  
 
           
 
    2,170       2,101  
 
           
9 INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Movements in intangible assets:
                                                                                 
            Value of                                                  
            business                                                  
            acquired           Goodwill     Software           Other           Total  
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
Opening balance
                    139               423       631       32               594       631  
Capitalized
                                    38       58                       38       58  
Transfer from deferred acquisition costs
    2,693                                                               2,693          
Additions
    101               70       80       174       228       15               360       308  
Amortization
    (241 )                             (215 )     (245 )     (5 )     33       (461 )     (212 )
Impairments
                                    (20 )             (1 )             (21 )        
Effect of unrealized revaluations in equity
    157                                                               157          
Changes in the composition of the group
    63               (60 )     68       (5 )     (250 )     45       (1 )     43       (183 )
Exchange differences
    213               24       (9 )     13       1       8               258       (8 )
 
                                                           
Closing balance
    2,986               173       139       408       423       94       32       3,661       594  
 
                                                           
Amortization of software and other intangible assets is included in the profit and loss account in other operating expenses. Amortization of VOBA is included in Underwriting expenditure.
As at December 31, 2005 the gross amount of goodwill amounted to EUR 173 million (2004: EUR 139 million).
As at December 31, 2004 value of business acquired was included in Deferred acquisition costs.

F-41


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
10 DEFERRED ACQUISITION COSTS
Movements in deferred acquisition costs:
                                                                 
                                            Non-life              
    Investment contracts     Life insurance             insurance             Total  
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
Opening balance
                    9,999       9,485       429       361       10,428       9,846  
Implementation IFRS 4
    110               (742 )                             (632 )        
Capitalized
    23               2,422       2,854       311       262       2,756       3,116  
Amortization
    (10 )             (1,150 )     (1,812 )     (315 )     (219 )     (1,475 )     (2,031 )
Unlocking
                    4                               4          
Effect of unrealized revaluations in equity
                    239                               239          
Transfer to VOBA
    (119 )             (2,574 )                             (2,693 )        
Changes in the composition of the group
                    (138 )             (2 )     37       (140 )     37  
Exchange differences
    10               1,062       (527 )     67       (12 )     1,139       (539 )
Disposal of portfolios
    57               (79 )     (1 )                     (22 )     (1 )
 
 
                                               
Closing balance
    71               9,043       9,999       490       429       9,604       10,428  
 
                                               
For flexible life insurance contracts the growth rate assumption used for calculating the amortization of the deferred acquisition costs is currently 7.9% gross (6.9% net of investment management fees).
11 OTHER ASSETS
Other assets by type:
                 
    2005     2004  
Reinsurance and insurance receivables
    3,144       3,013  
Deferred tax assets
    2,118       1,028  
Property held for sale
    1,891       1,639  
Property under development for third parties
    71       47  
Income tax receivable
    580       232  
Accrued interest and rents
    13,776       8,327  
Other accrued assets
    1,112       2,290  
Other receivables
    7,468       4,821  
 
           
 
    30,160       21,397  
 
           
Reinsurance and insurance receivables:
                 
    2005     2004  
Receivables on account of direct insurance from
               
- policyholders
    2,212       2,298  
- intermediaries
    213       327  
Reinsurance receivables
    719       388  
 
           
 
    3,144       3,013  
 
           

F-42


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Deferred tax assets by origin:
                 
    2005     2004  
Deferred tax assets relating to
               
- insurance provisions
    160       83  
- investments
    490          
- other provisions
    397       172  
- unused tax losses carried forward
    793       459  
- loans and advances to customers
    236          
- other
    779       641  
 
           
 
    2,855       1,355  
Deferred tax liabilities (offset by deferred tax assets) relating to
               
- insurance provisions
    57          
- investments
    427       78  
- deferred acquisition costs and VOBA
    76       51  
- other provisions
    15       15  
- other
    162       183  
 
           
 
    737       327  
 
 
           
 
    2,118       1,028  
 
           
Deferred tax assets in connection with unused tax losses carried forward:
                 
    2005     2004  
Total unused tax losses carried forward
    3,651       3,470  
Unused tax losses carried forward not recognized as a deferred tax asset
    906       1,817  
 
           
Unused tax losses carried forward recognized as a deferred tax asset
    2,745       1,653  
 
Average tax rate
    28.9 %     27.8 %
Deferred tax asset
    793       459  
Deferred income tax assets are recognized for tax loss carry forwards and unused tax credits only to the extent that realization of the related tax benefit is probable. The uncertainty of the recoverability of the tax losses and tax credits is taken into account in establishing the deferred tax assets. The following tax loss carry forwards and tax credits will expire as follows at December 31:
Total unused tax losses carried forward analysed by expiry terms:
                                 
    No deferred     Deferred     No deferred     Deferred  
    tax asset     tax asset     tax asset     tax asset  
    recognized     recognized     recognized     recognized  
            2005             2004  
- up to five years
    29       348       62       568  
- five to ten years
            384       6       326  
- ten to twenty years
    322       640       750       189  
- unlimited
    555       1,373       999       570  
 
                       
 
    906       2,745       1,817       1,653  
 
                       

F-43


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Property held for sale:
                 
    2005     2004  
Property obtained from foreclosures
    532       473  
Property developed for sale
    1,359       1,166  
 
           
 
    1,891       1,639  
 
           
 
Gross carrying amount as at December 31
    1,960       1,639  
Accumulated impairments as at December 31
    (69 )        
 
           
Net book value
    1,891       1,639  
 
           
EQUITY
12 GROUP EQUITY
Equity attributable to equity holders of the company:
                 
    2005     2004  
Share capital
    530       634  
Share premium
    8,343       8,525  
Revaluation reserve
    11,206       1,257  
Share of associates reserve
    608       613  
Currency translation reserve
    668       (184 )
Treasury shares
    (868 )     (563 )
Other reserves
    16,249       13,787  
 
           
Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company
    36,736       24,069  
 
           
The revaluation reserve includes revaluations related to securities and property in own use and the reserve for cash flow hedging and hedges of net investments of foreign operations. The reserve for cash flow hedging amounts to EUR 2,046 million as at December 31, 2005.
The other reserves include retained earnings.
Share capital:
                                 
    Preference shares     Ordinary shares  
            (par value             (par value  
            EUR 1.20)             EUR 0.24)  
    Number     Amount     Number     Amount  
    x1,000             x1,000          
2005                                
Authorized share capital
    300,000       360       3,000,000       720  
Unissued share capital
    212,920       256       795,066       190  
 
                       
Issued share capital
    87,080       104       2,204,934       530  
 
                       
 
2004
                               
Authorized share capital
    300,000       360       3,000,000       720  
Unissued share capital
    212,920       256       795,280       190  
 
                       
Issued share capital
    87,080       104       2,204,720       530  
 
                       

F-44


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Movements in issued share capital:
                                 
    Preference shares     Ordinary shares  
            (par value             (par value  
            EUR 1.20)             EUR 0.24)  
    Number     Amount     Number     Amount  
    x1,000             x1,000          
Issued share capital as at December 31, 2003
    87,080       104       2,115,901       508  
From 2003 final stockdividend
                    31,731       8  
From 2004 interim stockdividend
                    31,699       8  
Issue of shares
                    25,389       6  
 
                       
Issued share capital as at December 31, 2004
    87,080       104       2,204,720       530  
 
                       
 
Issue of shares
                    214          
 
                       
Issued share capital as at December 31, 2005
    87,080       104       2,204,934       530  
 
                       
As of 2005, the total amount of preference shares (EUR 104 million share capital and EUR 192 million share premium) is presented as liabilities. Reference is made to Note 13 Preference shares.
As at December 31, 2005, the capital and reserves of Stichting Regio Bank, included in Other reserves, amounted to EUR 583 million (2004: EUR 507 million) and cannot be freely distributed. The increase reflects the profit appropriation for the year.
The revaluation reserve, share of associates reserve and currency translation reserve cannot be freely distributed.
Ordinary shares
All shares are in registered form. No share certificates will be issued. Shares may be transferred by means of a deed of transfer, subject to the approval of the Executive Board of ING Group. The par value of ordinary shares is currently EUR 0.24. The authorized ordinary share capital of ING Group consists of 3,000,000 shares, of which as at December 31, 2005 2,204,934 million have been issued and fully paid.
Depository receipts for ordinary shares and preference shares
More than 99% of the ordinary shares and preference shares issued by ING Groep N.V. are held by the Stichting ING Aandelen (Trust Office ING Shares). In exchange for these shares, the Trust Office has issued depositary receipts in bearer form for ordinary shares and for preference shares, respectively. The depositary receipts are listed on various European stock exchanges. Depositary receipts can be exchanged for (non-listed) shares of the relevant category without any restriction.
The holder of a depositary receipt is entitled to receive from the Trust Office payment of dividends and distributions corresponding with the dividends and distributions received by the Trust Office on a share of the relevant category.
In addition, the holder of a depositary receipt is entitled to attend and to speak at the General Meeting of Shareholders of ING Groep N.V. either in person or by proxy. A holder of a depositary receipt who thus attends the General Meeting of Shareholders, is entitled to vote as a proxy of the Trust Office but entirely at his own discretion for a number of shares equal to the number of his depositary receipts of the relevant category.
A holder of depositary receipts who does not attend the General Meeting of Shareholders in person or by proxy is entitled to give a binding voting instruction to the Trust Office for a number of shares equal to the number of his depositary receipts of the relevant category.

F-45


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Concentration of holders of depository receipts for shares
As at December 31, 2005, ABN AMRO Holding, AEGON and Fortis each had an interest in depositary receipts (for ordinary shares and for preference shares) of ING Groep N.V. of between 5% and 10%.
Depository receipts for ordinary shares held by ING Group
As at December 31, 2005, 38.7 million of depository receipts for ordinary shares ING Groep N.V. with a par value of EUR 0.24 was held by ING Group or its subsidiaries. These were purchased to hedge option rights granted to the Executive Board members and other employees.
Dividend restrictions
ING Groep N.V. and its Dutch group companies are subject to legal restrictions regarding the amount of dividends they can pay to their shareholders. The Dutch Civil Code contains the restriction that dividends can only be paid up to an amount equal to the excess of the company’s own funds over the sum of (i) the paid-up capital, and (ii) reserves required by law. Additionally, certain group companies are subject to restrictions on the amount of funds they may transfer in the form of cash dividends or otherwise to the parent company.
Furthermore, in addition to the restrictions in respect of minimum capital requirements that are imposed by industry regulators in the countries in which the subsidiaries operate, other limitations exist in certain countries.
B warrants
In 1998, ING Groep N.V. authorized the issue of a maximum of 17,317,132 B warrants, of which 17,220,200 have been issued. As at December 31, 2005, 17,189,554 B warrants were outstanding (2004: 17,190,610). B warrant holders are entitled to obtain from ING Groep N.V., for a fixed price, depository receipts for ordinary shares in the proportion of 1 B warrant to 2 depository receipts. B warrant holders may exercise their rights at their own discretion but no later than January 5, 2008. As at December 31, 2005, no B warrants (2004: nil) were held by group companies of ING Group.
The current exercise price of B warrants is EUR 49.92 for 2 depository receipts. The exercise price of B warrants will be adjusted by ING Group if one or more of the following circumstances occur:
1.   ING Groep N.V. issues ordinary shares with pre-emptive rights for existing holders thereof at a price lower than the average price over the 20 business days preceding the relevant announcement of the median price between the highest and lowest prices of the depository receipts of EUR 0.24 par value as stated in the Official Price List of Euronext Amsterdam N.V.;
2.   ING Groep N.V. issues ordinary shares to existing holders thereof, such shares being paid from a reserve of the company at a price lower than the average price over the 20 business days preceding the relevant announcement of the median price between the highest and lowest prices of the depository receipts of EUR 0.24 par value as stated in the Official Price List of Euronext Amsterdam N.V.;
3.   ING Groep N.V. issues ordinary shares to existing holders thereof by way of paying a dividend at a price lower than the average price over the 20 business days preceding the relevant announcement of the median price between the highest and lowest prices of the depository receipts of EUR 0.24 par value as stated in the Official Price List of Euronext Amsterdam N.V.;
4.   ING Groep N.V. grants to existing holders of ordinary shares pre-emptive rights to obtain securities other than ordinary shares;
5.   Any company grants to existing holders of ordinary shares of ING Groep N.V. a right of subscription for securities which may be converted into or exchanged for ordinary shares of ING Groep N.V., provided that the price for which such ordinary shares of ING Groep N.V. may (initially) be obtained is lower than the then applicable exercise price;
F-46

 


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
6.   ING Groep N.V. makes a distribution in cash out of its share premium reserve(s) to holders of ordinary shares.
In case of a split or consolidation of the shares of ING Groep N.V., a warrant holder shall remain entitled to a number of shares, the aggregate par value of which shall be equal to the aggregate par value of the number of shares to which he was entitled before the split or consolidation.
In case of a restructuring of the share capital of ING Groep N.V or a merger of ING Group with any other company or a transfer of the assets of ING Group (or a substantial part thereof) to any other company, the exercise price of the B warrants will not be adjusted. In that event, a warrant holder will be entitled to obtain the securities of the kind and number a holder of ordinary shares would have been entitled to if the B warrants had been exchanged for ordinary shares immediately before that event.
Movements in third-party interests:
                 
    2005     2004  
Opening balance
    3,481       3,513  
Implementation IAS 32/39 and IFRS 4
    (1,386 )        
Unrealized revaluations after tax
    (32 )     29  
Unrealized revaluations transferred to deferred profit sharing liabilities and DAC
    17          
Exchange differences
    14       (103 )
Net profit for the period
    305       275  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (710 )     (233 )
 
           
Closing balance
    1,689       3,481  
 
           
LIABILITIES
13 PREFERENCE SHARES
As a result of the implementation of IAS 32 in 2005 preference shares are presented as liabilities. In the 2004 comparatives, preference shares are included in equity.
ING Group preference shares
The par value of the preference shares is EUR 1.20. Preference shares are divided into two categories: “A” preference shares and “B” preference shares. The authorized preference share capital of ING Groep N.V. consists of 100 million “A” preference shares, of which as at December 31, 2005 87 million have been issued and 200 million “B” preference shares, of which none have been issued.
Preference shares may only be issued if at least the nominal value is paid up.
Preference shares rank before ordinary shares in entitlement to dividends and distributions upon liquidation of ING Groep N.V., but are subordinated to cumulative preference shares. Holders of “A” and “B” preference shares rank pari passu among themselves. If the profit or amount available for distribution to the holders of preference shares is not sufficient to make such distribution in full, the holders will receive a distribution in proportion to the amount they would have received if the distribution could have been made in full. The “A” preference shares and “B” preference shares are not cumulative and their holders will not be compensated in subsequent years for a shortfall in a prior year.
The ING Groep N.V.’s Articles of Association make provision for cancellation of preference shares.
“A” preference shares
The dividend on the “A” preference shares is equal to a percentage of the amount (including share premium) for which the “A” preference shares were originally issued.
F-47

 


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
This percentage is calculated by taking the arithmetic mean of the average effective yield on the five longest-dated Dutch government loans, as calculated by a Calculating Agent to be designated by the Executive Board for the last twenty stock exchange days preceding the day on which the first “A” preference shares are issued, or, as the case may be, preceding the day on which the dividend percentage is adjusted. The percentage thus established may be increased or decreased by not more than a half percentage point, depending on the market conditions then prevailing, as the Executive Board may decide with the approval of the Supervisory Board.
The dividend on the “A” preference shares is set at EUR 0.1582 per year until January 1, 2014 at which stage the dividend percentage will be readjusted (and thereafter every ten years) to the average effective yield at that time on the five longest-dated Dutch government loans.
“A” preference shares may only be cancelled if a distribution of the amount (including share premium) for which the “A” preference shares were originally issued reduced by the par value of the shares can be made on each “A” preference share. Upon liquidation of ING Groep N.V., a distribution of the amount (including share premium) for which the “A” preference shares were originally issued will, insofar as possible, be made on each “A” preference share.
Cumulative preference shares
The par value of the cumulative preference shares is EUR 1.20. None of these shares have been issued.
The cumulative preference shares rank before the preference shares and the ordinary shares in entitlement to dividend and to distributions upon liquidation of ING Groep N.V.
The dividend on the cumulative preference shares will be equal to a percentage, calculated on the amount compulsorily paid up or yet to be paid up. This percentage shall be equal to the average of the Euro OverNight Index Average (EONIA) as calculated by the European Central Bank. During the financial year for which the distribution is made, this percentage is weighted on the basis of the number of days for which it applies, increased by two and a half percentage points.
If and to the extent that the profit available for distribution is not sufficient to pay the dividend referred to above in full, the shortfall will be made up from the reserves insofar as possible. If, and to the extent that, the dividend distribution cannot be made from the reserves, the profits earned in subsequent years shall first be used to make up the shortfall before any distribution may be made on shares of any other category.
ING Groep N.V.’s Articles of Association make provision for the cancellation of cumulative preference shares. Upon cancellation of cumulative preference shares and upon liquidation of ING Groep N.V., the amount paid up on the cumulative preference shares will be repaid together with the dividend shortfall in preceding years, insofar as this shortfall has not yet been made up.
14 SUBORDINATED LOANS
Subordinated loans consists of perpetual subordinated bonds issued by ING Groep N.V. These bonds have been issued to raise hybrid capital for ING Verzekeringen N.V. and Tier-1 capital for ING Bank N.V.
EUR 5,563 million (2004: EUR 3,743 million) of these loans has been subsequently provided as subordinated loans by ING Groep N.V. to ING Bank N.V. under the same conditions as the original bonds.
EUR 1,792 million (2004: EUR 366 million) has been subsequently provided as subordinated loans by ING Groep N.V. to ING Verzekeringen N.V. under the same conditions as the original bonds.
15 DEBT SECURITIES IN ISSUE
The debt securities in issue relate to debentures and other issued debt securities with either fixed
F-48

 


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
interest rates or interest rates based on interest-rate levels, such as certificates of deposit and accepted bills issued by ING Group, except for subordinated items. ING Group does not have debt securities that are issued on terms other than those available in the normal course of business. The maturities of the debt securities are as follows:
Debt securities in issue:
                 
    2005     2004  
Fixed rate debt securities
               
- 1 year or less
    39,978       29,392  
- 2 years or less but over 1 year
    3,816       4,144  
- 3 years or less but over 2 years
    1,741       4,532  
- 4 years or less but over 3 years
    3,863       3,665  
- 5 years or less but over 4 years
    10,350       5,090  
- over 5 years
    9,718       10,784  
 
           
Total fixed rate debt securities
    69,466       57,607  
 
Floating rate debt securities
               
- 1 year or less
    5,074       11,689  
- 2 years or less but over 1 year
    872       2,427  
- 3 years or less but over 2 years
    144       1,348  
- 4 years or less but over 3 years
    494       2,317  
- 5 years or less but over 4 years
    1,064       1,807  
- over 5 years
    4,148       1,817  
 
           
Total floating rate debt securities
    11,796       21,405  
 
           
Total debt securities
    81,262       79,012  
 
           
     As of December 31, 2005, ING Group had unused lines of credit available including the payment of commercial paper borrowings presented above as part of the debt securities in issue, totalling EUR 22,588 million (2004: EUR 15,904 million).
16 OTHER BORROWED FUNDS
Other borrowed funds by remaining term:
                                                         
2005   2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     There after     Total  
Subordinated loans of group companies
    1,011       1,435       735       713       1,492       8,924       14,310  
Preference shares of group companies
                                            1,261       1,261  
Loans contracted
    6,082       508       533       404       518       1,666       9,711  
Loans from credit institutions
    4,443       642       951       83       276       575       6,970  
 
                                         
 
    11,536       2,585       2,219       1,200       2,286       12,426       32,252  
 
                                         
                                                         
2004   2005     2006     2007     2008     2009     There after     Total  
Subordinated loans of group companies
    842       1,131       550       377       797       11,978       15,675  
Loans contracted
    3,499       406       46       207       221       220       4,599  
Loans from credit institutions
    3,077       18       279       46               18       3,438  
 
                                         
 
    7,418       1,555       875       630       1,018       12,216       23,712  
 
                                         
F-49

 


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Subordinated loans of group companies relate to capital debentures and private loans which are subordinated to all current and future liabilities of ING Bank N.V. or Postbank N.V.
Preference shares of group companies comprise non-cumulative guaranteed Trust Preference Securities which are issued by wholly owned subsidiaries of ING Groep N.V. These securities have a liquidation preference of a certain amount plus any accrued interest and unpaid dividend. Dividends with regard to these preference securities are presented as an interest expense in the profit and loss account. These trust preference securities generally have no voting rights.
17 INSURANCE, REINSURANCE AND INVESTMENT CONTRACTS
                                                 
    Gross     Reinsured   Own account  
                    element              
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
Provision for life policy liabilities
    137,066       125,804       5,441       4,105       131,625       121,699  
Provision for (deferred) profit sharing and rebates
    4,195       803                       4,195       803  
Insurance provisions for policies for which the policyholders bear the investment risk
    90,728       78,807       1,197       1,151       89,531       77,656  
 
                                   
Life insurance provisions
    231,989       205,414       6,638       5,256       225,351       200,158  
 
Provisions for unearned premiums and unexpired risks
    3,093       2,863       258       354       2,835       2,509  
Claims provisions
    9,591       8,512       1,389       1,134       8,202       7,378  
Other insurance provisions
    181       62                       181       62  
 
                                   
Total provisions for insurance  
                                               
contracts
    244,854       216,851       8,285       6,744       236,569       210,107  
 
Investment contracts
    7,223                               7,223          
Investment contracts for which the policyholders bear the investment risk
    11,410                               11,410          
 
                                   
Investment contracts liabilities
    18,633                               18,633          
 
                                   
 
Insurance and investment contracts
    263,487       216,851       8,285       6,744       255,202       210,107  
 
                                   
As at December 31, 2005 the provision for life policy liabilities includes EUR 51,866 million for participating life policy liabilities.
As at December 31, 2005 claims incurred but not reported (IBNR) included in the claims provisions amounted to EUR 1,831 million.
F-50

 


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Movements in life insurance provisions:
                                                 
            Gross     Reinsured     Own account  
                    element              
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
Opening balance
    205,414       192,293       5,256       4,083       200,158       188,210  
Implementation IFRS 4
    (14,315 )             (7 )             (14,308 )        
Changes in the composition of the group
                    (44 )             44          
 
                                   
 
    191,099       192,293       5,205       4,083       185,894       188,210  
 
Current year provisions
    19,449       16,181         806       1,805       18,643       14,376  
Prior year provisions:
                                               
- benefit payments to policyholders
    (10,929 )             (431 )             (10,498 )        
- interest accrual
    4,057               (32 )             4,089          
- valuation changes for risk of policyholders
    5,074                               5,074          
- effect of changes in discount rate assumptions
    2                               2          
- effect of changes in other assumptions
    1,167                       306       861          
 
                                   
 
    (629 )     1,963       (157 )             (472 )     1,963  
 
Exchange differences
    17,691       (9,136 )     616       (338 )     17,075       (8,798 )
Other movements
    4,379       4,113       168       (294 )     4,211       4,407  
 
                                   
Closing balance
    231,989       205,414       6,638       5,256       225,351       200,158  
 
                                   
     Where discounting is used in the calculation of life insurance provisions, the rate is within the range of 3% to 6% (based on weighted averages).
     To the extent that the assuming reinsurers are unable to meet their obligations, the Group remains liable to its policyholders for the portion reinsured. Consequently, provisions are made for receivables on reinsurance contracts which are deemed uncollectable. The life reinsurance market is highly concentrated and, therefore, diversification of exposure is inherently difficult. To minimize its exposure to significant losses from reinsurer insolvencies, the Group evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers and monitors concentrations of credit risk arising from similar geographical regions, activities or economic characteristics of the reinsurer.
     As at December 31, 2005, the receivables from reinsurers amounted to EUR 719 million (2004: EUR 388 million), against which EUR 6 million (2004: nil) was provided for as uncollectable reinsurance.
     Movements in provisions for unearned premiums and unexpired risks:
                                                 
            Gross             Reinsured             Own account  
                            element              
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
Opening balance
    2,863       3,174       354       687       2,509       2,487  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (41 )     (333 )     (26 )     (350 )     (15 )     17  
 
                                   
 
    2,822       2,841       328       337       2,494       2,504  
 
Premiums written
    6,613       6,642       526       756       6,087       5,886  
Premiums earned during the year
    (6,769 )     (6,542 )     (636 )     (729 )     (6,133 )     (5,813 )
Exchange differences
    424       (76 )     44       (18 )     380       (58 )
Other movements
    3       (2 )     (4 )     8       7       (10 )
 
                                   
Closing balance
    3,093       2,863       258       354       2,835       2,509  
 
                                   

F-51


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Movements in claims provisions:
                                                 
            Gross             Reinsured             Own account  
                            element              
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
Opening balance
    8,512       7,911       1,134       614       7,378       7,297  
Implementation IFRS 4
    39               20               19          
Changes in the composition of the group
            853       (27 )     638       27       215  
 
                                   
 
    8,551       8,764       1,127       1,252       7,424       7,512  
 
Additions
                                                 
- for the current year
    4,688       3,893       891       284       3,797       3,609  
- for prior years
    (614 )     (359 )     (22 )     (48 )     (592 )     (311 )
- interest accrual of provision
    92       133       20       10       72       123  
 
                                   
 
    4,166       3,667       889       246       3,277       3,421  
 
Claim settlements and claim settlement costs
                                                 
- for the current year
    2,042       1,749       295       64       1,747       1,685  
- for prior years
    2,209       1,938       536       227       1,673       1,711  
 
                                   
 
    4,251       3,687       831       291       3,420       3,396  
 
Exchange differences
    911       (177 )     164       (58 )     747       (119 )
Other movements
    214       (55 )     40       (15 )     174       (40 )
 
                                   
Closing balance
    9,591       8,512       1,389       1,134       8,202       7,378  
 
                                   
ING Group had an outstanding balance of EUR 68 million at December 31, 2005 (2004: EUR 96 million) relating to environmental and asbestos claims of the insurance operations. In establishing the liability for unpaid claims and claims adjustment expenses related to asbestos related illness and toxic waste clean up, the management of ING Group considers facts currently known and the current state of the law and coverage litigation. Liabilities are recognized for IBNR claims and for known claims (including the costs of related litigation) when sufficient information has been developed to indicate the involvement of a specific insurance policy, and management can reasonably estimate its liability. In addition, liabilities are reviewed and updated regularly.
The release of the provision from prior years in 2005 and 2004 are a result of favourable underwriting results in several business units, in particular, the Netherlands business units benefited from a changes in legal requirements for health and disability benefits and Canada experienced unexpectedly mild winters.
Where discounting is used in the calculation of the claims provisions, the rate is within the range of 3% to 4%.
F-52

 


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
         
Movements in investments contracts liabilities:      
    2005  
Opening balance
    0  
Implementation IFRS 4
    16,860  
 
     
 
    16,860  
Current year liabilities
    5,553  
Prior year provisions
       
- payments to contract holders
    (7,051 )
- interest accrual
    276  
- valuation changes investments
    1,060  
 
    (5,715 )
Exchange differences
    1,659  
Other movements
    276  
 
     
Closing balance
    18,633  
 
     
Gross claims development table:
                         
Underwriting     Underwriting        
year 2004     year 2005     Total  
Estimate of cumulative claims:
                       
At the end of underwriting year
    3,893       4,688          
One year later
    3,990                  
 
                 
Estimate of cumulative claims
    3,990       4,688       8,678  
Cumulative payments
    (2,583 )     (1,729 )     (4,312 )
 
                 
Liability recognized
    1,407       2,959       4,366  
Liability recognized to prior underwriting years
                    5,225  
 
                 
Total amount recognized in balance sheet
                    9,591  
 
                 
18 AMOUNTS DUE TO BANKS
Amounts due to banks include non-subordinated debt due to banks, other than amounts in the form of debt securities. As at December 31, 2005, liabilities concerning securities sold in repurchase transactions amounted to EUR 23,857 million (2004: EUR 24,452 million).
Amounts due to banks by type:
                                                 
    Nether-       Inter-     Total     Nether-     Inter-     Total  
    lands       national             lands     national        
                    2005                     2004  
Non-interest bearing
    2,535       1,934       4,469       757       1,461       2,218  
Interest-bearing
    33,714       84,051       117,765       31,951       61,709       93,660  
 
                                   
 
    36,249       85,985       122,234       32,708       63,170       95,878  
 
                                   
F-53

 


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
19 CUSTOMER DEPOSITS AND OTHER FUNDS ON DEPOSIT
                 
    2005     2004  
Saving accounts
    269,389       219,468  
Credit balances on customer accounts
    127,469       84,996  
Corporate time deposits
    57,655       42,928  
Other
    11,199       1,849  
 
           
 
    465,712       349,241  
 
           
Customer deposits and other funds on deposits by type:
                                                 
    Nether-     Inter-     Total     Nether-     Inter-     Total  
    lands     national             lands     national        
                    2005                     2004  
Non-interest bearing
    13,754       1,359       15,113       13,223       1,807       15,030  
Interest-bearing
    158,252       292,347       450,599       107,992       226,219       334,211  
 
                                   
 
    172,006       293,706       465,712       121,215       228,026       349,241  
 
                                   
No funds have been entrusted to the Group by customers on terms other than those prevailing in the normal course of business. As at December 31, 2005, Customer deposits and other funds on deposit included liabilities with regard to securities sold in repurchase transactions amounting to EUR 2,104 million (2004: EUR 4,908 million).
Savings accounts relate to the balances on savings accounts, savings books, savings deposits and time deposits of personal customers. The interest payable on savings accounts, which is contractually added to the accounts, is also included.
F-54

 


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
20 FINANCIAL LIABILITIES AT FAIR VALUE THROUGH PROFIT OR LOSS
                 
    2005     2004  
Trading liabilities
    92,058       53,841  
Non-trading derivatives
    6,248          
Designated as at fair value through profit or loss
    11,562          
 
           
 
    109,868       53,841  
 
           
For the financial year 2005 the changes in fair value of financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit or loss attributable to changes in credit risk of ING Group are insignificant.
The nominal amounts of liabilities designated as at fair value through profit or loss approximates the fair value.
Financial liabilities designated as at fair value through profit or loss relate to debt securities in issue, funds entrusted and structured products.
Trading liabilities by type:
                 
    2005     2004  
Equity securities
    10,206       9,314  
Debt securities
    7,264       10,058  
Funds on deposit
    54,264       33,080  
Derivatives
    20,324       1,389  
 
           
 
    92,058       53,841  
 
           
Non-trading derivatives:
         
    2005  
Derivatives used in cash flow hedges
    753  
Derivatives used in fair value hedges
    1,336  
Derivatives used in hedges of net investments in foreign operations
    91  
Other non-trading derivatives
    4,068  
 
     
 
    6,248  
 
     
F-55

 


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
21 OTHER LIABILITIES
Other liabilities by type:
                 
    2005     2004  
Deferred tax liabilities
    5,128       1,049  
Income tax payable
    1,184       1,153  
Pension liabilities and other staff related liabilities
    1,998       2,556  
Other taxation and social security contribution
    633       437  
Deposits from reinsurers
    642       549  
Accrued interest
    10,699       5,116  
Costs payable
    2,443       2,268  
Other provisions
    1,181       943  
Other
    15,099       12,126  
 
           
 
    39,007       26,197  
 
           
Deferred taxes are calculated on all temporary differences under the liability method using effective tax rates applicable to the jurisdictions in which the Group is liable to taxation.
Deferred tax liabilities by origin:
                 
    2005     2004  
Deferred tax assets (offset by deferred tax liabilities) relating to
               
- insurance provisions
    2,119       1,949  
- other provisions
    1,057       452  
- unused tax losses carried forward
    450       336  
- fiscal equalization reserve
    13       33  
- other
    2,273       2,296  
 
           
 
    5,912       5,066  
 
           
Deferred tax liabilities relating to
               
- investments
    2,974       1,336  
- financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
    37       76  
- deferred acquisition costs and VOBA
    3,999       2,965  
- fiscal equalization reserve
    7          
- depreciation
    65       (475 )
- other provisions
    577       699  
- receivables
    167       99  
- loans and advances to customers
    131       312  
- other
    3,083       1,103  
 
           
 
    11,040       6,115  
 
           
 
 
    5,128       1,049  
 
           
F-56

 


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Deferred tax asset (offset by deferred tax liabilities) in connection with unused tax losses carried forward:
                 
    2005     2004  
Total unused tax losses carried forward
    1,689       1,047  
Unused tax losses carried forward not recognized as a deferred tax asset
    398       64  
 
           
Unused tax losses carried forward recognized as a deferred tax asset
    1,291       983  
 
Average tax rate
    34.9 %     34.2 %
Deferred tax asset
    450       336  
Total unused tax losses carried forward analysed by expiry terms:
                                 
    No deferred     Deferred     No deferred     Deferred  
    tax asset     tax asset     tax asset     tax asset  
    recognized     recognized     recognized     recognized  
          2005           2004  
- up to five years
    72       48       20       247  
- five to ten years
            96       5       39  
- ten to twenty years
    263       726               657  
- unlimited
    63       421       39       40  
 
                       
 
    398       1,291       64       983  
 
                       
Movements in other provisions:
                                                 
    Reorganizations and             Other             Total  
          relocations                              
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
Opening balance
    258       236       685       679       943       915  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (7 )     (38 )     53       (60 )     46       (98 )
Additions
    127       115       347       262       474       377  
Releases
    (3 )     (4 )     (8 )     (21 )     (11 )     (25 )
Charges
    (81 )     (99 )     (291 )     (161 )     (372 )     (260 )
Exchange differences
    6       (2 )     35       (14 )     41       (16 )
Other movements
    56       50       4               60       50  
 
                                   
Closing balance
    356       258       825       685       1,181       943  
 
                                   
The additions to provision for reorganizations and relocations in 2005 relate to the restructuring of the Operations & IT activities in the Benelux and reorganizations in the Dutch insurance operations. The provision at December 31, 2004 includes an amount of EUR 41 million for the restructuring of the international Wholesale Banking network.
The amounts included in other provisions are based on best estimates with regard to amounts and timing of cash flows required to settle the obligation. In general, the reorganizations and relocations provisions are of a short-term nature.
Pension liabilities and other staff-related liabilities
The Group maintains defined benefit retirement plans in the major countries in which it operates. These plans generally cover all employees and provide benefits that are related to the remuneration and service of employees upon retirement. Provided that the plan assets are sufficient, the benefits from many of these plans are subject to some form of indexation.
F-57

 


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Annual contributions are paid to the funds at a rate necessary to adequately finance the accrued liabilities of the plans calculated in accordance with local legal requirements. Plans in all countries comply with applicable local regulations concerning investments and funding levels.
The Group provides other post-employment and post-retirement employee benefits to certain employees. These are primarily post-retirement healthcare benefits and post-employment defined benefit early-retirement plans provided to employees and former employees.
Certain group companies sponsor defined contribution pension plans. The assets of all ING Group’s defined contribution plans are held in independently administered funds. Contributions are generally determined as a percentage of pay. These plans do not give rise to balance sheet provisions, other than relating to short-term timing differences included in current liabilities. The amount incurred in 2005 was EUR 76 million (2004: EUR 109 million).
Summary of pension liabilities and other staff-related liabilities:
                                                                 
        Post-retirement                              
                    benefits other                          
                    than pension                          
    Pension liabilities       liabilities           Other           Total  
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
Defined benefit obligation
    15,782       12,925       441       726       898       870       17,121       14,521  
Fair value of plan assets
    12,937       10,498                       375       353       13,312       10,851  
 
                                               
 
    2,845       2,427       441       726       523       517       3,809       3,670  
 
                                                               
Unrecognized past service costs
            (1 )     (6 )     (2 )                     (6 )     (3 )
Unrecognized gains/(losses)
    (1,778 )     (1,034 )     (27 )     (68 )                     (1,805 )     (1,102 )
 
                                               
Amount included in Other liabilities
    1,067       1,392       408       656       523       517       1,998       2,565  
 
                                               
Pension liabilities
Movements in defined benefit obligations:
                 
    2005     2004  
Opening balance
    12,925       11,196  
Current service cost
    477       434  
Interest costs
    643       699  
Participant contributions
    8       2  
Benefits paid
    (416 )     (392 )
Actuarial gains and losses
    1,680       1,251  
Past service cost
    192          
Changes in the composition of the group
    67       (174 )
Effect of curtailment or settlement
    (12 )     (1 )
Exchange differences
    218       (90 )
 
           
Closing balance
    15,782       12,925  
 
           

F-58


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
As at December 31, 2005, the defined benefit obligation consisted of funded plans amounting to EUR 15,658 million (2004: EUR 12,488 million) and unfunded plans amounting to EUR 124 million (2004: EUR 437 million).
Movements in fair value of plan assets:
                 
    2005     2004  
Opening balance
    10,498       9,528  
Expected return on plan assets
    710       686  
Employer’s contribution
    1,002       688  
Participant contributions
    7       1  
Benefits paid
    (416 )     (392 )
Actuarial gains and losses
    873       185  
Changes in the composition of the group
    98       (134 )
Exchange differences
    165       (64 )
 
           
Closing balance
    12,937       10,498  
 
           
Pension Investment Strategy
The primary financial objective of the ING Employee Benefit Plan (the Plan) is to secure participant retirement benefits. As such, the key objective in the Plan’s financial management is to promote stability and, to the extent appropriate, growth in funded status (i.e. the ratio of market value of assets to liabilities). The investment strategy for the Plan’s portfolio of assets (the Fund) balances the requirement to generate returns with the need to control risk. The asset mix is recognized as the primary mechanism to influence the reward and risk structure of the Fund in an effort to accomplish the Plan’s funding objectives. Desirable target allocations amongst identified asset classes are set and within each asset class, careful consideration is given to balancing the portfolio among industry sectors, geographical areas, interest rate sensitivity, dependence on economic growth, currency and other factors affecting investment returns. The assets are managed by professional investment firms. They are bound by precise mandates and are measured against specific benchmarks. Among managers, consideration is given, among others, to balancing security concentration, investment style, and reliance on particular active investment strategies. ING will review its asset mix of the fund on a regular basis. Generally, ING will rebalance the fund’s asset mix to the target mix as individual portfolios approach their minimum or maximum levels.
Categories of plan assets:
                                 
            Weighted  
            average  
                            expected  
                            long  
    Target         Percentage     term rate  
    allocation         of plan assets     of return  
    2006     2005     2004     2005  
Equity securities
    33       36       38       8.1  
Debt securities
    56       53       52       4.7  
Other
    11       11       10       6.6  
 
                       
 
    100       100       100       6.2  
 
                       
Equity securities include ING Group ordinary shares of EUR 15 million (0.1% of total plan assets) at December 31, 2005 (2004: EUR 16 million, 0.1% of total plan assets).
Determination of Expected Return on Assets
An important element for financial reporting is the assumption for return on assets (ROA). The ROA is updated at least annually, taking into consideration the Plan’s asset allocation, historical returns on the

F-59


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
types of assets held in the Fund, and the current economic environment. Based on these factors, it is expected that the Fund’s assets will earn an average percentage per year over the long term. This estimation takes into account a reduction for administrative expenses and non-ING investment manager fees paid from the Fund. For estimation purposes, it is assumed the long term asset mix will be consistent with the current mix. Changes on the asset mix could impact the amount of recorded pension income or expense, the funded status of the Plan, and the need for future cash contributions.
Weighted averages of basic actuarial assumptions in annual % as at December 31:
                 
    2005     2004  
Discount rates
    4.25       4.75  
Expected rates of salary increases (excluding promotion increases)
    2.50       2.50  
Medical cost trend rates
    4.25       4.25  
Consumer price inflation
    1.75       2.00  
The assumptions above are weighted by defined benefit obligations. The rates used for salary developments, interest discount factors and other adjustments reflect specific country conditions.
Expected Cash Flows
There are not expected to be any minimum funding requirements during 2006.
The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:
Pension benefits:
         
    Pension  
    benefits  
2006
    354  
2007
    406  
2008
    432  
2009
    446  
2010
    462  
Years 2011 - 2015
    2,491  
In 2005 the employer’s contributions amounted EUR 1,002 million (2004: EUR 688 million).
Post-retirement benefits other than pensions
Movements in defined benefit obligations:
                 
    2005     2004  
Opening balance
    726       635  
Current service cost
    42       31  
Interest costs
    40       35  
Employer’s contribution
    70          
Participant contributions
    6          
Benefits paid
    (28 )     (20 )
Actuarial gains and losses
    143       69  
Changes in the composition of the group
    (1 )        
Effect of curtailment or settlement
    (569 )        
Exchange differences
    12       (24 )
 
           
Closing balance
    441       726  
 
           

F-60


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The defined benefit obligations of post-retirement benefits other than pensions are entirely unfunded.
Weighted averages of basic actuarial assumptions in annual % as at December 31:
                 
    2005     2004  
Discount rates
    4.25       4.75  
Expected rates of salary increases (excluding promotional increase)
    2.50       2.50  
Medical cost trend rates
    4.25       4.25  
Consumer price inflation
    1.75       2.00  
The assumptions above are weighted by defined benefit obligations. The rates used for salary developments, interest discount factors and other adjustments reflect specific country conditions.
An increase of 1% in the assumed medical cost trend rate for each future year would have resulted in an additional accumulated defined benefit obligation of EUR 84 million at December 31, 2005 (2004: EUR 146 million) and an increase in the charge for the year of EUR 7 million (2004: EUR 12 million). A decrease of 1% in the medical cost trend rate for each future year would have resulted in lower defined benefit obligation of EUR 66 million at December 31, 2005 (2004: EUR 108 million) and a decrease in the charge for the year of EUR 5 million (2004: EUR 9 million).
Expected Cash Flows
There are not expected to be any minimum funding requirements during 2006.
The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:
Post-retirement benefits other than pensions:
         
    Post  
    retirement  
    benefits  
    other than  
    pensions  
2006
    15  
2007
    16  
2008
    17  
2009
    18  
2010
    19  
Years 2011 - 2015
    90  

F-61


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.1.4.   ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO THE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET OF ING GROUP
Assets and liabilities by maturity:
                                                         
                    Over     Maturity      
    Less than     1-3     3-12     1-5     five     not          
2005   one month       months       months       years       years     applicable       Total  
ASSETS
                                                       
Cash and balances with central banks
    13,084                                               13,084  
Amounts due from banks
    20,790       5,964       5,138       9,949       5,625               47,466  
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
                                                       
- trading assets
                                            149,187       149,187  
- non-trading derivatives
    170       177       254       1,822       5,421       (78 )     7,766  
- designated at fair value through profit or loss
    107       309       1,184       2,909       4,963       758       10,230  
Investments
                                                       
- available-for-sale
    5,332       4,249       12,036       80,195       163,769       40,126       305,707  
- held-to-maturity
    456       77       875       6,548       10,980       1       18,937  
Loans and advances to customers
    89,382       14,276       29,258       81,778       224,221       266       439,181  
Reinsurance contracts
    39       57       895       437       1,206       5,651       8,285  
Intangible assets
                    71       143               3,447       3,661  
Deferred acquisition costs
                                            9,604       9,604  
Other assets
    9,255       1,721       9,109       5,626       993       3,456       30,160  
Remaining assets (where maturities are not applicable) (1)
                                            115,371       115,371  
 
                                         
Total assets
    138,615       26,830       58,820       189,407       417,178       327,789       1,158,639  
 
                                         
 
                                                       
LIABILITIES
                                                       
Preference shares
                                            296       296  
Subordinated loans
                                    6,096               6,096  
Debt securities in issue
    18,933       15,581       10,543       22,360       13,845               81,262  
Other borrowed funds
    9,396       4,743       3,506       11,216       3,360       31       32,252  
Insurance and investment contracts
    1,896       2,709       8,962       20,120       94,974       134,826       263,487  
Amounts due to banks
    78,827       21,883       15,623       4,317       1,584               122,234  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
    394,141       47,310       9,446       5,752       9,063               465,712  
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
                                                       
- trading liabilities
                                            92,058       92,058  
- non-trading derivatives
    76       200       1,708       1,452       2,812               6,248  
- designated at fair value through profit or loss
    112       510       1,538       5,072       4,330               11,562  
Other liabilities
    7,966       3,272       14,955       5,610       3,992       3,212       39,007  
 
                                         
Total liabilities
    511,347       96,208       66,281       75,899       140,056       230,423       1,120,214  
 
                                         
 
(1)   Included in remaining assets where maturities are not applicable are:
 
    - property and equipment
 
    - investment property
 
    - investments for risk of policyholders
 
    - investments in associates
 
    - other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

F-62


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Assets and liabilities by maturity:
                                                         
                    Over     Maturity      
    Less than     1-3     3-12     1-5     five     not          
2004   one month     months     months     years     years     applicable       Total  
ASSETS
                                                       
Cash and balances with central banks
    9,113                                               9,113  
Amounts due from banks
    4,797       29,319       4,037       4,389       2,542               45,084  
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
                                                       
- trading assets
                                            79,649       79,649  
- other
    127       707       704       1,225       571               3,334  
Investments
                                                       
- available-for-sale
    3,958       2,575       7,844       55,237       93,435       113,282       276,331  
Loans and advances to customers
    89,539       9,906       17,918       52,669       144,880       15,546       330,458  
Reinsurance contracts
    69       107       660       489       3,623       1,796       6,744  
Intangible assets
                                            594       594  
Deferred acquisition costs
                                            10,428       10,428  
Other assets
                                            21,396       21,396  
Remaining assets (where maturities are not applicable) (1)
                                            93,260       93,260  
 
                                         
Total assets
    107,603       42,614       31,163       114,009       245,051       335,951       876,391  
 
                                         
 
                                                       
LIABILITIES
                                                       
Subordinated loans
                                    4,109               4,109  
Debt securities in issue
    329       25,442       18,716       24,163       10,362               79,012  
Other borrowed funds
            222       7,474       4,084       11,932               23,712  
Insurance and investment contracts
    9,957       3,234       7,570       18,838       76,791       100,461       216,851  
Amounts due to banks
    66,067       14,610       11,285       2,832       1,084               95,878  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
    317,514       10,494       8,101       6,273       6,859               349,241  
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
                                                       
- trading liabilities
                                            53,841       53,841  
- non-trading derivatives
                                                       
Other liabilities
    4,297       1,587       13,351       4,057       2,741       164       26,197  
 
                                         
Total liabilities
    398,164       55,589       66,497       60,247       113,878       154,466       848,841  
 
                                         
 
(1)   Included in remaining assets where maturities are not applicable are:
 
    - property and equipment
 
    - investment property
 
    - investments for risk of policyholders
 
    - investments in associates
 
    - other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
DERIVATIVES AND HEDGE ACCOUNTING
ING Group manages the various risks it is exposed to as described in the Risk Management section. In managing these risks ING Group uses economic hedges, i.e. positions with opposite risk profiles to reduce the total risk exposure. To qualify for hedge accounting under IFRS-EU strict criteria must be met. Certain hedges that are economically effective from a risk management perspective do not qualify for hedge accounting under IFRS-EU. Both at inception and during the hedge relationship it

F-63


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
can be concluded that the hedge does not (longer) qualify for hedge accounting. As a result, the volatility from these hedges in the profit and loss account may be higher than would be expected from an economic point of view.
Interest rate risk
ING Group uses various derivative instruments to manage its exposure to interest rate risk. The main products used to manage interest rate risk are interest rate swaps and cross-currency interest rate swaps. Hedge accounting is applied using fair value hedge accounting or cash flow hedge accounting for positions that meet the criteria under IFRS-EU.
Foreign exchange risk
The most significant foreign exchange risk relates to foreign currency exposures on foreign subsidiaries and Tier-1 capital denominated in US Dollars. ING reduces these exposures by entering into derivatives (including currency forwards and swaps) and non-derivative financial instruments such as funding denominated in foreign currencies. Hedge accounting is applied using net investment hedge accounting or fair value hedge accounting for those positions that meet the criteria under IFRS-EU.
Credit risk
ING Group uses credit derivatives in managing its exposure to credit risk, including total return swaps and credit default swaps to sell or buy protection for credit risk. Generally, no hedge accounting is applicable for credit derivatives.
MAXIMUM CREDIT EXPOSURE
Credit risk in the non-trading environment mainly relates to loans to customers, non-trading derivatives and investments. For loans to customers and non-trading derivatives the balance sheet value approximates the maximum credit exposure for these items. For the investments maximum credit exposure is best represented by the cost as disclosed in Note 4 Investments.
ASSETS NOT FREELY DISPOSABLE
The assets not freely disposable primarily consist of interest-bearing securities pledged to secure deposits from the Dutch Central Bank and other banks, serve to secure margin accounts or are used for other purposes required by law.
Assets not freely disposable:
                                                                                 
    Customer deposits                                                  
    and other funds on                   Guarantees     Other                
    deposit and debt                     for off-balance     contigent              
    securities in issue             Banks     sheet items     liabilities           Total  
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
Investments
    3,533       2,847       4,245       4,813               1       840       715       8,618       8,376  
Lending
    1,101       3,264       1       2       116       9                       1,218       3,275  
Banks
    328       42       899       589       375                               1,602       631  
Other assets
    1,712       339       912       1,448       328       41       84               3,036       1,828  
 
                                                           
 
    6,674       6,492       6,057       6,852       819       51       924       715       14,474       14,110  
 
                                                           

F-64


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
Contingent liabilities and commitments
In the normal course of business the Group is a party to activities whose risks are not reflected in whole or part in the consolidated financial statements. In response to the needs of its customers, the Group offers financial products related to loans. These products include traditional off-balance sheet credit-related financial instruments.
Contingent liabilities and commitments:
                 
    2005     2004  
Insurance operations
               
Commitments
    4,049       2,477  
Guarantees
    237       1,082  
 
           
 
    4,286       3,559  
 
               
Banking operations
               
Contingent liabilities in respect of
               
- discounted bills
    5       4  
- guarantees
    15,933       17,060  
- irrevocable letters of credit
    7,436       6,233  
- other
    396       378  
 
           
 
    23,770       23,675  
 
               
Irrevocable facilities
    85,098       69,011  
 
           
 
    113,154       96,245  
 
           
 
Guarantees relate both to credit and non-credit substitute guarantees. Credit-substitute guarantees are guarantees given by ING` Group in respect of credit granted to customers by a third party. Many of them are expected to expire without being drawn on and therefore do not necessarily represent future cash outflows. The guarantees are generally of a short-term nature. In addition to the items included in contingent liabilities, ING Group has issued guarantees as a participant in collective arrangements of national industry bodies and as participant in government required collective guarantee schemes which apply in different countries.
Irrevocable letters of credit mainly secure payments to third parties for a customer’s foreign and domestic trade transactions in order to finance a shipment of goods. ING Group’s credit risk in these transactions is limited since these transactions are collateralized by the commodity shipped and are of a short duration.
Other contingent liabilities mainly relate to acceptances of bills and are of a short-term nature.
Irrevocable facilities mainly constitute unused portions of irrevocable credit facilities granted to corporate clients. Many of these facilities are for a fixed duration and bear interest at a floating rate. ING Group’s credit risk in these transactions is limited. Most of the unused portion of irrevocable credit facilities is secured by customers’ assets or counter-guarantees by the central governments and exempted bodies under the regulatory requirements. Irrevocable facilities also include commitments made to purchase securities to be issued by governments and private issuers.
Special purpose entities (SPEs) and securitization
ING Group has established a number of SPEs and engages in activities with SPEs, for example as investor, administrator or provider of other financial services. SPEs which are controlled by ING Group are included in the consolidated financial statements.
The non-consolidated SPEs primarily relate to commercial paper programmes. In the normal course of business, ING Group structures financing transactions for its clients by assisting them in obtaining sources of liquidity by selling the clients’ receivables or other financial assets to an SPE. The SPE

F-65


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
issues asset-backed commercial paper to the market to fund the purchases. ING Group, in its role as administrative agent, facilitates these transactions by providing structuring, accounting, funding and operations services. As ING Group has no ownership or controlling interest in the SPE nor does it service the transferred assets, the SPE is not included in the consolidated financial statements.
ING Group supports the commercial paper programs by providing the SPE with short-term stand by liquidity facilities. Primarily these liquidity facilities are meant to cover temporarily disruptions in the commercial paper market. Once drawn these facilities bear normal credit risk. A number of programs are supported by granting structured liquidity facilities to the SPE, in which ING Group – in addition to normal liquidity facilities – to a certain extent covers the credit risk incorporated in these programs itself, and as a consequence might suffer credit losses from it. Furthermore, under a Program Wide Credit Enhancement ING Group guarantees to a limited amount all remaining losses incorporated in the SPE to the commercial paper investors. All facilities, which vary in risk profile, are granted to the SPE subject to normal ING Group analysis procedures regarding credit risk and liquidity risk. The fees received for services provided and for facilities are charged on market conditions.
The normal non-structured stand by liquidity facilities and the structured facilities are reported under irrevocable facilities.
Collateralized debt obligations (CDO)-transactions
Within ING Group, SPEs are used for CDO transactions. In a typical CDO transaction an SPE is used to issue structured, rated securities which are backed (or collateralized) by a pool of transferable debt securities. In these transactions ING often has different roles:
  the arranger of the transaction; ING structures the SPE, acquires the assets for the SPE and sells the CDOs to investors;
  collateral manager of the assets in the SPE; ING manages the assets based on strict conditions of the SPEs charter;
  investor.
ING Group receives market-rate fees for structuring, (asset) managing and distributing CDO-securities to investors.
Other entities
ING Group is also a party in other SPEs used in for instance structured finance and leasing transactions.
FUTURE RENTAL COMMITMENTS
Future rental commitments for operating lease contracts as at December 31, 2005:
         
2006
    275  
2007
    194  
2008
    181  
2009
    172  
2010
    164  
Years after 2010
    355  
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
ING Group companies are involved in litigation and arbitration proceedings in the Netherlands and in a number of foreign jurisdictions, including the United States, involving claims by and against them which arise in the ordinary course of their businesses, including in connection with their activities as insurers, lenders, employers, investors and taxpayers. In certain of such proceedings, very large or indeterminate amounts are sought, including punitive and other damages. While it is not feasible to predict or determine the ultimate outcome of all pending or threatened legal and regulatory

F-66


Table of Contents

]

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
proceedings, management does not believe that their outcome will have a material adverse effect on the Group’s financial position or results of operations.
These legal proceedings include a dispute over certain hurricane damages claimed by a Mexican fertilizer producer Grupo Fertinal (“Fertinal”) against ING Comercial América, a wholly owned subsidiary of ING Group. Fertinal claims EUR 254 million (USD 300 million) from ING Comercial América, the maximum coverage under the insurance policy of their mining operations. A judge in Mexico ruled in favor of Fertinal. This decision was appealed to a Mexican Court of Appeal, which reduced the judgment to EUR 80 million (USD 94 million), plus interest. This decision has been appealed. ING Comercial América continues to pursue this matter vigorously; however, at this time we cannot assess the final outcome. Fertinal has also made criminal complaints alleging fraud against certain ING Comercial América employees, but, currently, there are no criminal actions pending.
ING Comercial América also has been the subject of certain complaints and suits concerning the performance of certain interest sensitive life insurance products. ING Comercial América is defending these matters vigorously; however, at this time, we are unable to assess the final outcome of these matters.
In 2005, ING Comercial América management learned of an earthquake reinsurance arrangement that was inconsistent with local requirements. This arrangement was restructured and the matter was reported to the SEC and to Mexican authorities. Mexican regulators required that ING Comercial América restate certain financials and to correct a statutory margin shortfall, which required approximately EUR 74 million (USD 87 million) in additional capital. In addition, Mexican authorities fined ING Comercial América EUR 3.2 million.
In the Netherlands ING Bank N.V., together with other major Dutch banks and the payment processor Interpay (in which ING Bank N.V. is a minority shareholder), were subject of an examination by the Dutch competition authority “Nederlandse Mededingings-autoriteit” or NMa. In April 2004, the NMa has adopted a decision which indicated that ING Bank N.V. and other Dutch banks should have sold payment processing services on an individual basis and imposed a fine of EUR 3.9 million on ING Bank N.V. At the time of the decision, the banks had already decided that they would henceforth sell payment processing services individually. Furthermore, the NMa held that Interpay committed a separate infringement by charging prices for its services that were anti-competitive. Both Interpay and the Dutch banks (including ING Bank N.V.) have appealed the NMa decision. In December 2005, the NMa decided to reduce the fines imposed on the banks (for ING Bank N.V. to EUR 3.3 million) and to repeal the decision regarding Interpay. ING Bank N.V. has decided not to file an appeal against this decision.
Like many other companies in the mutual funds, suppliers of brokerage and investment products and insurance industries, several of our companies have received informal and formal requests for information from various governmental and self-regulatory agencies or have otherwise identified issues arising in connection with fund trading, compensation, conflicts of interest, anti-competitive practices, insurance risk transfer and sales practices. ING is responding to the requests and working to resolve issues with regulators. We believe that any issues that have been identified thus far do not represent a systemic problem in the ING businesses involved and in addition that the outcome of the investigations will not have a material effect on ING Group.
DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS
In addition to the restrictions in respect of minimum capital and solvency requirements that are imposed by industry regulators in the countries in which the subsidiaries operate, other limitations exist in certain countries. The most significant restrictions for ING Group are related to the insurance operations located in the United States, which are subject to limitations on the payment of dividends to the parent company imposed by the Insurance Commissioner of the state of domicile. For life, accident and health subsidiaries, dividends are generally limited to the greater of 10% of statutory surplus or the statutory net gain from operations. For the property and casualty subsidiaries, dividends

F-67


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS —(CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
are limited to a specified percentage of the previous year’s shareholders’ equity or previous year’s net investment gains, which varies by state. Dividends paid in excess of these limitations require prior approval of the Insurance Commissioner of the state of domicile.
The management of ING Group does not believe that these limitations will affect the ability of ING
Group to pay dividends to its shareholders in the future.
JOINT VENTURES
Joint ventures are included proportionally in the consolidated financial statements as follows:
Most significant joint ventures:
                                         
    Interest                            
    held (%)     Assets     Liabilities     Income   Expense  
2005
                                       
ING Australia Ltd
    51       7,932       7,527       357       257  
Postkantoren B.V.
    50       169       132       241       238  
KB Life
    49       160       148       97       96  
JV New Zealand Business
    51       151       48       10       6  
Pacific-Aetna Life Insurance/Shanghai Branch
    50       114       96       38       39  
 
                               
Total
            8,526       7,951       743       636  
 
                               
2004
                                       
NMB Heller
    50       1,130       1,105       63       (67 )
ING Australia Ltd
    51       6,697       6,357       1,318       1,196  
Pacific-Aetna Life Insurance/Shanghai Branch
    50       77       62       32       34  
 
                               
Total
            7,904       7,524       1,413       1,163  
 
                               
ING and ANZ, one of Australia’s major banks, formed a funds management and life insurance joint venture in Australia. The joint venture, ING Australia Ltd, is owned for 51% by ING and 49% by ANZ.
RELATED PARTIES
In the normal course of business, the Group enters into various transactions with related companies. Related companies comprise non-consolidated entities and the non-consolidated part of joint ventures. These transactions are not considered material to the Group, either individually or in the aggregate. Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability to control or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial or operating decisions. Transactions have taken place on an at arm’s length basis.
Transactions with joint ventures and associates:
                                 
    Joint     Associates     Joint     Associates  
    ventures     2005     ventures     2004  
Receivables
    344       413       142       242  
Liabilities
    99       35       214       27  
Guarantees issued in favour of
            3       124       2  
Income received from and expenses paid to joint ventures were EUR 25 million and EUR 71 million respectively (2004: EUR 5 million and EUR 150 million respectively) and income received from and expenses paid to associates were EUR 91 million and EUR 1 million respectively (2004: EUR 6 million and nil respectively).

F-68


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Transactions with ING Bank N.V. and ING Verzekeringen N.V:
                                 
            ING Verze-             ING Verze-  
          keringen           keringen  
    ING Bank     N.V.     ING Bank     N.V.  
    N.V.     2005     N.V.     2004  
Receivables
    533       224       373       11  
Liabilities
    134               58       183  
Guarantees issued in favour of
    3               126          
 
                               
Expenses paid
    97       19       151          
Income received
    72               11       1  
Transactions with key management personnel (Executive Board and Supervisory Board) and post-employment benefit plans are transactions with related parties. These transactions are disclosed in more detail in “Item 6 Directors, Senior Management and Employees” and Note 21 Other liabilities.
Key management personnel compensation (amounts in thousands of euros):
                                                 
    Executive Board     Board     Supervisory           Total  
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
Base salary and short-term bonus
    12,514       9,506       549       508       13,063       10,014  
Pension costs
    3,088       2,978                       3,088       2,978  
Retirement benefit
            132                               132  
Fair market value of long-term incentives
    5,274       2,998                       5,274       2,998  
 
                                   
Total compensation
    20,876       15,614       549       508       21,425       16,122  
 
                                   
Loans and advances to key management personnel (amounts in thousands of euros) :
                                                 
    Amount                   Amount              
    outstanding     Average     Repay-     outstanding     Average     Repay-  
    December     Interest     ments     December     Interest     ments  
    31     Rate     2005     31     Rate     2004  
Executive Board members
    699       4.2 %     74       773       4.3 %     19  
Supervisory Board members
    1,588       4.7 %             1,588       4.7 %     200  
 
                                   
Total
    2,287               74       2,361               219  
 
                                   
The total number of stock options on ING Groep N.V. shares held by the Executive Board members amounted to 1,271,640 at December 31, 2005 (2004: 1,026,240). As at December 31, 2005, members of the Executive Board held 1,125,023 ING Groep N.V. shares (2004: 1,107,717). Part of these shares are held in a trust. As at December 31, 2005, members of the Supervisory Board held 15,490 ING Groep N.V. shares (2004: 17,093)
FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
The following table presents the estimated fair values of ING Group’s financial assets and liabilities. Certain balance sheet items are not included in the table, as they do not comply with the definition of a financial asset or liability. The aggregation of the fair values presented hereunder does not represent, and should not be construed as representing, the underlying value of ING Group.

F-69


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Fair value of financial assets and liabilities:
                                 
          Balance           Balance  
    Estimated     sheet value     Estimated     sheet value  
    fair value     2005     fair value     2004  
FINANCIAL ASSETS
                               
Cash and balances with central banks
    13,084       13,084       9,113       9,113  
Amounts due from banks (1)
    48,250       47,466       46,951       45,084  
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
                               
-trading
    149,187       149,187       79,649       79,649  
-investments for risk of policyholders
    100,961       100,961       77,662       77,662  
-non-trading derivatives
    7,766       7,766                  
-designated as at fair value through profit or loss
    10,230       10,230                  
-other
                    3,334       3,334  
Investments
                               
-available-for-sale
    305,707       305,707       286,724       276,331  
-held-to-maturity
    19,466       18,937                  
Loans and advances to customers (1)
    434,829       427,189       340,732       318,952  
Other assets (2)
    27,462       27,462       20,137       20,137  
 
                       
 
    1,116,942       1,107,989       864,302       830,262  
 
                       
 
                               
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
                               
Preference shares
    296       296                  
Subordinated loans
    7,779       6,096       6,371       4,109  
Debt securities in issue
    81,757       81,262       79,644       79,012  
Other borrowed funds
    32,259       32,252       23,910       23,712  
Investment contracts
    18,633       18,633                  
Amounts due to banks
    122,064       122,234       96,816       95,878  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
    466,982       465,712       350,131       349,241  
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
                               
-trading
    92,058       92,058       53,841       53,841  
-non-trading derivatives
    6,248       6,248                  
-designated as at fair value through profit or loss
    11,562       11,562                  
Other liabilities (3)
    29,285       29,285       12,307       12,307  
 
                       
 
    868,923       865,638       623,020       618,100  
 
                       
 
(1)   Amounts due from banks and Loans and advances to customers do not include finance lease receivables.
 
(2)   Other assets do not include (deferred) tax assets.
 
(3)   Other liabilities do not include (deferred) tax liabilities, pension liabilities, insurance provisions and other provisions.
The estimated fair values correspond with the amounts at which the financial instruments could have been traded on a fair basis at the balance sheet date between knowledgeable, willing parties in arm’s-length transactions. The fair value of financial assets and liabilities is based on quoted market prices, where available. Because substantial trading markets do not exist for all of these financial instruments various techniques have been developed to estimate their approximate fair values. These techniques are subjective in nature and involve various assumptions about the discount rate and the estimates of the amount and timing of the anticipated future cash flows. Changes in these assumptions could significantly affect the estimated fair values. Consequently, the fair values presented may not be indicative of the net realizable value. In addition, the calculation of the estimated fair value is based on market conditions at a specific point in time and may not be indicative of future fair values.
If the estimated fair value is lower than the balance sheet value a review has been performed to
determine that the carrying amount is recoverable.
The following methods and assumptions were used by ING Group to estimate the fair value of the
financial instruments.

F-70


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
FINANCIAL ASSETS
Cash and balances with central banks
The carrying amount of cash approximates its fair value.
Amounts due from banks
The fair values of receivables from banks are estimated based on discounting future cash flows using available market interest rates offered for receivables with similar characteristics.
Non-trading derivatives
The fair values of derivatives held for non-trading purposes are based on broker/dealer valuations or on internal discounted cash flow pricing models taking into account current cash flow assumptions and the counterparties’ credit standings. The fair values of derivatives held for non-trading purposes generally reflect the estimated amounts that the Group would receive or pay to terminate the contracts at the balance sheet date.
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
The fair values of securities in the trading portfolio and other assets at fair value through profit and loss are based on quoted market prices, where available. For those securities not actively traded, fair values are estimated based on internal discounted cash flow pricing models taking into account current cash flow assumptions and the counterparties’ credit standings.
Investments
The fair values of equity securities are based on quoted market prices or, if unquoted, on estimated market values generally based on quoted prices for similar securities. Fair values for fixed-interest securities are based on quoted market prices, where available. For those securities not actively traded, fair values are estimated using values obtained from private pricing services or by discounting expected future cash flows using a current market rate applicable to the yield, credit quality and maturity of the investment.
Loans and advances to customers
For loans and advances that are repriced frequently and have had no significant changes in credit risk, carrying amounts represent a reasonable estimate of fair values. The fair values of other loans are estimated by discounting expected future cash flows using interest rates offered for similar loans to borrowers with similar credit ratings. The fair values of non-performing loans are estimated by discounting the expected cash flows of recoveries.
The fair values of mortgage loans are estimated by discounting future cash flows using interest rates currently being offered for similar loans to borrowers with similar credit ratings. The fair values of fixed-rate policy loans are estimated by discounting cash flows at the interest rates charged on policy loans of similar policies currently being issued. Loans with similar characteristics are aggregated for purposes of the calculations. The fair values of variable-rate policy loans approximate their carrying values.
Other assets
The carrying amount of other assets is not materially different than the fair value.
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Preference shares and subordinated loans
The fair value of the subordinated loans is estimated using discounted cash flows based on interest rates that apply to similar instruments.
Investment contracts
For guaranteed investment contracts the fair values have been estimated using a discounted cash flow approach based on interest rates currently being offered for similar contracts with maturities

F-71


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
consistent with those remaining for the contracts being valued. For other investment-type contracts, fair values are estimated based on the cash surrender values.
Amounts due to banks
The fair values of payables to banks are estimated based on discounting future cash flows using
available market interest rates for payables to banks with similar characteristics.
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
The carrying values of customer deposits and other funds on deposit with no stated maturity approximate their fair values. The fair values of deposits with stated maturities have been estimated based on discounting future cash flows using the interest rates currently applicable to deposits of similar maturities.
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
The fair values of securities in the trading portfolio and other liabilities at fair value through profit or loss are based on quoted market prices, where available. For those securities not actively traded, fair values are estimated based on internal discounted cash flow pricing models taking into account current cash flow assumptions and the counterparties’ credit standings.
Debt securities in issue and other borrowed funds
The fair value of debt securities in issue and other borrowed funds is estimated using discounted cash flows based on current market interest rates for these instruments.
Other liabilities
The carrying amount of other liabilities are stated at their book value which is not materially different than the fair value.

F-72


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
CAPITAL BASE
                                                 
                Banking                 Banking  
    Group     Insurance     2005     Group     Insurance     2004  
Equity attributable to the equity holders of the Company
    36,736                       24,069                  
Excluding: Revaluation reserves (4)
    (6,304 )                                        
Preference shares
    296                                          
Preference shares issued by group companies (5)
    1,269                       1,283                  
Goodwill
    (173 )                     (171 )                
Subordinated loans (5)
    6,318                       4,109                  
 
                                           
Capital base ING Group
    38,142                       29,290                  
 
                                               
Core debt (debt raised to finance subsidiaries)
    3,969                       3,316                  
 
                                   
 
    42,111       19,085 (1)     23,884 (2)     32,606       13,408 (1)     19,877 (2)
 
                                               
Third-party interests
            1,227       652               1,776       508  
Subordinated loans
                                               
ING Verzekeringen N.V.
            2,229                       2,526          
Equity components not included in Tier-1 (3)
                    (1,128 )                     (385 )
Capital base
                                               
 
                                       
— ING Verzekeringen N.V.
            22,541                       17,710          
— ING Bank N.V. (Tier-1 qualifying capital)
                    23,408                       20,000  
 
(1)   includes EUR 1,792 million (2004: EUR 366 million) of subordinated loans to ING Insurance.
 
(2)   includes EUR 5,764 million (2004: EUR 5,026 million) of subordinated loans to ING Bank.
 
(3)   includes revaluation reserve and dividend declared but not paid yet.
 
(4)   includes revaluation of debt securities (offset by shadow accounting) and the impact of cashflow hedge accounting.
 
(5)   includes nominal amounts.
REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
ING Bank
Capital adequacy and the use of regulatory required capital are based on the guidelines developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the Basel Committee) and European Community Directives, as implemented by the Dutch Central Bank (DNB) for supervisory purposes. The minimum Tier-1 ratio is 4% and the minimum total capital ratio (known as the ‘BIS ratio’) is 8% of all risk-weighted assets, including off-balance sheet items and market risk associated with trading portfolios.

F-73


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Capital position of ING Bank:
                 
    2005     2004  
Equity attributable to the equity holders of the Company
    21,331       14,894  
Third-party interests
    482       508  
Subordinated loans qualifying as Tier-1 capital (1)
    5,764       5,026  
Goodwill
    (77 )     (43 )
Minority interest Record Bank
    170          
Revaluation reserve (2)
    (4,262 )     (385 )
 
           
Core capital — Tier-1
    23,408       20,000  
 
               
Supplementary capital — Tier-2
    11,605       10,533  
Available Tier-3 funds
    363       357  
Deductions
    (650 )     (534 )
 
           
Qualifying capital
    34,726       30,356  
 
           
 
               
Risk-weighted assets
    319,653       274,138  
 
               
Tier-1
    7.32 %     7.30 %
BIS ratio
    10.86 %     11.07 %
 
(1)   subordinated loans qualifying as Tier-1 capital have been placed by ING Groep N.V. with ING Bank N.V.
 
(2)   revaluation reserve is deducted as it is not part of Tier-1 capital (included in Tier-2) and includes the cumulative revaluations on investment property.
ING Insurance
European Union directives require insurance companies established in member states of the European Union to maintain minimum capital positions. The capital position of ING Insurance has been measured on the basis of this EU requirement.
Capital position of ING Insurance:
                                                 
            Non-                     Non-        
            Insurance                     Insurance        
          companies,                   companies,        
    Total ING     core debt &     Insurance     Total ING     core debt &     Insurance  
    Verzekeringen     other elimi-     companies     Verzeke-     other elimi-     companies  
    N.V     nations     2005     ringen N.V.     nations     2004  
Available capital
    22,541       (1,349 )     21,192       17,710       (948 )     16,762  
Required capital
    8,851               8,851       8,697               8,697  
 
                                       
Surplus capital
    13,690               12,341       9,013               8,065  
 
                                       
 
                                               
Ratio of available versus required capital
    255 %             239 %     204 %             193 %

F-74


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
ING Group
According to an agreement (‘Protocol’) between the Dutch Central Bank and the former Pension & Insurance Board regarding the supervision of financial conglomerates, ING Group is required to have an amount of capital, reserves and subordinated loans which are at least equal to the sum of:
  the required capital for the banking activities; and
 
  the required capital for the insurance activities.
For regulatory purposes certain (external) subordinated loans of ING Bank N.V. and ING Verzekeringen N.V. are included.
Regulatory required capital ING Group:
                 
    2005     2004  
Equity attributable to the equity holders of the Company
    36,736       24,069  
Excluding: Revaluation reserves
    (6,304 )        
Preference shares
    296          
Preference shares issued by group companies
    1,269       1,283  
Goodwill
    (173 )     (171 )
Subordinated loans
    6,318       4,109  
 
           
Capital base ING Group
    38,142       29,290  
 
               
Subordinated loans ING Bank N.V. (included in Tier-2)
    10,304       9,951  
Subordinated loans ING Verzekeringen N.V.
    4,052       2,893  
 
           
Capital base including subordinated loans
    52,498       42,134  
 
               
Required capital banking operations
    25,572       21,931  
Required capital insurance operations
    8,851       8,697  
 
           
Surplus capital
    18,075       11,506  
 
           

F-75


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.1.5. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT OF ING GROUP
INCOME
22 INTEREST RESULT BANKING OPERATIONS
Net interest income — banking operations:
                 
    2005     2004  
Interest income on loans
    18,912       15,846  
Interest income on impaired loans
    (23 )     (84 )
 
           
Total interest income on loans
    18,889       15,762  
 
               
Interest income on available-for-sale securities
    5,989       6,175  
Interest income on held-to-maturity securities
    639          
Interest income on trading portfolio
    15,237       883  
Interest income on non-trading derivatives
    5,658          
Other interest income
    1,764       2,628  
 
           
Total interest income
    48,176       25,448  
 
               
Interest expense on deposits by banks
    2,371       1,351  
Interest expense on customer deposits and other funds on deposit
    11,960       9,440  
Interest expense on debt securities
    2,911       2,688  
Interest expense on subordinated loans
    1,126       892  
Interest on trading liabilities
    13,369          
Interest on non-trading derivatives
    5,821          
Other interest expense
    1,551       2,336  
 
           
Total interest expense
    39,109       16,707  
 
 
           
 
               
Net interest result
    9,067       8,741  
 
           
The presentation of interest income and interest expense changed in 2005 due to the implementation of IAS 32 and 39. For certain trading derivatives interest income and expense were included in Net trading income in 2004. As of 2005 these are presented as interest income and interest expense as included in Interest result banking operations. This reclassification results in an increase in 2005 in interest income and interest expense of approximately EUR 12 billion. In addition, interest income and expense related to certain non-trading derivatives that were presented net during 2004, are presented gross as of 2005. As a result of this presentation difference, interest income and interest expense in 2005 is approximately EUR 5 billion higher than in 2004.
Interest margin, analysed on a percentage basis of the Netherlands and international operations:
                 
    2005     2004  
Netherlands
    1.28       1.35  
International
    0.85       0.90  
Overall
    1.16       1.22  
In 2005, the growth of the average total assets caused an increase of the interest margin amounting to EUR 1,214 million (2004: EUR 1,183 million). The decrease of the interest margin by 6 basis points caused a decrease of the interest result with EUR 345 million (in 2004 the decrease of the interest margin by 9 basis points caused a decrease of the interest result with EUR 453 million).

F-76


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
23 PREMIUM INCOME
Premium income:
                 
    2005     2004  
Premium income from life insurance policies
    39,145       36,975  
Premium income from non-life insurance policies
    6,613       6,642  
 
           
 
    45,758       43,617  
 
           
Premium income has been included before deduction of reinsurance and retrocession premiums granted. Premium income excludes premium received for investment contracts, for which deposit accounting is applied.
Effect of reinsurance on premiums written:
                                                 
                Total                 Total  
    Non-life     Life     2005     Non-life     Life     2004  
Direct premiums written, gross
    6,556       37,644       44,200       6,592       35,532       42,124  
Reinsurance assumed premiums written, gross
    57       1,501       1,558       50       1,443       1,493  
 
                                   
Total gross premiums written
    6,613       39,145       45,758       6,642       36,975       43,617  
 
Reinsurance ceded
    526       2,031       2,557       756       1,619       2,375  
 
                                   
 
    6,087       37,114       43,201       5,886       35,356       41,242  
 
                                   
Effect of reinsurance on non-life premiums earned:
                 
    2005     2004  
Direct premiums earned, gross
    6,712       6,492  
Reinsurance assumed premiums earned, gross
    57       50  
 
           
Total gross premiums earned
    6,769       6,542  
 
               
Reinsurance ceded
    636       729  
 
           
 
    6,133       5,813  
 
           

F-77


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Premium income from life insurance policies:
                                                 
            Rein-     Own             Rein-     Own  
            surers’     account             surers’     account  
    Gross     share     2005     Gross     share     2004  
Policies for which the insurer bears the investment risk
    19,894       808       19,086       19,119       783       18,336  
Policies for which the policyholder bears the investment risk
    17,750       59       17,691       16,413       53       16,360  
 
                                   
Total direct business
    37,644       867       36,777       35,532       836       34,696  
 
                                               
Indirect business
    2,353       2,016       337       2,090       1,430       660  
 
                                   
 
    39,997       2,883       37,114       37,622       2,266       35,356  
 
                                               
Eliminations
    852       852               647       647          
 
                                   
 
    39,145       2,031       37,114       36,975       1,619       35,356  
 
                                   

F-78


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Premiums written from direct life business:
                                                 
      Policies for which the insurer   Policies for which the  
      bears the investment risk   policyholder bears the investment risk  
            Rein-                     Rein-      
            surers’     Own             surers’     Own  
2005   Gross     share     account     Gross     share     account  
PERIODIC PREMIUMS
                                               
Individual policies
                                               
— without profit sharing
    9,368       679       8,689       3,843       2       3,841  
— with profit sharing
    2,438       49       2,389                          
 
                                   
 
    11,806       728       11,078       3,843       2       3,841  
 
                                               
Group policies
                                               
— without profit sharing
    2,430       66       2,364       6,258       24       6,234  
— with profit sharing
    690       10       680                          
 
                                   
 
    3,120       76       3,044       6,258       24       6,234  
 
                                               
 
                                   
Total periodic premiums
    14,926       804       14,122       10,101       26       10,075  
 
                                               
SINGLE PREMIUMS
                                               
Individual policies
                                               
— without profit sharing
    904       1       903       5,685       22       5,663  
— with profit sharing
    2,965               2,965                          
 
                                   
 
    3,869       1       3,868       5,685       22       5,663  
 
                                               
Group policies
                                               
— without profit sharing
    563               563       1,964       11       1,953  
— with profit sharing
    536       3       533                          
 
                                   
 
    1,099       3       1,096       1,964       11       1,953  
 
                                               
 
                                   
Total single premiums
    4,968       4       4,964       7,649       33       7,616  
 
                                               
 
                                   
Total life business premiums
    19,894       808       19,086       17,750       59       17,691  
 
                                   
Total single premiums includes EUR 520 million in 2005 from profit sharing.

F-79


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Premiums written from direct life business:
                                                 
      Policies for which the insurer       Policies for which the  
      bears the investment risk       policyholder bears the investment risk  
            Rein-                     Rein-        
            surers’     Own             surers’     Own  
2004   Gross     share     account     Gross     share     account  
PERIODIC PREMIUMS
                                               
Individual policies
                                               
– without profit sharing
    6,605       632       5,973       3,566       1       3,565  
– with profit sharing
    4,213       74       4,139                          
 
                                   
 
    10,818       706       10,112       3,566       1       3,565  
 
                                               
Group policies
                                               
– without profit sharing
    2,223       58       2,165       6,653       37       6,616  
– with profit sharing
    802       14       788                          
 
                                   
 
    3,025       72       2,953       6,653       37       6,616  
 
                                               
 
                                   
Total periodic premiums
    13,843       778       13,065       10,219       38       10,181  
 
                                               
SINGLE PREMIUMS
                                               
Individual policies
                                               
– without profit sharing
    1,476       1       1,475       4,011       1       4,010  
– with profit sharing
    2,716               2,716                          
 
                                   
 
    4,192       1       4,191       4,011       1       4,010  
 
                                               
Group policies:
                                               
– without profit sharing
    677               677       2,183       14       2,169  
– with profit sharing
    407       4       403                          
 
                                   
 
    1,084       4       1,080       2,183       14       2,169  
 
                                               
 
                                   
Total single premiums
    5,276       5       5,271       6,194       15       6,179  
 
                                               
 
                                   
Total life business premiums
    19,119       783       18,336       16,413       53       16,360  
 
                                   
Total single premiums includes EUR 457 million in 2004 from profit sharing.

F-80


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Non-life insurance policies by class of business:
                                                         
                                    Acquisi-              
                                    tion              
                                    costs     Net        
                                    and other     reinsu-        
    Gross     Gross     Gross     Operat-     under-     rance        
    pre-     pre-     claims     ing     writing     income/     Opera-  
    miums     miums     expen-     expen-     expen-     (expen-     tional  
2005   written     earned(2)     ses     ses     diture(3)     ses)     result  
Health
    1,154       1,118       915       144       122       32       92  
Accident(1)
    780       803       470       128       98       (7 )     268  
Third-party liability motor
    927       946       544       132       118       (10 )     272  
Other motor
    1,442       1,467       723       170       240       12       379  
Marine and aviation
    109       127       56       17       17       (26 )     11  
Fire and other property losses
    1,503       1,551       1,287       242       324       365       101  
General liability
    406       408       156       88       85       (16 )     137  
Credit and suretyship
    61       64       24       13       10       (11 )     10  
Legal assistance
    40       40       22       13       6                  
Miscellaneous financial losses
    134       188       158       25       24       1       17  
Indirect business
    57       57       44       6       15       12       22  
 
                                         
 
    6,613       6,769       4,399       978       1,059       352       1,309  
 
                                         
 
(1) including disability insurance products.
(2) excluding reinsurance.
(3) including other underwriting income.

F-81


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Non-life insurance policies by class of business:
                                                         
                                    Acquisi-              
                                    tion              
                                    costs     Net        
                                    and other     reinsu-        
    Gross     Gross     Gross     Operat-     under-     rance        
    pre-     pre-     claims     ing     writing     income/     Opera-  
    miums     miums     expen-     expen-     expen-     (expen-     tional  
2004   written     earned(2)     ses     ses     diture(3)     ses)     result  
Health
    1,097       1,078       785       127       169       (50 )     77  
Accident(1)
    872       857       507       125       111       5       271  
Third-party liability motor
    840       839       556       106       94       (10 )     94  
Other motor
    1,335       1,344       663       161       204       (5 )     362  
Marine and aviation
    141       142       55       18       22       (38 )     9  
Fire and other property losses
    1,489       1,495       681       228       306       (135 )     156  
General liability
    438       430       228       69       89       (46 )     20  
Credit and suretyship
    57       54       3       10       10       (14 )     20  
Legal assistance
    35       35       25       13       6               (8 )
Miscellaneous financial losses
    288       217       109       22       28       (49 )     509  
Indirect business
    50       51       24       4       (49 )     (5 )     99  
 
                                         
 
    6,642       6,542       3,636       883       990       (347 )     1,609  
 
                                         
 
(1) including disability insurance products.
(2) excluding reinsurance.
(3) including other underwriting income.

F-82


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
24 INCOME FROM INVESTMENTS
Investment income by insurance and banking operations:
                                                 
            Insurance             Banking                
            operations             operations             Total  
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
Income from disposal of group companies
    (25 )     480       415       (143 )     390       337  
Income from investment property
    206       287       194       248       400       535  
Movement in fair value of investment property
    143       137       59       62       202       199  
Income from investments in equity securities
    479       425       71       151       550       576  
Income from investments in debt securities
    5,757       5,302                       5,757       5,302  
Income from loans
                                               
– personal loans
    259       332                       259       332  
– mortgage loans
    1,695       1,664                       1,695       1,664  
– policy loans
    223       171                       223       171  
– other
    427       614       12               439       614  
 
                                   
 
    9,164       9,412       751       318       9,915       9,730  
 
                                   
25 GAINS AND LOSSES FROM INVESTMENTS
                                                 
            Insurance             Banking                
            operations             operations             Total  
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
Realized result on disposal of equity securities
    511       604       171               682       604  
Realized result on disposal of debt securities
    245               60               305          
Impairments of available-for-sale equity securities
    (46 )             (45 )     45       (91 )     45  
Impairments of available-for-sale debt securities
    34                               34          
 
                                   
 
    744       604       186       45       930       649  
 
                                   
25 COMMISSION INCOME
Fee and commission income:
                                                 
            Insurance             Banking                
            operations             operations             Total  
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
Funds transfer
                    645       620       645       620  
Securities business
                    905       946       905       946  
Insurance broking
    890       136       115       136       1,005       272  
Management fees
    1,420       1,156       787       869       2,207       2,025  
Brokerage and advisory fees
    167               152       140       319       140  
Other
    119       1,032       645       624       764       1,656  
 
                                   
 
    2,596       2,324       3,249       3,335       5,845       5,659  
 
                                   

F-83


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Fee and commission expenses:
                                                 
            Insurance             Banking                
            operations             operations             Total  
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
Funds transfer
                    56       45       56       45  
Securities business
                    264       281       264       281  
Insurance broking
    500       19                       500       19  
Management fees
    686       686       139       103       825       789  
Brokerage and advisory fees
    10               6       1       16       1  
Other
    54       419       383       326       437       745  
 
                                   
 
    1,250       1,124       848       756       2,098       1,880  
 
                                   
 
 
27 VALUATION RESULTS FROM NON-TRADING DERIVATIVES
 
 
            Insurance             Banking                
            operations             operations             Total  
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
Change in fair value of derivatives – fair value hedges
    87               (425 )             (338 )        
Change in fair value of derivatives – cash-flow hedges (ineffective portion)
                    (1 )             (1 )        
Change in fair value of derivatives – hedges of net investment in foreign entities (ineffective portion)
    (16 )                             (16 )        
Change in fair value of other non-trading derivatives
    (152 )             296               144          
 
                                   
 
                                               
Net result on non-trading derivatives
    (81 )             (130 )             (211 )        
 
                                               
Change in fair value of assets and liabilities (hedged items)
    (98 )             467               369          
Valuation results on assets and liabilities designated as at fair value through profit or loss (excluding trading)
                    (111 )             (111 )        
 
                                   
Net valuation results
    (179 )             226               47          
 
                                   
 
 
28 NET TRADING INCOME
 
 
            Insurance             Banking                
            operations             operations             Total  
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
Results from securities trading
    84       323       660       365       744       688  
Results from foreign exchange transactions
    (87 )     (72 )     378       566       291       494  
Other
    9       12       (618 )     (306 )     (609 )     (294 )
 
                                   
 
    6       263       420       625       426       888  
 
                                   

F-84


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Results from foreign currency exchange transactions include gains and losses from spot and forward contracts, options, futures, and translated foreign currency assets and liabilities. Results from securities trading includes the results of making markets in instruments such as government securities, equity securities, corporate debt securities, money-market instruments, interest rate derivatives such as swaps, options, futures and forward contracts.
The portion of trading gains and losses for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 that related to trading securities still held at December 31, amounts to EUR 7 million and EUR 154 million respectively.
29 OTHER INCOME
                                                 
            Insurance             Banking                
            operations             operations             Total  
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
Share of profit from associates
    401       195       140       34       541       229  
Operating lease income
                    72       112       72       112  
Negative goodwill
                            26               26  
Other
    149       150       489       238       638       388  
 
                                   
 
    550       345       701       410       1,251       755  
 
                                   

F-85


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
EXPENDITURE
30 UNDERWRITING EXPENDITURE
                 
    2005     2004  
EXPENDITURE FROM LIFE UNDERWRITING
               
Reinsurance and retrocession premiums
    2,031       1,619  
Gross benefits
    22,129       25,774  
Reinsurance recoveries
    (1,625 )     (929 )
Movements in other insurance provisions for own account
    15,824       11,098  
Costs of acquiring insurance business
    1,060       1,324  
Other underwriting expenditure
    364       713  
Profit sharing and rebates
    2,214       684  
 
           
 
    41,997       40,283  
 
               
EXPENDITURE FROM NON-LIFE UNDERWRITING
               
Reinsurance and retrocession premiums
    526       756  
Gross claims
    4,343       3,598  
Reinsurance recoveries
    (775 )     (303 )
Movements in the provision for unearned premiums
    (46 )     73  
Movements in the claims provision
    (49 )     58  
Costs of acquiring insurance business
    1,012       951  
Other underwriting expenditure
    (52 )     (32 )
 
           
 
    4,959       5,101  
 
               
EXPENDITURE FROM INVESTMENT CONTRACTS
               
Costs of acquiring investment contracts
    53          
Profit sharing and rebates
    17          
Other movements in investment contract liabilities
    94          
 
           
 
    164          
 
               
 
           
 
    47,120       45,384  
 
           
Profit sharing and rebates:
                 
    2005     2004  
Distributions on account of interest or underwriting results
    1,824       313  
Bonuses added to policies
    379       371  
Deferred profit sharing expense
    11          
 
           
 
    2,214       684  
 
           
Underwriting expenditure includes an amount of EUR 3,956 million in 2005 (2004: EUR 4,258 million) in respect of commission paid and payable with regard to the insurance operations. Amortization of deferred costs of acquiring new business amounted to EUR 1,475 million in 2005 (2004: EUR 2,031 million).
Expenditure from Life underwriting includes an amount of EUR 220 million in 2005 (EUR 100 million in 2004) in relation to reserve strengthening for Insurance Asia Pacific as further described under Segment Reporting.

F-86


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
ING transferred part of their life insurance business to Scottish Re in 2004 by means of a co-insurance contract. ING recorded a loss amounting to EUR 160 million in Underwriting expenditure in 2004 on the transaction. This loss represented the reduction of the related deferred acquisition costs. In addition, an amount of EUR 240 million will be amortized over the life of the underlying business, starting in 2005 and gradually decreasing in subsequent years as the business runs off. The amount amortized in 2005 amounts to EUR 34 million. The cumulative amortization recognized amounts to EUR 34 million.
The underwriting expenditure regarding investment income for risk of policyholders of EUR 5,074 million (2004:EUR 2,309 million) has not been recognized as an expense in Underwriting expenditure. Accordingly, the equal amount of related income has also not been recognized in Income from investments and Gains and losses from investments.
31 OTHER IMPAIRMENTS
Other impairment losses and reversals of impairments recognized in the profit and loss account:
                                               
            Impairment             Reversals of              
            losses             impairments             Total  
    2005     2004     2005     2004   2005       2004  
Property and equipment
    82       22       (27 )           55       22  
Other intangible assets
    21                             21          
 
                                 
 
    103       22       (27 )           76       22  
 
                                 
Impairments on Loans and advances to customers are presented under Additions to the provision for loan losses. Impairments on investments are presented under Gains and losses from investments.
32 STAFF COSTS
                                                 
            Insurance             Banking                
            operations             operations             Total  
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
Salaries
    2,038       1,928       3,286       3,308       5,324       5,236  
Pension and other staff related liability costs
    143       144       256       484       399       628  
Social security costs
    214       191       444       426       658       617  
Share-based compensation arrangements
    36       19       33       57       69       76  
Other staff costs
    470       404       726       706       1,196       1,110  
 
                                   
 
    2,901       2,686       4,745       4,981       7,646       7,667  
 
                                   

F-87


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Pension and other staff related liability costs:
                                                                 
                    Post-retirement                              
                    benefits other                              
            Pension     than pensions             Other             Total  
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
Current service cost
    477       434       42       31       32       6       551       471  
Past service cost
    192                               5               197          
Interest cost
    643       699       40       35       35       14       718       748  
Expected return on assets
    (710 )     (686 )                     (22 )     (11 )     (732 )     (697 )
Effect of curtailment or settlement
    (12 )     (3 )     (396 )             (3 )             (411 )     (3 )
 
                                               
Defined benefit post-employment plans
    590       444       (314 )     66       47       9       323       519  
 
                                                               
Defined contribution plans
                                                    76       109  
 
                                                           
 
                                                    399       628  
 
                                                           
Contributions to defined contribution plans are generally determined as a percentage of pay.
The actual return on the plan assets amounted to EUR 1,583 million (2004: EUR 871 million).
Remuneration of Senior Management, Executive Board and Supervisory Board
The information on share based payment plans and remuneration of the members of the Executive Board and the Supervisory Board is included in “Item 6 Directors, Senior Management and Employees”.
Stock option and share plans
ING Group has granted option rights on ING Group shares and conditional rights on depositary receipts for ING shares to a number of senior executives (members of the Executive Board, general managers and other officers nominated by the Executive Board), to all ING Group staff in the Netherlands and to a considerable number of employees outside the Netherlands. The purpose of the option and share schemes, apart from promoting a lasting growth of ING Group, is to attract, retain and motivate senior executives and staff.
ING Group holds directly or indirectly its own shares in order to fulfil the obligations with regard to the existing stock option plan and to hedge the position risk of the options concerned (so-called delta hedge). As at December 31, 2005, 38,722,934 (2004: 29,427,538) own shares were held in connection to the option plan compared to 85,128,950 options outstanding. As a result the granted option rights were (delta-) hedged, taking into account the following parameters: strike price, opening price, zero coupon interest rate, dividend yield, expected volatility and employee behaviour. The hedge is rebalanced regularly at predetermined points in time.
Exposure arising out of the share plan is not hedged. The obligations with regard to these plans will be funded by issuing own shares.
The option rights are valid for a period of five or ten years. Option rights, that are not exercised within this period, lapse. Option rights granted will remain valid until expiry date, even if the option scheme is discontinued. The option rights are subject to certain conditions, including a certain continuous period of service. The exercise prices of the options are the same as the quoted prices of ING Group shares at the date on which the options are granted.
The entitlement to the depositary receipts for ING shares is granted conditionally. If the participant remains in employment for an uninterrupted period of three years from the grant date, the entitlement becomes unconditional. In 2005 73,500 shares have been granted to the members of the Executive

F-88


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Board and 2,907,101 shares have been granted to senior management and other employees remaining in the service of ING Group.
Each year, the ING Group Executive Board will take a decision as to whether the option and share schemes are to be continued and, if so, to what extent.
Movements in option rights, both outstanding and nonvested:
                                 
                    Weighted average  
      Options outstanding       exercise price  
    2005     2004     2005     2004  
Opening balance
    81,010,410       83,187,633       24.97       26.39  
Granted
    15,734,031       13,568,410       23.28       18.71  
Exercised
    2,820,253       918,566       21.15       16.96  
Forfeited
    298,315       940,054       23.60       20.05  
Expired
    8,496,923       13,887,013       30.26       29.45  
 
                       
Closing balance
    85,128,950       81,010,410       24.42       24.98  
 
                       
                                 
                      Weighted  
                      average grant  
      Options nonvested       date fair value  
    2005     2004     2005     2004  
Opening balance
    48,317,040       51,392,079       4.85       6.21  
Granted
    15,734,031       11,435,785       3.49       3.55  
Vested
    22,394,188       14,085,603       6.11       8.80  
Forfeited
    249,751       425,221       3.54       3.64  
 
                       
Closing balance
    41,407,132       48,317,040       3.65       4.85  
 
                       
Summary of stock options outstanding and exercisable as at December 31, 2005:
                                                 
            Weighted             Options     Weighted        
    Options     average     Weighted     exercisable     average     Weighted  
Range of   outstanding     remaining     average     as at     remaining     average  
exercise price   as at December     contractual     exercise     December     contractual     exercise  
in euros   31, 2005     life     price     31, 2005     life     price  
00.00—15.00
    16,872,752       7.18       12.71       2,423,643       7.20       12.89  
15.00—20.00
    10,797,877       8.20       18.69       301,461       7.97       18.70  
20.00—25.00
    15,423,891       9.23       23.25       172,095       8.11       23.21  
25.00—30.00
    27,110,926       5.28       28.59       25,901,115       5.21       28.57  
30.00—35.00
    361,530       2.86       33.15       361,530       2.86       33.15  
35.00—40.00
    14,561,974       3.48       35.47       14,561,974       3.48       35.47  
The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2005 was EUR 4.88 and EUR 10.72, respectively.
As of December 31, 2005 there was EUR 50 million (2004: EUR 24 million) of total unrecognized compensation costs related to stock options. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2 years (2004: 1.8 years).

F-89


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The fair value of options granted is recorded as an expense under personnel expenses and is allocated over the vesting period of the options. The fair values of the option awards have been determined by using an option-pricing model. This model takes the risk free interest rate into account (ranging from 3.12% to 3.46%), as well as the expected life of the options granted, the exercise price, the current share price, the expected volatility of the certificates of ING Group shares and the expected dividends in the range of EUR 1.07 to EUR 1.12.
Due to timing differences in granting option rights and buying shares to hedge them, results can occur if shares are purchased at a different price than the exercise price of the options. These results are recognized in Shareholders’ equity. However, ING Group does not intentionally create a position and occurring positions are closed as soon as possible. If option rights expire, the results on the (sale of) shares which were bought to hedge these option rights are either debited or credited to Shareholders’ equity.
Movements in Share awards:
                                 
                    Weighted  
                    average grant  
    Share awards     date fair value  
    2005     2004     2005     2004  
Opening balance
    3,715,896               19.37          
Granted
    2,980,601       3,792,509       27.50       19.38  
Vested
    152,006               20.26          
Forfeited
    45,022       76,613       24.71       19.37  
 
                       
Closing balance
    6,499,469       3,715,896       22.92       19.38  
 
                       
The fair value of share awards granted is recorded as an expense under personnel expenses and is allocated over the vesting period of the share awards. The fair values of share awards have been determined by using a Monte Carlo Simulation based valuation model. The model takes into account the risk free interest rate and for performance shares the current stock prices, expected volatilities and current divided yields of the performance peer group used to determine ING’s Total Shareholder Return (TSR) ranking.
As of December 31, 2005 there was EUR 81 million (2004: EUR 51 million) of total unrecognized compensation costs related to share awards. These costs are expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.9 years (2004: 2.2 years).
33       OTHER INTEREST EXPENSES
Other interest expenses mainly consist of interest in connection with the insurance operations, including interest on the perpetual subordinated loans.
Other interest expenses includes EUR 14 million and EUR 111 million dividends paid on preference shares and trust preferred securities (2004: nil and EUR 136 million).

F-90


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
34      OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES
                                                 
            Insurance             Banking                
            operations             operations             Total  
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
Depreciation of property and equipment
    113       114       376       311       489       425  
Computer costs
    319       211       669       663       988       874  
Office expenses
    595       633       622       646       1,217       1,279  
Travel and accommodation expenses
    104       91       133       115       237       206  
Advertising and public relations
    150       128       619       566       769       694  
External advisory fees
    505       435       356       274       861       709  
Other
    470       419       1,172       1,157       1,642       1,576  
 
                                   
 
    2,256       2,031       3,947       3,732       6,203       5,763  
 
                                               
Addition/(releases) of provision for reorganization and relocation
    38       29       86       82       124       111  
 
                                   
 
    2,294       2,060       4,033       3,814       6,327       5,874  
 
                                   
Other operating expenses include lease and sublease payments in respect to operating leases in which ING is the lessee.
35     TAXATION
Taxation by type:
                                                 
            Inter-     Total     Nether-     Inter-     Total  
    Netherlands     national     2005     lands     national     2004  
Current taxation
    855       388       1,243       1,025       315       1,340  
Deferred taxation
    (2 )     138       136       212       157       369  
 
                                   
 
    853       526       1,379       1,237       472       1,709  
 
                                   
Reconciliation of the statutory income tax rate to ING Group’s effective income tax rate:
                 
    2005     2004  
Result before taxation
    8,894       7,740  
Statutory tax rate
    31.5 %     34.5 %
 
           
Statutory tax amount
    2,802       2,670  
 
               
Associates exemption
    (386 )     (460 )
Other income not subject to tax
    (222 )     (10 )
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
    37       1  
Differences caused by different foreign tax rates
    29       (120 )
Adjustment to prior periods
    (77 )        
Change in tax rates
    (2 )        
Deferred tax benefit from previously unrecognized amounts
    (413 )        
Current tax benefit from previously unrecognized amounts
    (418 )        
Write down and reversal of deferred tax assets
    2          
Other
    27       (372 )
 
           
Effective tax amount
    1,379       1,709  
 
               
Effective tax rate
    15.5 %     22.1 %

F-91


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
36      EARNINGS PER ORDINARY SHARE
                                                 
                    Weighted        
                    average number        
                    of ordinary shares        
                    outstanding during     Net profit per  
    Net profit     the period     ordinary share  
    (in millions of euros)     (in millions)     (in euros)  
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
 
                                               
Net profit
    7,210       5,755       2,169.5       2,125.3       3.32       2.71  
Due to the absence of dilutive effects, the net profit equals the diluted profit.
37       DIVIDEND PER ORDINARY SHARE
                 
            Total  
            amount of  
            dividend  
    Per     paid  
    ordinary share     (in millions  
    (in euros)     of euros)  
 
               
2005(1)
    1.18       2,588  
2004
    1.07       2,359  
 
(1)   the Executive Board, with the approval of the Supervisory Board, has proposed, subject to the ratification by the General Meeting of Shareholders, a dividend of EUR 1.18 per share for the year 2005. Following the decision of the General Meeting of Shareholders with regard to the profit appropriation, the final dividend will become payable on May 4, 2006.

F-92


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.1.6. SEGMENT REPORTING
PRIMARY REPORTING FORMAT — BUSINESS SEGMENTS
ING Group’s business segments relate to the internal segmentation by business lines. These include the business lines: Retail Banking, Wholesale Banking, ING Direct, Insurance Americas, Insurance Europe and Insurance Asia-Pacific. Other mainly includes items not directly attributable to the business lines.
Each business line is headed by a member of the Executive Board. The Executive Board sets the performance targets and approves and monitors the budgets prepared by the business lines. Business lines formulate strategic, commercial and financial policy in conformity with the strategy and performance targets set by the Executive Board.
The accounting principles of the business segments are the same as those described under Accounting principles for the consolidated balance sheet and profit and loss account. Transfer prices for inter-segment transactions are set at arm’s length. Corporate expenses are allocated to business lines based on time spent by head office personnel, the relative number of staff or on the basis of income and/or assets of the segment.
ING Group evaluates the results of its business segments using a financial performance measure called underlying profit before taxation. Underlying profit before taxation is defined as profit before taxation excluding the impact of divestments and special items.
SECONDARY REPORTING FORMAT – GEOGRAPHIC SEGMENTS
ING Group’s six business lines operate in seven main geographical areas: Netherlands, Belgium, Rest of Europe, North America, Latin America, Asia and Australia. Geographical distribution of income is based on the origin of revenue.

F-93


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
BUSINESS SEGMENTS
                                                                                 
                    Insu-     Whole-                                          
    Insu-     Insu-     rance     sale     Retail                     Total              
    rance     rance     Asia/     Ban-     Ban-     ING             seg-     Elimi-     Total  
2005   Europe     Americas     Pacific     king     king     Direct     Other     ments     nations     Group  
Total income
 
Income — external
    15,844       28,032       13,168       6,808       5,611       1,830       (152 )     71,141               71,141  
Income — inter-segment
    201       4       31       (851 )     185       289       641       500       (500 )        
 
                                                           
 
    16,045       28,036       13,199       5,957       5,796       2,119       489       71,641       (500 )     71,141  
 
                                                           
 
                                                                               
Segment profit before taxation
    2,031       1,941       478       2,599       1,877       617       (649 )     8,894               8,894  
Divestments
    (10 )     38       (31 )     (323 )     (62 )                     (388 )             (388 )
 
                                                           
 
                                                                               
Underlying profit before taxation
    2,021       1,979       447       2,276       1,815       617       (649 )     8,506               8,506  
 
                                                           
 
                                                                               
Segment assets
    113,900       165,719       48,326       677,869       311,382       233,412       27,856       1,578,464       (419,825 )     1,158,639  
 
                                                                               
Segment liabilities
    101,855       158,330       44,697       669,352       307,990       230,346       21,018       1,533,588       (413,374 )     1,120,214  
 
                                                                               
Depreciation and amortization
    405       934       613       181       229       63               2,425               2,425  
Impairments
    29       15       19       75       6                       144               144  
Reversal of impairments
            41       1       15       12                       69               69  
 
                                                                               
Share in profit or loss of associates
    346       12       34       134       6               9       541               541  
Book value of associates
    2,421       15       1       1,114       45       2       24       3,622               3,622  
At December 31, 2005 the segment Insurance Asia Pacific had a net reserve inadequacy using a prudent (90%) confidence level, and, in line with Group Policy, is taking measures to improve adequacy in that region. This inadequacy was offset by reserve adequacies in other segments, such that at the Group level there is a net adequacy at the prudent (90%) confidence level.

F-94


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
                                                                                 
                    Insu-     Whole-                                          
    Insu-     Insu-     rance     sale     Retail                     Total              
    rance     rance     Asia/     Ban-     Ban-     ING             seg-     Elimi-     Total  
2004   Europe     Americas     Pacific     king     king     Direct     Other     ments     nations     Group  
Total income Income – external
    16,011       28,080       10,469       7,251       4,454       1,177       717       68,159               68,159  
Income – inter -segment
    30       4       21       (1,380 )     608       532       535       350       (350 )        
 
                                                           
 
    16,041       28,084       10,490       5,871       5,062       1,709       1,252       68,509       (350 )     68,159  
 
                                                           
 
                                                                               
Segment profit before taxation
    1,623       1,692       756       1,945       1,175       435       114       7,740               7,740  
Divestments
            (91 )     (281 )     106       (7 )                     (273 )             (273 )
Special items
    (11 )                     41                       (372 )     (342 )             (342 )
 
                                                           
 
                                                                               
Underlying profit before taxation
    1,612       1,601       475       2,092       1,168       435       (258 )     7,125               7,125  
 
                                                           
 
                                                                               
Segment assets
    100,258       132,101       31,622       474,948       252,450       170,001       35,808       1,197,188       (320,797 )     876,391  
 
                                                                               
Segment liabilities
    90,947       126,156       28,998       465,700       249,949       167,731       20,144       1,149,625       (300,784 )     848,841  
 
                                                                               
Depreciation and amortization
    348       1,427       440       220       220       49       12       2,716               2,716  
Impairments
    14       52       3       52       31                       152               152  
 
                                                                               
Share in profit or loss of associates
    147       35       10       28       (6 )             15       229               229  
Book value of associates
    1,311       14       33       791       41       10       463       2,663               2,663  
Special items in 2004 comprise results from foreign currency hedges, restructuring provisions for Wholesale Banking and a gain on old insurance business.
Interest income (external) and interest expense (external) breakdown per business line:
                                                                 
            Insu-     Insu-     Whole-                            
    Insu-     rance     rance     sale     Retail                      
    rance     Ame-     Asia/     Ban-     Ban-     ING             Total  
    Europe     ricas     Pacific     king     king     Direct     Other     Group  
2005
                                                               
Interest income
    3,658       4,492       856       30,092       10,200       8,154       (289 )     57,163  
Interest expense
    115       341       4       25,326       7,067       6,528       769       40,150  
 
                                               
 
    3,543       4,151       852       4,766       3,133       1,626       (1,058 )     17,013  
 
                                               
 
                                                               
2004
                                                               
Interest income
    3,341       4,332       671       12,988       6,328       6,141       (5 )     33,796  
Interest expense
    124       320       5       8,637       2,848       5,077       777       17,788  
 
                                               
 
    3,217       4,012       666       4,351       3,480       1,064       (782 )     16,008  
 
                                               

F-95


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
GEOGRAPHICAL SEGMENTS
Geographical segments of ING Group:
                                                                         
    Nether-             Rest of     North     Latin                             Total  
2005   -lands     Belgium     Europe     America     America     Asia     Australia     Other     Group  
Total income
 
Income — external
    16,791       5,142       5,588       26,871       2,771       12,997       789       324       71,273  
Income — inter-segment
    217       (358 )     460       (161 )     55       89       21       (455 )     (132 )
 
                                                     
 
    17,008       4,784       6,048       26,710       2,826       13,086       810       (131 )     71,141  
 
                                                     
 
                                                                       
Segment profit before taxation
    3,566       1,383       1,123       2,434       168       361       336       (477 )     8,894  
 
                                                                       
Segment assets
    271,096       165,590       329,198       275,661       19,653       64,176       26,832       6,433       1,158,639  
Geographical segments of ING Group:
                                                                         
    Nether-             Rest of     North     Latin                             Total  
2004   -lands     Belgium     Europe     America     America     Asia     Australia     Other     Group  
Total income
 
Income — external
    16,768       5,402       4,666       26,578       2,735       8,891       1,980       1,260       68,280  
Income — inter-segment
    (223 )     (236 )     453       (29 )     23       63       24       (196 )     (121 )
 
                                                     
 
    16,545       5,166       5,119       26,549       2,758       8,954       2,004       1,064       68,159  
 
                                                     
 
                                                                       
Segment profit before taxation
    2,881       808       506       1,732       237       283       541       752       7,740  
 
                                                                       
Segment assets
    195,646       136,318       258,479       204,663       12,646       44,851       21,271       2,516       876,390  
Income by geographical area:
                                                                 
            Insurance             Banking                              
            operations             operations     Eliminations             Total  
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
Netherlands
    11,509       11,235       5,532       5,310       33               17,008       16,545  
Belgium
    2,518       2,877       2,266       2,289                       4,784       5,166  
Rest of Europe
    2,157       1,813       3,891       3,306                       6,048       5,119  
North America
    25,408       25,397       1,302       1,152                       26,710       26,549  
Latin America
    2,675       2,643       151       115                       2,826       2,758  
Asia
    12,648       8,644       438       310                       13,086       8,954  
Australia
    543       1,814       267       190                       810       2,004  
Other
    844       1,678       2       6                       846       1,684  
 
                                               
 
    58,302       56,101       13,849       12,678       33               72,118       68,779  
Income between geographical areas (1)
    (878 )     (499 )                     99       121       (977 )     (620 )
 
                                               
 
    57,424       55,602       13,849       12,678       132       121       71,141       68,159  
 
                                               
 
(1) mainly related to reinsurance premiums ceded between group companies in different geographical areas.

F-96


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Income from the insurance operations by geographical area:
                                                                 
                    Non-life     Investment                
    Life premiums written     premiums written     income(1)             Total  
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
Netherlands
    5,449       5,822       1,642       1,693       4,418       3,720       11,509       11,235  
Belgium
    1,630       2,115       318       324       570       438       2,518       2,877  
Rest of Europe
    1,617       1,367       46       48       494       398       2,157       1,813  
North America
    17,624       17,923       3,099       2,741       4,685       4,733       25,408       25,397  
Latin America
    567       506       1,454       1,591       654       546       2,675       2,643  
Asia
    12,064       8,009       41       37       543       598       12,648       8,644  
Australia
    181       1,223               200       362       391       543       1,814  
Other
    15       13       133       142       696       1,523       844       1,678  
 
                                               
 
    39,147       36,978       6,733       6,776       12,422       12,347       58,302       56,101  
 
                                                               
Income between geographical areas (2)
    (2 )     (3 )     (120 )     (134 )     (756 )     (362 )     (878 )     (499 )
 
                                               
 
    39,145       36,975       6,613       6,642       11,666       11,985       57,424       55,602  
 
                                               
 
(1)   including commission and other income.
 
(2)   mainly related to reinsurance premiums ceded between group companies in different geographical areas.
Profit before taxation by geographical area:
                                                 
            Insurance             Banking                
            operations             operations             Total  
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
Netherlands
    1,714       1,201       1,693       1,680       3,407       2,881  
Belgium
    192       128       790       680       982       808  
Rest of Europe
    263       179       1,317       327       1,580       506  
North America
    1,443       1,142       705       590       2,148       1,732  
Latin America
    152       197       78       40       230       237  
Asia
    275       287       170       (4 )     445       283  
Australia
    195       436       162       105       357       541  
Other
    (256 )     752       1               (255 )     752  
 
                                   
 
    3,978       4,322       4,916       3,418       8,894       7,740  
 
                                   
Profit before taxation from the Insurance operations by geographical area:
                                                 
            Life             Non-life             Total  
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
Netherlands
    1,324       934       390       267       1,714       1,201  
Belgium
    139       111       53       17       192       128  
Rest of Europe
    256       168       7       11       263       179  
North America
    623       362       820       780       1,443       1,142  
Latin America
    98       99       54       98       152       197  
Asia
    269       284       6       3       275       287  
Australia
    195       162               274       195       436  
Other
    (238 )     527       (18 )     225       (256 )     752  
 
                                   
 
    2,666       2,647       1,312       1,675       3,978       4,322  
 
                                   

F-97


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Geographical analysis of claims, cost ratio and combined ratio for non-life insurance policies:
                                                 
            Claims ratio             Cost ratio             Combined ratio  
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
Netherlands
    56.0       60.6       39.0       36.8       95.0       97.4  
Belgium
    66.8       71.1       34.1       36.7       100.9       107.8  
Rest of Europe
    51.5       46.1       41.8       35.8       93.3       81.9  
North America
    59.7       61.0       29.4       27.6       89.1       88.6  
Latin America
    75.8       71.8       28.4       27.6       104.2       99.4  
Asia
    52.5       56.6       40.3       40.9       92.8       97.5  
Australia
            46.3               28.0               74.3  
Other
    119.7       62.8       14.6       16.4       134.3       79.2  
 
                                   
Total
    62.7       63.0       31.9       30.6       94.6       93.6  
 
                                   
The claims ratio is the claims, including claims handling expenses, expressed as a percentage of net earned premiums. The cost ratio is the costs expressed as a percentage of net premiums written. The claims ratio and the cost ratio together form the combined ratio. A combined ratio of more than 100% does not necessarily mean that there is a loss on non-life insurance policies, because the result also includes the allocated investment income.
Deferred acquisition costs of insurance business by geographical area:
                                                                 
            Investment             Life             Non-life                
            contracts             insurance             insurance             Total  
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
Netherlands
                    460       442       61       61       521       503  
Belgium
                    43       47       16       18       59       65  
Rest of Europe
                    221       209       4       4       225       213  
North America
                    4,863       6,001       292       246       5,155       6,247  
Latin America
                    97       74       115       99       212       173  
Asia
                    3,359       3,226       2       1       3,361       3,227  
Australia
    71                                               71          
 
                                               
 
    71               9,043       9,999       490       429       9,604       10,428  
 
                                               

F-98


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Insurance provisions own account by geographical area:
                                                                                 
                            Insurance                                            
                            provisions for                                            
                            policies for which                                            
            Provision for             the policyholders                                            
            life policy             bear the                                            
            liabilities             investment risk       Claims provision             Other             Total  
    2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004     2005     2004  
Netherlands
    39,564       39,264       17,065       15,472       3,224       3,364       2,778       874       62,631       58,974  
Belgium
    7,731       6,732       175       3,248       540       510       893       181       9,339       10,671  
Rest of Europe
    5,272       4,479       1,808       1,708       28       26       484       70       7,592       6,283  
North America
    53,411       52,395       59,956       46,912       3,538       2,994       1,763       1,404       118,668       103,705  
Latin America
    3,021       2,168       54       66       301       232       692       572       4,068       3,038  
Asia
    22,534       16,586       10,473       4,251       26       21       495       272       33,528       21,130  
Australia
    96       75               5,999                                       96       6,074  
Other
    (4 )                             545       231       106       1       647       232  
 
                                                           
 
    131,625       121,699       89,531       77,656       8,202       7,378       7,211       3,374       236,569       210,107  
 
                                                           

F-99


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.1.7. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
38   NET CASH FLOW FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Companies acquired and disposed of in 2005:
                                                 
                            Disposal              
            Acquisition             of Baring     Disposal        
    Acquisition     of New     Total     Asset     of Life of     Total  
Amounts in billions of euros   of Eural     Zealand     acquisitions     Management     Georgia     disposals  
GENERAL
                                               
Primary line of business
    Bank       Insurance               Bank       Insurance        
 
                                               
PURCHASE PRICE
                                               
Purchase price
    (0.1 )     (0.1 )     (0.2 )     0.7       0.2       0.9  
Cash in company acquired / disposed
                                    0.1       0.1  
 
                                   
Cash outflow / inflow on acquisition / disposal
    (0.1 )     (0.1 )     (0.2 )     0.7       0.3       1.0  
 
                                               
ASSETS
                                               
Investments
    1.6               1.6               (1.8 )     (1.8 )
Loans and advances to customers
    0.8               0.8       (2.2 )             (2.2 )
Amounts due from banks
    0.3               0.3       (1.4 )             (1.4 )
Miscellaneous other assets
    0.1       0.1       0.2       (0.7 )             (0.7 )
 
                                               
LIABILITIES
                                               
Insurance and investment contracts
                                    (1.5 )     (1.5 )
Amounts due to banks
                            (0.1 )             (0.1 )
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
    1.4               1.4       (2.5 )             (2.5 )
Miscellaneous other liabilities
    1.2               1.2       (0.9 )             (0.9 )
 
                                   
Net assets
    0.2       0.1       0.3       (0.9 )     (0.3 )     (1.2 )
 
                                               
Third-party interest
                                               
 
                                   
Net assets acquired
    0.2       0.1       0.3       (0.9 )     (0.3 )     (1.2 )
 
                                   

F-100


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Companies acquired and disposed of in 2004:
                                                 
                    Total                        
    Allianz             acqui-                     Total  
Amounts in billions of euros   Canada     Other     sitions     BHF     Other     disposals  
GENERAL
                                               
 
                                               
Primary line of business
    Insurance       Bank               Bank       Bank/Insurance          
 
                                               
PURCHASE PRICE
                                               
Purchase price
    (0.3 )     (1.9 )     (2.2 )     0.4       1.0       1.4  
Cash in company acquired / disposed
    0.5               0.5                          
 
                                   
Cash outflow / inflow on acquisition / disposal
    0.2       (1.9 )     (1.7 )     0.4       1.0       1.4  
 
                                               
ASSETS
                                               
Investments
            4.8       4.8       (7.5 )     (3.2 )     (10.7 )
Loans and advances to customers
            0.6       0.6                          
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
                            (4.0 )     (0.3 )     (4.3 )
Miscellaneous other assets
    0.9       2.2       3.1       (4.4 )     (1.8 )     (6.2 )
 
                                               
LIABILITIES
                                               
Amounts due to banks
                            (5.0 )     (0.3 )     (5.3 )
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
            3.8       3.8       (8.2 )     (2.7 )     (10.9 )
Miscellaneous other liabilities
    1.0       0.1       1.1       (1.6 )     0.1       (1.5 )
 
                                   
Net assets
    (0.1 )     3.8       3.7       (0.9 )     (2.4 )     (3.3 )
 
                                               
Third-party interest
                                               
 
                                   
Net assets acquired
    (0.1 )     3.8       3.7       (0.9 )     (2.4 )     (3.3 )
 
                                   
Acquisitions and disposals of group companies have been included in the cash flow from investing activities at cost or sales price, insofar as payment was made in cash. The cash in the company acquired/disposed has been eliminated from the cost or sales price.
39   NET CASH FLOW AND CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Interest and dividend received and paid:
                 
    2005     2004  
Interest received
    53,015       33,767  
Interest paid
    33,379       17,848  
 
           
 
    19,636       15,919  
 
           
 
Dividend received
    522       443  
Dividend paid
    2,461       883  

F-101


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Treasury bills and other eligible bills included in cash and cash equivalents:
                 
    2005     2004  
Treasury bills and other eligible bills included in trading assets
    8,878       8,730  
Treasury bills and other eligible bills included in available-for-sale investments
    2,694       3,652  
 
           
 
    11,572       12,382  
 
           
2.2.   RISK MANAGEMENT
INTRODUCTION
GROUP RISK FUNCTION
The Executive Board determines the risk appetite of ING Group, aiming for a balance between risk, return and capital and sets risk policy and limits. The Chief Financial Officer (CFO) bears primary overall responsibility for the Group Risk Function. ING has a Dual Signatory Approval structure whereby Executive Board members and the Corporate Risk Managers will take direct responsibility for specified matters (such as transactional approval) within the delegated authorities granted by the Executive Board.
The Group Risk Function is structured independently from the business lines and is organized through three departments:
  Corporate Credit Risk Management (CCRM) is responsible for the credit risk management of ING Bank and ING Insurance;
 
  Corporate Market Risk Management (CMRM) is responsible for the market risk management of ING Bank and also for the operational risk management of ING Bank and ING Insurance;
 
  Corporate Insurance Risk Management (CIRM) is responsible for the insurance and market risk management of ING Insurance.
The heads of these departments (Corporate Risk Managers) report to the CFO and bear direct responsibility for risk (mitigating) decisions. The Corporate Risk Managers advise the CFO and are responsible for the harmonization and standardization of risk-management practises. They are also responsible for risk definitions, policies, procedures, models and methodologies, measurement, monitoring and consolidated reporting.
The regional and local risk managers in the business lines have a functional reporting line to the Corporate Risk Managers; they ensure day-to-day risk analysis, proper measurement and controls, registration of risks and policy development within the overall risk governance framework.
GROUP RISK COMMITTEES
The risk committees described below act within the overall risk policy and delegated authorities granted by the Executive Board. The risk committees have an advisory role to the CFO and ensure a close link between the business lines and the Group risk management function through representation of the business heads and the Corporate Risk Managers on each committee.
ING Group Credit Committee – Policy (GCCP)
GCCP advises on policies, methodologies and procedures related to credit, insurance, market and operational risks within ING Group. The GCCP meets on a monthly basis. This committee was created in 2005 as a result of the streamlining of risk management governance at a Group level.
ING Group Credit Committee – Transaction Approval (GCCTA)
GCCTA advises on transactions involving the taking of credit risk (including issuer investment risk). The GCCTA meets twice weekly. This committee was formerly known as the Central Credit Committee (CKC).

F-102


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
ING Provisioning Committee (IPC)
IPC advises on specific and collective loan loss provisions figures for ING. The IPC meets on a quarterly basis.
Asset & Liability Committee ING Bank (ALCO Bank)
ALCO Bank advises on the overall risk profile of all ING Bank’s non-trading market risk that occurs in its Wholesale Banking, Retail Banking and ING Direct activities. ALCO Bank defines the policy regarding funding, liquidity, interest rate mismatch and solvency of ING Bank. ALCO Bank meets on a monthly basis.
Asset & Liability Committee ING Insurance (ALCO Insurance)
ALCO Insurance advises on all risks for ING Insurance activities. This includes volatility (affecting earnings and value), exposure (required capital and market risk) and insurance risks. ALCO Insurance meets six times a year.
GROUP RISK MEASUREMENT
Group risk management is described by risk category for ING Bank and ING Insurance in two separate sections below. For ING Bank the following risk categories apply: credit risk, market risk and operational risk. For ING Insurance the relevant risks are: actuarial and underwriting risk, market risk, credit risk and operational risk. In the sections below, the risk categories are sub-divided by types of risk and for each type of risk the applicable risk measurement method that ING practices is described, including a quantification of the risks.
ING BANK
CREDIT RISK
General
ING Bank’s credit policy is to maintain an internationally diversified loan and bond portfolio, while avoiding large risk concentrations. The emphasis is on managing business developments within the business lines by means of top-down concentration limits for countries, individual borrowers and borrower groups. The aim is to expand relationship-banking activities, while maintaining stringent internal risk/return guidelines and controls.
In anticipation of the planned introduction of new global capital regulations from the Basel Committee, ING has commenced a bank-wide Basel project led by CCRM. The goal of this project is to ensure ING’s compliance with the new regulations by the required implementation date of December 31, 2007. A key element of the project is the continued development, implementation and back-testing of in-house objective risk rating and loss-given default models for use in the credit approval process, risk reporting, performance monitoring and portfolio management. Simultaneously, ING is refining its credit risk management governance and practices to conform to industry best practices and regulatory requirements.
Measurement
Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of loss from the default by debtors or counterparties. Credit risks arise in ING Bank’s lending, pre-settlement and investment activities, as well as in its trading activities. Credit risk management is supported by dedicated credit risk information systems and internal rating methodologies for debtors and counterparties.
Credit analysis is risk/reward-oriented whereby the level of credit analysis is a function of the risk amount, tenor, structure (e.g. covers received) of the facility, and the risks entered into. Continually more sophisticated RAROC-based tools are used internally to ensure a proper balance of risk and reward within the portfolio and concentration parameters. ING’s credit analysts make use of publicly

F-103


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
available information in combination with in-house analysis based on information provided by the customer, peer-group comparisons, industry comparisons and other quantitative techniques.
The credit exposure of ING Bank is mainly related to traditional lending to individuals and businesses. Loans to individuals are mainly mortgage loans secured by residential property. Loans to businesses are often collateralized, but can be unsecured based on internal analysis of the borrowers’ creditworthiness. Pre-settlement credit exposure arises also from trading activities, for instance in derivatives, repurchase transactions and securities lending/borrowing. ING uses various market pricing and measurement techniques to determine the amount of credit risk on pre-settlement activities. These techniques estimate ING’s potential future exposure on individual and portfolios of trades. Master agreements and collateral agreements are frequently entered into to reduce these credit risks.
Risk classes are defined based upon the quality of the exposures in terms of creditworthiness, varying from investment grade to problem grade expressed in Moody’s and S&P equivalents.
Risk classes: ING Bank portfolio, as % of total outstandings(1):
                 
(in percentages)   2005     2004  
AAA (1)
    13.8 %     11.8 %
AA (2-4)
    22.1 %     21.9 %
A (4-7)
    9.5 %     10.9 %
BBB (8-10)
    21.6 %     22.5 %
BB (11-13)
    27.6 %     29.1 %
B (14-17)
    4.0 %     2.3 %
Watch / Problem Grade (18-22)
    1.4 %     1.5 %
 
           
 
    100.0 %     100.0 %
 
           
 
(1)   based on lending (wholesale and retail), financial markets and investment activities.
The shift from mid-grade (BB-BBB) assets to high quality (AA-AAA) assets is the result of the continuing growth of ING Direct.
Risk concentration: ING Bank Portfolio, by economic sector:
                 
(in percentages)   2005     2004  
Construction, infrastructure & Real estate
    5.7 %     4.3 %
Financial institutions
    39.4 %     39.6 %
Private individuals
    28.1 %     28.9 %
Public administration
    9.2 %     8.6 %
Services
    2.1 %     2.1 %
Other
    15.5 %     16.5 %
 
           
 
    100.0 %     100.0 %
 
           
The credit portfolio is under constant review. A formal analysis takes place quarterly to determine the provisions for possible bad debts, using a bottom-up approach. Conclusions are discussed by the IPC, which advises the Executive Board on specific provisioning levels. ING Bank identifies as impaired loans those loans for which it is probable, based on current information and events that the principal and interest amounts contractually due will not be collected in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreements.
In 2005, ING added EUR 88 million to the provision for loan losses, compared with EUR 465 million in 2004. The addition equalled 3 basis points of average credit-risk-weighted assets in 2005, compared

F-104


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
with 18 basis points in 2004. ING is of the opinion that its loan-loss provisions as of December 31, 2005 are adequate to absorb losses from ING Bank’s credit risk taking activities.
Country risk
Country risk is the risk that ING faces which is specifically attributable to events in a specific country (or group of countries). Country risk is identified in lending (corporate and counterparty), trading and investment activities. All transactions and trading positions generated by ING include country risk. Country risk is further divided into economic and transfer risk. Economic risk is the concentration risk relating to any event in the risk country which may affect transactions and other exposure in that country, regardless of the currency. Transfer risk is the risk incurred through the inability of ING or its counterparties to meet their respective foreign currency obligations due to a specific country event.
In countries where ING is active, the relevant country’s risk profile is regularly evaluated, resulting in a country rating. Country limits are based on this rating and ING’s risk appetite. Exposures derived from lending and investment activities are then measured and reported against these country limits on a daily basis. Country-risk limits are assigned for transfer risk generally only in emerging markets.
Largest economic exposures: ING Bank lending portfolio, by country(1):
                 
Amounts in billions of euros   2005     2004  
Netherlands
    176.8       178.4  
United States of America
    69.8       58.2  
Germany
    67.9       60.5  
Belgium
    56.5       43.3  
Spain
    42.2       33.9  
United Kingdom
    39.2       41.3  
Italy
    19.1       16.5  
Australia
    18.8       15.6  
France
    17.3       25.2  
Canada
    16.7       11.5  
 
(1)   only covers exposures in excess of EUR 10 billion, including intercompany exposures with ING Insurance.
The methodology for calculating risk capital is linked to the risk definitions with respect to determining where the country risk occurs. Emerging market countries with low and medium risk that have not defaulted require no mandatory provisions for transfer risk. Instead of provisions, additional capital is allocated to transactions that incur country risk, the amount of which is a function of the risk of the country as well as the risk of the transaction itself.
Settlement risk
Settlement risk arises when there is an exchange of value (funds, instruments or commodities) for the same or different value dates and receipt is not verified or expected until ING has paid or delivered its side of the trade. The risk is that ING delivers, but does not receive delivery from the counterparty. Settlement risk can most commonly be contained and reduced by entering into transactions with delivery-versus-payment (DVP) settlement methods, as is common with most clearing houses, or settlement netting agreements.
For those transactions where DVP settlement is not possible, ING establishes settlement limits through the credit approval process. Settlement risk is then monitored and managed through the credit risk management units. Risk is further mitigated by operational procedures requiring trade confirmations to counterparties with all transaction details, and entering into internationally accepted documentation, such as International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA) Master Agreements for derivative transactions. Additionally, ING regularly participates in projects with other banks to improve and develop new clearing systems and clearing mechanisms to further reduce the level of settlement risk.

F-105


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Collateral policies
As with all financial institutions, ING is in the business of taking credit risks. As such, we continually evaluate the creditworthiness of our customers, trading partners and investments for their ability to meet their financial obligations to ING. During the assessment process of creating new loans, acquiring securities, as well as reviewing existing loans and securities positions, ING determines the amount and type of collateral, if any, that a customer may be required to pledge to ING. Generally, the lower the perceived creditworthiness of a borrower or financial counterparty, the more collateral the customer or counterparty will have to provide. Within counterparty trading activities, ING actively enters into various legal arrangements whereby counterparties (or ING) may have to post collateral to one another to cover market fluctuations of their relative positions. Laws in various jurisdictions also affect the type and amount of collateral that ING can receive or pledge. Additionally, ING will sometimes enter into credit default swaps, and other similar instruments, in order to reduce the perceived credit risk on a given borrower or portfolio.
Restructuring
In some cases, ING will work with the obligor and its other creditors, if any, to restructure the company and its financial obligations in order to minimize any financial losses to the creditors as a whole, and ING in particular. This can be accomplished through many means available to the creditors, the most common of which are (1) extending the repayment period, (2) selling assets; (3) selling business lines of the debtor, (4) forgiving part of the financial obligations, and (5) a combination of the above. The decision to enter into such a restructuring is made only after careful internal assessment and an internal approval. Once a restructuring is completed, the obligor is again subject to normal credit risk monitoring procedures.
Past-due obligations
ING continually measures its portfolio in terms of payment arrears. Particularly the retail portfolios (such as residential mortgages, consumer loans and policy loans) are closely monitored on a monthly basis to determine if there are any significant changes in the level of arrears. Generally, an obligation is considered “past-due” if a payment of interest or principal is more than one day late. In practice, the first 5-7 days are considered to be operational risk. After this period, letters will be sent to the obligor reminding it of its (past due) payment obligations. If payment has not been made after 90 days, the obligation is generally considered impaired and transferred to one of the “problem loan” units. In order to reduce the number of arrears, most ING units encourages obligors to set up automatic debits from their accounts to ensure timely payments.
There is no significant concentration of a particular type of loan structure in the watch-list or the impaired loan portfolio. As such, the make up of the collateral received generally mirrors that of the portfolio as a whole.
Generally, all loans with past due financial obligations of more than 90 days past due are automatically reclassified as impaired. However, there can also be other reasons for declaring a loan impaired prior to being 90 days past due. These include, but are not limited to, ING’s assessment of the customer’s perceived inability to meet its financial obligations, or the customer filing for bankruptcy or bankruptcy protection. In some cases, a material breach of financial covenants will also trigger a reclassification of a loan to the impaired category.
Repossession policy
It is ING’s general policy not to take repossession of assets of defaulted debtors. Rather, ING attempts to sell the assets from within the legal entity that has pledged these assets to ING, in accordance with the respective collateral or pledge agreements signed with the obligors. In those cases where ING does take possession of the collateral, ING generally attempts to sell the asset as quickly as possible to prospective buyers. Based on internal assessments to determine the highest and quickest return for ING, the sale of repossessed assets could be the sale of the company as a whole (or at least all of its assets), or the assets could be sold over time.

F-106


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
MARKET RISK
GENERAL
Market risk arises from trading and non-trading activities within the three business lines of ING Bank:
  ING Wholesale Banking: Trading market risks arise within ING Wholesale Banking primarily through market making, client facilitation and proprietary trading in the fixed income, equities and foreign exchange markets and directly related derivative markets. ING has no material commodity portfolios. Trading positions are marked to market daily. ING’s policy is to maintain an internationally diversified and mainly client-related trading portfolio, while avoiding large risk concentrations. Non-trading market risk is transferred to the asset & liability management (ALM) books; these are structural interest rate mismatch positions that result from commercial banking activities.
 
  ING Retail Banking: ING identifies non-trading residual market risk that results from banking products of which the future cash flows depend on client behaviour, like current accounts, saving accounts and mortgages.
 
  ING Direct: Within ING Direct no trading positions are maintained; the market risks are characterized as a combination of ALM and market risk arising from retail products.
MEASUREMENT
Trading risk
ING Wholesale Banking uses the Value-at-Risk (VaR) methodology as the primary risk measure. VaR for market risk quantifies, with a one-sided confidence level of at least 99%, the maximum overnight loss that could occur due to changes in risk factors (e.g. interest rates, foreign exchange rates, equity prices, credit spreads, implied volatilities) if positions remain unchanged for a time interval of one day. The impact of historical market movements on today’s portfolio is estimated, based on equally weighted observed market movements of the previous 250 business days. The VaR also serves as a basis for the calculation of the regulatory capital and economic capital that ING needs to hold to cover possible losses from trading activities.
Market risk for the fixed income and equity markets is split into two components: general market risk and specific market risk. The general market risk component estimates the VaR resulting from general market-value movements (e.g. euribor movements). The specific market risk component estimates the VaR resulting from market-value movements that relate to the underlying issuer of securities in the portfolios.
VaR for linear portfolios is calculated using a variance – covariance approach. The market risk of all the important option portfolios within ING is measured by Monte Carlo simulation methods.
The following chart shows the development of the overnight VaR for the ING Wholesale Banking trading portfolio which was managed by trading risk management during 2004 and 2005. Several banking books are governed by the trading risk process and are therefore excluded from the non-trading risk table below and included in the trading risk graph and table below. In addition, several lesser significant banking books are included in both the trading risk and non-trading risk tables. Therefore, there is a small overlap between trading and non-trading risks as described in the paragraphs below.

F-107


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
(LINE GRAPH)
During 2004 and 2005 the overnight VaR for the ING Wholesale Banking trading portfolio was continuously within the range of EUR 20 — 40 million. As of April 1, 2005 Treasury and Investment portfolios are included in the overall ING Wholesale Banking trading VaR limit structure. This resulted in an increase of the VaR figures. At the same time the ING Wholesale Banking trading limit has been adjusted from EUR 50 million to EUR 60 million.
The average exposure over 2005 was higher than 2004 (average VaR 2005: EUR 28 million and average VaR 2004: EUR 25 million). The VaR remained well within the ING Wholesale Banking trading limit. The interest rate markets provided the largest contribution to the trading VaR.
More details on the VaR of the ING Wholesale Banking trading portfolio for 2005 and 2004 are provided in the table below.
Consolidated trading VaR: ING Wholesale Banking, by portfolio:
                                                                 
                            Year end                             Year end  
    Low     High     Average     2005     Low     High     Average     2004  
Foreign exchange
    1       5       3       2       2       11       4       3  
Equities
    7       13       10       9       5       12       8       9  
Interest
    14       30       21       22       13       28       19       16  
Diversification (1)
                    (6 )     (6 )                     (6 )     (2 )
 
                                                       
Total VaR
                    28       27                       25       26  
 
                                                       
 
(1)   Diversification cannot be calculated for the columns Low and High since the observations for both the individual markets as well as total VaR may come from different dates.
 
    Note: the above captions are consistent with those used for internal risk management purposes and do not relate to financial statement captions.

F-108


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Although VaR models estimate potential future results, estimates are based on historical market data. ING continuously monitors the plausibility and effectiveness of the VaR model in use. The technique for this purpose is generally known as backtesting in which the actual daily result is compared with the daily VaR. In addition to using actual results for backtesting, ING also uses hypothetical results, which measures results excluding the effect of intraday trading, fees and commissions. When the actual or hypothetical loss exceeds the VaR an “occurrence” has taken place. Based on ING Bank’s one-sided confidence level of at least 99% an occurrence is expected, on average, once in every 100 business days. In 2005, there has been no occurrence where a daily trading loss exceeded the daily consolidated VaR of ING Wholesale Banking.
Since VaR in general does not produce an estimate of the potential losses that can occur as a result of extreme market movements, ING uses structured stress testing for monitoring the market risk under these extreme conditions. Stress scenarios are based on historical and hypothetical extreme events. The result of the stress testing is an event risk number, which is an estimate of the P&L effect caused by a potential event and its world-wide impact for ING Wholesale Banking. The event-risk policy (and its technical implementation) is specific for ING as there is no event risk calculation method that is generally accepted by other banks and regulators (like the Value-at-Risk model). ING’s event risk policy basically consists of defined stress parameters per country and per market (fixed income, equity, foreign exchange and related derivative markets). The parameters indicate historical maximum market movements within the time frame of one month. The scenarios and stress parameters are backtested against extreme market movements that actually occur in the markets.
Non-trading risk- interest rate risk
The non-trading books primarily consist of banking (commercial) books and ALM books. Within ING Bank the commercial business units are not allowed to run structural mismatch positions in their banking books. As a result of this policy all structural interest-rate risks are replicated to the ALM books of the designated Treasury departments within ING Wholesale Banking. The management of structural interest-rate mismatch positions is performed within the Treasury function. The commercial business units bear responsibility for the remaining interest-rate risks that result from banking products of which future cash flows depend on client behaviour, like saving accounts and mortgages. Within ING Direct the interest rate risks from the ALM books and the commercial banking books are measured and managed on an integrated level.
Within ING several methods are in place to model the interest-rate risk characteristics of demand deposits, saving accounts and mortgages. This is done via replicating portfolio models whereby the interest rate character is modelled taking into account the contractual and behavioural characteristics of these products. All models and assumptions are back-tested regularly and presented to the designated Asset & Liability Committee for approval. Historical simulation is used to determine the duration and the investment rules for saving accounts and demand deposits, taking into account historical client rates, outstanding volumes and market rates. The investment rules are tested on their suitability through volatility/correlation analysis and updated regularly. To estimate future prepayment rates of mortgages, a model is applied based on historical observed prepayments.
ING Bank uses several measures to control interest-rate risk. The most important ones are Value-at-Risk (VaR) and Earnings-at-Risk (EaR). EaR measures the pre-tax loss of net accrual interest income resulting from changes of market interest rates over a time period of one year. The EaR calculations differ per book. For the ALM books it measures the potential loss of net accrual interest due to the structural mismatch in interest rate positions. In these calculations it is assumed that all gaps are to be reinvested or refunded at the changed market rates. The calculations capture the earnings risk in the current ALM book and do not consider the impact of new business. For the commercial banking books the EaR captures the basis risk between market interest rates and the client rates of saving accounts and demand deposits. For these books the impact of new business is included in the EaR calculations.
The VaR figures represent the value impact to the banking books as result of changing market rates. For the commercial banking books the VaR calculations capture the convexity resulting from the optionality in the main mortgage portfolios. In these calculations it is assumed that savings and other

F-109


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
demand deposits are perfectly represenated via the replicating portfolios. For the ALM books the VaR figures capture the potential change of value due to the structural mismatch in interest rate positions.
The interest rate risk that results from the investment of the Bank’s own funds (equity) is isolated under the ING Bank Corporate line. In these calculations it is assumed that the Bank’s own funds are not sensitive to market rate changes (the duration of equity is assumed to be zero anticipating future regulatory requirements).
In the table below both the EaR figures and the VaR figures for the large banking books (representing approximately 95% of the banking book) are presented as result of a parallel instantaneous shock to the market rates of 2%. The VaR figures are therefore calculated under a different scenario than the traditional VaR figures for the trading books.
Earnings-at-risk by business lines (2% shock to market rates):
         
    2005  
ING Wholesale Banking
    (158 )
ING Retail Banking
    (95 )
ING Direct
    (513 )
ING Bank Corporate Line
    33  
 
     
ING Bank Total
    (733 )
 
     
VaR by business lines (2% shock to market rate):
         
    2005  
ING Wholesale Banking
    (1,023 )
ING Retail Banking
    (619 )
ING Direct
    (69 )
ING Bank Corporate Line
    (1,492 )
 
     
ING Bank Total
    (3,203 )
 
     
 
Note:   Several banking books are governed by the trading risk process and are therefore excluded from the non-trading risk table and included in the above trading risk table. In addition, several lesser significant banking books are included in both the trading risk and non-trading risk tables. Therefore, there is a small overlap between trading and non-trading risks as described above. Information on interest sensitivity for internal management purposes is calculated on an adverse shock basis only. Accordingly the effects of favourable interest rate movements are not disclosed.
The ING Bank EaR is mainly caused by the EaR contributions of EUR (EUR (250) million), USD (EUR (297) million) and GBP (EUR (188) million) interest rate exposure. The main contributing portfolios of the EaR are the savings and demand deposits portfolios (short-term earnings will be affected) and the ALM books.
Non-trading risk – foreign exchange risk
ING takes on exposure to foreign-exchange fluctuations on its financial position and cash flows. Currency exposures in the non-trading books are largely transferred by way of internal transactions to Financial Markets Treasury, which performs the day-to-day management of all foreign-currency positions.
The most material foreign exchange risk in the non-trading books relates to translation risk due to foreign investments and USD-denominated Tier-1 capital. The translation risk is managed by Capital Management on behalf of ALCO Bank. For ING’s main foreign currencies, US dollar, Pound sterling and Polish zloty, the translation risk is managed taking into account the effect of translation results on the Tier-1 ratio. For all other currencies the translation risk is managed within a VaR limit.

F-110


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Overnight exposure ING Bank, for primary non-trading currencies:
                                         
    Foreign                              
    invest-             Gross             Net  
    ments     Tier-1     exposure     Hedges     position  
2005
                                       
US dollars
    4,562       (3,214 )     1,348       (701 )     647  
Pound sterling
    (1,247 )             (1,247 )     1,252       5  
Polish zloty
    809               809       (489 )     320  
South Korean won
    1,047               1,047       (955 )     92  
Other currency
    1,300               1,300       (1,192 )     108  
 
                             
Total
    6,471       (3,214 )     3,257       (2,085 )     1,172  
 
                             
 
                                       
2004
                                       
US dollars
    3,730       (2,675 )     1,055       (1,131 )     (76 )
Pound sterling
    (1,250 )             (1,250 )     1,299       49  
Polish zloty
    642               642       (399 )     243  
South Korean won
    477               477       (438 )     39  
Other currency
    431               431       (191 )     240  
 
                             
Total
    4,030       (2,675 )     1,355       (860 )     495  
 
                             
The amount of USD and Korean won capital invested in foreign investments has increased significantly during 2005. For USD the main reasons were higher retained earnings and the impact of the introduction of IFRS-EU accounting rules (ie revaluation reserves relating to fixed income securities). The increase in Korean won capital was caused by a higher valuation of Kookmin Bank equity stake.
While results on net investment hedges are taxable under Dutch fiscal rules, ING has not chosen to adjust hedges to compensate for tax effects. As of the beginning of 2006 the majority of hedge results will no longer be taxable.
Consolidated non-trading FX Var ING Bank:
                                                                 
                            Year                             Year  
                            end                             end  
    Low     High     Average     2005     Low     High     Average     2004  
FX VaR
    2       11       7       11       4       16       9       4  
The chart graph below provides an overview of the development of the FX VaR during 2004 and 2005.
(LINE GRAPH)

F-111


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that ING Bank or one of its subsidiaries cannot meet its financial liabilities when they come due, at reasonable costs and in a timely manner. Within ING Bank, ALCO Bank bears overall responsibility for the liquidity risk strategy. ALCO Bank has delegated day-to-day liquidity management to the Treasury Amsterdam, which is responsible for managing the overall liquidity-risk position of ING Bank, while regional and local treasuries are responsible for managing liquidity in their respective regions and locations.
The main objective of ING’s liquidity strategy is to maintain sufficient liquidity in order to ensure safe and sound operations. The liquidity strategy of ING Bank has four primary components.
The first is the day-to-day funding. It is policy to sufficiently spread the day-to-day funding requirements. The Treasury function monitors all maturing cash flows along with expected changes in core-business funding requirements. This includes replenishment of existing funds as they mature, expected withdrawals from retail current accounts, savings and additional borrowings. Furthermore, access to the capital markets is actively managed by regularly issuing public debt in all material markets and the maintenance of investor relations.
The second component is to maintain an adequate mix of funding sources. ING Bank aims for a well-diversified funding mix in terms of instrument types, fund providers, geographic markets and currencies. Sources of liquidity are widely distributed over the entire ING Bank. ING has a broad base of core retail funding, which mainly consists of current accounts, savings and retail deposits. Although these accounts can be withdrawn immediately or at short notice, the accounts are considered to form a stable resource of funding because of the broad customer base. The retail funding is, from a geographical point of view, widely spread, with most of the funding located in the euro zone.
The third component of ING’s liquidity strategy is to maintain a broad portfolio of highly marketable assets that can be easily used to bear disruptions in the cash-flow profile. ING has relatively large portfolios of unencumbered marketable assets. These marketable assets can provide liquidity through repurchase agreements or through sale. The majority of ING’s marketable assets are located in the euro zone.
The fourth component of ING’s liquidity strategy is to have adequate and up-to-date contingency funding plans in place throughout the organization. The contingency funding plans are established for addressing temporary and long-term liquidity disruptions caused by a general event in the market or an ING specific event. These plans ensure that all roles and responsibilities are clearly defined and all necessary management information is in place. The main objective of ING’s contingency funding plan is to enable senior management to act effectively and efficiently at times of crisis.
The key focus of the measurement of liquidity within ING is on the periods of one week and one month. The internally used liquidity figures are calculated in line with the regulatory reporting requirements for liquidity risk of the Dutch Central Bank. For this purpose the positions are split by type of product and counterparty. All positions with a known maturity date are included in the maturity calendar based on their contractual maturity date. Positions with an unknown maturity date and marketable assets are included as items with a direct liquidity value. Standby facilities, undrawn irrevocable credit facilities, guarantees and other contingent liabilities are also included. The positions in the week and the month categories are weighted under a scenario that is a mix between a market event and an ING-specific event. The total available liquidity values are corrected for liquidity surpluses in inconvertible currencies and in locations with restrictions on capital transfer. Most of these inconvertible and non-transferable positions are located outside the euro zone. Under the regulatory guidelines, banks should at a minimum report positive liquidity figures. In addition to this a framework is implemented within ING Bank that sets limits on the overall weekly and monthly liquidity risk positions to ensure adequate buffers of liquidity. The table shows the liquidity position of ING Bank presented as at December 31, 2005 under the scenarios described above.

F-112


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
                 
Liquidity position:   Weekly     Monthly  
ING Bank
    111,165       24,512  
OPERATIONAL RISK
GENERAL
The aim for the Group and local operational risk management departments is to support general management of the business lines, which is responsible for managing operational risk by raising operational risk awareness and insight, increasing operational risk and loss transparency, improving early warning information and allocating risk ownership and responsibilities. This contributes to more stable business processes and lower operational risk costs. Furthermore, implementing an appropriate operational risk management function will prepare ING for the Basel II regulations applicable from December 31, 2007. ING intends to apply for the Advance Measurement Approach, the most sophisticated risk capital charge option available under Basel II.
MEASUREMENT
ING has defined operational risk as the risk of direct or indirect loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. ING distinguishes the following event types (based on the Basel Committee level 1 and 2 event types):
– processing failure
– control failure
– unauthorized activities
– internal crime/fraud
– external crime/fraud
– information security failure
– employment practices & workplace safety
– clients, products and business malpractice
– system failure
– business disruption
Each of these risks has a related function (e.g. Compliance, IT, Legal, Information Security, Finance, Human Resources, Operations) responsible for the management process and oversight of that risk.
Operational risk measurement as calculated in the economic capital model consists of two parts. The first part is a probabilistic model in which a generic capital per business unit is calculated based on an incident loss database and the relative size and inherent risk of the business units. The second part is the scorecard adjustment, which reflects the business unit specific level of Operational Risk Management, or ORM implementation.
To assess, monitor and manage operational risk, ING has developed a sophisticated framework of activities which includes:
– risk awareness programmes and risk & control self assessments
– audit finding action tracking and incident reporting and analysis
– key-risk indicators reporting and local operational risk committees
– new-product reviews
The maturity of the ORM process is measured on an annual basis by a set of five scorecards assessing the ORM-framework activities. The Basel II progress reporting is based on these scorecards and supporting evidence.
In order to protect ING against financial consequences of uncertain operational events ING has acquired insurance policies issued by third-party insurers, with world-wide cover for (Computer)

F-113


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Crime, Professional Liability, Directors & Officers Liability, Employment Practices Liability and Fiduciary Liability. ING retains a portion of these risks that matches industry practice.
ING INSURANCE
GENERAL
ING is engaged in the business of selling life and non-life insurance products. Life products include a broad range of traditional life, unit-linked, annuities, universal life, group life, pension, and (guaranteed) investment contracts. Non-life insurance products include all lines of insurance products that do not fall under the life insurance business – fire, automobile, accident and health, third-party liability and disability contracts.
Risks from these products arise with respect to the adequacy of insurance premium rate levels and provisions for insurance liabilities and capital position as well as uncertainty of the future returns on investments of the insurance premiums. Risks are classified as actuarial and underwriting, market risk, credit risk and operational risk. ING considers that the principal components of insurance risk are actuarial and underwriting risk.
ING regularly monitors the solvency level for the total insurance business at a prudent level. ING believes its solvency level is adequate.
Reserve adequacy – Taiwan
The adequacy of the provision for life policy liabilities (net of DAC and VOBA) is evaluated regularly. ING’s policy for reserve adequacy testing is disclosed under “Principles of valuation and determination of results”.
As at December 31, 2005, ING’s life insurance businesses as a whole are sufficiently adequate at a 90% confidence level. All business lines are, on a stand-alone basis, adequate at a 90% confidence interval, except for the business line Insurance Asia/Pacific. The inadequacy in Insurance Asia/Pacific is fully attributable to Taiwan.
At December 31, 2005, the inadequacy range for Taiwan is EUR 2.8 billion to EUR 3.3 billion based on a 90% confidence interval on a Taiwan reserve level (net of DAC and VOBA) of EUR 9 billion. The inadequacy results from a material exposure in Taiwan to a sustained low interest rate environment. This is due to long term interest rate guarantees of 6-8% embedded in the life and health contracts sold by the business until 2001. These long term guarantees and the future premiums (which have a present value of approximately EUR 20 billion) create a liability with an effective duration over 30, compared to an asset duration of approximately 9. ING stopped selling these high guarantees in its Taiwan life insurance products in 2001. The post 2001 business is adequate at a 90% confidence interval, which partially compensates inadequacy related to the pre-2001 business. Furthermore, ING has over time strengthened reserves by EUR 420 million for this exposure and increased the internal capital allocation for this business.
The outcome of the reserve adequacy test for Taiwan is inherently uncertain given the use of various assumptions and the long term nature of the liability. The outcome can only be reliably estimated within broad ranges which are bound to vary significantly from period to period. The outcome of the test for Taiwan is especially sensitive to (changes in) interest rate assumptions. The reserve adequacy test at December 31, 2005 is based on the current 10-year swap rate in Taiwan at December 31, 2005 of 2.35%, with the assumption that, in the long term, this swap rate will move to 5.75%.
Management’s best estimate, based on a 50% confidence interval, is that Taiwan has a marginal adequacy of EUR 165 million (which represents a 53% confidence interval) as at December 31, 2005. Under the Group’s accounting policy, any inadequacy below the 50% interval would be charged to the profit and loss account immediately.

F-114


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The sensitivity to interest rates changes is explained below under ING Insurance – Interest rate sensitivity.
If the interest rates as at December 31, 2005 would have been 1% lower, Taiwan would have been inadequate at the 50% confidence interval and, consequently, an amount of approximately EUR 1.7 billion (after tax) would have been included as a charge in the profit and loss account, reflecting the amount necessary to bring reserves to a best estimate level. If the interest rates as at December 31, 2005 would have been 1% higher, Taiwan would be sufficiently adequate at the 50% confidence interval, but would still have been inadequate at the 90% confidence interval. Consequently, the charge currently included in the profit and loss would likely have been reduced.
Furthermore, the reserve adequacy test includes our expectation that the legal entity will be formally domesticated as a subsidiary of a US entity rather than a branch during 2006 and that mortality dividends will continue to be allowed to be offset versus negative interest rate experience.
ACTUARIAL AND UNDERWRITING RISK
General
Actuarial and underwriting risks are the risks resulting from the pricing and acceptance of insurance contracts. These risks are managed through product design requirements, risk limitations, and management of concentrations. Actuarial risks are managed through pricing procedures and included in the overall adequacy of provisions for insurance contract and investment contract liabilities. Underwriting risks are managed in the process whereby applications submitted for insurance coverage are reviewed. The maximum underwriting exposure is limited through exclusions, cover limits, and reinsurance.
Measurement
ING Group has established actuarial and underwriting risk tolerance levels in specific areas of its insurance operations.
For the main non-life units (in The Netherlands, Belgium, Canada, Mexico) the risk tolerance is generally set at 2.5% of the Group’s after-tax earnings. For 2005, this translated into a (pre-tax) risk tolerance level of EUR 170 million. The risk tolerance refers to the maximum allowable loss for catastrophe events. The assessment of potential losses in this business is done on the basis of 1 in 250 events. With respect to the Fire line of business this assessment is based on risk assessment models that are widely accepted in the industry. For the smaller non-life units, the (pre-tax) risk tolerance level for 2005 was set at EUR 5.0 million per event per business unit.
With respect to life business ING Group’s (pre-tax) risk tolerance level is set at EUR 22 million per insured life. While life insurance risks are considered to be naturally diversifiable by virtue of each life being a separate risk, group contracts may result in significant exposures. For life insurance contracts involving multiple lives ING made its own assessment and believes that the potential loss from a significant mortality event occurring in the normal course of business will not exceed an amount higher than approximately 12% of the Groups after-tax earnings. For 2005, this translated into a (pre-tax) risk-tolerance level of EUR 750 million. Such an amount could result from a pandemic as observed during the Spanish Flue pandemic in 1918, without taking into account medical improvements since that time. ING continues to model the possible impact of pandemics based on studies published by internationally credible organizations.
In case of the existence of exposures higher than the risk tolerance levels as defined above, appropriate procedures are in place, including third-party reinsurance covers. Particularly for the property and casualty portfolio, ING purchases protection through which the exposure due to natural catastrophes is substantially mitigated. ING believes that the credit risks to which it is exposed under reinsurance contracts are minor.

F-115


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Regarding catastrophic losses arising from events such as terrorism, ING believes that it is not possible to develop a business model that takes into account the possibility of very high losses resulting from these events. For the non-life business, losses that result from these events are generally not covered unless required by law. In various countries industry pools have been established to mitigate the terrorism risk to which the individual insurers are nevertheless still exposed. ING participates in such pools.
Through scenario analyses, ING Insurance measured the potential changes in the realized after-tax earnings of the insurance operations from an increase/decrease of the insurance risk factors over the year 2005. These changes to income can relate to realized claims or any other net-income item that would be affected by the change of these factors. In addition, ING has estimated the impact to the December 31, 2005 shareholders equity of ING Insurance from the same change in insurance risk factors. The differentiation of sensitivities before and after risk mitigation typically refers to mitigation of the risks by re-insurance.
Insurance risks sensitivity:
                                     
        Effect on ING Insurance     Effect on ING Insurance  
        2005 net profit     2005 shareholders’  
                                equity  
        Before risk     After risk     Before risk     After risk  
        mitigation     mitigation     mitigation     mitigation  
Mortality
  +10%     (82 )     (61 )     (85 )     (63 )
 
  -10%     80       61       83       64  
 
                                   
Morbidity
  +10%     (70 )     (66 )     (70 )     (67 )
 
  -10%     70       66       71       67  
 
                                   
P&C
  +10%     (125 )     (98 )     (130 )     (101 )
 
  -10%     125       98       130       101  
The sensitivities represent a one-time increase/decrease of the realized claims of P&C and morbidity and an increase/decrease of the mortality rates over 2005. Due to the standard definition of the shocks the mortality risk partly hedges the longevity risk globally, but mortality risk may not offset longevity risk in particular region. In this case the total risk increases after including the existing reinsurance contracts.
MARKET RISK
General
Market risks arise when the market value of assets and liabilities do not move consistently as financial markets change. Changes in interest rates, equity prices, foreign exchange rates and real estate prices can impact present and future earnings of the insurance operations as well as the shareholders equity.
In 2005, ING implemented Market Value at Risk (MVaR) limits to manage the market and credit risks resulting from the Insurance operations world-wide. ALCO Insurance has set a MVaR limit for ING Group Insurance and each of the business lines that relates to the economic capital of ING Group Insurance. The MVaR is based on a 99.95% confidence interval over a one-year horizon.
These limits are further allocated to the ING Insurance business units through MVaR sublimits. These limits are managed by an ALCO Insurance structure on the respective organizational levels. Corporate Insurance Risk Management (CIRM) consolidates and monitors the MVaR exposures of the

F-116


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
business lines including diversification effects on a quarterly basis. In 2005 there were no breaches of the overall ING Insurance MVaR limit.
Measurement
At an ING Group level, CIRM is responsible for implementing and monitoring asset and liability management (ALM) practices and for consistency of the MVaR calculation methods world-wide.
The market risk of ING Insurance is primarily related to interest rate risk and equity risk although it also includes real estate and foreign currency risks. The following sections provide an analysis of the exposures of the different types of market risks.
ALM risk – interest rate risk
ING’s insurance operations are exposed to changes in interest rates with respect to guaranteed interest rates on the insurance and investment contract liabilities when interest rates fall. The current product portfolio also includes products where interest rate risks are entirely or partially passed on to the policyholder, thereby reducing ING’s exposure to interest rate movements.
Through scenario analyses, ING Insurance measured the potential changes in earnings of the insurance operations from an instantaneous increase/decrease in interest rates of 100 basis points. These changes to income can relate to investment income, interest paid to policyholders, adequacy of provision for liabilities, market-value adjustments, amortization of Deferred Acquisition Costs (DAC) or any other net-income item that would be affected by interest rate changes. The effect of interest rate changes is different by business line and by product. In addition, ING has estimated the impact to the December 31, 2005 shareholders equity of ING Insurance from such an instantaneous change in interest rates.
Interest-rate sensitivity:
                 
            Effect on
    Effect on   ING
    ING   Insurance
    Insurance   2005 share-
    2005 net   holders’
    profit   equity
Increase interest rates by 1%
    (68 )     (2,814 )
Decrease interest rates by 1%
    (1,743 )     1,255  
The sensitivities represent an instantaneous increase/decrease of interest rates as of December 31, 2005. The net profit sensitivity reflects the related immediate effect on net income after-tax for the year 2005. Sensitivity disclosures include the effect of non-bifurcated embedded derivatives contained in insurance contracts.
The most significant interest rate risk within ING’s insurance businesses exists in Taiwan where ING has material exposure to a sustained low interest rate environment. This is due to long term interest rate guarantees of 6-8% embedded in the life contracts sold by the business until 2001. Since 2002, ING has changed the design of its Taiwan life insurance products, strengthened reserves and increased the internal capital allocation for this business.
The net profit impact related to a 1% change in current interest rates is asymmetric due to the need to increase reserves for ING’s business in Taiwan if interest rates were 1% lower, including a 1% shift of the long term interest rate assumption from 5.75% to 4.75%. The IFRS-EU profit impact on Taiwan of 1% lower interest rates at December 31, 2005 is EUR 1.7 billion. This is the amount necessary to bring reserves to a best estimate (50%) level in this sensitivity. There is not a corresponding benefit for rising interest rates in 2005 since the additional profit from a rising interest scenario is not recognized in profit through unlocking of reserves.

F-117


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Shareholders equity impacts also relate directly to use of market values for available for sale securities offset by shadow accounting of reserves and DAC where possible.
ALM risk – equity risk
ING’s insurance operations are exposed to changes of prices in equity markets on two levels: 1) business units that have direct equity holdings in their general accounts; and 2) products where the revenues of the insurance operations are linked to the value of underlying equity funds, since this has an impact on the level of charges deducted for unit-linked and variable business.
Through scenario analyses ING Insurance measured the potential changes in earnings of the insurance operations resulting from an instantaneous increase/decrease in equity markets of 10%. These changes to income can relate to fee income, unrealized or realized gains and losses, amortization of DAC or any other net-income item that would be affected by a substantial change to equity markets. The effect of equity market changes is different by business line and by product. In addition, ING has estimated the impact to the December 31, 2005 shareholders equity of ING Insurance from such a change in equity markets.
Equity sensitivity:
                 
            Effect on
    Effect on   ING
    ING   Insurance
    Insurance   share-
    2005 net   holders’
    profit   equity
Increase of equity by 10%
    59       1,072  
Decrease of equity by 10%
    (80 )     (1,094 )
The sensitivities represent an instantaneous increase/decrease in equity markets as of December 31, 2005. The net profit sensitivity reflects the related immediate effect on net income after-tax for the year 2005. Sensitivity disclosures include the effect of non-bifurcated embedded derivatives contained in insurance contracts.
ALM risk – foreign exchange risk
Foreign-exchange risk in the investments backing ING’s insurance and investment contract liabilities is dealt with in the investment-management processes in each business unit. An immaterial portion of the investment portfolio backing insurance liabilities is invested in assets of a different currency than the liabilities.
Another type of foreign exchange risk exists as translation risk. Locally required capital levels are invested in local currencies in order to satisfy regulatory requirements and to support local insurance business regardless of currency movements. These capital levels may affect the consolidated balance sheet when translated to Euros. Depending on hedging costs and the capital exposure, ING may hedge the capital over locally required margins.
Through scenario analysis ING Insurance measured the potential changes in the reported earnings of the insurance operations resulting from an instantaneous increase/decrease on December 31, 2005 in foreign exchange markets of 10%. In addition, ING has estimated the impact to the December 31, 2005 shareholders equity of ING Insurance from such a change in foreign exchange markets.

F-118


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Foreign currency sensitivity:
                 
            Effect on
    Effect on   ING
    ING   Insurance
    Insurance   2005 share-
    2005 net   holders’
    profit   equity
10% Increase of Euro versus all other currencies
    (81 )     (950 )
10% Decrease of Euro versus all other currencies
    87       1,041  
The sensitivities represent an instantaneous increase/decrease in the Euro on December 31, 2005. The net profit sensitivity reflects the related effect on net income after tax for the year 2005. Sensitivity disclosures include the effect of non-bifurcated embedded derivatives contained in insurance contracts.
The main foreign exchange risks of ING Insurance relate to the translation risk from net income and equity from business units in USA and Canada. For net income the impact is mitigated through the usage of average yearly exchange rates.
ALM risk – Real estate risk
Real Estate risk exists in some of the investment portfolios of ING Insurance, most significantly in the Netherlands. ING Insurance is exposed to the risk of decreasing real estate prices to the extent these cannot be shared with contract holders in participating insurance plans.
Through scenario analyses ING Insurance measured the potential changes in the earnings of the insurance operations resulting from an instantaneous increase/decrease in real estate markets of 10%. In addition, ING has estimated the impact to the December 31, 2005 shareholders equity of ING Insurance from such a change in real estate markets.
Real estate sensitivity
                 
            Effect on
    Effect on   ING
    ING   Insurance
    Insurance   2005 share-
    2005 net   holders’
    profit   equity
Increase of real estate of 10%
    509       525  
Decrease of real estate of 10%
    (513 )     (525 )
The sensitivities represent an instantaneous increase/decrease in real estate markets as of December 31, 2005.
The net profit sensitivity reflects the related immediate effect on net income after tax for the year 2005.
The main real estate risk of ING Insurance exists within ING Real Estate investment portfolio in The Netherlands.
Liquidity risk
Liquidity problems arise if an insurance business does not have enough cash or liquid assets to meet its cash obligations. Demands for funds can usually be met through ongoing normal operations, premiums received, the sale of assets or borrowing. Unexpected demands for liquidity may be triggered by a credit-rating downgrade, negative publicity, deterioration of the economy, reports of problems of other companies in the same or similar lines of business, significant unanticipated policy claims, or other unexpected cash demands from policyholders.

F-119


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Liquidity risk decreases as the time frame allowed for generating cash increases. Longer time frames increase the probability of finding a buyer for some of the company’s non-maturing or less liquid assets or securing external financing. Expected liquidity demands within ING Insurance are managed through a combination of treasury, investment and asset-liability management guidelines, which are monitored on an ongoing basis. Unexpected liquidity demands are managed through a combination of product design, diversification limits on liabilities, investment strategy, systematic monitoring and advance contingency planning. CIRM has issued formal guidelines requiring all insurance businesses to regularly assess, monitor and report on their liquidity risk profile. The guidelines require an analysis of liabilities that increase liquidity risk, a review of the investment portfolio to ensure adequate liquidity, and analysis of the expected asset-and-liability cash flows in regards to the ability of the business to meet cash demands.
CREDIT RISK
General
ING Insurance is exposed to credit risk through the investment of insurance premiums into assets subject to credit risk. ALCO Insurance sets the constraints for the overall asset allocation of the insurance activities including credit risk. These issuer limits are set by rating class and average credit quality and are translated in economic capital terms. Credit risk is managed through the MVaR limit structure described above. Issuer limits are determined based on the obligor’s rating. These limits are managed in the region where the parent company is domiciled. In addition each insurance company has one or more investment mandates that specify credit-risk appetite by issuer, type and quality.
Measurement
For the investment portfolios backing the insurance liabilities, ING’s policy is to maintain a well diversified investment portfolio.
The credit exposure of ING Insurance is mainly related to investments in debt securities, private placements and traditional lending to private individuals. Loans to private individuals are mainly mortgage loans secured by residential property. Credit exposure also arises from derivatives, repurchase and reverse-repurchase transactions, securities lending/borrowing and reinsurance contracts used to hedge the portfolio.
The tables below are based on EUR 172 billion of general account fixed income assets on December 31, 2005 and exclude equities and real estate, but include preferred shares.
In the table below a summary is shown of the outstandings in the general account fixed-income portfolios per credit rating expressed in Standard & Poor’s ratings at December 31, 2005.
Risk classes: ING Insurance portfolio by S&P ratings, as % of total outstandings:
         
(in percentages)   2005  
AAA
    26.3 %
AA
    23.0 %
A
    32.8 %
BBB
    14.3 %
Other
    3.6 %
 
     
 
    100.0 %
 
     
Rating classes are defined based upon the quality of the exposures in terms of credit worthiness, varying from investment grade to problem grade. Assets are generally rated based on issuer rating. Securitizations are rated based on issue rating The Dutch mortgage portfolio is included with an average credit rating of A in the table above. The category ‘Other’ contains assets rated BB and lower as well as assets that are not rated.

F-120


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
In the table below a summary is shown of the outstandings in the general account fixed-income portfolios per industry sector.
Risk concentration: ING Insurance Portfolio, by economic sector as % of total outstandings
         
(in percentages)   2005  
Sovereigns
    24.0 %
Financials
    20.5 %
Mortgages/retail
    18.8 %
Securitizations
    15.8 %
General industries
    4.8 %
Food, beverages and personal care
    1.7 %
Chemicals
    1.5 %
Automotive
    1.1 %
Media
    1.0 %
Other
    10.8 %
 
     
 
    100.0 %
 
     
In the table below a summary is shown of the outstandings in the general account fixed-income portfolios per region of the issuer.
Geographical spread: ING Insurance Portfolio, by region as % of total outstandings:
         
(in percentages)   2005  
North America
    42.8 %
Western Europe
    39.9 %
Asia
    10.2 %
Latin America
    5.1 %
Central and Eastern Europe
    1.8 %
Other
    0.2 %
 
     
 
    100.0 %
 
     
Debtor provisioning
For credit risks, a provision for loan losses is maintained that is considered adequate to absorb losses arising from the existing insurance investment portfolios. For 2005, ING Insurance added EUR 21 million to the provision for loan losses compared with a release of EUR 12 million in 2004.
Collateral, restructuring, past-due obligations and repossession policy
Policies regarding collateral, restructuring, past-due obligations and repossession are similar to those disclosed in the credit risk section relating to ING Bank.
OPERATIONAL RISK
The definition of operational risk within ING Insurance is identical to ING Bank. Details regarding operational risk are mentioned in the operational risk section relating to ING Bank.
ING Insurance has begun calculating economic capital for operational risk on a quarterly basis beginning 2005. Although not required for regulatory purposes ING has decided internally that ING Insurance will also adhere to the new Basel II regulations with respect to operational risk management.

F-121


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.3. SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
The following financial information presents the balance sheets, profit and loss accounts and statements of cash flows of (i) ING Groep N.V. (parent company only), (ii) subsidiaries, (iii) the eliminations necessary to arrive at the information for ING on a consolidated basis and (iv) the total for ING Group for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004. See note 2.4.2 for the consolidated reconciliation of shareholders’ equity and net profit to US GAAP. A further description of the adjustments in the reconciliation from IFRS-EU to US GAAP can be found in note 2.4.1 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
The principles of valuation and determination of results stated in connection with the consolidated balance sheet and profit and loss account are also applicable to the ING Groep N.V. parent only column. Investments in group companies and investments in associates are initially recognized at cost and subsequently accounted for by the equity method of accounting.

F-122


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.3.1. Consolidating balance sheets
For the year ended December 31, 2005
                                 
    ING Groep NV             Consoli-     ING Group  
    Parent     Subsi-     dating     Consoli-  
    company     diaries       entries     dated  
ASSETS
                               
Cash and balances with central banks
            13,084               13,084  
Amounts due from banks
            47,466               47,466  
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
                               
– trading assets
            149,187               149,187  
- investments for risk of policyholders
            100,961               100,961  
- non-trading derivatives
            7,766               7,766  
- designated as at fair value through profit or loss
            10,230               10,230  
- other
                               
Investments
                               
- available-for-sale
            305,707               305,707  
- held-to-maturity
            18,937               18,937  
Loans and advances to customers
            439,181               439,181  
Reinsurance contracts
            8,285               8,285  
Investments in associates
    49,582       3,622       (49,582 )     3,622  
Investment property
            5,031               5,031  
Property and equipment
            5,757               5,757  
Intangible assets
            3,661               3,661  
Deferred acquisition costs
            9,604               9,604  
Other assets
    37       31,114       (991 )     30,160  
 
                       
Total assets
    49,619       1,159,593       (50,573 )     1,158,639  
 
                       
 
EQUITY
                               
Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company
    36,736       41,488       (41,488 )     36,736  
Third-party interests
            1,689               1,689  
 
                       
Group equity
    36,736       43,177       (41,488 )     38,425  
 
                       
 
LIABILITIES
                               
Preference shares
    296                       296  
Subordinated loans
    7,355               (1,259 )     6,096  
Debt securities in issue
    3,740       77,522               81,262  
Other borrowed funds
            39,087       (6,835 )     32,252  
Insurance and investment contracts
            263,487               263,487  
Amounts due to banks
            122,234               122,234  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
            465,712               465,712  
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
                               
- trading liabilities
            92,058               92,058  
- non-trading derivatives
    92       6,156               6,248  
- designated as at fair value through profit or loss
            11,562               11,562  
Other liabilities
    1,400       38,598       (991 )     39,007  
 
                       
Total liabilities
    12,883       1,116,416       (9,085 )     1,120,214  
 
                       
 
                               
 
                       
Total equity and liabilities
    49,619       1,159,593       (50,573 )     1,158,639  
 
                       

F-123


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
For the year ended December 31, 2004
                                 
    ING Groep NV             Consoli-     ING Group  
    Parent     Subsi-     dating     Consoli-  
    company     diaries       entries     dated  
ASSETS
                               
Cash and balances with central banks
            9,113               9,113  
Amounts due from banks
            45,084               45,084  
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
                               
- trading assets
            79,649               79,649  
- investments for risk of policyholders
            77,662               77,662  
- non-trading derivatives
                               
- designated as at fair value through profit or loss
                               
- other
            3,334               3,334  
Investments
                               
- available-for-sale
            276,331               276,331  
- held-to-maturity
                               
Loans and advances to customers
            330,458               330,458  
Reinsurance contracts
            6,744               6,744  
Investments in associates
    35,264       2,663       (35,264 )     2,663  
Investment property
            7,151               7,151  
Property and equipment
            5,783               5,783  
Intangible assets
            594               594  
Deferred acquisition costs
            10,428               10,428  
Other assets
    138       21,865       (606 )     21,397  
 
                       
Total assets
    35,402       876,859       (35,870 )     876,391  
 
                       
 
EQUITY
                               
Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company
    24,069       28,062       (28,062 )     24,069  
Third-party interests
            3,481               3,481  
 
                       
Group equity
    24,069       31,543       (28,062 )     27,550  
 
                       
 
LIABILITIES
                               
Preference shares
                               
Subordinated loans
    5,392               (1,283 )     4,109  
Debt securities in issue
    5,178       73,834               79,012  
Other borrowed funds
            29,631       (5,919 )     23,712  
Insurance and investment contracts
            216,851               216,851  
Amounts due to banks
            95,878               95,878  
Customer deposits and other funds on deposit
            349,241               349,241  
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
                               
- trading liabilities
            53,841               53,841  
- non-trading derivatives
                               
- designated as at fair value through profit or loss
                               
Other liabilities
    763       26,040       (606 )     26,197  
 
                       
Total liabilities
    11,333       845,316       (7,808 )     848,841  
 
                       
 
                               
 
                       
Total equity and liabilities
    35,402       876,859       (35,870 )     876,391  
 
                       

F-124


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.3.2. Consolidating income statements
For the year ended December 31, 2005
                                 
    ING Groep NV             Consoli-     ING Group  
    Parent     Subsi-     dating     Consoli-  
    company     diaries     entries     dated  
INCOME
                               
Interest income banking operations
            48,176               48,176  
Interest expense banking operations
            39,109               39,109  
Interest result banking operations
            9,067               9,067  
Premium income
            45,758               45,758  
Income from investments
            9,915               9,915  
Gains and losses from investments
            930               930  
Commission income
            3,747               3,747  
Valuation results from non-trading derivatives
            47               47  
Net trading income
            426               426  
Other income
    7,217       1,228       (7,194 )     1,251  
 
                       
Total income
    7,217       71,118       (7,194 )     71,141  
 
                       
 
                               
EXPENSES
                               
Underwriting expenditure
            47,120               47,120  
Additions to the provision for loan losses
            109               109  
Other impairments
            76               76  
Staff costs
            7,646               7,646  
Other interest expenses
            969               969  
Other operating expenses
            6,327               6,327  
 
                           
Total expenditure
            62,247               62,247  
 
                           
 
                               
 
                       
Profit before tax
    7,217       8,871       (7,194 )     8,894  
 
                       
 
                               
Taxation
    7       1,372               1,379  
 
                       
Profit for the period (before third-party interests)
    7,210       7,499       (7,194 )     7,515  
 
                       
 
                               
Attribution:
                               
Net profit attributable to equity holders of the Company
                            7,210  
Third-party interests
                            305  
 
                             
Profit for the period
                            7,515  
 
                             

F-125


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
For the year ended December 31, 2004
                                 
    ING Groep NV             Consoli-     ING Group  
    Parent     Subsi-     dating     Consoli-  
    company     diaries     entries     dated  
INCOME
                               
Interest income banking operations
            25,448               25,448  
Interest expense banking operations
            16,707               16,707  
Interest result banking operations
            8,741               8,741  
Premium income
            43,617               43,617  
Income from investments
            9,730               9,730  
Gains and losses from investments
            649               649  
Commission income
            3,779               3,779  
Valuation results from non-trading derivatives
                             
Net trading income
            888               888  
Other income
    5,750       770       (5,765 )     755  
 
                       
Total income
    5,750       68,174       (5,765 )     68,159  
 
                       
 
                               
EXPENSES
                               
Underwriting expenditure
            45,384               45,384  
Additions to the provision for loan losses
            453               453  
Other impairments
            22               22  
Staff costs
            7,667               7,667  
Other interest expenses
            1,019               1,019  
Other operating expenses
            5,874               5,874  
 
                           
Total expenditure
            60,419               60,419  
 
                           
 
                               
 
                       
Profit before tax
    5,750       7,755       (5,765 )     7,740  
 
                       
 
Taxation
    (5 )     1,714               1,709  
 
                       
Profit for the period (before third-party interests)
    5,755       6,041       (5,765 )     6,031  
 
                       
 
                               
Attribution:
                               
Net profit attributable to equity holders of the Company
                            5,755  
Third-party interests
                            276  
 
                             
Profit for the period
                            6,031  
 
                             

F-126


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.3.3. Consolidating statement of cash flows

For the year ended December 31, 2005
                                 
    ING Groep NV           Consoli-        
    Parent     Subsi-     dating          
    company       diaries     entries     ING Group  
Profit before tax
    7,217       8,871       (7,194 )     8,894  
Adjusted for
                               
– depreciation
            1,278               1,278  
– amortisation of deferred acquisition costs and VOBA
            (1,141 )             (1,141 )
– increase in provisions for insurance and investment contracts
            21,250               21,250  
– additions to the provision for loan losses
            109               109  
– other
    (6,303 )     (3,531 )     8,531       (1,303 )
Taxation paid
            (1,398 )             (1,398 )
 
                               
Movements in
                               
– amounts due from banks, not available on demand
            (720 )             (720 )
– trading assets
            (29,925 )             (29,925 )
– non-trading derivatives
            2,596               2,596  
– other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
            (2,193 )             (2,193 )
– loans and advances to customers
    (1,183 )     (60,388 )     (1,138 )     (62,709 )
– other assets
    (170 )     (7,231 )     (150 )     (7,551 )
– amounts due to banks, not payable on demand
            19,405               19,405  
– customer deposits and other funds on deposit
            60,418       1,671       62,089  
– trading liabilities
            13,442               13,442  
– other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
            8,398               8,398  
– other liabilities
    (14 )     5,936       (2,694 )     3,228  
Net cash flow from operating activities
    (453 )     35,176       (974 )     33,749  
Investment and advances
                               
– associates and group companies
    (77 )     (1,109 )     77       (1,109 )
– available-for-sale investments
            (260,769 )             (260,769 )
– held-to-maturity investments
            (1,030 )             (1,030 )
– investment property
            (1,156 )             (1,156 )
– property and equipment
            (540 )             (540 )
– assets subject to operating leases
            (991 )             (991 )
– investments for the risk of policyholders
            (41,781 )             (41,781 )
– other investments
            (164 )             (164 )
Disposals and redemptions
                               
– associates and group companies
            1,761               1,761  
– available-for-sale investments
            218,847               218,847  
– held-to-maturity investments
            245               245  
– investment property
            1,030               1,030  
– property and equipment
            483               483  
– assets subject to operating leases
            391               391  
– investments for the risk of policyholders
            34,464               34,464  
– other investments
            13               13  
Net cash flow from investing activities
    (77 )     (50,306 )     77       (50,306 )
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated loans
    1,901                       1,901  
Repayments of subordinated loans
    (177 )                     (177 )
Borrowed funds and debt securities
    (1,038 )     7,730       1,150       7,842  
Deposits by reinsurers
            93               93  
Issuance of ordinary shares
    9       105               114  
Dividends paid / received
    (165 )     (2,296 )             (2,461 )
Net cash flow from financing activities
    530       5,632       1,150       7,312  

F-127


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
                                 
    ING Groep NV             Consoli-          
    Parent     Subsi-     dating          
    company     diaries     entries     ING Group  
Net cash flow
            (9,498 )     253       (9,245 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
            12,329       (741 )     11,588  
Implementation IAS 32/39
            692               692  
Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
            300               300  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
            3,823       (488 )     3,335  
Cash and cash equivalents comprises the following items
                               
Treasury bills and other eligible bills
            11,572               11,572  
Amounts due from/to banks
            (21,321 )             (21,321 )
Cash and balances with central banks
            13,572       (488 )     13,084  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
            3,823       (488 )     3,335  
For the year ended December 31, 2004
                                 
    ING Groep NV     Subsi-     Consoli-     ING Group  
    Parent     diaries     dating          
    company             entries          
Profit before tax
    (5,750 )     7,756       (5,766 )     7,740  
Adjusted for
                               
– depreciation
            563               563  
– amortisation of deferred acquisition costs and VOBA
            (858 )             (858 )
– increase in provisions for insurance and investment contracts
            13,244               13,244  
– additions to the provision for loan losses
            453               453  
– other
    (5,937 )     4,393       6,023       4,479  
Taxation paid
            (1,163 )             (1,163 )
 
                               
Movements in
                               
– amounts due from banks, not available on demand
            (1,206 )             (1,206 )
– trading assets
            (4,417 )             (4,417 )
– non-trading derivatives
                               
– other financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
            (14 )             (14 )
– loans and advances to customers
    (2,885 )     (36,556 )     4,704       (34,737 )
– other assets
    (59 )     644       (249 )     336  
– amounts due to banks, not payable on demand
            21,986               21,986  
– customer deposits and other funds on deposit
            65,069       (514 )     64,555  
– trading liabilities
                               
– other financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
                               
– other liabilities
    (51 )     3,943       249       4,141  
Net cash flow from operating activities
    (3,182 )     73,837       (4,447 )     75,102  
Investment and advances
                               
– associates and group companies
    (152 )     (2,491 )             (2,643 )
– available-for-sale investments
            (262,293 )             (262,293 )
– held-to-maturity investments
                               
– investment property
            (1,169 )             (1,169 )
– property and equipment
            (380 )             (380 )
– assets subject to operating leases
            (950 )             (950 )
– investments for the risk of policyholders
            (34,467 )             (34,467 )
– other investments
            (103 )             (103 )

F-128


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
                                 
    ING Groep NV             Consoli-          
    Parent     Subsi-     dating          
    company     diaries     entries     ING Group  
Disposals and redemptions
                               
– associates and group companies
    2,303       1,511       (2,294 )     1,520  
– available-for-sale investments
            197,070               197,070  
– held-to-maturity investments
                               
– investment property
            1,123               1,123  
– property and equipment
            192               192  
– assets subject to operating leases
            388               388  
– investments for the risk of policyholders
            29,382               29,382  
– other investments
            65               65  
Net cash flow from investing activities
    2,151       (72,122 )     (2,294 )     (72,265 )
Proceeds from issuance of subordinated loans
    1,000                       1,000  
Repayments of subordinated loans
    (410 )                     (410 )
Borrowed funds and debt securities
    (573 )     3,211       (2,612 )     26  
Deposits by reinsurers
            309               309  
Issuance of ordinary shares
    449       588               1,037  
Dividends paid / received
    565       (1,448 )             (883 )
Net cash flow from financing activities
    1,031       2,660       (2,612 )     1,079  
 
                               
Net cash flow
            4,375       (459 )     3,916  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
            7,997       (282 )     7,715  
Implementation IAS 32/39
                               
Effect of exchange-rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
            (43 )             (43 )
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
            12,329       (741 )     11,588  
Cash and cash equivalents comprises the following items
                               
Treasury bills and other eligible bills
            12,382               12,382  
Amounts due from/to banks
            (9,907 )             (9,907 )
Cash and balances with central banks
            9,854       (741 )     9,113  
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
            12,329       (741 )     11,588  

F-129


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.3.4. NOTES TO THE SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

ASSETS
INVESTMENTS IN WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARIES
Investments in wholly owned subsidiaries:
                                 
            Balance             Balance  
            sheet             sheet  
      Owner-ship   value     Owner-     value  
      (%)     2005     ship (%)     2004  
Name of investee
                               
ING Bank N.V.
    100       20,490       100       14,354  
ING Verzekeringen N.V.
    100       20,607       100       13,243  
Other
            391               465  
 
                           
 
            41,488               28,062  
 
                           
Movements in investments in wholly owned subsidiaries:
                 
    2005     2004  
Opening balance
    28,062       28,651  
Change in accounting principles
    4,510       (1,991 )
Repayments to group companies
            (2,303 )
Divestures of group companies
            152  
Revaluations
    4,205       (678 )
Result of the group companies
    7,194       5,765  
Dividend
    (2,296 )     (1,446 )
 
           
 
    41,675       28,150  
 
           
 
               
Changes in ING Groep N.V. shares held by group companies
    (187 )     (88 )
 
           
Closing balance
    41,488       28,062  
 
           
 
               
Receivables from Group companies
    8,094       7,202  
 
           
Total
    49.582       35.264  
 
           
SUBORDINATED LOANS

See Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements.
                                 
    Year of             Balance sheet value  
Interest rate   issue     Due date     2005     2004  
5.775%
    2005     Unlimited     837          
6.125%
    2005     Unlimited     574          
4.176%
    2005     Unlimited     496          
Variable
    2004     Unlimited     934       1,000  
6.200%
    2003     Unlimited     410       366  
Variable
    2003     Unlimited     691       750  
7.200%
    2002     Unlimited     904       807  
7.050%
    2002     Unlimited     659       586  
6.500%
    2001     Unlimited     589       600  
8.439%
    2000     December     1,261       1,100  
 
            31,2030                  
9.200%
    2000     June 30,             183  
 
            2030                  
 
                           
 
                    7,355       5,392  
 
                           

F-130


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
EUR 5,563 million (2004: EUR 5,026 million) of these loans has been subsequently provided as subordinated loans by ING Groep N.V. to ING Bank N.V. under the same conditions as the original bonds.
EUR 1,792 million (2004: EUR 366 million) has been subsequently provided as subordinated loan by ING Groep N.V. to ING Verzekeringen N.V. under the same conditions as the original bonds.
The number of debentures held by group companies as at December 31, 2005 was nil with a balance sheet value of nil (2004: 7,800 with a balance sheet value of EUR 1 million).
Unsecured subordinated loans from group companies to ING Groep N.V., which may be renewable at their due dates at the then prevailing market rates, are included in subordinated loans.
DEBT SECURITIES IN ISSUE
                                 
Interest rate                   Balance sheet value  
    Year of issue     Due date     2005     2004  
5.000%
    2001       May 3, 2006       999       1,000  
6.125%
    2000       January 4, 2011       996       1,000  
6.000%
    2000       August 1, 2007       750       750  
5.500%
    2000       May 11, 2005               1,428  
5.500%
    1999       September 14, 2009       995       1,000  
 
                           
 
                    3,740       5,178  
 
                           
The number of debentures held by group companies as at December 31, 2005 was 2,519 with a balance sheet value of EUR 3 million (2004: 6,377 with a balance sheet value of EUR 6 million).
Amounts owed to group companies by remaining term:
                 
    2005     2004  
– up to one year
    956       600  
– one year to five years
    35          
– over five years
            6  
 
           
 
    991       606  
 
           

F-131


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.4.   SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND NET PROFIT ON THE BASIS OF US GAAP
All references to IFRS-EU in this section refer to International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU, including the decisions ING Group made with regard to the options available under IFRS as adopted by the EU.
The consolidated financial statements of ING Group are presented in accordance with IFRS-EU. IFRS-EU differs in certain respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”). The following information includes a summary of the significant differences between the two frameworks and additional disclosures required under US GAAP.
2.4.1   VALUATION AND INCOME RECOGNITION DIFFERENCES BETWEEN IFRS-EU AND US GAAP
As discussed in section “Changes in accounting principles” on page F-8, ING Group adopted IFRS-EU as of 2005. The 2004 comparatives have been restated to comply with IFRS-EU. However, as permitted by IFRS 1, ING Group has not restated the 2004 comparatives for the impact of IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4. Accordingly, comparative information with respect to financial instruments and insurance contracts is prepared under ING Group’s previous accounting policies.
As a result, in the table provided on page F-9 the 2005 columns reconcile IFRS-EU (including IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4) to US GAAP. The 2004 columns reconcile IFRS-EU excluding IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4 to US GAAP. The application of IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4 as of January 1, 2005 results in certain cases in different reconciling items between IFRS-EU and US GAAP as compared to 2004. Where applicable, the notes to differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP discussed below refer separately to IFRS-EU 2005 and 2004.
An explanation of differences between IFRS-EU (applied in 2005) and IFRS-EU excluding IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4 (applied in 2004) is provided in section “Changes in accounting principles” under “Differences from implementing IAS 32/39 and IFRS 4 as of January 1, 2005” on page F-11.
Goodwill (2005 and 2004)
Under IFRS-EU, goodwill is capitalized on acquisitions after January 1, 2004; goodwill on acquisitions prior to January 1, 2004 was charged directly to equity. Under US GAAP, goodwill is recognized on all acquisitions. When a reporting unit or a business is to be disposed of, goodwill associated with that reporting unit or business is included in the carrying amount of the reporting unit or business in determining the gain or loss on disposal. The difference as at January 1, 2004 may therefore result in differences in results on disposal. In addition, the transition difference may result in differences in impairments in future years. The amount of transition difference changes due to foreign currency translation effect.
The timing of the recognition of goodwill may be different under IFRS-EU and US GAAP since IFRS-EU requires that contingent consideration be recorded at the date of acquisition, with subsequent adjustments to contingent consideration reflected in goodwill. Under US GAAP, contingent consideration is only recorded when the contingency is resolved and the consideration is issued or becomes issuable.
This item includes intangible assets and related amortization related to acquisitions before January 1, 2004, which under IFRS-EU were charged directly to equity as part of goodwill.
Real estate (2005 and 2004)
Investment property
Under IFRS-EU, investment property is measured at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in the profit and loss account. No depreciation is recorded. Under US GAAP, investment property is measured at cost less depreciation and impairment. Depreciation is charged to the profit and loss account. Realized results on disposal are reported in the profit and loss account.

F-132


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS– (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Property in own use
Under IFRS-EU, property in own use is measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in equity. Negative revaluation reserves on a property-by-property basis are charged to the profit and loss account. Subsequent recoveries are recognized as income up to the original cost. Depreciation over the fair value is charged to the profit and loss account. On disposal any revaluation reserve remains in equity and any difference between the carrying amount of the property and the sales price is reported in the profit and loss account. Under US GAAP, property in own use is measured at cost less depreciation and impairment. Depreciation over the cost basis is charged to the profit and loss account. Realized results on disposal are reported in the profit and loss account. Impairments are an adjustment to the cost basis and are not reversed on subsequent recovery.
Sale and leaseback
Under IFRS-EU the gains and losses arising from a sale and operating leaseback transaction are recognized immediately, provided the transaction has been concluded at fair value. Under US GAAP, gains on a sale and operating leaseback transaction are generally amortized over the future period of the lease.
Debt securities (2005)
Held to maturity investments
Under IFRS-EU, assets designated as held-to-maturity at the date of implementing IFRS-EU (January 1, 2005) were recorded at the amortized cost value as at that date. Under US GAAP, these assets were transferred to held-to-maturity from available-for-sale at the January 1, 2005 fair value. The difference between fair value and amortized cost at January 1, 2005 is amortized over the remaining life. For assets designated as held-to-maturity after January 1, 2005 there is no difference between IFRS-EU and US GAAP.
Effective interest on prepayment sensitive assets
Under IFRS-EU, in applying the effective yield method to determine amortized cost of prepayment sensitive assets, the original effective yield is maintained and any recognized adjustment, based on changes in future cash flow estimates, is made to the carrying amount of the asset (cumulative catchup method). Under US GAAP, for beneficial interests in recognized assets that are not of high credit quality, a prospective method is used which requires changing the existing yield to a new yield based on actual cash flows to date and the latest expected future cash flow profile of the assets. For other prepayment sensitive assets a new yield and retrospective adjustment is required.
Foreign currency translation
Under IFRS-EU, foreign currency translation results on translating the amortized cost of available-for-sale debt securities is included in the profit and loss account. The difference between fair value and amortized cost as translated into the functional currency is included in the revaluation reserve in equity. Under US GAAP all foreign currency translation results on available-for-sale debt securities are recognized in shareholders’ equity as part of the fair value adjustment (revaluation reserve).
Reversals of impairments
Under IFRS-EU, prior impairments on debt securities may be reversed if there is an increase in fair value that can be objectively related to a new event. Under US GAAP, impairments on debt securities are not reversed.
Debt securities (2004)
Valuation of fixed-interest securities
Under IFRS-EU excluding IAS 39 (2004), investments in fixed-interest securities are carried at redemption value. Differences between redemption value and cost are amortized to the profit and loss account over the remaining term of the investments concerned. Under US GAAP, securities which are available for sale are stated at fair value. Unrealized movements in the fair value are recognized in shareholders’ equity. Realized results on disposal are recognized immediately in the profit and loss account.

F-133


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Realized gains/losses on disposal of investments in fixed-interest securities
Under IFRS-EU excluding IAS 39 (2004), the result on disposal of investments in fixed-interest securities, i.e. the difference between the proceeds from sale and the book value, is treated as a yield difference. These yield differences are taken to the profit and loss account over the remaining term of the investment portfolio. Under US GAAP, the result on disposal is immediately recognized in the profit and loss account.
Valuation of equity securities (2004)
Under IFRS-EU excluding IAS 39 (2004) and US GAAP, unrealized losses on equity securities are recorded in the revaluation reserve, unless the securities are considered to be impaired. Impairments are charged to the profit and loss account. The determination of impairment involves various assumptions and factors, including the period of time and the extent to which the unrealized loss has existed and general market conditions, but is primarily based on the financial condition of the issuer in the long-term; ING has the intention and ability to hold securities with unrealized losses to full recovery. Under US GAAP, unrealized losses that are considered “other than temporary” are charged to the profit and loss account. The determination of “other than temporary” is primarily based on the duration and extent to which the market value has been below cost.
Derivatives and hedge accounting (2005)
Under IFRS-EU, hedge accounting is applied where possible. Accordingly, under IFRS-EU gains and losses on derivatives are deferred in equity when hedging relationships are designated as cash flow hedges. Adjustments are made to hedged items when hedging relationships are designated as fair value hedges. Under US GAAP, the Group has opted to not apply hedge accounting subject to items specifically designated as a hedge under US GAAP (including certain hedges of net investments in foreign operations). Accordingly, under US GAAP all derivatives other than those designated as hedges are marked-to-market through the income statement and no adjustments to hedged items are recognized.
Derivatives and hedge accounting (2004)
Under IFRS-EU excluding IAS 39 (2004), derivative financial instruments, primarily interest rate swap contracts, used to manage interest rate risk are accounted for as off-balance sheet transactions. The related interest income and expense is accounted for on a basis in conformity with the hedged position, primarily on an accrual basis. Transactions qualify as hedges if these transactions are identified as such and there is a negative correlation between the hedging results and the results of the position being hedged. Under US GAAP, derivatives are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in income unless specified criteria are met to obtain hedge accounting treatment. Under US GAAP, the Group has opted to not applying hedge accounting subject to items specifically designated as a hedge under US GAAP (including certain hedges of net investments in foreign operations). Accordingly, under US GAAP all derivatives other than those designated as hedges are marked-to-market through the income statement and no adjustments to hedged items are recognized.
Fair value option (2005)
Under IFRS-EU, certain financial instruments are designated as “at fair value through profit and loss”. For US GAAP, these financial instruments are reported as either available-for-sale instruments with movements in fair value recognized in shareholders’ equity or as loans and receivables which are carried at amortized cost.
Deferred acquisition costs (2005 and 2004)
Under IFRS-EU, acquisition costs of certain life insurance business involving the receipt of regular premiums are recognized and amortized to the profit and loss account in proportion to future premiums. Under US GAAP, deferred acquisition costs of traditional insurance contracts are likewise amortized in proportion to future premiums. For universal-life type contracts, investment contracts and for participating individual life insurance contracts, deferred acquisition costs are amortized at a constant rate based on the present value of the estimated gross profit margins expected to be realized over the life of the book of contracts. Changes in estimated gross profits result in a retroactive adjustment recorded in the period the estimate of future gross profits change. Both under IFRS-EU and

F-134


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
US GAAP deferred acquisition costs are adjusted, where applicable, (through equity) to reflect changes that would have been necessary if unrealized investment gains and losses related to available-for-sale securities had been realized. However, the amounts may be different due to differences in underlying accounting principles.
Provision for insurance liabilities (2005 and 2004)
Provision for life policyholders
Both under IFRS-EU and US GAAP, the provision for life policy liabilities is calculated on the basis of a prudent prospective actuarial method, having regard to the conditions of current insurance contracts. The difference between IFRS-EU and US GAAP primarily concerns the treatment of initial expenses and the assumptions which are made in calculating the provisions with regard to the yield on the investments. Adequacy testing of the provisions for life policy liabilities, net of unamortised policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired, is performed similarly under both IFRS-EU and US GAAP. A reserve inadequacy (under US GAAP: a “premium deficiency”) exists if the life policy liabilities plus the present value of expected future gross premiums are insufficient to provide for expected future policy benefits and expenses and to recover any unamortised policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired. Reserve strengthening is recognised as an additional provision for insurance liabilities under IFRS-EU. Premium deficiencies are recognised under US GAAP as an adjustment to the current year’s value of business acquired, or if the deficiency is greater than the value of business acquired, it is recognised as a decrease in deferred acquisition costs and then as an increase in the provision for life policy liabilities. Based on the differences in the life policy liabilities under IFRS-EU and US GAAP and the different confidence levels used in reserve adequacy testing, a premium deficiency may be recognised differently under US GAAP.
Furthermore, a shadow premium deficiency may arise under US GAAP when unrealised investment gains related to available-for-sale securities are included in the US GAAP adequacy testing as if the gains had been realised. This results in an adjustment to equity for any shadow premium deficiency calculated and an adjustment to the current year’s value of business acquired, deferred acquisition costs, or provision for life policy liabilities as above. This adjustment is recorded under US GAAP but is not recorded for IFRS-EU purposes.
Investment contracts (2005)
Under IFRS-EU, certain contracts that do not contain significant insurance risk are measured and presented as financial instruments and not as insurance contracts. Under US GAAP, these contracts are measured and presented as insurance contracts.
Deferred profit sharing (2005)
Under IFRS-EU, a deferred policyholder profit sharing liability is established for the realised and unrealised investment results allocated to insurance contracts with discretionary participation or with a legal/constructive obligation to share investment results with policyholders. Under US GAAP, such deferred liability is only recognised for legal obligations.
Employee benefits (2005 and 2004)
Unrecognized actuarial gains and losses
Under IFRS-EU, all previously unrecognized actuarial gains and losses were charged to equity at January 1, 2004. Under US GAAP, no reset of actuarial gains and losses was applied at January 1, 2004.
Accumulated benefit obligation in excess of the fair value of the plan assets
Under US GAAP, an additional liability is recognized immediately in a situation where the accumulated benefit obligation exceeds the fair value of the plan assets and that exceeds the amount of the recorded unfunded accrued pension cost. The accumulated benefit obligation differs from the projected benefit obligation in that it does not take into account future salary increases. Under IFRS-EU, such additional liability is not recognized.

F-135


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Equity instruments (2005)
Under IFRS-EU, instruments with the legal form of equity but with fixed or determinable repayments or dividends are classified as ‘liabilities’. Under US GAAP, these instruments are classified as ‘equity’.
Provision for restructuring (2005 and 2004)
Under IFRS-EU, certain restructuring costs relating to employee terminations are recognized when a restructuring plan has been announced. Under US GAAP, liabilities related to termination benefits are recognized when incurred. Employee termination costs are generally considered to be incurred when certain criteria have been met and the plan has been communicated to employees (communication date). Liabilities are recognized on the communication date unless further service (beyond a minimum retention period) is required from the employee in which case costs are recognized as benefits are earned.
Associates and other equity investments (2005)
Differences arise between US GAAP and IFRS-EU for associates for which equity accounting is applied due to underlying differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP in the associates’ equity and profit and loss. These mainly relate to underlying differences in the accounting treatment for real estate.
Associates and other equity investments (2004)
Differences arise between US GAAP and IFRS-EU for associates for which equity accounting is applied due to underlying differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP in the associates’ equity and profit and loss. These mainly relate to underlying differences in the accounting treatment for real estate.
Under IFRS-EU excluding IAS 39 (2004), equity participations are carried at either the lower of cost or market value or at net asset value. Dividends received and realized gains and losses on the sale of these shareholdings are charged to the profit and loss account. Under US GAAP, these shareholdings are accounted for at either fair value with changes in fair value recorded in shareholders’ equity, or, in cases where significant influence can be exercised by ING, by the equity method.
The criteria for the recognition of gains and losses on the sale of certain equity investments are more stringent under US GAAP. As a result, profit on sale is not always recognized in the same accounting period.
Loan loss provisioning (2005)
Under IFRS-EU, loan loss provisions are determined under a revised methodology based on a narrow interpretation of an incurred loss model. The application of the IFRS-EU methodology has reduced the amount of the unallocated provision for loan losses that ING Group provided in prior years to adequately capture various subjective and judgmental aspects of credit risk assessment which were not considered on an individual basis. Accordingly, the alignment of US GAAP reporting with the change in estimation process on adoption of IFRS-EU in 2005 has resulted in a release of EUR 623 million (before tax) of the provision through the 2005 US GAAP profit.
Other (2005 and 2004)
Other includes the effect of certain other differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP, which both individually and in aggregate have no significant effect on shareholders’ equity and net profit for the period.

F-136


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.4.2 RECONCILIATION OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND NET PROFIT TO US GAAP
Amounts in accordance with IFRS-EU
                                 
    Shareholders’ equity             Net profit  
    2005     2004 (1)   2005     2004 (1)
Group equity / Profit for the period
    38,425       27,550       7,515       6,031  
Third-party interests
    (1,689 )     (3,481 )     (305 )     (276 )
 
                       
 
                               
Equity / Net profit attributable to equityholders of the Company
    36,736       24,069       7,210       5,755  
Adjustments in respect of
                               
Goodwill
    3,837       4,046       (445 )     (189 )
Real estate
    (1,899 )     (2,538 )     (76 )     316  
Debt securities
    397       11,656       (405 )     206  
Valuation of equity securities
                            148  
Derivatives and hedge accounting
    590       (101 )     794       425  
Fair value option
    155               29          
Deferred acquisition costs and value of business acquired
    (687 )     (418 )     (329 )     (79 )
Provision for insurance liabilities
    277       (431 )     151       282  
Deferred profit sharing
    2,691               11          
Employee benefits
    593       2,041       (120 )     (64 )
Equity instruments
    296               14          
Provision for restructuring
    119       60       60       60  
Associates and other equity investments
    (1,115 )     (138 )     (424 )     5  
Loan loss provisioning
                    623          
Other
            37       (28 )     1  
 
                       
Subtotal
    5,254       14,214       (145 )     1,111  
 
                               
Tax effect of the adjustments
    493       3,521       188       204  
Third-party interests in adjustments (after tax)
    122       332       99       26  
 
                       
Total adjustments after tax
    4,883       11,025       (234 )     933  
 
                               
Amounts in accordance with US GAAP (excluding effects of changes in accounting principles)
    41,619       35,094       6,976       6,688  
 
                               
Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles(2)
                            (91 )
 
                       
Amounts in accordance with US GAAP
    41,619       35,094       6,976       6,597  
 
                       
 
(1)   In the table provided above the 2005 columns reconcile IFRS-EU (including IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4) to US GAAP. The 2004 columns reconcile IFRS-EU excluding IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4 to US GAAP. The application of IAS 32, IAS 39 and IFRS 4 as of January 1, 2005 results in certain cases in different reconciling items between IFRS-EU and US GAAP as compared to 2004. See also note 2.4.1
 
(2)   The cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles in 2004 is EUR 91 million (after tax) as explained in note 2.4.10.(h).
2.4.3 RECONCILIATION FROM “IFRS-EU” TO “IFRS AS PUBLISHED BY THE IASB”
ING Group applies “IFRS-EU” as its basis of accounting. In comparison to “IFRS as published by the IASB”, IFRS-EU eliminates certain restrictions concerning hedge accounting for portfolio hedges of core deposits. ING Group has not yet implemented hedge accounting of core deposits and is currently considering adoption in 2006. Therefore, as at December 31, 2004 and December 2005, shareholders’ equity and net profit under “IFRS as published by the IASB” would not have been different from the amounts presented under “IFRS-EU”.
2.4.4 TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS
The impact of implementing IFRS-EU is disclosed in section ”Impact of changes in accounting principles on net profit and equity” on page F-9.

F-137


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The transitional provisions applied by the company in implementing IFRS-EU are disclosed in section “Changes in accounting principles” on page F-8. The only transitional provision that provided the company with accounting alternatives that would have a significant impact on shareholders’ equity relates to the capitalization of Goodwill. Had the company capitalized goodwill fully retrospectively, shareholders’ equity would have been approximately EUR 3,837 million higher. This amount is the net of retrospective capitalization of approximately EUR 17,966 million, cumulative retrospective impairment of approximately EUR 13,541 million and other movements of EUR 588 million (mainly foreign currency differences).
This election has no impact on net income in future periods, unless (part of) this goodwill would become impaired or the related business units would be disposed.
2.4.5 NET PROFIT PER SHARE
                 
    2005     2004  
Net profit determined in accordance with IFRS-EU
    7,210       5,755  
Reconciling adjustments to net profit US GAAP
    (234 )     842  
 
           
Net profit/(loss) determined in accordance with US GAAP
    6,976       6,597  
 
           
 
               
Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding
    2,169.5       2,125.3  
 
               
Basic earnings/(loss) per share:
               
IFRS-EU
    3.32       2.71  
US GAAP (excluding effects of changes in accounting principles)(1)
    3.21       3.14  
US GAAP (including effects of changes in accounting principles)(1)
    3.21       3.10  
 
(1)   The cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles in 2004 is EUR 91 million (after tax) as explained in note 2.4.10.(h).
2.4.6 PRESENTATION DIFFERENCES BETWEEN IFRS AS ADOPTED BY THE EU AND US GAAP
In addition to the differences in valuation and income recognition principles, other differences, essentially related to presentation, exist between IFRS-EU and US GAAP. Although these differences do not cause differences between IFRS-EU and US GAAP reported net profit and/or shareholders’ equity, it may be useful to understand them to better interpret the financial statements presented in accordance with IFRS-EU. The following is a summary of significant classification differences that pertain to the basic financial statements.
a.   Certain financial assets and liabilities are designated as assets/liabilities at fair value through profit and loss. Under US GAAP, the assets/liabilities at fair value through profit and loss designation does not exist and accordingly those assets/liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss under IFRS-EU are classified based on their underlying characteristics.
 
b.   Funds received in financing transactions that involve the issuance of preferred shares (whether or not in conjunction with common shares) to banks are presented as a liability under Banks. Under US GAAP, such funds are presented as minority interest as the legal definition of equity is met.
 
c.   Premium income of the non-life operations is presented on a written basis, with the change in unearned premiums reported as an underwriting expenditure. Under US GAAP, non-life premium income is presented on an as earned basis.

F-138


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
d.   Premiums collected on universal-life type contracts and insurance contracts that are not classified as investment contracts under IFRS-EU are reported as premium income and the allocation of these premiums to the provision for life policy benefits as an underwriting expense. Under US GAAP, premiums collected on these types of products are not reported as revenue in the profit and loss accounts; revenues from these products are the amounts assessed against policyholders and are reported in the period that the amounts are assessed unless evidence indicates that the amounts are designed to compensate for services provided over more than one period.
 
e.   Death and surrender benefits paid on universal-life type contracts and the corresponding release of the provision for life policy benefits are reported separately as underwriting expenses in the profit and loss accounts. Under US GAAP, these items are not reported separately; the amount of expense reported for these products is the amounts paid in excess of the related release of the provision for life policy benefits.
 
f.   Short-term and long-term borrowings are included in the following captions: funds entrusted to and debt securities of the banking operations and other liabilities. Under US GAAP, short-term borrowings are presented separately from long term borrowings.
 
g.   Special Purpose Entities (SPEs) are consolidated when it is determined that an entity is controlled by ING Group. Determination of whether ING controls an SPE depends on substance and is based on a consideration of such factors as voting interests, risks and rewards and benefits and the sponsor of the SPE. Under US GAAP, the approach to identifying whether an entity should consolidate a special purpose entity is different and is focused on which party, if any, holds interests that expose that party to a majority of the potential variability in expected losses or expected residual returns.
 
h.   Investments for the risk of policyholders, interest in investment pools and deposits with reinsurers are included in Investments. Under US GAAP, investments for the risk of policyholders that meets the definition of separate accounts are reported as such. Interests in investment pools and deposits with reinsurers are included in Other assets.

F-139


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.4.7 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET IN ACCORDANCE WITH US GAAP
The following is a condensed balance sheet of ING Group under US GAAP and IFRS-EU, for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, restated to reflect the impacts of the valuation and income recognition differences as discussed in note 2.4.1 and presentation differences as discussed in note 2.4.6.
                                 
    2005     2005     20041     2004  
    US GAAP     IFRS-EU     US GAAP     IFRS-EU  
Assets
                               
Cash and balances with central banks
    13,084       13,084       9,113       9,113  
Amounts due from banks
    47,466       47,466       45,421       45,084  
Trading account assets
    149,187       149,187       106,605       79,649  
Investments for risk of policyholders
    40,174       100,961       30,750       77,662  
Separate accounts
    60,787               46,912          
Total investments
    325,041       324,644       291,963       276,331  
Loans and advances to customers
    439,181       439,181       330,570       330,458  
Reinsurance contracts
    8,285       8,285       6,744       6,744  
Goodwill
    4,099       262       4,191       145  
Deferred policy acquisition costs
    11,903       12,590       10,010       10,428  
Property and equipment
    8,889       10,788       10,390       12,934  
Participating interests
    2,438       3,622       2,161       2,663  
Other assets/receivables
    48,793       48,569       25,589       25,180  
 
                       
Total assets
    1,159,327       1,158,639       920,419       876,391  
 
                       
 
                               
Liabilities
                               
Short-term borrowings and current maturities of long term debt
    56,018               51,835          
Long-term borrowings, excluding current maturities
    63,003               58,396          
Deposits
    465,712       465,712       349,241       349,241  
Future policy benefits, claims reserves, other policyholder funds and unearned premiums
    260,519       263,487       217,904       216,851  
Banks
    120,627       122,234       96,254       95,878  
Trading account liabilities
    92,058       92,058       79,848       53,841  
Other liabilities
    56,597       176,723       27,536       133,030  
 
                       
Total liabilities
    1,114,534       1,120,214       881,014       848,841  
 
                       
 
                               
Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company
    41,619       36,736       35,094       24,069  
Third-party interests
    3,174       1,689       4,311       3,481  
 
                       
Group equity
    1,159,327       1,158,639       920,419       876,391  
 
                       
 
(1)   Certain reclassifications to the 2004 US GAAP presentation are made to conform with the 2005 presentation.

F-140


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.4.8 CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNT IN ACCORDANCE WITH US GAAP
The following is a condensed income statement of ING Group, for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, restated to reflect the impacts of the valuation and income recognition differences as discussed in note 2.4.1 and presentation differences as discussed in note 2.4.6.
                                 
    2005     2005     20041     2004  
    US GAAP     IFRS-EU     US GAAP     IFRS-EU  
Income
                               
Premium income
    22,670       45,758       24,090       43,617  
Investment income
    10,722       10,894       11,049       10,379  
Interest result banking operations
    9,067       9,067       8,741       8,741  
Commission income
    3,747       3,747       3,779       3,779  
Other income
    1,754       1,675       2,074       1,643  
 
                       
Total income
    47,960       71,141       49,733       68,159  
 
                               
Expenses
                               
Underwriting expenditure
    24,199       47,120       25,654       45,384  
Other interest expenses
    969       969       1,019       1,019  
Operating expenses
    14,036       13,973       13,552       13,541  
Impairments/additions to the provision for loan losses
    7       185       664       475  
 
                       
Total expenditure
    39,211       62,247       40,889       60,419  
 
                               
 
                       
 
                               
Profit before tax
    8,749       8,894       8,844       7,740  
 
                       
 
                               
Taxation
    1,567       1,379       1,910       1,709  
Third-party interest
    206       305       246       276  
 
                               
 
                       
Net profit (excluding effect of changes in accounting principles)
    6,976       7,210       6,688       5,755  
 
Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles
                    (91 )        
 
                       
 
Net profit (including effect of changes in accounting principles)
    6,976       7,210       6,597       5,755  
 
                       
 
(1)   Certain reclassifications to the 2004 US GAAP presentation are made to conform with the 2005 presentation.

F-141


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.4.9 RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
SFAS 156
In March 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets” (“SFAS 156”), which amends SFAS 140, “Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities”, with respect to the accounting for separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities. SFAS 156 permits the choice of the amortization method or the fair value measurement method, with changes in fair value recorded in income, for the subsequent measurement for each class of separately recognized servicing assets and servicing liabilities. The statement is effective for years beginning after September 15, 2006, with earlier adoption permitted. ING Group is currently evaluating the effect of the statement on the Group’s reconciliation of shareholders’ equity and net profit to US GAAP and the Group’s condensed consolidated balance sheet and profit and loss account in accordance with US GAAP basis.
SFAS 155
In February 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Instruments – an Amendment to FASB Statements No. 133 and 140” (“SFAS 155”), which permits, but does not require, fair value accounting for any hybrid financial instrument that contains an embedded derivative that would otherwise require bifurcation in accordance with SFAS 133. Among other things, the statement also establishes a requirement to evaluate interests in securitized financial assets to identify interests that are freestanding derivatives or that are hybrid financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation. The statement is effective for all financial instruments acquired or issued after the beginning of an entity’s first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006, with earlier adoption permitted. ING Group is currently evaluating the effect of the statement on the Group’s reconciliation of shareholders’ equity and net profit to US GAAP and the Group’s condensed consolidated balance sheet and profit and loss account in accordance with US GAAP basis.
SFAS 154
In May 2005, the FASB issued statement of Financial Accounting Standards SFAS No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections” SFAS 154. This statement is a result of a broader effort by the FASB to converge standards with the International Accounting Standards Board. SFAS 154 provides guidance on the accounting for and reporting of accounting changes and error corrections. It establishes, unless impracticable, retrospective application as the required method for reporting a change in accounting principle in the absence of explicit transition requirements specific to the newly adopted accounting principle. SFAS 154 is effective January 1, 2006 for ING Group. ING Group does not expect that adoption of SFAS 154 will have a material impact on ING Group’s reconciliation of shareholders’ equity and net profit to US GAAP since the adoption of SFAS 154 will contribute to the alignment of International Financial Reporting Standards and US GAAP.
EITF 04-05
In June 2005, the Issues Task Force (“EITF”) reached a final consensus on EITF 04-05, “Investor’s Accounting for an Investment in a Limited Partnership When the Investor Is the Sole General Partner and the Limited Partners Have Certain Rights”. EITF 04-05 provides guidance on determining when a general partner should or should not consolidate a limited partnership in light of certain rights held by the limited partners. EITF 04-05 is effective after June 29, 2005 for all new limited partnership agreements and for pre-existing limited partnership agreements that are modified and must be adopted by January 1, 2006 for all other limited partnership agreements. The effective portion of the EITF 04-05 did not have a material impact on ING Group’s reconciliation of shareholders’ equity and net profit to US GAAP, or ING Group’s condensed consolidated balance sheet and profit and loss account on a US GAAP basis, and the impact on all other limited partnership agreements as of January 1, 2004 is also not expected to be material.

F-142


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
SOP 05-01
In September 2005, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) issued Statement of Position (“SOP”) 05-1, Accounting by Insurance Enterprises for Deferred Acquisition Costs in Connection with Modifications or Exchanges of Insurance Contracts (“SOP 05-1”). SOP 05-1 defines an internal replacement as a modification in product benefits, features, rights, or coverage that occurs by the exchange of a contract for a new contract, or by amendment, endorsement, or rider to a contract, or by the election of a feature or coverage within a contract. Under SOP 05-1, modifications that result in a substantially unchanged contract will be accounted for as a continuation of the replaced contract. A replacement contract that is substantially changed will be accounted for as an extinguishment of the replaced contract resulting in a release of unamortized deferred acquisition costs, unearned revenue and deferred sales inducements associated with the replaced contract.
The guidance in SOP 05-01 is effective for internal replacements occurring after January 1, 2007 and will be applied prospectively. Management has not yet completed its evaluation of the effect that SOP 05-01 will have but does not expect that the pronouncement will have a material effect on ING Group’s US GAAP equity and net profit.
FSP 115-1
In November 2005, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) FAS 115-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments”. The FSP nullifies the accounting guidance relating to the recognition of investment portfolio other-than-temporary impairments of EITF 03-01, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments”; carries forward the disclosure requirements included in the EITF 03-01 which have been effective and applied by ING Group since December 31, 2003; supersedes EITF Topic No. D-44, “Recognition of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment upon the Planned Sale of a Security Whose Cost Exceeds Fair Value”; and references existing other-than-temporary impairment guidance including FAS 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin Topic 5M, “Other-Than-Temporary Impairment of Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities”. The FSP is effective January 1, 2006 and is not expected to have a material impact on ING Group’s US GAAP equity and net profit.

F-143


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
2.4.10 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION REQUIRED UNDER US GAAP
The following information represents additional disclosures required under US GAAP. The information has been prepared in accordance with IFRS-EU unless it specifically states that it is based on US GAAP.
(a) Investments
The following tables show the (amortized) cost, the gross unrealized gains and losses and fair value of ING’s investments aggregated on a US GAAP basis by type of security for the years ended December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004:
                                 
            Gross     Gross        
    Amortized     unrealized     unrealized        
    cost     gains     losses     Fair value  
December 31, 2005
                               
Debt securities held-to-maturity
    18,937       537       8       19,466  
 
                               
Debt securities available-for-sale:
                               
– Dutch Government
    6,931       603               7,534  
– Foreign Government
    93,867       6,681       201       100,347  
– Corporate debt securities
    81,475       2,220       489       83,206  
– Asset-backed securities
    88,079       622       889       87,812  
– Other
    10,151       281       90       10,342  
 
                       
Sub-total
    280,503       10,407       1,669       289,241  
 
                       
 
                               
Equity securities
    11,422       5,134       90       16,466  
 
                       
Total
    310,862       16,078       1,767       325,173  
 
                       
 
                               
December 31, 2004
                               
Debt securities available-for-sale:
                               
– Dutch Government
    6,699       484       1       7,182  
– Foreign Government
    82,127       5,688       84       87,731  
– Corporate debt securities
    97,414       3,816       259       100,971  
– Asset-backed securities
    75,151       1,144       329       75,966  
– Other
    6,568       324       93       6,799  
 
                       
Sub-total
    267,959       11,456       766       278,649  
 
                       
 
                               
Equity securities
    8,204       2,404       152       10,456  
 
                       
Total
    276,163       13,860       918       289,105  
 
                       
The following table shows the duration of unrealized losses that are not deemed to be other–than–temporarily impaired on a US GAAP basis for the year ended December 31, 2005 broken down by type of security and by the period of time for which the fair value was below cost price:

F-144


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
                                 
            Between              
    Less than     6 and 12     More than        
    6 months     months     12 months        
    below cost     below cost     below cost     Total  
December 31, 2005
                               
Debt securities held-to-maturity
    7       1               8  
 
                               
Debt securities available-for-sale:
                               
– Dutch Government
                               
– Foreign Government
    56       26       119       201  
– Corporate debt securities
    210       117       162       489  
– Asset-backed securities
    332       232       325       889  
– Other
    28       14       48       90  
 
                       
Sub-total
    626       389       654       1,669  
 
                               
Equity securities
    47       13       30       90  
 
                       
Total
    680       403       684       1,767  
 
                       
                                 
            Between              
    Less than     6 and 12     More than        
    6 months     months     12 months        
    below cost     below cost     below cost     Total  
December 31, 2004
                               
Debt securities available-for-sale:
                               
– Dutch Government
            1               1  
– Foreign Government
    29       17       38       84  
– Corporate debt securities
    79       55       125       259  
– Asset-backed securities
    124       118       87       329  
– Other
    37       5       51       93  
 
                       
Sub-total
    269       196       301       766  
 
                               
Equity securities
    67       26       59       152  
 
                       
Total
    336       222       360       918  
 
                       
The debt and equity securities consist of investments with various issuers over several industry and geographical sectors. The Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset is impaired. The impairment review focuses on issuer specific developments regarding the financial condition of the issuer, taking into account the Group’s intent and ability to hold the securities with unrealized losses as at year-end until anticipated full recovery. Other factors considered in determining whether the assets are impaired include the evaluation of the level and trends of interest rates, trends and level of volatility in stock markets, financial condition of the issuer or counterparty, economic developments and expectations in the business segment in which the issuer or counterparty operates. In the case of equity securities classified as available-for-sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost is considered in determining whether the assets are impaired.
In accordance with Group policy, in 2005, an impairment of EUR 91 million for both IFRS-EU and US GAAP was recognized for unrealized losses related to equity securities classified as available-for-sale that had a significant or prolonged decline in fair value below cost. Further, an impairment of EUR 20 million was recognized under US GAAP relating to available-for-sale debt securities with unrealized losses for which it was determined that the Group as at December 31, 2005 did not have the intent to hold the securities until anticipated full recovery.

F-145


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The Group has determined that the remaining unrealized losses on the company’s investments in debt securities and equity securities at December 31, 2005, are temporary in nature.
The Group does not consider the securities with unrealized losses for over 12 months as of December 31, 2005 to be impaired, due to one, or a combination, of the following factors:
– the market values securities are only insignificantly lower than the cost price
– the unrealized loss arose due to changes interest rates, however this has not effected the expected future cash flows and the    Group has the intent and ability to hold these securities to anticipated full recovery, or
– the issuers of debt securities are not considered to be in financial difficulty, despite the fact that their credit rating has been    lowered, reducing the market value of their securities.
Contractual maturities of the investments in debt securities:
                 
            Held-to-  
    Available-     maturity  
    for-sale     debt  
    debt     securities  
    securities     Amortized  
    Fair value     cost  
December 31, 2005
               
– Within one year
    17,600       1,408  
– After 1 year through 5 years
    67,034       6,241  
– After 5 years through 10 years
    88,445       9,755  
– After 10 years
    26,537       397  
– Without maturity
    1,813          
– Mortgage-backed securities
    87,812       1,136  
 
           
Total
    289,241       18,937  
 
           
(b) Loans and advances to customers
Refer to page 102 of the “Selection statistical information on banking operations” for the summary of ING Group’s investments in impaired loans prepared in accordance with SFAS 114, “Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a Loan”. This disclosure is incorporated by reference into these consolidated financial statements.
(c) Goodwill
Goodwill capitalized net of impairment for US GAAP purposes in 2005 and 2004 amounted to EUR 4,099 million and EUR 4,191 million, respectively.
ING Group performs the goodwill impairment test if any events or a change in circumstances indicate that impairment may have taken place, or at a minimum on an annual basis. Evaluating whether or not the indication of impairment is significant enough to require an impairment test to be performed involves significant judgment. ING Group performs the annual goodwill impairment test in the fourth quarter for all segments. The difference as at January 1, 2004 as disclosed in note 2.4.1 on page F-132 may result in differences in impairments under IFRS-EU and US GAAP in future years.
The annual goodwill impairment test is performed in two steps:
In Step 1, ING Group determines the fair value of each reporting unit and compares this fair value to the carrying amount of the reporting unit. If that carrying amount exceeds the calculated fair value, ING Group is required to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test.
In Step 2, the fair value of the reporting unit is allocated to all of the assets and liabilities of that reporting unit in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation, in accordance with FAS 141, Business

F-146


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Combinations. The residual fair value after this allocation is the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill that is compared to the carrying value of goodwill. Goodwill impairment is recorded to the extent that carrying value of goodwill exceeds the calculated implied fair value of goodwill.
With the exception of the reporting unit Latin America discussed below, there is no indication that goodwill is impaired as of December 31, 2005.
Goodwill for reporting unit Latin America was almost fully impaired in the 2002 transitional goodwill impairment test and an additional EUR 127 million related to the 49% interest in SulAmérica, accounted for under the equity method under IFRS-EU was written off in the annual goodwill test in 2003 and 2004. Remaining goodwill for Latin America totaled EUR 377 million prior to the 2005 impairment test and relates primarily to SulAmérica. Goodwill allocated to equity method investments is not tested for impairment in accordance with SFAS 142 but under APB 18, which requires that an other than temporary decline in value of an equity method investments is recognized in the profit and loss account. Goodwill for the acquisition of SulAmérica totaled EUR 354 million while the goodwill for ING Chile totaled EUR 23 million.
Since the acquisition of SulAmérica in 2002, the local economic environment and business conditions in Brazil have deteriorated, leading to higher interest rates and the devaluation of the Real. The decline in fair value was viewed as other than temporary and ING Group recognized an impairment charge of EUR 101 million in 2003 for US GAAP purposes. The fair value of the reporting unit, estimated using a discounted cash flow model decreased further in 2004 and the decrease was viewed as other than temporary. In 2004, ING Group has recognized an additional impairment charge of EUR 26 million for US GAAP purposes for goodwill allocated to the reporting unit Latin America.
In 2005, a valuation was performed on the business to determine the extent of future capital requirements of the Brazilian joint venture. The valuation incorporates continued deterioration of the health business and further worsening of the claims payment experience. Based on this study, the valuation was below the carrying value, supporting an additional impairment of EUR 311 million in 2005 to write-off all remaining goodwill for SulAmérica. The impairment charge had no impact on net income under IFRS-EU since the goodwill relates to an acquisition prior to January 1, 2004 and was therefore not capitalized under IFRS-EU.
The following tables show the carrying amount of goodwill recognized under US GAAP for the years ended December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004:
                                                         
                    Insu-                          
    Insu-     Insu-     rance     Whole-                    
    rance     rance     Asia/     sale     Retail     ING        
    Europe     Americas     Pacific     Banking     Banking     Direct     Total  
Balance as of December 31, 2004
    306       604       845       846       572       700       3,873  
Additions
            12               53                       65  
Impairments
            (311 )                                     (311 )
Changes in the composition of the Group
    71       (71 )             13       3       (16 )        
Exchange differences
    18       49       107       4       10               188  
Disposals
    (14 )     (15 )     (25 )     (24 )     (36 )             (114 )
 
                                         
Balance as of December 31, 2005
    381       268       927       892       549       684       3,701  
 
                                         

F-147


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
                                                         
                    Insu-                          
    Insu-     Insu-     rance     Whole-                    
    rance     rance     Asia/     sale     Retail     ING        
    Europe     Americas     Pacific     Banking     Banking     Direct     Total  
Balance as of December 31, 2003
    277       695       903       819       574       684       3,952  
Additions
    29       48               26               16       119  
Impairments
            (26 )                                     (26 )
Changes in the composition of the Group Exchange differences
            (13 )     (58 )     10       6               (55 )
Disposals
            (100 )             (9 )     (8 )             (117 )
 
                                         
Balance as of December 31, 2004
    306       604       845       846       572       700       3,873  
 
                                         
Goodwill capitalized net of impairments for US GAAP purposes in 2005 includes intangible assets of EUR 398 million (2004: EUR 318 million) which are recognized apart from goodwill and amortized over twenty years under US GAAP. Gross amount of intangible assets recognized under US GAAP is EUR 613 million, the accumulated amortization is EUR 130 million as of December 31, 2005. The accumulated exchange differences amount to EUR (85) million as of December 31, 2005.
The changes in the carrying amount of intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004 are as follows:
                 
    2005     2004  
Opening balance
    318       363  
Additions
    5          
Amortization
    (25 )     (21 )
Impairments
               
Changes in the composition of the Group
    26          
Exchange differences
    74       (24 )
Disposals
               
 
           
Closing balance
    398       318  
 
           
(d) Other borrowed funds — preference shares of group companies
In December 2000, ING Capital Funding Trust III (the “Trust III”), a wholly owned company of ING Group in the United States issued 1.5 million 8.439% non-cumulative guaranteed trust preference shares (the “8.439% trust preference shares”), with a liquidation preference of USD 1,000 per share, plus any accrued interest and unpaid dividend. The proceeds from the sale of the trust preference shares were invested in preference shares (“company preference shares”) of ING Capital Funding III LLC (“LLC III”), a limited liability company in the United States and a wholly owned company of ING Group. The LLC III has used the proceeds from the sale of its company preference shares to purchase subordinated notes of ING Group.
Trust III may redeem the trust preference shares for cash after December 31, 2010 or if certain special events occur. The company preference shares have substantially the same terms as the trust preference shares. ING Group has issued subordinated guarantees for the payment of the redemption price and the liquidation distribution on the trust preference shares and the company preference shares.
In 2005, ING Capital Funding Trust II, a wholly owned company of ING Group in the United States redeemed the 10 million 9.2% non-cumulative guaranteed trust preference shares that were issued in June 2000.

F-148


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
(e) Amounts due to banks
Funds received in financing transactions that involve the issuance of preferred shares may result in a classification difference between IFRS-EU and US GAAP as disclosed in note 2.4.6(b) on F-138. In 2003, an ING Group company in the United States issued USD 497.5 million 4.3136% preferred shares in combination with ordinary shares in such a transaction. The preferred rate was changed to 4.486% in 2004 in conjunction with the secondary offering described below. This transaction, while perpetual in nature, may be terminated at any time at thirty days notice by either the holder or ING Group through a liquidation of the subsidiary and repayment of the minority interest. In 2004, the same ING Group company in the United States issued a further USD 298.5 million 4.486% preferred shares in a similar transaction. In 2002, an ING Group company in the United States issued USD 790 million 4.5% preferred shares in combination with ordinary shares in a similar transaction. In 2005 the same ING Group company issued a further USD 300 million 3.99% preferred shares. ING Group may force redemption of these shares for cash at any time. In addition, the holder has the option for ING Group to repurchase the shares at fair value at any time. The funds received in both transactions have been used to finance the general activities of ING Group. This classification difference between IFRS-EU and US GAAP does not affect ING Group’s financial condition.
(f) Pension liabilities and other staff-related liabilities
The following amounts were recognized on a US GAAP basis.
                 
    2005     2004  
Prepaid benefit cost
    (1,169 )     (1,309 )
Accrued benefit cost
    924       1,416  
Additional minimum liability
    1,835       420  
Intangible asset
    (185 )     (3 )
 
           
Net amount recognized at end of year
    1,405       524  
 
           
Funded status reconciliation
A detailed reconciliation of the funded status at December 31, 2005 and 2004 including amounts recognized in the ING Group’s financial statements is presented in the following table:
                 
    2005     2004  
(Funded) or under-funded status at end of year
    3,809       3,670  
Unrecognized net actuarial gain or (loss)
    (3,841 )     (3,548 )
Unrecognized prior service cost
    (213 )     (15 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    1,650       417  
 
           
Net amount recognized at end of year
    1,405       524  
 
           
The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit pension plans was EUR 13,001 million and EUR 10,424 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
The following table includes the information for those defined benefit pension plans with a projected benefit obligation in excess of the fair value of plan assets:
                 
    2005     2004  
Projected benefit obligations
    17,121       12,532  
Fair value of the plan assets
    13,312       9,841  

F-149


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
The following table includes the information for those defined benefit pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess of the fair value of plan assets:
                 
    2005     2004  
Accumulated benefit obligations
    12,312       6,713  
Fair value of the plan assets
    11,814       6,305  
The accumulated postretirement benefit obligation exceeds plan assets for all of ING’s other postretirement plans since they are unfunded.
(g) Stock-based compensation
In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board revised FAS No.123, “Share-Based Payments” (“FAS 123R”). FAS 123R requires all entities to recognize compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of share-based payments, such as stock options granted to employees. FAS 123R is effective for the first reporting period beginning after June 15, 2005. However, ING Group has elected to early adopt FAS 123R to contribute to the alignment of US GAAP and IFRS-EU. ING Group has adopted FAS 123R prospectively as of January 1, 2005 without electing to restate results of prior periods. Under the modified prospective method, ING Group is required to record compensation expense (as previous awards continue to vest) for the unvested portion of previously granted awards that remain outstanding at the date of adoption. The accounting for share based payments under IFRS-EU and US GAAP will be substantially aligned with the transition difference running off at the point all awards issued during 2004 have vested. Adoption of FAS 123R did not have a material impact on ING Group’s shareholders’ equity and net profit on a US GAAP basis.
(h) Provision for insurance liabilities
In July 2003, the Accounting Standards Executive Committee (“AcSec”) of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) issued Statement of Position 03-01, “Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Nontraditional Long-Duration Contracts and for Separate Accounts” (“SOP 03-01”). SOP 03-01 established several new accounting and disclosure requirements for certain nontraditional long-duration contracts and for separate accounts ING Group adopted SOP 03-01 as of January 1, 2004 and determined that it is affected by the SOP’s requirements to account for certain separate account arrangements as general account arrangements, to establish additional liabilities for certain guaranteed benefits and for products with patterns of cost of insurance charges that result in losses in later policy durations from the insurance benefit function, and to defer, amortize, and recognize separately sales inducements to contract holders. Upon adoption, ING Group recognized a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle of EUR 45 million (net of tax) in the 6 month period ended June 30, 2004.
In June 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) 97-1, “Situations in Which Paragraphs 17(b) and 20 of FASB Statement No. 97, Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for Certain Long- Duration Contracts and for Realized Gains and Losses from the Sale of Investments, Permit or Require Accrual of an Unearned Revenue Liability”. FSP 97-1 clarifies the accounting for unearned revenue liabilities of certain universal-life type contracts under SOP 03-1. ING Group’s adoption of FSP 97-1 on July 1, 2004 did not significantly impact ING Group’s consolidated financial position or results of operations.
In September 2004, the AICPA SOP 03-1 Implementation Task Force issued a Technical Practice Aid (“TPA”) to SOP 03-01. The TPA clarified certain key implementation issues with respect to SOP 03-01. ING Group adopted the TPA with an effective date as of January 1, 2004. The TPA had no impact on ING’s annuity business; there was an impact on ING’s interest-sensitive life insurance business. Upon adoption, ING Group recognized a cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle of EUR 46 million (net of tax). This is in addition to the impact of the adoption of SOP 03-01, in the first quarter of 2004 for a total cumulative effect of EUR 91 million.

F-150


Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)
Amounts are in millions of euros, unless stated otherwise
Under IFRS-EU, the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle is reported in shareholders’ equity and resulted in a reduction to shareholders’ equity of EUR 91 million. Under US GAAP, the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle is reported in net income and resulted in a reduction to net income of the same amount.
Separate account assets and liabilities generally represent funds maintained to meet specific investment objectives of contract owners and policyholders who bear the investment risk, subject, in limited cases, to certain minimum guarantees. Investment income and investment gains and losses generally accrue directly to such contract owners and policyholders. The assets of each account are legally segregated and are not subject to claims that arise out of any other business of the company. Separate account assets supporting variable options under variable annuity contracts are invested, as designated by the contract owner or participant under a contract, in shares of mutual funds which are managed by the company or its affiliates, or in other selected mutual funds not managed by the company or its affiliates.
Separate account assets are carried at fair value and shown as separate captions in the Balance Sheets. Deposits, investment income, and net realized and unrealized capital gains and losses of the separate accounts, however, are not reflected in the Profit and Loss accounts. The Statements of Cash Flows do no reflect investment activity of the separate accounts.
Assets and liabilities of separate account arrangements that do not meet the criteria in SOP 03-1 for separate presentation in the Balance Sheets, and revenue and expenses related to such arrangements, are consolidated in the financial statements with the general account.
(i) Other liabilities – Provision for Reorganizations and Relocations
In May 2005, a cost-initiative program was announced for Nationale-Nederlanden. A reduction of the workforce by 1,000 positions is expected by the end of 2007, with total severance costs of EUR 84 million expected over the same period. As of December 31, 2005, EUR 39 million was recognized under IFRS-EU in relation to this program as reorganization and relocation expense and approximately 500 positions have been eliminated.
In the second half of 2005, an efficiency program was announced to further streamline the processes and organization of ING’s Operations & IT division in the Benelux, primarily related to ING’s banking operations. The program consists of the elimination of 950 positions within the Operations & IT division (144 positions eliminated as of December 31, 2005); the outsourcing of 2,200 positions to current suppliers; and, the reduction of 1,400 external staff through the non-renewal of current contracts. Approximately EUR 177 million is estimated to be recognized through 2008 for this program. As of December 31, 2005, approximately EUR 68 million has been recognized under IFRS-EU in relation to this program.
In 2004, EUR 41 million was recognized to streamline the International Network of Wholesale Banking, as part of a strategy to focus on core products and clients. This streamlining includes the elimination of approximately 400 jobs in Asia, the United Kingdom and the Americas, primarily in back-office and IT functions. As of December 31, 2005, all 400 jobs have been eliminated. Also in 2004, EUR 60 million was recognized under IFRS-EU for the restructuring activities at ING-BHF Bank.

F-151


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
The Supervisory Board and Executive Board of ING Bank N.V.
We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of ING Bank N.V. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated profit and loss accounts, consolidated statements of cash flows and consolidated statements of changes in equity for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31, 2005. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We serve as principal auditor of ING Bank N.V. In our position we did not audit assets constituting 21% in 2005 and 23 % in 2004, and total income constituting 22% in 2005 and 22 % in 2004 of the consolidated totals of ING Bank N.V. These data were reported on by other auditors whose report has been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to parts not audited by us, is based totally on the report of the other auditors.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, based on our audits and the report of the other auditors, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of ING Bank N.V. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the consolidated results of its their operations and its their cash flows for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31, 2005, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union.
As further described in the notes the consolidated financial statements are presented in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the European Union. As allowed upon initial adoption of IFRS, ING Bank N.V. has elected to adopt the International Accounting Standard 32 and 39 regarding financial instrument accounting and disclosures, and IFRS 4 regarding accounting for insurance contracts on a prospective basis effective January 1, 2005.
Amsterdam, the Netherlands
March 6, 2006
KPMG Accountants N.V.

F-152


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2005 TO THE SHAREHOLDERS’ MEETING OF ING BELGIUM NV/SA
In accordance with the legal and statutory requirements, we report to you on the performance of the audit mandate which has been entrusted to us.
We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of ING Belgium SA/NV and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated profit and loss accounts for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2005 prepared in accordance with the legal and regulatory requirements in Belgium (not presented separately herein).
We have also carried out the specific additional audit procedures required by law.
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements and the assessment of the information to be included in the consolidated directors’ report, are the responsibility of the board of directors.
Our audit of the consolidated financial statements was carried out in accordance with the auditing standards applicable in Belgium, as issued by the Institut des Réviseurs d’Entreprises/Instituut der Bedrijfsrevisoren and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).
Unqualified audit opinion on the consolidated financial statements
The above mentioned auditing standards require that we plan and perform our audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement.
In accordance with those standards, we considered the group’s administrative and accounting organisation, as well as its internal control procedures. Company officials have responded clearly to our requests for explanations and information. We have examined, on a test basis, the evidence supporting the amounts included in the consolidated financial statements. We have assessed the accounting policies, the consolidation principles, the significant accounting estimates made by the company and the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, taking into account the legal and regulatory requirements applicable in Belgium, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the group’s assets, liabilities and consolidated financial position as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the consolidated results of the operations for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2005.
Additional certifications and information
We supplement our report with the following certifications and information which do not modify our audit opinion on the consolidated financial statements:
     
-
  The consolidated directors’ report includes the information required by law and is consistent with the consolidated financial statements. We are, however, unable to comment on the description of the principal risks and uncertainties which the group is facing, and of its situation, its foreseeable evolution or the significant influence of certain facts on its future development. We can nevertheless confirm that the matters disclosed do not present any obvious contradictions with the information of which we became aware during our audit.
 
   
-
  As disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements (accounting policies) and the consolidated directors’ report, the internal security fund and the fund for general banking risks have been reversed during 2005. This reversal has positively impacted the consolidated profit for the year 2005 by ? 668 million.
Brussels, March 20, 2006
Ernst & Young Réviseurs d’Entreprises SCC (B 160)
represented by
     
Danielle Vermaelen
  Ludo Swolfs
Partner
  Partner

F-153


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
AMORTIZED COST
The amount at which the financial asset or liability is measured at initial recognition minus principal repayments, plus or minus the cumulative amortization using the effective interest method of any difference between that initial amount and the maturity amount, and minus any reduction for impairment or uncollectability.
ASSOCIATE
Associates are all entities over which the Group has significant influence but not control, generally accompanying a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights.
AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE FINANCIAL ASSETS
Those non-derivative financial assets that are designated as available for sale or are not classified as (a) loans and receivables, (b) held-to-maturity investments, or (c) financial assets at fair value through profit and loss.
BIS
The Bank for International Settlements (BIS) is an international organization which fosters international monetary and financial co-operation and serves as a bank for central banks. BIS has set a minimum for the solvency ratio reflecting the relationship between capital and risk weighted assets. The ratio should at least be 8%.
CERTIFICATES OF DEPOSIT
Short-term negotiable bearer debt instruments issued by banks.
CLAIM
A demand for payment of a policy benefit because of the occurrence of an insured event, such as the death or disability of the insured or the maturity of an endowment, the incurrence of hospital or medical bills, the destruction or damage of property and related deaths or injuries, defects in, liens on, or challenges to the title to real estate, or the occurrence of a surety loss.
CLAIMS RATIO
The claims ratio is the claims, including claims handling expenses, expressed as a percentage of net earned premiums.
COMBINED RATIO
The sum of the claims ratio and the cost ratio for a non-life insurance company or a reinsurance company. A combined ratio of more than 100% does not necessarily mean that there is a loss on non-life insurance policies, because the result also includes the allocated investment income.
CONCENTRATIONS
Concentrations of credit risk exist when changes in economic, industry or geographical factors similarly affect groups of counterparties whose aggregate exposure is material in relation to ING Group’s total exposure.
CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
Contingent liabilities are commitments or risks, for which it is more likely than not that no outflow from ING Group of resources embodying economic benefits will occur. The underlying value of these liabilities is not recorded as liabilities in the balance sheet. For these products, the underlying value represents the maximum potential credit risk to which ING Group is exposed, i.e. assuming that all counterparties failed completely to perform in accordance with the terms of the contracts and that any existing collateral or security proves to be of no value.
CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURE
Convertible debentures are debentures with embedded options issued by corporations. The holder has the right to exchange a convertible debenture for equity in the issuing company at certain times in the future according to a certain exchange ratio. Very often, the conversion is callable. This means that it can be repurchased by the issuer at a certain price at certain times in the future. Once the debentures have been called, the holder can always choose to convert prior to repurchase.
COST RATIO
Underwriting costs expressed as a percentage of premiums written.
COUNTRY RISK
The risk that a foreign government will not fulfil its obligations or obstructs the remittance of funds by debtors, either for financial reasons (transfer risk) or for other reasons (political risk).
CREDIT INSTITUTIONS
Credit institutions are all institutions which are subject to banking supervision by public authorities, including mortgage banks, capital market institutions, multilateral development banks and the International Monetary Fund (IMF).

F-154


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS
The amounts of income tax recoverable in future periods in respect of:
     
  deductible temporary differences;
 
   
  the carry forward of unused tax losses; and
 
   
  the carry forward of unused tax credits.
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES
The amounts of income tax payable in future periods in respect of temporary valuation differences between carrying amounts of assets or liabilities in the balance sheet and tax base, based on tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when the assets are realized or the liabilities are settled.
DEFINED BENEFIT PLAN
Defined benefit plans are post-employment benefit plans other than defined contribution plans.
DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLAN
Post-employment benefit plans under which an enterprise pays fixed contributions into a separate entity (a fund) and will have no legal or constructive obligation to pay further contributions if the fund does not hold sufficient assets to pay all employee benefits relating to employee service in the current and prior periods.
DEPOSITARY RECEIPT
Depositary receipt for ordinary and preference shares, issued by the Trust, in exchange for ordinary and preference shares issued by ING Group.
DERIVATIVES
Derivatives are financial instruments, which include forwards, futures, options and swaps, whose value is based on an underlying asset, index or reference rate.
DISCOUNTED BILLS
Bills that are sold under deduction of interest giving the owner the right to receive an amount of money on a given date.
ELIMINATION
Elimination is a process by which intercompany transactions are matched with each other and deducted, so that the assets, liabilities, income and expenses are not inflated.
EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
All forms of consideration given by a company in exchange for service rendered by (former) employees.
FAIR VALUE
The amount at which an asset or a liability could be traded on a fair basis at the balance sheet date, between knowledgeable, willing parties in arm’s-length transactions.
FINANCE LEASE
A lease that transfers substantially all the risks and rewards associated with ownership of an asset to the lessee. Title may or may not eventually be transferred.
FINANCIAL ASSET
Any asset that is:
     
  a contractual right to receive cash or another financial asset from another company;
 
   
  a contractual right to exchange financial instruments with another company under conditions that are potentially favourable; or
 
   
  an equity instrument of another company.
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Financial instruments are contracts that give rise to both a financial asset for one company and a financial liability or equity instrument for another company.
FINANCIAL LIABILITY
Any liability that is a contractual obligation:
     
  to deliver cash or another financial asset to another company; or
 
   
  to exchange financial instruments with another company under conditions that are potentially unfavourable.
FORWARD CONTRACTS
Forward contracts are commitments to exchange currencies or to buy or sell other financial instruments at specified future dates.
FUTURE CONTRACTS
Future contracts are commitments to exchange currencies or to buy or sell other financial instruments at specified future dates. Exchanges act as intermediaries and require daily cash settlement and collateral deposits.
GROSS PREMIUMS WRITTEN
Total premiums (whether or not earned) for insurance contracts written or assumed (including deposits for investment contracts with limited or no life contingencies written) during a specific period, without deduction for premiums ceded.

F-155


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
HELD-TO-MATURITY INVESTMENTS
Non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturity that an entity has the positive intention and ability to hold to maturity other than:
a.   those that the entity upon initial recognition designates as at fair value through profit and loss;
 
b.   those that the entity designates as available for sale; and
 
c.   those that meet the definition of loans and receivables.
IMPAIRMENT
An impairment is a permanent diminution in value, i.e. the recoverable amount is less than the carrying amount of the asset. In such circumstances a write-down of the asset is necessary.
INTEREST BEARING INSTRUMENT
An interest bearing instrument is a financial asset or a liability for which a time-proportionate compensation is paid or received, in relation to a notional amount.
INTEREST-RATE REBATES
Profit sharing for group life insurance business. A rebate granted to policyholders based on the discounted value of the difference between the interest rate used for calculating the premiums and the expected yield on investment. The profit sharing is granted by means of a premium discount related to the yield on government bonds.
IN THE MONEY
A call option is said to be in the money if the exercise price is lower than the price of the underlying value; a put option is said to be in the money if the exercise price is higher than the price of the underlying value.
INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO
The investment portfolio comprises those assets which are intended for use on a continuing basis, and have been identified as such. These investments are held in order to cover the insurance provisions and to manage interest rate, capital and liquidity risks.
IRREVOCABLE FACILITY
Irrevocable facilities mainly constitute unused portions of irrevocable credit facilities granted to corporate clients and commitments made to purchase securities to be issued by governments and private issuers.
IRREVOCABLE LETTERS OF CREDIT
An irrevocable letter of credit concerns an obligation on behalf of a client to, within certain conditions, pay an amount of money under submission of a specific document or to accept a bill of exchange.
An irrevocable letter of credit cannot be cancelled or adjusted by the bank that has granted it during the duration of the agreement unless all those concerned agree.
JOINT VENTURE
A contractual arrangement whereby two or more parties undertake an economic activity which is subject to joint control.
MONETARY ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
Monetary assets and liabilities are assets and liabilities whose amounts are fixed in terms of units of currency by contract or otherwise. Examples are cash, short or long-term accounts, notes receivable in cash and notes payable in cash.
NET ASSET VALUE
The net asset value is used in the equity method of accounting. The initial net asset value of the investment is determined by the fair value of the assets and liabilities of the investee. After the initial valuation of assets and liabilities of the investee at fair value, the assets and liabilities of the investee are valued in accordance with the accounting principles of the investor. The profit and loss account reflects the investor’s share in the results of operations of the investee.
NET PREMIUMS WRITTEN
Gross premiums written for a given period less premiums ceded to retrocessionaires during such period.
NOTIONAL AMOUNTS
Notional amounts represent units of account which, in respect of derivatives, reflect the relationship with the underlying assets. They do not reflect, however, the credit risks assumed by entering into derivative transactions.
OPERATING LEASE
A lease other than a finance lease.

F-156


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
OPTION CONTRACTS
Option contracts give the purchaser, for a premium, the right, but not the obligation, to buy or sell within a limited period of time a financial instrument or currency at a contracted price that may also be settled in cash. Written options are subject to market risk, but not to credit risk since the counterparties have already performed in accordance with the terms of the contract by paying a cash premium up front.
ORDINARY SHARE
An equity instrument that is subordinate to all other classes of equity instruments. Ordinary shares participate in the net profit for the financial year after other types of shares such as preference shares.
OUT OF THE MONEY
A call option is said to be out of the money if the exercise price is higher than the price of the underlying value; a put option is said to be out of the money if the exercise price is lower than the price of the underlying value.
OVER-THE-COUNTER INSTRUMENT
Non-standardized financial instrument not traded on a stock exchange but directly between market participants.
PLAN ASSETS
Plan assets comprise assets held by a long-term employee benefit fund and qualifying insurance policies. Assets held by a long-term employee benefit fund are assets (other than non-transferable financial instruments issued by the reporting enterprise) that:
     
  are held by an entity (a fund) that is legally separate from the reporting enterprise and exists solely to pay or fund employee benefits; and
 
   
  are available to be used only to pay or fund employee benefits, are not available to the reporting enterprise’s own creditors (even in bankruptcy), and cannot be returned to the reporting enterprise, unless either the remaining assets of the fund are sufficient to meet all the related employee benefit obligations of the plan or the reporting enterprise or the assets are returned to the reporting enterprise to reimburse it for employee benefits already paid.
A qualifying insurance policy is an insurance policy issued by an insurer that is not a related party of the reporting enterprise, if the proceeds of the policy:
     
  can be used only to pay or fund employee benefits under a defined benefit plan; and
 
   
  are not available to the reporting enterprise’s own creditors (even in bankruptcy) and cannot be paid to the reporting enterprise, unless either the proceeds represent surplus assets that are not needed for the policy to meet all the related employee benefit obligations or the proceeds are returned to the reporting enterprise to reimburse it for employee benefits already paid.
POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFIT PLANS
Formal or informal arrangements under which a company provides post-employment benefits for one or more employees. Post-employment benefits are employee benefits other than termination benefits and equity compensation benefits, which are payable after the completion of employment.
PREFERENCE SHARE
A preference (or preferred) share is similar to an ordinary share but carries certain preferential rights. These rights usually concern the guarantee of a fixed (cumulative) return to the shareholder or a guaranteed return on the investment.
PREMIUMS EARNED
That portion of net premiums written in current and past periods which applies to the expired portion of the policy period, calculated by subtracting movements in unearned premium reserves from net premiums.
PRIVATE LOAN
Private loans are loans to governments, other public bodies, public utilities, corporations, other institutions or individuals with a loan agreement as the only instrument of title.
PRIVATE PLACEMENT
A placement where newly issued shares or debentures come into possession of a limited group of subscribers who are prepared to buy the new securities.
PROJECTED UNIT CREDIT METHOD
An actuarial valuation method that considers each period of service as giving rise to an additional unit of benefit entitlement and measures each unit separately to build up the final obligation.

F-157


Table of Contents

GLOSSARY
QUALIFYING ASSET (WITHIN THE MEANING OF BORROWING COSTS)
A qualifying asset is an asset that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale.
RECOGNITION
The process of incorporating in the balance sheet or profit and loss account an item that meets the definition of an element and satisfies the following criteria for recognition:
     
  it is probable that any future economic benefit associated with the item will flow to or from the enterprise; and
 
   
  the item has a cost or value that can be measured reliably.
REDEMPTION VALUE
With respect to investments in fixed-interest securities, the amount payable on the maturity date.
REINSURANCE
The practice whereby one party, called the reinsurer, in consideration for a premium paid to him, agrees to indemnify another party, called the reinsured or ceding company, for part or all of the liability assumed by the reinsured under a contract or contracts of insurance which the reinsured has issued. The reinsured may also be referred to as the original or primary insurer, the direct writing company, or the ceding company.
SHARE PREMIUM (RESERVE)
Paid-in capital in addition to the nominal value and paid-up on issued share capital.
SUBSIDIARY
A corporation:
     
  in which, by agreement with other holders of voting rights or otherwise, more than half of the voting rights in a general meeting can be exercised by the company or one of its subsidiaries;
 
   
  of which the company or a subsidiary is a member or shareholder and can appoint or dismiss, by agreement with other holders of voting rights or otherwise, alone or together with others more than half of the executive board or the supervisory board.
SURRENDER
The termination of a life or retirement contract at the request of the policyholder after which the policyholder receives the cash surrender value, if any, on the contract.
SWAP CONTRACTS
Swap contracts are commitments to settle in cash at a specified future date, based on differentials between specified financial indices as applied to a notional principal amount. Generally, no cash is exchanged at the outset of the contract and no principal payments are made by either party.
THIRD-PARTY INTERESTS
That part of the net results and of net assets of a subsidiary attributable to an interest which is not owned, directly or indirectly, by the parent.
TIER-1 CAPITAL
The tier-1 capital is also referred to as the core capital of ING Bank. It comprises paid up share capital, reserves excluding revaluation reserves, fund for general banking risks, retained earnings, third-party interests.
TIER-1 RATIO
The tier-1 ratio is reflecting the tier-1 capital of ING Bank as a percentage of its total risk weighted assets. The minimum set by the Dutch central bank is 4%.
TRADING PORTFOLIO
The trading portfolio comprises those financial instruments which are held to obtain short-term transaction results, to facilitate transactions on behalf of clients or to hedge other positions in the trading portfolio.
TREASURY BILLS
Generally short-term debt certificates issued by a central government. Dutch Treasury Certificates are regarded as Dutch Treasury bills.
WARRANT
A financial instrument that gives the holder the right to purchase ordinary shares

F-158


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE I — SUMMARY OF INVESTMENTS OTHER THAN INVESTMENTS
IN RELATED PARTIES
Amounts are in millions of euros
                                         
                                    Amount  
                                    at which  
Column A               Column D     shown in the  
Type of investment   Column B   Column C         Cost     Fair value     balance sheet  
DEBT SECURITIES
                                       
Debt securities held to maturity
                    18,937       19,466       18,937  
Debentures/available-for-sale
                                       
– Dutch governments
                    6,931       7,534       7,534  
– Foreign governments
                    93,867       100,346       100,346  
– Public utilities
                    9,648       9,793       9,793  
– Asset-backed securities
                    88,079       87,812       87,812  
– Redeemable preference shares/sinking fund
                    303       326       326  
– All other corporate bonds
                    81,675       83,430       83,430  
 
SHARES AND CONVERTIBLE DEBENTURES
                                       
Ordinary shares
                                       
– Public utilities
                    224       251       251  
– Banks, trusts and insurance companies
                    3,120       4,318       4,318  
– Industrial and all others
                    4,764       7,584       7,584  
Preference shares
                    3,314       4,313       4,313  
 
                             
Total investments
                    310,862       325,173       324,644  
 
                             

F-159


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE III — SUPPLEMENTARY INSURANCE INFORMATION
Amounts are in millions of euros
                                                                                         
 
                        Column                    
                              G                  
                                                    Net in-                          
                                                    vestment     Column                    
                                                    income     H                    
                    Column                             (including     Bene-     Column              
                    C             Column             other in-     fits,     I              
            Column     Future             E             come and     claims,     Amortiza-              
            B     policy     Column     Other             other ex-     losses     tion of     Column        
            Deferred     benefits,     D     policy             penses)     and     deferred     J     Column  
            policy     losses,     Un-     and     Column     allocated     settle-     policy     Other     K  
Column           acquis-     claims,     earned     claims     F     to under-     ment     acqui-     opera-     Pre-  
A           tion     and loss     pre-     benefits     Premium     writing     ex-     sition     ting ex-     miums  
Segment           costs     expenses     miums     payable     revenue     accounts     penses     costs     penses     written  
2005                                                                                        
Life
            9,114       239,789               4,195       37,114       8,406       38,653       1,149       3,051       37,114  
Non-life
            490       8,202       2,835       181       6,133       968       3,519       326       1,944       6,087  
 
                                                                 
Total
            9,604       247,991       2,835       4,376       43,247       9,374       42,172       1,475       4,995       43,201  
 
                                                                 
 
                                                                                       
2004
                                                                                       
Life
            9,999       199,355               808       35,356       8,499       36,626       1,808       2,774       35,356  
Non-life
            429       7,377       2,509       58       5,813       1,323       3,352       219       1,891       5,886  
 
                                                                 
Total
            10,428       206,732       2,509       866       41,169       9,822       39,978       2,027       4,665       41,242  
 
                                                                 

F-160


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE IV — REINSURANCE
Amounts are in millions of euros
                                                 
                                            Column F  
                                          Percen-  
                  Column D     Column E           tage  
                    Ceded to     from     Assumed     of amount  
            Column C     other     other com-     Net     assumed  
Column A   Column B   Gross amount     companies     panies     amount     to net  
2005 PREMIUMS                                                
– Life
            37,644       2,031       1,501       37,114       4.0 %
– Non-life
            6,556       526       57       6,087       0.9 %
 
                                   
Total Premiums
            44,200       2,557       1,558       43,201       3.6 %
 
                                   
 
                                               
Life insurance in force
            1,156,186       326,542       147,766       977,410       15.1 %
 
                                               
2004 PREMIUMS
                                               
– Life
            35,532       1,619       1,443       35,356       4.1 %
– Non-life
            6,592       756       50       5,886       0.8 %
 
                                   
Total Premiums
            42,124       2,375       1,493       41,242       3.6 %
 
                                   

F-161


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE VI — SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION CONCERNING
NON-LIFE INSURANCE OPERATIONS
Amounts are in millions of euros
                                                                                         
                                  Column                                  
                          G                          
                                            Net                            
                                            invest-                            
                                            ment                            
                                            income                            
                                            (inclu-                            
                                            ding                            
            Column                             other                            
            C     Column                     income     Column                      
    Column     Reserves     D                     and other     H             Column        
    B     for     Discount,                     expenses)     Claims and claims           J        
    Deferred     unpaid     if any,                     allocated     adjustment     Column     Paid     Column  
Column   policy     claims &     deducted     Column     Column     to     expenses incurred     I     claims     K  
A   acqui-     claims     in     E     F     non-life     related to     Amortiza-     & claims     Pre-  
Affiliation   sition     adjusted     Column     Unearned     Earned-     opera-     accident years     tion of     adjusted     miums  
with the registrant   costs     expenses     C     premiums     premiums     tions     Current     Prior     DPAC (1)     expenses     written  
2005
                                                                                       
Consolidated Non-life entities
    490       8,202       206       2,835       6,133       968       3,797       (520 )     326       3,568       6,087  
 
                                                                                       
2004
                                                                                       
Consolidated Non-life entities
    429       7,378       295       2,509       5,813       1,323       3,609       (188 )     219       3,294       5,886  
 
(1)   DPAC: Deferred policy acquisition costs

F-162